ee Ore | ra SI ed 29 yA why pha 

See Our Ree anh ee ke AH 

ae ’ es cc s oa) “te oe 
ee. itetren® nt Se reuters ; 

“alt Lunar ead “oN gal 


pines pers ane, \ 
aP ‘ 
er 


‘ sm ? 3 wi. ~vwuUT HS ST 
Pee T vrrageeet ree? 


cent 00 aes 


f 5 «AM 
coe i eae aah, Lally Ahi | itt: 


em | ein a i ie rt ea ie AR GINS 
HT peneat ‘ TAGE Ane . N vit * we 
ee Pr alaiil| Nn Lee ang’ % 
WE A} | a Vor marge? 


CAPRI di%y fa : | DinD Oh Oil Iie 


RR OO RR ND hcl CU ClO 
sngaetines tm Wate 
: ae (i 4 ut LU « vy Aa} 5 as AN . XY, ; 


WAS AAA. wr Ya isea~ 9 Se ~WR=wy 
PRT eh aa ATT IAD. 
ease Gy 1p | wax ' Ff { e wW* 
cae & ant Nf AK peere: Lp i sh v VV ty | gi if ra on 
nee Wy yy 8a"? HM ROMLET EEE LTE ET 
2° ao. i wer. wl 4 es ee (ae 
s ieisreactietny 8s SU Nl SimscMgMANNA eS g, 


ogy, @ = Fie wy tin 
oe y AfiNtyjel Nan a Tr ae es yo vy 
< we 


o "KAP Se! A ‘ai 


wees i ae 1 Wee: 
pre es _ ' ms. T anne: CAA - | cee Pe | 
Pa a ‘ "i rae on: ¥ hed vas ; “e | 


\nae=: NAA 
Uvasacnane’ i olaeeh cd ieee 


p $44 ar et 2 + MI INO gS z 


wea ah 


Aut 


Ls — AANA ers? 


Wine ptt aes ‘ShaSANaet aay Ai) 
ae elk TM | TON cv9y itt ki ST Ni 1h, = 
. | ampere ~ i] MWe oo amen. Anat 4 Pid < Vy, 
nfiDincececesceess TIMPOCOEEE RENE "eater cet it i cette ig 


) wine , Peg Wdaga- ude . 
ahs vw N. see ‘ 


ittoee 


x.” 


| 


TP 


tid | on 
Sy yettr cL ete apellg| tee 
APN ARRRR agent VIMEO Nig ith tte ng 


Ls 2” APs Pa Pygr : re © * ar > i y 
Ge wanaanns” TTL EPL Tht ‘ sf? dy 

4 wal r-> bs Se 
| {Ue whee eg reer Piel 4 Sone 


Md hook we SL 
» ae RO AT aA alg “wt V Wy 

Nan, « = OBR AM ee.” % » ore wey ny ot VE y ‘ 
ae. Ne CEN MAN ae ato N 


L% pray ars Sian pi Ns a~ AL} AL AP pesa Ws de ya hy oe . 
i ’ . ae b | ae Le | eb TT Ce es ee « 7 ) By / 7 3 
Png hag : mre Jobb Aol Al, belek ete ey angie anne Ny MES LI yeh ron 
| nary \ wnat yo MS pe : nouget geet A \ - ND. Ar’ we ae nee WA 9° 
ak # any sree and iP needy qv Vets bees Peel ate hare Ahh u(t et ae ~we 8 

PET we ae : : } a oe ‘VrlTe Wee nas Oe 
a. ane 7 = = - ha _ a 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


OF THE 


« cocangeaeree: SOCLETY 


fe ~ 
OF LONDON. ( Feo | 
N LAGS AS Sv 


2s] wise 


1916, pp. 449-756, 


witH 8 PLATES and 63 TEXt-FIGURES. 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENTS PARK. 
LONDON 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, 
PATERNOSTER ROW. - 


Joy JES) a8 


OF THE 


COUNCIL 


AND OFFICERS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL 


SOCIETY 


OF LONDON. 


1916. 


Patron. 
His Magesty Tur Kina. 


COUNCIL. 
His Grace Tar Duke or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President. 


THE Hon. Cecit Barine, M.A. | 

AuFrepD H. Cocks, Esq., M.A. 

tae Rr. on. THe Hart | 
or Cromer, P.C., G.C.B., 
CrOLILKGIgg bolas, © aags | 
President. 

Cartes DrumMonp, 
Treasurer. 

ALFRED Hzra, Esq. 

Cart. Huceu 8. GuLADSsroNsE, | 
M.A. 

SripNeY Freperic Harmer, Hsq., 
MvA.. Sc.D), (RRS) Viee= 
President. 

Cou. Sir WATER R. LAWRENCE, 
Br., G.C.1.E. 

Sir Epmunb Gites Lover, Br., 
Vice-President. | 

Prof. Ernest W. MaAcBripe, 
M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., Vice- 


President. 


Esq., 


PRINCIPAL 


Gua Ava Ke. 
Hsq., D.Sc. 

EK. G. B. Meape-Watpo, 
Ksq. 

P. Caatmers: MircHewy, Ksq., 
Mies IDSie., IGibelDe, TAI RAS.. 
Secretary. 

AuBaerr Pam, Hsq. 

THe Hart or Porrsmoura. 

OLDFIELD Tusomas,  Ksq., 
KARAS: 

AuBYN Trevor-Batryr, Hsq., 
M.A. 


MARSHALL, 


Antsoxy H. WiHINGFIELD, 
Hq. 
Arravurk Smita Woopwarp, 


Ksq., LL.D. F.R.S., Vice- 
President. 
Hanry Woopwarp, Hsq., LL.D., 


F.R.S., Vice-President. 


OFFICERS. 


P. Caaumers Mircurity, M.A., D.Se., LL.D., F.B.S., 


Secretary. 


Tey, Ity Je@om@oie, IR ISo4 IBAIbUS). 


Curator of Mammals and 


Resident Superintendent of the Gardens. 
D. Sera-Survi, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works. 
Hpwarb G. BouLENGER, Curator of Reptiles. 
Prof. H. Maxwenn Lurroy, Curator of Insects. 
Prof. Henry G, Pummer, F.R.S., M.R.C.S., Pathologist. 
Henry G. J. Peavor, Librarian and Clerk of Publications. 


Joun Barrow, Accountant. 
W. H. Coin, Chief Clerk. 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


1916, pp. 449-756. 


EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. 


Mr. E. G. Boutencer, F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles. Exhi- 
bition of living specimens of the African Lungfish 
(Protopterws GNMECteNs)  ...21.0..ccceen neces seen dene ecsen yes 


The Rev. H. N. Hurcutnson, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of 


a model of the Dinosaur, Diplodocus carnegieét ......-.- 


Mr. C. Tave Recan, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a rare 
Fish, Ceutrolophus britannicus (Giinth.), and of a 
Silver Ling (Wolva elongata) .........0.-...0ceseseee eee eee 


Dr. R. W. Suuretpr, C.M.Z.S8. Notes on Albinism in 
PATE Ta Canny e AvnitN Al Seles ate ele eeinsersl eteetslel lel tele eres etoscae 


Dr. F.. DuCane Gopmay, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., and others. 
Résumé of a Discussion on the results published in 
the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana, with special 
reference to the zoo-geographical relations between 
Amine ri caerngaeAshiel Can) aaateericm ee aaa. eeiaaneaede © arti tea, 


The Srcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s 
Menagerie during the months of May, June, July, 
ATES, Aue! Sigpuewnloeie, WENO — .coocospenonocosdabceranese 


Mr. AurreD Ezra, F.Z.8. Exhibition of living specimens 
Oluhneertare UuuibiMoOs anal Cust seas seer: arene ener: 


Mr. D. Seru-Susru, F.Z.8S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition 
of Birds’ Eggs laid in the Society’s Gardens ......... 


Mr. D. Sera-Smirn, ¥F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, Exhibition 
of skans/ of -various!mesbling biIrdS) 2 ....20....4-.00s.6+---- 


Page 


539 


539 


039 


p40 


541 


739 


741 


741 


1V 


Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of 
Mammals. Lantern Exhibition of some new and 
little-known cutaneous scent-glands in Mammals 
(Text-figures 1-12) ..........:. cess cece tees cee ee ns eeeeeees 

The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s 
Menagerie during the month of October, 1916 ...... 


Mr. Atrrep Ezra, F.Z.8. Lantern Exhibition illustrating 
a shooting expedition in (Olesmirgall INGE: gooaccsoosocosonce 


PAPERS. 


16. On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris. By 
R. Broom, M.D., D.Se., C.M.Z.S. (Plates I. & IT., 
eval Aliebdnemieabomes) l=3)8)) Annponaacoas acobebEceddcoss525505500001 


17. Fly Investigations Reports.—I. Some Observations on 
the Life-History of the Blow-Fly and of the House- 
Fly, made from August to September, 1915, for the 
Zoological Society of London. By Wryirrep H. 
CYAIBSIDIOINS - Gocco ndedoucasqneascoosncosodoo emus podnbaddéaapbonb66 


18. Fly Investigations Reports.—II. Trials for Catching, 
Repelling, and Exterminating Flies in Houses, made 
during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society of 
London. By Winirrep H. SAUNDERS .................. 


19. Fly Investigations Reports.—II]. Investigations into 
Stable Manure to check the Breeding of House-Flies, 
made during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society 
of London. By Winitrrep H. SAUNDERS 


20. Fly Investigations Reports.—IV. Some Enquiry mto 
the Question of Baits and Poisons for Flies, being 
a Report on the Experimental Work carried out 
during 1915 for the Zoological Society of London. 
By Ottve C. Lopcr 


21. Note on the Sternum of a large Carinate Bird from the 
(2) Eocene of Southern Nigeria. By C. W. ANDREWS, 
D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.8,, British Museum of Natural 
History. (Text-figures 1-4.) 


Soo CCC aes i Cee ur ar ace) 


a) 
Page 


742 


755 


755 


449 


461 


465 


481 


bo 
i) 


i) 
“N 


30. 


Sit 


~yV 


. On a Mammalian Mandible (Cimolestes cwtleri) from an 


Upper Cretaceous Formation in Alberta, Canada. 
By Arraur Sirs Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., 
AVGIPAIS: (MLSs reieERee IE) seaqcognoB-. Boacsa sen ensseunes 


._ A List of the Carabide (Coleoptera) collected in 


Chopersk District, Province of the Don Cossacks, 
South Russia. By V. Lursunix, Kiev, Russia ...... 


. A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Bon.) 'Tschi- 


tscherin, from’China. By V. Lursunrk, Kiev, Russia. 


. Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera) 


from Australia. By V. Lursanrk, Kiev, Russia...... 


. On a new Lizard of the Genus Phrynosoma, recently 


living in the Society’s Gardens. By E.G. BouLeNcER, 
eA Se Curator or Reptiless (Plate Is) -c.--5--.-.- 


. Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias 


glacialis O. F. M.; Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes ; 
Solaster endeca (Retzius) Forbes ; Stichaster roseus 
(O. F. M.) Sars. By James F. Geum, M.A., 
INTIS) IDES, JAS” (Reyes Uh ad i); BS aaa eeoe asec 


28. On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University 


Museum of Zoology. By 8. Maurrs, B.A.(Cantab.), 
F.E.S., Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
London. (Text-figures 1 & 2.) 


29, Notes on the Wasps of the Genus Pison, and some 


‘allied Genera. By Rowtanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., 


The Early Development of Cucwmaria: Preliminary 
Account. By H. G. Newrs, A.R.CS., F-Z8., 
Demonstrator of Zoology at the Imperial College 
of Science and Technology. (Plates I. & II., and 
Text-figure 1.) 


Peer eee e tance eens srceeenesersersserereresresserere 


Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a 
Report upon a Collection from the Mammals and 
Birds in the Society’s Gardens.— Part 1]. By Bruce 
F. Cummuines, British Museum of Natural History. 
Qlextenoumes: 1 3G.) eaeeenc aac ecco tans doesent: 


053 


567 


591 


631 


val 


Page 
32. On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively 
to the Genera Linstowia and Cotugnia. By Frank 
K. Brpparp, M.A., D.Se.(Oxon.), F.R.S., F.Z.S8. 
(ext feumes 1A) e ac ncacaecemecie ese antcces: .suseeeeeete 695 
33, Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. 
W. Feather in British Hast Africa, 1911-13. By 
it -Colid ave pH Awonrre a ((Plateml\ i setts. eee 707 
Alphabetical mist: ef (Contributors) Veb-dca.-22- eee eer eereee vil. 
Mee a asrzt sine ae shel oso's ogafestis vas Sind orbs sata ldote Deelais Setstele oe eae ere een xii 


ALPHABETICAL LIST 


OF THE 


CONTRIBUTORS, 


With References to the several Articles contributed by each. 


(1916, pp. 449-756.) 


ANDREWS, CHARLES W., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


Note on the Sternum of a large Carinate Bird from 
the (?) Hocene of Southern Nigeria. (Text-figures 1-4.). 


See GOD MAN Hy Ii CAN Mute ects te essere laces mee ase 


Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., D.Sc. (Oxon.), F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively 
to the Genera Linstowia and Cotugnia. (Text-figures 


TA NE MAINS, roca Get UGRt ) Wa uch aaah 


Boutencer, Epwarp G., F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles. 


Exhibition of living specimens of the African Lung- 


fishy (Protopteris) GT Mectems) | eens... ees ee eee eee 


On a new Lizard of the Genus Phrynosoma, recently 


living in the Society’s Gardens. (Plate I.).................. 


Page 


519 


54] 


039 


Vill 
Broom, Roprrt, M.D., D.Se., C.M.Z.S. 


On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris. 
(Platesmigd WE vandi Mextattomresil 3!) mens.) ece cece 


RS 22 A GrOD NVAINGS HY a8) oj QUAUNT ES yey ena rcs aceye cca sh oy ee nee 


CumMINGS, Bruce F. 


Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a 
Report upon a Collection from the Mammals and Birds 
in the Society’s Gardens.—Part IT. (Text-figures 1—-36.). 


Ezra, ALFRED, F.Z.S. 


Exhibition of living specimens of three rare Lutino 


PAAR CTS hse cvecciencc RS terd Est TTT reas ees 


Lantern Exhibition illustrating a Hoole, expedition 


TU OLS TOUR G22 Leas Ss Hee a eA OSB anaue 


Fawcett, Lt.-Col. J. Matcou. 


Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. 
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13. (Plate I.) 


Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. See Gopman, F. D. 


GEMMILL, JAMES F., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S. 


Notes on the Development of the Starfishes dsterias 
glacialis O. F. M.; Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes ; 
Solaster endeca (Retzius) Forbes;  Stichaster roseus 


(OEE) Sansom (Blates 1. 10))\ eaters ener ae 


Gopman, F. DuCans, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.Z.8., and others. 


Résumé of a Discussion on the results published in the 
‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ with special reference to 
the zoo-geographical relations between America and 


NGL aYeT ELM eee ON Hollen apace ech uo 00) ce NOR 


Page 


A449 
541 


643 


~ 
i=) 
bs | 


541 


1x 
Hutcuinson, The Rev. H. N., M.A., F.Z.8. 


Exhibition of a model of the Dinosaur, Diplodocus 


CUT NECUC Umrraerarra HX ja trsiet deer ees ate see res carte ata disse wrehstarers 


Lopes, Miss Oxtve C. 
Fly Investigations Reports.—IV. Some Enquiry into 
the Question of Baits and Poisons for Flies, being a 
Report on the Experimental Work carried out during 
1915 for the Zoological Society of London .................. 


LutsHnik, V. 
A List of the Carabide (Coleoptera) collected in 
Chopersk District, Province of the Don Cossacks, South 


BOMERSUIS SE pmmoet tree te kre Perey VAT RE ecg ea AO MAIR RS) Pl 


A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Bon.) Tschi- 
Lecherimerronmn hima wer se seme codices anon een cca ane nana: ae 


Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera) 


TG RONT OIA NAO ISH DY CoH Olt We” eae AIREY i mere en ee ete POROUS dete A otc ee 


MacBripg, .E. W., D.Sc., F.B.S., V.P.Z.S8. See Gopman, 
Hi CAN Her ec castiah os tio cance muah Rete een een 


Mauuik, 8., B.A.(Cantab.), F.E.S. 


On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University 
Museum of Zoology. (Text-figures 1 & 2.) ............... 


MircHett, P. Cuaumurs, M.A., D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., 
Secretary to the Society. 
Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie 


during the months of May, June, July, August, and 
rSepremiben lO UGii7 5 ic ntanmmammes ttc cs Laae nein ree aac can) 


Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie 
dure the month of October ING y 2 saan eacccde seen 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, b 


539 


481 


529 


D3 


Or 


541 


567 


xX 


Newru, Werserr G., A.R.CS., F.Z.S. 


The Karly Development of Cucuwmaria: Preliminary 
Account. (Plates I. & IL, and Text-figure 1.) 


ree ese ere eee 


Pocock, Recinatp J., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of 
Mammals. 


Lantern Exhibition of some new and little-known 


cutaneous scent-glands in Mammals. (Text-figures 


Reean, C. Tats, M.A., F.Z.S. 
Exhibition of a rare Fish, Centrolophus britannicus 


(Giinth.), and of a Silver Ling (Molva elongata)............ 


MSAD (COV LES IDOI hn cobtocss sossonndensseossecdseecin 


Roruscuitp, Lord, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8. See GopMAN, 
18, IDUKCOINSI eases ouces Dak Ree OSs att ae 2s ee RO 


SaunpDERS, Miss WINIFRED H. 
Fly Investigation Reports :— 
I. Some Observations on the Life-History of the 


Blow-Fly and of the House-Fly, made from August 
to September, 1915, for the Zoological Society of London. 


II. Trials for Catching, Repelling, and Exterminating 


Flies in Houses, made during the year 1915 for the 
Zoological) Society.of Wondours)-./5...2 eee ee 


III. Investigations into Stable Manure to check the 
Breeding of House-Flies, made during the year 1915 
tor thepZoologicals Sociebyxor london sees ee eee 


Scutarer, Wituiam L., M.A., F.Z.8. See Gopman, F. 
JOGO. sooqadar Adda den Menara eden in occ wenadeeiabencaee 


Page 


631 


or 
oo 
‘2 


O41 


AG] 


465 


~ 3xil 


Page 
Sera-Smire, Davin, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. 
Exhibition of Birds’ Eggs laid in the Society’s 
Grated CIS meme Meee see as cess oes a aimee sctotsjniamals sabes ojciaie aietaiavs ahs 741 
Exhibition of skins of various nestling birds ............ 742 
SHuFELDT, Ropert W., M.D., C.M.Z.S. 
Notes on Albinism in American Animals ............... 540 
TurNER, Rowtanp E., F.Z.S., F.E.S. 
Notes on the Wasps of the Genus Pison, and some 
alle de Gre we raion, aecteryen or 47 oan Seas erence rasta felts e 591 
Woopwarpb, ArtrHur Smiru, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. 
On a Mammalian Mandible (Cimolestes cutlerr) from 
an Upper Cretaceous Formation in Alberta, Canada. 
(A Mes qigi Tiedt Tags: 31h) | Saat corm ane penaronencnncer ae ane. a ero eepaeo nr ben: 525 


IS Cen COD NEANG Ey. 00 1D) UC AINIE Olea aang taco ete ties vanteioeeitan ce 541 


EN DEX: 
1916.—Pages 449-756. 


[New names in clarendon type. Systematic references in italics. 
(z.8.L.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. | 


Acadra rectistriaria, 726. | Anatoecus difficilis, sp. n., 654, 
Acontia malve, 712. 659. 
Afyocera brevivitta, 710. Jerrugineus: structure (Figs. 7, 
Agathodes muscivalis, 739. | 11), 657. 
Agonia, 571. icterodes: structure (Figs. 7, 10, 
cherapunjiensis, sp. n. (Fig. 2), 12), 655. 
Oijow obtusus: structure (Figs. 7, 11), 
—— wallacei, d74. 658. 
(Ekagonia) krishna, sp. n.  Anisodactylus (Hexatrichus) peciloides 
(Big. 1), 571. pseudoeneus, 531. 
Agonum gracilipes, 530. Anisodera, 569. 
-—— impressum, 530. Anisoderopsis, gen. n., 570. 
sexpunctatum, 530. Anobostra radialis, 735. 
—— (Idiochroma) dorsale, 530. Anomis sabulifera, 713. 
Akantaka, gen. n., 583. Anticarsia irrorata, 728. 


rufoornata amazonensis,  4/wa ‘ettensis, 714. 
var. n., 583. _ Apisa canescens, 708. 


Alyson, 598. Arctomys monax: albino, 540. 
—.- ater, 619. Asphalisia tuta, 587. 
Amara enea, 530. Aspidomorpha amabilis, 585. 


stmulata, 530. 
—— (Bradytus) apricaria, 530. 


assimilis, O85. 
australasie, 584. 


—— ( ) consularis, 530. cincta, 535. 
—— (——_) fulva, 530. —— duleicula, 586s. 
—— (Celia) ingenua, 530. —— furcata, 585. 
—— (Triena) plebeja, 530. inquinata, 584. 
Amyna octo, 712. | —— micans, 586. 


punctum, 712. 
Anacassis cribruin, 581. 


miliaris, 584. 
natalensis, 585;. 


Anatoecus, gen. n., 659. —— punctum, 584. 
——— brunneiceps: structure (Fig. 8), | —— quinquefasciata, 585;. 
658. —— st. crucis, 586. D 


—— cygii: structure (Figs. 9, 11), 658. tecta, 584. , 


X1V 


Asterias glacialis : development (PI. I.), 

553. 

Athetis horus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 36), 

710. | 

—— pentheus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 27), 
late 

Audea melanoplaga, 713. 

Aulacophilus, 591. 

eumenoides, 591. 

—— jansoni, sp. n., 592. | 

vespoides, 592, | 

AVES: 

Gigantornis eaglesomei: (fossil) 
structure: systematic, 519. Hggs 
laid in the Society’s Gardens, 741. 
Paleornis, yellow variety, 741. 
Nestlings from the  Society’s 
Gardens, 742. 


Balearica regulorum (z. 8. L.), 789. 
Batonota, 582. 

Bembidion illigeri, 529. | 
(Notaphus) semipunctatum, 529. 
—— (Peryphus) andree, 529. 

—— ( ) ustulatum, 529. 
(Philochthus) biguitatum, 529. 
Boarmia octomaculata, 729. 

perse, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 18), 728. 
subalbata, 729. 

Botryonopa grandis, 569. 

spectabilis, 569. 

Brachinus incertus, 531, 

psophia, 531. 

Brevipecten clearchus, sp. n. 
e (PI. I. fig. 31), 723. 

cornuta, 723. 


Calliphora erythrocephala: develop- 
ment, ethology, bait, etc., 461-518. 

vomitoria: baits, etc., 482-518. 

Calosoma sycophanta, 529. 

(Charmosta) denticolle, 529. 

Calospiza aurulenta (z.s.1.), 755. 

lunigera (z. 8. L.), 759. | 

Calpe cerne, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 22), 
723. 

Caimptogramma natalata, 730. 


INDEX. 


Canistra irrorata, 579. 

Capena, gen. n., 732. 

Carabus granulatus, 529. 
ei 


Ol. 
—_— chalyhea, d80. 


Cassida capensis, 


—— cincta, 585. 


cribrum, 581. 


decemguttata, 580. 
decipiens, 587. 
discoides, 580, 
dorsata, 586. 
JSarinosa, 587. 
Jasciata, 577. 

—— furcata, 585, 

—— micans, 585, 586. 
miliaris, 584. 
nervosa, 581. 

—— ngrovittata, 586. 
normalis, 581. 
octopunctata, 577. 
pantherina, 580. 
plecta, 589. 
punctuin, 584: 
quadrimaculata, 587. 
quinguefasciata, 585. 
st. crucis, 586, 

— scalaris, 588, 

—— similis, 579. 

—— spinifex, 581. 
strigata, 579. 


| —— suturalis, 582. 


tigrina, O86. 
turrigera, 587. 
variolosa, 582. 
Catephia imesonephele, 721. 
poliochroa, 719. 


—— pyramidalis, 721. 

sciras, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 

719. 

scylla, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 

720. 

serapis, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 

721. 

sospita, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 32), 
720: 

Centrolophus britannicus, 589. 

pompilus, 540. 

Cephaloleia, 568. 

cvimia, 569, 


INDEX. 


Cephaloleia nigricornis, 568. 
proxima, 568. 
Cercocebus aterrimus (z. 8. L.), 739. 
Cercopithecus erythrotis (z.8. L.), 739. 
Cervus hanglu (z. s. L.), 739. 
Chadisra nubifera, 726. 
Chalepus (Chalepus) 
569. 
Charidotis abrupta, 589. 
Chelymorpha marginata, 582. 
variolosa, 582. 
Chilena donaldsoni, 733. 
Chirida cruciata, 587. 
scalaris, 588. 
Chlenius (Chleniellus) nitidulus, 529. 
(Chienites) spoliatus longipennis, 
529. 
Chloephaga meianoptera (z. 8. L.), 740. 
Chrysemys mobiliensis (z. 8. L.), 739. 
Chrysochloris asiatica: skull-structure 
(Fig. 1 a), 450. 
hottentota: skull-structure (Pls. 
I., 10.; Figs. 2, 3), 449. 
Cicindela germanica, 529. 
maritima sahlbergi, 529. 
Cidaria asteria, sp. un. (Pl. I. fig. 7), 
729. 
procne, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 8), 
730. 
Cimolestes cutleri, sp. n.: (fossil) 
structure (Fig. 1), 525. 
Cleora proximaria albescens, 728. 
-Clivina collaris, 529. 
CoLEnorTEra : 
Hispine, Cassidinz : systematic, 567. 
Conchyloctenia, 586. 
tigrina, 586. 
Connocheetes albojubatus (z.s. u.), 740. 
Coptocycla balyt, 588. 
circumdata, 589. 
cruciata, 587. 
flavoplagiata, 588. 
gemina, 89. 
judaica, 589. 
—— placida, 588. 
—— plecta, 589. 
scalaris, 588. 
Coronocanthus, 586. 
Corsyra fusula, 531. 


sanguinicoll as 


XV 


Cortyta balnearia, ale 

fasciolata, 716. 

—— minyas, sp. n., 715. 

griseacea, form. n., 716. 

remigiana, 715. 

vetusta, 715. 

Cotugnia margareta, sp. n., struc- 
ture (Figs. 1-4), 700. 

Cribrella oculata: development (PI. Il. 
figs. 6-10), 554. 

Ctenochira gemina, 589. 

plecta, 589. 

Ctenusa rectilinea, sp.n., 715. > 

psamatha, form. n. (Pl. I. 
fig, 21), 714. 

Cucumaria normani: development 
(Pls. L., II. figs. 1-5, 7-9), 631. 

saxicola: development (Pls. I., IT 
figs. 6, 10-15), 631. 

Cymindis picta, 531. 

Cynomis: albino, 541. 

Cyon alpinus (z. s. u.), 740. 


Dactylispa bipartita, 575. 

| —— fulvipes, 575. 

—— leptacantha, 576. 

longicuspis, 575. 

malayana, 575. 

soror, 576. 

—— spinosa, 576. 

trifida, 576. 

Dattinia aurora, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 

29) Noa 

—— orion, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 30), 735. 

| —— perstrigata tithonus, form. n. 
(PL. L. fig. 23), 734. 

Deilemera glauce, sp. n. (Pl. I. 
raise, II)), 708). 

Dendrohyrax dorsalis: 
(Figs. 7, 8), 749. 

DivELOPMENT. 
Insecta: House-Flies, 461-518. 
EcuinopErMA: Starfishes, 553; Cu- 

cumaria, 631. 

_ Diachromus germanus, 531. 

| Diomedea_ exulans: 

| (Hig. 4), 528. 

| Diota fasciata, 710. 


scent-gland 


fossil sternum 


xXV1 


Diplodocus earnegiei: structure, 539. 


Dolichotoma colliculus, 579. 


strigata, 579. 
Dolichus halensis, 529. 
Dollabella, ven. n., 675. 


675. 
Duomitus pindarus, sp. n., 733. 


EcHInNoDERMA. 
Development of some Starfishes, 553 ; 
Cucumaria : development, 651. 
Echoma normalis, 581. 
Ekagonia, subgen. n., 571. 
Elephas maximus: scent-gland (Figs. 
9-11), 750. 
Epactius limbatus, 529. 
Epistictia matronula, 578. 
Equus kiang (z. s. u.), 740. 
Eistigmene griseata, 709. 
Erwouoey. 
Insecta: House-Flies, 461-518. 
Eublemma admota, 712. 
Eucestia neddaria, 729. 
Euphiwsa harmonica, 714. 
—— hermione, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 3), 
714. 
— ochreata, form. n., 714. 
Eupsychortyx leucopugon (z. s. L.), 740. 
Lutelia discistriga, 713. 


Fannia canicularis; 
518. 

sealaris: baits, ete., 482-518. 

Felis leo (z. s. u.), 740. 

viverrina (z. s.L.), 740. 

Pilides costivitralis, 735. 

Fodina pentagonalis, 725. 

Fulvaria striata, gen. et sp. n. 
(PI. 1. fig. 10), 728, 


Galactomoia berenice, gen. et sp. 


Me CPM, Je Laker, NS), NG, ALF, 
GEOGRAPHICAL. 


Zoo-geographical relations between 


America and Africa, 541. 


testudinarius : structure (Fig. 2), 


baits, etc., 482— 


INDEX. 


MammMatta : 
sil) from Canada, 525. 

Avus: Gigantornis eaglesomei (fossil) 
from Nigeria, 519. 

ReprintA: Phrynosoma brevicornis, 


Cimolestes cutleri (fos- 


from Texas, 537. 

Insecta: Coleoptera: Russia, China, 
Australia, 529-536; Pison, ete., 
distribution, 591; Heterocera from 
B. HE. Africa, 707. 

Giaura astarte, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 6), 

(ale 

Gigantornis eaglesomei, gen. et 

sp. n. (fossil) structure (Figs. 1-3), 

519. 

Giria bubastis, gen. et sp. n. (Pl. I. 

fic. 14), 717, 718. 

Girpa circumdata, 729. 

Glyphodes indica, 739. 

sinuata, 735. 

Gonophora chalybeata, 574. 
hemorrhoidalis var. undulata, 674. 
wallacet, STA. 

(Lachnispa) modiglianit, 575. 
Gracilodes caffra, 725. 

Grammodes stolida, 715. 


Harpalus eneus, 530. 
psittaceus, 530. 


smaragdinus, 531. 

— (Acardystus) rufus, 531. 

— (Actephilus) picipennis, 531. 

—— (Amblystus) latus, 531. 

—— (Harpalobius) froelichi, 531. 

—— ( ——) hirtipes, 5381. 

——- (Microderes) brachypus, 531. 

—— (Ophonus) azureus, 580. 

) sabulicola, 530. 

—— (Pardileus) calceatus, 530. 

—~ (Pheuginus) serripes, 531. 

) servus, 531. 

-—— (Pseudophenus) pubescens, 580. 

Hemicentetes: occiput (Fig. 1 B), 452. 

Heterorachis idmon, sp. n. (Pl. I. 
fig. 9), 731. 

Himatidium capense, 577. 


GR 


Tee 


re 


comptwimn, d7 
Jasciatuin, 9 


FS 
7. 
17 


INDEX. 


Hispa bipartita, 575. 

- fabricii, 576. 

—— fulvipes, 575. 

— hemorrhoidalis, 574. 
== loypsimusn. BHT 
leptacantha, 576. 
longicuspis, 575. 
sanguinicollis, 569. 
spinosa, 576. | 
Flispella atra, 579. 
FHispida trifida, 576. 
Mispopria grandis, 569. 


Hybosineta turrigera, 587. 
Hylobates muelleri (z. s. u.), 741. | 
Hypena derasalis, 720. 

Hypodoxa erebusata, 732. 


Ibidzcus, gen. n., 663. | 

—— flavus, sp. n., structure (Figs. | 
16-21), 665. | 

platalee, structure (Figs. 15, 21), | 
664. | 

Idzea niobe, sp, n., 730. 

Imatidium fasciatum, 577. 

Induna albida, 731. | 


—- lactea, 731. 
InsmcTA. 

House-Fly Investigations: develop- 
ment, ethology; baits, poisons, 
ete., 461-518; Coleoptera: syste- 
matic, structure, 529-536; Hyme- 
noptera: Pison, etc., systematic, 
591;  Anoplura, Mallophaga : 
structure, systematic, 643; Hete- 
rocera from B. H. Africa, system- 
atic, 707. 


Laccoptera quadrimacutata, 587. 

Lacydes gracilis, 709. 

Lama vicuna: scent-glands (Fig. 5), 
TAG. 

Lebedodes nevius, sp. n. (Pl. I. 
fig, 24), 732. 

Lecasia othello, gen. et 
(PII. fig. 4), 724. 

Leocyma candace, sp. n., 712. 

Lepidosiren paradoxa (z. s. u.), 740. 

Linstowia lemuris, sp. n.: struc- | 
ture, 695. 


sp. n. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. LII. 


XVil 


Lipeurus antitogus, 682. 

burnetti : structure (Fig. 27), 682. 

JSorjiculatus : structure (Figs. 48— 

35), 682. 

heterogrammicus, 681. 

jejunus : structure (Fig. 26), 680. 

secretarius, 682. 

—-~ subsiqnatus, 680. 

variabilis, 682. 

Lissochila, 570. 

Loxodonta africana: 
(Hig. 11), 750. 

Lucilia cesar: development, baits, ete.. 
461-518. 

Lygropia amyntusalis, 735. 

—— pasithea, sp, n. (Pl. I. fig. 16), 
735. 

Lyncestis amphix, 721. 

unilinea, 722. 


scent-gland 


MAMMALIA . 

Chrysochloris  hottentota: skull- 
structure, 449; Cimolestes cutleri 
(fossil): structure, systematic, 525 ; 
scent-glands in various Mammals : 
structure, 742. 

Maurilia arcuata, 712. 

Mecyna polygonalis, 735. 

Melasina recondita, '737- 

Melittia hematopis, sp. n. (Fl. I. 

fig. 1), 736. 

Mesomphalia adspersa, 580. 
chalybea, 580. 

cribrum, 581. 
decemguttata, 580. 
vulnerata, 580. 

ab. subpustulata, 580. 
Metriona circumdata, 589. 
flavoplagiata, 588. 
gudaica, 589. 

scalaris, 588. 

Mola mola: ethology, 540. 
Molva elongata: exhibited, 540. 


Musca domestica: development, baits, 
ete., 462-518. 

Neomphalia adspersa, 580. 

vulnerata, S80. 

Neophilopterus, gen. n., 660. 

52 


XVilll 


Neophilopterus incompletus: structure 
(Figs. 13, 21), 660. 

tricolor: structure (Fig. 14), 663. 
Nephridia, 593. 

canthopus, 621, 


Nesopelia galapagoensis (z. s. L.), 739. 
Notatragus melanotis : 


(Fig. 6), 749. 


scent-glands 


Odontestra albivitta, 710. 

Oma, 578. 

denticula krishna, var. n., 
579. 

Omaspides clathrata, 582. 

Omoplata normalis, 582. 

Onchocephala quadriloba, 571. 

Ortholitha monotecta, 729. 

Orycteropus capensis : 
(Fig. 1), 742. 

Otis tarda (z. s. .), 739. 

Oxynodera colliculus, 579. 

trrorata, 579. 


scent-glands 


Paleornis cyanocephalus: yellow var., 
7AL. 

nepalensis: yellow var., 741. 

torquatus: yellow var., 741. 

Pandesma anysa, 716. 

Paraceramius, 593. 

koreensis, 617. | 

Parapison, 598. 

agilis, 616. 

—— frenchi, 601. 

obliteratus, 616. 

ruficornis, 600. 

rufipes, 616. 

Pectinopygus pullatus : 
(Fig. 36), 691. 

Pericallia hecate, 
fig. 19), 709. 


Pericyma umbrina, 715. 


structure 


ap (Blea || 


Peridela berengaria, sp.n.(Pl.I. | 
fig. 26), ‘727. | 

novaria, sp. n. 
721. 

Phalera lavinia, sp. n. 
fig. 20), 725. 


(Pl. I. fig. 17), | 


(Es 


INDEX. 


Philopterus acanthus: structure 

(Fig. 24), 677. 

asturinus: structure (Figs. 5, 6), 

651. 

athene: structure, 645. 

brunneiceps, 653. 

ceblebrachys : structure (Figs. 2, 4), 

645. 

communis, 676. 

cursor: structure (Fig. 1), 645. 

eygni, 653. 

Serrugineus, 653. 

—-~ humeralis : 
674. 

icterodes, 653. 

lari, 677. 

leontodon, 677. 

- obtusus, 653. 

pictus, 651. 

—— platystomus, 650. 

rostratus: structure (Hig. 3), 644. 

semi-signatus, 676. 


structure (Fig. 22 


Phiyctenodes castalis, 735. 

Phrynosoma brevicornis, sp. n. 
(CEIG Ils), Bai 3 (CA 5 108) 78), 

Physonota dlutacea, 582. 

, var. cyrtodes, 582. 

Phytometra chalcytes, 716. 

Pionea nigripunctalis, sp. n. (PI. I. 

fig. 2), 736. 

—— xanthalis, sp. n., 736. 
Piophila casei: baits, ete.. 482-518. 
Piscus : 

Centrolophus britannicus : exhibited, 
539; Molva elongata: exhibited, 
540; Mola mola: ethology, 540. 

Pison, 593. 
algiricum, 620. 
—— allonymui, 622. 


appendiculatum, 619. 

— arcolatus, 629. 

argentatus, 619. 

— ashmeadi, nom. n., 625. 
assimile, 620. 

ater, 619. 

atrum, 620. 

auratus, 614. 

aureofaciale, 628. 


Pison aureopilosus, 624. 
aureosericewm, 614. 
aurifex, 612. 
auriventre, 608. 
australis, 607. 
basalis, 615. 
cameronii, 628. 
chilensis, 629. 
clypeatus, 623. 
collare, 627. 
conformis, 628. 
congener, sp. n., 607. 
constrictum, 627. 
convexifrons, 629. 
eressoni, 628. 
decipiens, 612. 
denticeps, 622. 
dimidiatus, 603. 
dives, sp. n., 608. 
erythrocerus, 600. 


eRe de ee ee ee 


erythropus, 616. 

—— exornatum, sp. n., 614. 
—— exultans, sp. n., 615. 
—- fabricator, 625. 

—— fasciatum, 628. 

--—— fasciatus, 620. 

fenestratus, 603. 

—— festivus, 603. 

—- fraterculus, sp. n., 610. 
—— fuscipalpe, 619. 

-—— fuscipennis, 606. 

—— glabrum, 626. 

—— hospes, 628. 

—— ignavum, 601. 

—— impunctatum, 626. 

-—— inzequale, sp. n., 6238. 


—— inconspicuum, sp. n., 612. 


— infumatum, 605. 

—— insigne, 621. 

—— insulure st. priscum, 602. 
—— insularis, 626. 

—— iridipennis, 622, 626. 
—— javanus, 625. 

jurini, 619. 

kohlit, 624. 

—--— levis, 628. 

lagune, 625. 

—— lutescens, sp. n., 604. 


INDEX. 


Pison maculipennis, 628. 


xix 


-—— mandibulatum, sp. n., 605. 


—— marginatus, 609. 
—— melanocephalum, 601. 


—— meridionale, sp. n., 611. 


—— montanus, 621. 
—— morosus, 626. 
—— nitidus, 603, 627. 
obliquus, 604. 
—— obscurus, 621. 
orientale, 625. 
pallidipalpis, 625. 


—— paraensis, 628. 
pelletier’, 603. 
perplexus, 605. 
priscum, 602. 


—— pruinosus, 607. 


—— pulchrinum, sp. n., 613. 


punctifrons, 625. 
punctulatum, 608. 
—— punctulatus, 625. 
—— rechingeri, 627. 
regalis, 621. 

——~ rhodesianum, 622. 
—— rificornis, 602. 
— rufipes, 602. 

—— rugosus, 619. 
—- scabrum, 608. 


—— separatus, 610. 

—— sericewm, 620. 

—— simillimus, 609. 

—— speculare, 624. 

—— spinole, 607. 

—— strenuum, sp. n., 606. 
strictifrons, 626. 
striolatum, 625. 
suspicax, 620. 


suspictosus, 629. 
tahitense, 627. 
tasmanicus, 607. 
tibialis, 610. 
transvaalensis, 622. 
—— tuberculatus, 626. 
variicornis, 629. 
vestitus, 613. 
virosum, 602. 
westwoodi, 604. 
— wollastoni, sp. n., 624. 


».@.4 


Pison xanthopus, 621. 
(Aulacophilus) difficile, 599. 
-—— ( 
—— (Parapison) aberrans, 601. 
—— ( ) caliginosum, 600. 
— _ ( ) crasstcorne, 617. 
—— ( ) erythrogastrum, 599. 
—— (——) exclusum, 601. 

— ( ) ésolatwm, 618. 

—— (—) noctulum, 600. 

—— ( ) pertinax, 599. 

—— ( ) rothneyt, 617. 

—— (——) simulans, 600. 

—— (——) tenebroswm, 600. 
—— (Prisonitus) argentatus, 619. 
——— ( ) ruficornis, 602. 

—— (——_) rufipes, 602. 

—— (-——) rugosus, 619. 

—— (Pisonoides) aberrans, 601. 
—— (-——) agilis, 616. 


) icarioides, 599. 


—— ( ) brown, 617. 
—_ ( ) caliginosum, 600. 
—— ( ) difficile, 599. 


—— (+—) erythrocerus, 600. 


—— ( ) erythropus, 616. 
— ( ) exclusum, 601. 
—— ( ) icarioides, 599, 


) koreensis, 617. 

) noctulum, 600. 

) obliteratus, 616. 

) pertinax, 599. 

) semulans, 600. 

—— ( ) tenebrosum, 600. 

—— (==) Chivers Gin, me, (GILT, 
—— (——) isolatum, 618. 

—— (——) rothneys; 617. 

( 
Pisonitus, 593. 
argenteus, 619. 
Pisonoides, 598. 

brownt, 617. 
Pisonopsis anomala, 62%), 
argentinus, 629. 
birkmanni, 629. 
elypeata, 629. 
pilosus, 629. 
treangularis, 629. 
Pisum, 593- 

allonymum, 622. 


) testaceipes, sp. n., 618. 


INDEX, 


Pisum constrictum, 627. 
G29} 


Platypria echidna, 576. 


Pitthea triplagiata, 

577. 

Platysma mandzhuricum, sp. n., 
533. 


nigrum, 580. 


—— hystrix, 


(Coronocanthus) quadrisuleatum, 
536. 

—— (——) sulcatum, 586. 

—— (Macropecilus) sericeum, 530. 

(Melanius) anthracinum, 580. 

—— (Sarticus) habitans : structure, 535. 

—— ( ) obesulum: structure, 535. 

—-- (-—) rockhamptoniense : 
ture, 535. 

( ) saphyreomarginatum: struc- 
ture, 535. 

— (Sogines) punctulatum, 530. 

Plecoptera polymorpha, 722. 

—— —— polymnia, form. n., 722. 

Pecilaspis decempustulata, 581. 

nervosa, O81. 

— pantherina, 580. 

—— ——, ab. duodectmmaculata, 581. 

Polydesma colutrix, 716. 

Poppezea sabina, gen. et sp. n. (PI. I. 
fig. 5), 722: 

Potamocheerus chceropotaimus (z. s. L.), 
741: scent-glands (Fig. 4), 745. 

Prasinocyma wnipuncta, 731. 


struc- 


Prenea strigata, 579. 

Prioptera decempustulata, 578. 

octopunctata, 577. 

- westermanni, 577. 

Problepsis vestalis, 731. 

Proruaca recurrens, 719. 

Protoealliphora grenlandica: baits, ete., 
482. 

Protopterus annectens (z. s. L.), 589. 

Pseudomesomphalia chalybea, 580. 

decemguttata, 580. 

discoides, 580. 

Pseudonysson, 593. 

Jasciatus, 620. 


Psophia crepitans (z. s. u.), 740. 


viridis (z. s. L.), 740. 
Pyrausta incoloralis, 736. 
— sthenialis, 736. 


INDEX, 


Rangifer tarandus (2. s. t.), 739. 
Remigiodes remigina, 715, 
REpTiLtA. 

Phrynosoma brevicornis: systematic, 

537. 

Rhabdometra plectaria, 730. 
Rhea americana (z. s, 1.), 740. 
Ehococassis flavoplagiata, 588. 
Rhodometra sacraria, 730. 
Rhodospiza obsoleta (z. s. 1), 741. 
Ttisoba obstructa, 711. 


Sarcophaga carnaria: baits, etc., 482- | 


518. 
Sarticus : strueture, 535. 
Scrancia amata, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 
25) io: 


Secusio strigata, 709. 


Selagdia narses, sp. n. (PI. I. fig.25), | 


732. 
Selenis nebulosa, 581. 
spinifex, 581. 
Semiothisa crassilimbaria, (26. 
lataria, 727. 


obliquilineata, 727. 

semialbida, 727. 

Silana farinosa, 587. 

Solaster endeca: development (Pl. EI. 

fig. 11), 560. 

Stauropus critobulus, sp. n. (Pl. [. 

fig. 12), 726. 

Steropinus, subgen. n., 533. 
Stethispa eonfusa, 569. 

Stichaster roseus: development, 562. 
STRUCTURE. 

Mammatta: Chrysochloris hottentota 
(skull), 449; Cimolestes cutleri 
(fossil), 525; Cutaneous 
glands, 742. 

Avus: Gigantornis eaglesomea (fossil), 

519. 


Tysucra: Platysina (punctation), 5385; | 


Anoplana, Mallophaga, 643. 


Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1916, No, LILI, 


seent- | 


Xxl 


Struthiolipeurus, gen. n., 679. 

asymmetricus:; structure (Fig. 25), 

79. : 

Sus scrofa: scent-glands (Figs. 2, 3), 
145; (@. s. u.), 755. 


Tachybulus, 593. 

—— niger, 620. 

Tarache epalinoides, 712. 

psaliphora, 712. 

—~ winbrigera, 712. 

Taranga, 593. 

dubia, 607. 

Taveta syrinx, gen. et sp. n. (PI. I. 
fig. 13), 718, 719. 

Tephrina butaria, 728. 

-——- deeraria, 728, 


Terepene carolina: variation, 541. 
Thlaspida formose, 588. 
Thlaspidomorpha balyi, 588. 
Thlaspidosoma dohrni, 588. 
Timora fissifascia, 710. 

leucosticta, 710. 


Framinda viridaria, 731. 
Trikona, gen. n., 583. 


Ursus horribilis (z. s. 1.), 740. 


VARIATION. 
ManManra,ete.: Albinism in Ameri- 
can animals, 540. 
Aves: Paleeornis (yellow var.), 741. 
VURMIDEA. 
Linstowia, Cotugnia : 
structure, 695. 
Vulpes lagopus (z. s. u.), 740. 
—-— zerda (z. 8. u.), 740. 


systematic, 


ZLamarada secutaria, 728. 
Zinckenia fascialis, 735. 


or 
co 


‘PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND-FRA 


RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 


eee 
wg PRD 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON. 


1916. 


a PART III. 


conTaininc Paces 449 ro 551, witH 3 PLATES 


AND 8 TEXT-FIGURES. 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. 
LONDON: 


i MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., 
| PATERNOSTER ROW. 


SEPTEMBER 1916. 
| 


Orn [Price Twelve Shillings. | 


hd 


bist OF. CONTENTS, 


1916, Part III. (pp. 449-551), 


EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS. 


Page 

Mr. E. G. Boutzneer, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. Exhibition of living specimens of 
the African Lungfish (Protopterus annectens) ........++escerseecsees was oneteraye on eo BS 

The Rey. H. N. Hurcninson, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a model of the Dinosaur, 
IDEAL OCT ROOT LATE UOT RELA oti OMIA S ab ocd OO BA oeniC GOD Ao ceC On casei oer 6 539 

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a rare Fish, Centrolophus britannicus 
(Ginth.) and of a Silver Ling (Molva elongata) ......eeesssssee etches Re fesetuete etait 539 


Dr. R. W. Suuraipt, C.M.Z.8. Notes on Albinism in American Animals °............ 540 


Résumé of a Discussion on the results published in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ 
with special reference to the zoo-geographical relations between America and 


BASED TCA Ze tec ie ia eieie Seale ee cele Rate ae ee Cone eR aT eee A Eee iat ee Race Hp Sanic 541 


PAPERS. 


16. On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris. By R. Broom, M.D., C.M.ZS. 
(Plates 1, 10. ;and “Next-fowres dome swe cat blew sre aie < nie cole «ieee ened) ete 


17. Fly Investigations Reports.—I. Some Observations on the Life-History of the 


Blow-Fly and of the House-Fly, made from August to September, 1915, for the 
Zoological Society of London, By Wintrrep H. SaunpERs .........-++-.++---. 461 


Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. 


4s ID IROOM, JP, Il 


S 


Mx. Pmx. PN.EC 
1 


R.B., DEL. MENPES PRESS, WATFORD. 


SIU OS Chix SOCHLORIS HOLLEN hOmA: 


ZS, Wie, IROOM. Jel, Wl. 


MENPES PRESS, WATFORD. 


SKULL Ok ChIRYSOCHLORIS OnmEN TOA: 


R.B., DEL. 


nominees 
ar anian Wistifysem 
© ensonle ITO AN 


j } owe : 
( FEB LT W2U } 


SY w | RA 
PROCEE DINGS onal MBe> 


OF TITE 


eens 


GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS . 


OF THEA 


* ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


PAPERS. 


16. On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris. 
By R. Broom, M.D., D.Sec., C.M.Z.8. 


[Received April 25, 1916: Read May 23, 1916. ] 
(Plates I., I1.* and Text-figures 1-3.) 


The examination of the Organ of Jacobson and the nasal 
cartilages in the Cape Golden Mole, the results of which I 
recently communicated to the Society t, showed that Chryso- 
chloris is not, as has been generally held, an ally of Centetes, nor 
indeed apparently of any of the small mammals which are usually 
grouped together as ‘“Insectivora,” and that the Golden Moles 
ought to be placed in an Order by themselves to which Dobson’s 
name of Chrysochloridea may be applied. As the type is so 
unique, it seemed worth while to make a careful study of the 
skull. 

Hitherto very little has been known of the skull of Chrysochloris. 
Though the animal is not at all rare, it is not often seen unless 
specially looked for, and probably only a very small proportion 
of the inhabitants of South Africa have ever seen one, except 
perhaps in a Museum. Most of the larger museums have a 
number of skins and skulls, but, as is the case with many small 
mammals, the cranial bones in the adult are so completely 


* For explanation of the Plates see p. 458. 
7 P.Z.S. 1915, p. 347. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XXXII. 32 


450 DR. R. BROOM ON THE 


anchylosed that it is impossible to do much more than speculate 
on the structure. Dobson figures a nearly adult skull of one 
species which reveals some sutures, but only a very young skull 
could clear up most of the points in doubt, and until recently, 
so far as I am aware, no very young specimens have ever been 
obtained by any scientist. W hile residing at Stellenbosch, though 
I collected many adult Chrysochloris, I only succeeded in setting 
about half a dozen young specimens, and unfortunately I have 
no specimens which would show the early condition of the 
chondrocranium. Still, the skull of the newly-born Chrysochloris 
hottentota, which I have examined, is in such an interesting stage 
of development that it reveals clearly the nature of practically all 
the cartilaginous as well as the osseous elements. 

Prof. J. P. Hill has very kindly had the head of the young. 
Chrysochloris hottentota sectioned for me by his laboratory 
assistant, Mr. F. Pittock, and the facts revealed in the sections 
have been confirmed and amplified by the study of a prepared 
skull of a shghtly older Chrysochloris asiatica. 


Skull of young Chrysochloris asiatica. 


The skull measures in greatest length 13°5 mm., and the basal 
length from the basioccipital to the premaxilla is 10°7 mm. The 
maximum width is 9°5 mm., and height 7-5 mm. 

When viewed from above, the large size of the brain region, 
the narrowed orbital, and the short narrowed facial region give 
the skull a shght superficial resemblance to that of a small bird, 

The premaxille are small, irregularly squar e-shaped bones 
which articulate by one side with the maxille and by another 
with the nasals. They contain the already calcified points of the 
three milk-incisors. ‘The premaxilla forms a distinct portion of 
the hard palate behind the incisors and in front of the anterior 
palatine foramina. 

The maxilla forms the greater part of the hard palate. Already 
the milk-canine, the three milk-molavs, and the first molar are 
partly calcified. The maxilla forms about twice as large a part 
of the side of the snout as does the premaxilla. There is a large 
foramen for the large manillary branch of the Vth nerve. The 
most remarkable thing about the maxilla is the way in which it 
forms the jugal arch. There is no trace of a jugal bone, and the 
whole arch is formed by a backward process of the maxilla which 
runs back as far as the glenoid cavity and articulates with the 
squamosal, 

The nasals are relatively short. They measure 4°5 mm. in 
length, and the greatest measurement across the two is at the 
upper end, where it is 3 mm. In front the transverse measure- 
ment is 2 mm. 

The lacrimal is very small and cannot be satisfactorily made 
out in this skull, though it can be detected in the sections of the 
earlier stage. 


SKULL OF CHRYSOCHLORIS. 451] 


The frontal is relatively small, being only about half the size 
of the parietal. There is a distinct orbital constriction. 

The large parietals each form nearly a quarter of the upper 
surface of the skull. Each articulates with its neighbour, and 
with the frontal, squamosal, tabular, and supraoccipital. 

The squamosal is of moderate size but very peculiarly shaped. 
The upper squamous portion is much reduced, and behind the 
glenoid cavity there is a long posterior descending process which 
covers the petrosal and extends as far as the exoccipital. In 
front the squamosal articulates with the maxilla, but forms 
practically no part of the zygoma. 

On the base of the skull the palatines, pterygoids, tympanics, 
auditory ossicles, vomer, basisphenoid, and _ basioccipital and 
exoccipital can be readily made out, but their relations and 
structure can be better understood from the reconstruction of 
the earlier stage. 


Text-figure 1. 


\| I / 1) 
Wl, 


\\ 


ANAL 
\\Y 


A. Occiput of young Chrysochloris asiatica.- X 4. 
B. Occiput of young Hemicentetes sp. X 3°5. 


For explanation of lettering see p. 458. 


It is necessary, however, to consider more fully the structure 
of the occiput, as it is unlike that of any other known mammal. 
When the skull is examined posteriorly there is seen to be a 
very small basioccipital, a pair of small exoccipitals, and a 
relatively large supraoccipital, with no distinct interparietal. 
The relations and shapes of these will be seen in text-fig. 1. 
On each outer side of the supraoccipital is a rounded bone of 
moderate size which I regard as the tabular. It is a membrane- 
bone which articulates with the supraoccipital, the parietal, the 
exoccipital, and partly covers the petrosal or periotic. At this 
stage it does not quite reach the squamosal, but not improbably 
in a slightly more advanced stage it may be found to articulate 
with the squamosal. Whatever be the nature of this bone, it 
quite certainly, as will be seen later, is not formed from any part 
of the ear-capsule, and as it certainly occupies the exact position 
of the tabular in Therapsid and other early reptiles, it seems 
well to apply this name to it.- As a large tabular occurs in 

32* 


452 DR. R. BROOM ON THE 


Cynodonts we may infer that the early mammals still retained 
it, and possibly Chrysochloris and its ancestors have never lost 
this ancestral character which all other known mammals have 
lost. 

The occiput of Chrysochloris is very interesting when compared 
with its supposed ally Hemicentetes (text-fig. iL B). It will be 
observed that the most striking difference is the entire absence 
of even a rudimentary tabular, whose place is occupied by lateral 
extensions of the suipraoccipital and parietal. There are also 
considerable differences in the relative sizes of the other 
elements. 


Membrane-bones of the base of the skull of the newly-born 
Chrysochloris hottentota. 


The skull of the newly-born Chrysochloris hottentota is now 
represented by 710 transverse sections. From sections 1 to 316 
the series is complete and continuous. Here, unfortunately, the 
block of paraffin has been placed in the microtome in the reversed 
position and a wedge-shaped section of considerable thickness has 
been removed. Between sections 372 and 373 about eight sec- 
tions are missing. ‘Though these imperfections have increased 
the difficulty of reconstruction, they have fortunately not resulted 
in the loss of any fact of importance. In the reconstructions I 
have made, the gaps have been restored, as can be done with 
complete confidence, and the slight obliquity of the posterior half 
of the skull corrected. 

As there is nothing of importance to be seen on the upper side 
of the skull that is not better seen in the slightly older dissected 
skull, I shall confine my description to the interesting condition 
of the base. 

The whole palate is relatively shorter and broader than in the 
older stage. The premaxilla is already well ossified, and has two 
large open sockets for the Ist and 2nd developing milk-incisors. 
The cavity for the third developing tooth is only partly formed 
by the premaxilla, and partly by the maxilla. There seems little 
doubt, however, that this 3rd tooth is also, as has been generally 
held, an incisor. The palatine process is rather short, and there 
is a fair ly large anterior palatine foramen. 

The maxillar y bone has a very broad but rather short palatal 
plate. There are distinct concavities for part of the 3rd milk- 
incisor, the milk-canine, the three milk-premolars, and for the 
Ist true molar. The dental lamina which is going to form the 
2nd and 3rd molars is not at this stage supported by bone. 
From the lamina of bone which forms the outer protection for 
the dental germs, there is continued backwards the process of 
bone which forms the zygomatic arch. There is no distinct 
jugal. 

The palatine is seen as a fairly large bone behind the 
maxillary. The plates forming the secondary palate are well 


SKULL OF CHRYSOCHLORIS. 453 


developed, and form the bony borders of the wide choana, 
Between the deeper portions of the palatines, the relations of 
which will be better understood from the sections, is seen the 


Text-figure 2. 


Reconstruction of base of skull of Chrysochloris hottentota (newly born) showing 
the membrane-bones. Portions of the right tympanic and the right basisphe- 
noidal processes have been removed to show the underlying parts. X 12. 


For explanation of lettering see p. 458. 


vomer. Superficial to the posterior part of the palatine is the 
peculiarly shaped pterygoid. The main part of the bone is 


454 DR. R. BROOM ON ‘THE 


continued backwards from the palatine. A long slender out- 
ward process extends underneath the alisphenoid and in close 
relation to it. Downwards and backwards there passes a strong 
hooked process which supperts the soft palate. The general 
shape will be readily understood from the restored figure 
(text-fig. 2). 

External to the pterygoid and poster ior to it is seen the large 
bony ring of the tympanic. It forms about 4 of a ited 2 
Lying between it and Meckel’s cartilage is seen the prearticular 
or “goniale” of Gaupp; and immediately internal to the pre- 
articular is a slender splint of bone which has not, so far as 
I am aware, been previously observed in mammals. It may 
represent the surangular of the reptilian jaw. 

External to the ty mpanic is seen the developing squamosal, 
It curves round the auditory region, and in the figure is seen 
extremely foreshortened. In the slightly older skull the 
squamosal passes much further downwards and inwards and 
protects the whole of the posterior tympanic region which at 
this stage is exposed. 

Behind the auditory capsule is seen the developing tabular ; 
it is in close association with the anterior border of the supra- 
occipital. 

Tn the figure given the only other membrane-bone seen is the 
frontal, a considerable part of whose lower border is shown. 
A large foramen shown is occupied by a venous sinus. 


Chondrocranium and cartilage-bones of the newly-born 
Chrysochloris hottentota. 


Text-figure 3 shows a reconstruction of the chondrocranium, 
almost all the membrane-bones having been removed. The most 
striking general features are the great size of the occipital and 
auditory regions, the very small size of the orbitosphenoid, and 
the well-developed condition of the nasal capsules. 

The internal structure of the nasal capsule is to some extent 
revealed in the figures of sections given. In the reconstructed 
figure the most inter esting feature shown is the primitive struc- 
ture of Jacobson’s cartilage. Tt will be observed that there is, 
as in marsupials and a few lowly-organised Kutherians, an outer 
bar which is, however, not quite completely formed. There is a 
small posterior nasal-floor cartilage. 

The orbitosphenoid is unusually small and does not extend far 
backwards as 1t does in marsupials and primitive Eutherianus. 
tt has a foramen rotundum for the rudimentary optic nerve. 

On the base of the posterior part of the nasal capsule is a 
large membrane-bone of doubtful significance. Text-fig. 3 shows 
the appearance of the bone as viewed from below after the 
removal of the vomer, palatine, pterygoid, and alisphenoid. 
In the figures of sections given (Pls. I., IJ., figs. 6-8) the 
relations of the bone to the nasal capsule, to the orbitosphenoid, 


SKULL OF GCHRYSOCHLORIS. ADD 


and to the nasal septum, in addition to the relations to the 
membrane-bones and the alisphenoid, can be fully understood. 


Text-figure 3. 


Reconstruction of base of skull of Chrysockloris hottentota (newly born) with the 
membrane-bones removed. On the right side the auditory ossicles have also 
been removed and part of the basisphenoidal process and the whole of the 
alisphenoid. The posterior nasal-floor cartilage has also been removed from 
the left side. X 12. 


For explanation of lettering see p. 458. 


Being above the alisphenoid, the bone is manifestly not one of 
the pterygoid group of bones. It is much too far back to be the 


456 DR. R. BROOM ON THE 


homologue of the reptilian paired yomer; and it cannot be the 
septomaxillary. It is no doubt the same bone as Parker found 
in a number of mammals and referred to as the postero-lateral 
vomer ; but it is no part of the true vomer. Considering how 
very large a membranous ossification is formed in connection, as 
we shall see, with the basisphenoid, one may think of the possibility 
of this being a membranous exostosis in connection with the 
presphenoid, though at this stage, and even in the later one 
represented by the small skull dissected, there is no ossification 
of the cartilaginous presphenoid. In the meantime I think it 
safest to leave the significance of the bone as very doubtful. 

The alisphenoid is fairly well developed but very narrow, and 
much more like a columella cranii than in any other mammal 
IT know. It is still mainly cartilaginous, though commencing to 
ossify along the posterior border, and at its inner end there is 
considerable ossification which cannot altogether be separated 
from the ossification in membrane which is spreading out from 
the basisphenoid. 

The basisphenoid is chiefly remarkable for the large mem- 
branous exostosis which forms a large process extending down- 
wards and outwards. This process may be regarded as a 
basisphenoidal process comparable to the basisphenoidal pro- 
cess of many reptiles in having a true articulation with the 
pterygoid. 

The auditory ossicles are relatively large. 

The general structure of the auditory region will be more 
readily understood from the sections. The tegmen tympani is 
feebly developed. 

The most interesting feature of the occiput is the fact that 
only a relatively small part of the supraoccipital is preformed 
in cartilage. ‘The greater part is a membranous exostosis which 
fills in the median portion between the two sides. It might be 
argued that this median part is really the interparietal, but from 
the condition seen in the later states it seems better to look on 
the ossification as a supraoccipital in which only the lateral parts 
have a cartilage basis. 


Description of the more important sections. 


As I have in my previous paper figured and described the 
cartilages in connection with Jacobson’s organ, and as the 
posterior part of the nasal capsule has a very complicated 
arrangement of turbinals which would require for the complete 
solution of its significance a much fuller comparison with other 
mammalian types than is at present possible, I shall leave any 
detailed account of the nasal cartilages till some future time. 

Figures 1—6 (PI. I.) represent sections 131, 185, 238, 280, 302, 
and 316 respectively, and show the general arrangement of the 
nasal cartilages. 

Fig. 1, which is through the middle part of Jacobson’s organ, 


SKULL OF CHRYSOCHLORIS. 457 


shows the small posterior nasal-floor cartilage. The anterior part 
of the maxilla is seen inside the premaxilla. 

Fig. 2 shows the small procumbent inferior turbinal. The 
small developing 1st milk-molar is seen, and the very slender 
lacrimal duct. 

Fig. 3 is through the anterior part of the palatine. The 
maxilla has the outer portion which protects the developing 
3rd milk-molar no longer attached to the main part above. 

Fig. 4 is through the plane of the rudimentary eye. The 
moderately large lacrimal gland is cut across. The relative 
positions of the palatine, maxilla with its zygomatic process, the 
vomer, and the frontal are shown. 

Fig. 5 is through the anterior part of the pterygoid, and 
shows the relations of the palatine to the vomer internally 
and to the pterygoid inferiorly. 

Fig. 6 is through the posterior end of the vomer. Above the 
vomer and the palatine is seen the problematic bone previously 
mentioned. It is seen to be in close relation to the nasal cap- 
sule and almost in contact externally with the spheno-palatine 
ganglion. A large venous sinus is seen passing out of the 
frontal bone. 

Fig. 7 is a little posterior to the section shown in fig. 6, 
but not quite in the same plane, as already mentioned. The 
problematic bone is seen to be of large size, lying above the 
pterygoid and the posterior end of the palatine. 

Fig. 8 (Pl. II.) is through the anterior part of the Gasserian 
ganglion. ‘The alisphenoid is cut down the middle. The lower 
end is ossifying by exostosis. Below the alisphenoid is seen the 
pterygoid. Above these two elements and below the posterior 
end of the nasal capsule, is the large problematic ‘lateral vomer.” 
Its upper outer angle is in close relation with the lower inner end 
of the orbitosphenoid. 

Fig. 9 is through the anterior end of the auditory capsule and 
shows the cochlea in section. The basisphenoid shows part of 
the lateral exostosis which supports the capsule. The tympanic 
bone is seen cut across at both the outer and inner ends of the 
long flattened tympanic cavity. Inside the upper end of the 
tympanic is seen the curved prearticular or goniale which 
embraces Meckel’s cartilage. Along the imner edge of this 
prearticular is another slender splint of bone which may repre- 
sent the reptilian surangular. Above the prearticular is Meckel’s 
cartilage, and inside this latter is seen the small chorda tympani 
nerve. Hxternal to Meckel’s cartilage is shown the large cartilage 
which forms the articular end of the dentary, and above this is 
seen the posterior end of the zygomatic process of the maxilla 
and the anterior end of the squamosal. The section is through 
the main part of the external auditory meatus, which is seen 
surrounded by a series of cartilages belonging to the external 
ear. 

Fig. 10 is through the posterior part of the malleus. It shows 


458 DR. R. BROOM ON THE 


the relations of the squamosal to the parietal and maxilla, and 
of the hyoid to the VIIth nerve and to the tympanic. 

Fig. 11 is through the incus and the stapes. The stapes is 
seen pierced by the large stapedial artery. The incus is large 
and is seen mainly covered by the squamosal. The VIIth nerve 
is seen cut in three places, the inner part being continuous with 
the geniculate ganglion. Jn the lower part of the section is seen 
the large ganglion of the vagus nerve. 

Fig. 12 shows the tabular bone and its relations to the supra- 
occipital, exoccipital, and auditory capsule. Whatever be its 
significance, it has manifestly, as will be seen, nothing to do 
with the auditory capsule. 


Concluding observations. 


The skull of Chrysochloris is in part a primitive, and in part a 
specialised and degenerate type. 

It is primitive in the structure of Jacobson’s cartilage, in 
the feeble development of the inferior turbinal, in the simple 
columella-like alisphenoid, in having a large maxillary zygomatic 
process, in the possession of a large complicated pterygoid which 
articulates with a large basisphenoidal process, and in the 
possession of a distinct tabular bone. 

It is degenerate and specialised in the rudimentary condition 
of the orbitosphenoid, in the loss of the ectopterygoid inter- 
parietal, and jugal, and the lack of development of a zygomatic 
process of the squamosal. 

The examination of the skull confirms the result of the 
examination of Jacobson’s organ and its relations in showing 
that Chrysochloris 1s not a near ally of Centetes, and that it 
is not an Insectivore. Further, it is not allied to the Meno- 
typhla, and ought to be placed in a distinct order Chrysochloridea. 


Explanation of Lettering of Text-figures and Plates. 


Art.D. articular head of dentary; A.S. alisphenoid; Awd. auditory capsule; 
B.O. basioccipital; B.S. basisphenoid; #.A. external auditory meatus; H.O. 
exoccipital ; #.J. foramen jugulare; F.R. fenestra rotunda; Fr. frontal; G.G. 
Gasserian ganglion; G.X. ganglion of Xth nerve; Hy. hyoid; Inc. ineus; J.C. 
Jacobson’s cartilage; .d.; Ug. lacrimal gland; Mal. malleus; Md. mandible; Wh. 
Meckel’s cartilage; MWe. maxilla; Na. nasal; O. orbit; O.S. orbitosphenoid ; 
P.A. prearticular; Pa. parietal; Pal. palatine; Pet. petrosal; Pmax. premaxilla ; 
P.N.F.C. posterior nasal-floor cartilage; Pt. pterygoid; S.A. surangular; S.H. 
saccus endolymphaticus ; S.O. supraoccipital; S.P.G.: spheno-palatine ganglion ; 
Sq. squamosal; Sz. stapes; S¢.4. stapedial artery; 7b. tabular; Ty. tympanic ; 
. Vth nerve; Vd. mandibular branch of Vth nerve; Vina. maxillary branch 
of Vth nerve; VIL. VIIth nerve; Vo. vomer; V.S.F. venous sinus of frontal; 
<. problematic bone at back part of nasal capsule. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. & II. 
Figs. 1-12. Transverse sections of skull of newly-born Chrysochloris hottentota. 


All sections are 15 times natural size. 


SKULL OF CHIRYSOCHLORIS. 459 


ADDENDUM (July 12, 1916).—After my paper had been com- 
municated to the Society, Mr. D. M. 8S. Watson called my 
attention to the fact that there is generally present in the 
Common Seal (Phoca vitulina) a bone which also appears to be a 
tabular. It has, of course, long been known that not infrequently 
a distinct bone occurs in the corresponding region in the human 
subject; and we may, I think, conclude that though most 
mammals have lost the tabular there is a tendency for it to re- 
appear by reversion in forms in which, owing to the configuration 
of the brain, the occiput is largely developed.—R. B. 


ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 461 


17. Fly Investigations Reports.—I. Some Observations on 
the Life-History of the Blow-Fly and of the House- 
Fly, made from August to September, 1915, for the 
Zoological Society of London. By Wuyirrep H. 
SAUNDERS *. 


[Received March 19,1916: Preliminary report read by Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, 
November 9, 1915. | 


Tre Biow-F iy. 


The breeding-material used was raw meat—a mixture of beef 
and mutton scraps. The meat was placed in pickle-jars, into 
which the flies were introduced; the tops were covered with 
muslin, and eggs were laid on the meat contained in these traps. 
The temperature of the room in which they were kept varied 
from 40—60° F. 

Batches of Bluebottles (Calliphora erythrocephala) and Green- 
bottles (Lucilia cesar) were watched and compared, and the 
table given below shows very slight differences in the period of 
metamorphosis. ; 


Bluebottle. Greenbottle. 
Ova laid, Sept. Ist—2nd. Ova laid, Aug. 24th. 
,, batched, ,,. 2nd—3rd. ,, hatched, oul 
Larve pupated, ,, 14th-l19th. Larve pupated, Sept. 4th—5th. 
Flies emerged, ,, 27th. Flies emerged, ,, 15th—29th. 


As batches of eggs were laid they were isolated, and, so far 
as possible, the development was watched. The eggs were, as 
a rule, deposited in little crevices in the meat. ‘The flies are 
attracted to moist meat whether fresh, foul, raw, or cooked, but 
they avoid dried meat. 

Lgg-laying.—This was observed through a binocular dissecting 
microscope. A fly which had been isolated in a test-tube with a 
piece of meat deposited eggs within an hour after being captured. 
The long ovipositor (about half the length of the body and a very 
sensitive structure) felt the surface before the passage of each 
egg. 

~The eggs which I saw laid were placed parallel with one 
another, and arranged in the typical compact little group. 

In hatching, the egg splits longitudinally along a suture marked 
by a white line. It splits first at the broader end, on the convex 
side, which is in contact with the dorsal surface of the larva. 
The rupture is brought about. by the pressure of movement 
within, and begins with a narrow slit, which lengthens as the 
maggot escapes. The empty shell very quickly shrivels. 


* Communicated by Prof. H. Maxweut Lerroy, M.A., F.ZS. 


462 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE 


Maggot.—The larval stage lasted from 10 to 16 days in most 
cases, but no moults were discovered. 

Puparium.—tThe resting-stage covered from 8 to 13 days in 
the Bluebottle, but the Greenbottle spent up to 24 days in that 
condition. 

Some eggs and maggots perished in a temperature of 38° C. 
The last batches remained in the maggot stage for many weeks, 
and they all succumbed at the beginning of November. 


THe Housse-Fry (Musca domestica). 


Eggs were laid on banana, either in cracks or crevices of the 
pulp or under the loose skin. 

As batches of eggs were found they were isolated in small 
dishes. They were laid in material kept ina room where flies 
were bred. The maggots fed on banana and a mixture of bread, 
casein, and sugar moistened with water. Changes in growth 
were observed, but, as in the Blow-fly, no larval moults could be 
seen. The method of egg-laying and of hatching is similar to 
that of the Blow-fly. 

Some batches of eggs were divided, one half being kept at the 
normal temperature of the room (40-60° F.) and the other at 
38° C. (100°-4 F.). The results were as follows :-— 


Temperature 100° 4 F. Temperature 40-60° F, 
Batch 1. Eggs laid September Ist—2nd. 
Hatched Sept. 2nd—3rd. Hatched Sept. 2nd—3rd. 
Pupated ,, 7th—10th. Pupated ,, 15th. 
Emerged ,, 12th—16th. Kmerged ,, 26th—27th. 
Total 14 days. Total 25 days. 
Batch 2. Kiggs laid September 3rd—4th. 
Hatched Sept. 5th. Hatched Sept. 5th. 
Pupated: ,, 12th. Pupated ,, 16th. 
Emerged ,,  15th—16th. Kmerged ,, 28th. 
Total 11 days. Total 23 days. 
Batch 3. Eggs laid September 5th. 
Hatched Sept. 6th. Hatched Sept. 6th. 
Pupated ,, 13th. Pupated ,, 22nd. 
Emerged ,, 15th—16th. Emerged ,, 28th—29th. 
Total 10 days. Total 23 days. 
Batch 4. Eggs laid September 6th—7th. 
Hatched Sept. 7th. Hatched Sept. 7th. 
Pupated ,, 14th—15th. Pupated) Wei 7 23rd: 
Emerged ,, 16th. Emerged ,, 30th. 


Total 9 days. Total 23 days. 


HLOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 463 


Conclusions. 


The four batches of the House-fly show that the higher 
temperature hastens development—38° C. appears to be the 
maximum, the maggots cannot endure 40° C., and Blow-fly 
maggots perish at 38° C. 

The experiments serve only to confirm records previously 
published. 

The enquiry closed at the end of September, so that within a 
month there was no opportunity of repeating and checking the 
Blow-fly results, nor of observing hibernating habits with the 
approach of winter. 

It is interesting to note that the Blow-fly will breed together 
with the House-fly in the mixture of bread, casein, sugar, and 
banana, and it would be worth while following the investigations 
through the winter with a view to clearing up points connected 
with hibernation, etc. 


y dame . sane aa aa i 
a iA ; 7 
ern at in a oat ; 


shiek pry nee stg: artis pa 
Pd RTCA RSL, ie EE Uta BR ag Ane Sie fal mal sate i 


iit, ge geht) a meaniennee aa iat Bie fa i atin) 
gash ak Bla AA aaa ih 00 ‘ 
POD abel? gee auiais arash ey ult watw bop, ial we pr 
oon DAMEN: RRM alae cy 0a Ae ee 
hoeie us if apie Niro POH ah i 


eae e "Pao ideale Ke 
coy ie fi Nir iret begets iis) aly Ny i 2 My 

D pelle juibelieil FEU eia dah ea 
Mea ae aon Tonks, ‘x Pri wiiwh: ONE. | ‘i 
- Piet | a hers TOS be ee, io | 

sa ei: ha ile acai wet oe 
Pawlet Ai ae hy ae imme hid ni ee 
Sloe vio ASthatg! SRO ce Iie on a eS 
Beso ns GR dah ‘ia medi) ie aes 

5 Ene: se Airs: La Pe ie eka bed isha 


Fue ye pie AN Kegs in Bay tedinve bie. 
cn een} is ss ee oe a abate ieee mh 

tape a oee:: is sont oy 
i Dace ie eM i Miriey 


: cL 15 tates: 


ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 465 


18. Fly Investigations Reports—U. Trials for Catching, 
Repelling, and Exterminating Flies in Houses, made 
during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society of 
London. By Winirrep H. Saunpers*. 


[ Received March 19, 1916; Preliminary report read by Prot. H. Maxwetni LEFRoy, 
November 9, 1915. | 


The trials were made at a country residence in Kent during 
August and September. House-flies were particularly numerous 
in the kitchen quarters and in an outhouse where poultry-food 
was prepared and stored. The living-rooms of the house were 
practically free from flies. 

An inspection was made to ascertain whether any breeding- 
grounds existed on the premises. It was found that farmyard 
manure dumped into & manure-tip produced a large number of 
flies, though it was clear that the main source was beyond the 
control of the householder. Pigs were kept on this manure, 
which was allowed to accumulate for six weeks before being 
moved and stacked on some land a few yards away. 

No steps had been taken to check the increase of flies, and the 
situation offered scope for testing under normal conditions the 
remedies which from experimental investigations were most 
promising. 

Measures were taken : 


1. To check the breeding of flies by treating the farmyard 
manure :— 

(«) In the manure-tip by watering the surface every four 
days with Westoran, in the strength of one part to 
twenty parts of water. 

(6) Stacked for use in the garden by dressing the surface 

with green oil and soil, in the proportion of one part 
oil to forty parts of soil per 100 square feet of surface. 


2. To destroy flies by poisoning and by attracting to traps. 


Tria [.—TRappine. ’ 

Balloon traps baited with (1) casein, sugar, and stout ; 
(Pin ne banana ; 

(3) 55 ns water 


gave the following results :— 


* Communicated by Prof. H. Maxwetn Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S. 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XX XIII. ao 


466 


MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON TILE 


Taste 1.—Mapweb Bait (casein and sugar in equal parts) 


and stout. Moistened daily with stout. 


Say | Servants’ | Poultry | 
Day. Kitchen. | Hall. | Shed. | Total. 
US 0) BIRO Soocae 4, Musca. | 6 Musca. 12 Musca. | 22 Musca. | 
| | | | 
Acres se Ee eee 2 VE 4, |) 46 8 Blow. 
| | 
BUND soonsc 42 Cs, OF oy | 128 op 97 op | 
Ciheaes Sania 5) ass 2 ees LOS eT bes | 
HRD soeese HO) 5 | Shy OP COmars | 
| Ot hiees Mella re [os aby gy | 
ae aaraa a yee | aad eo 
Totalaee 131 Musca, 3 Blow.|154 Musca.| 77 Musca. | 362 Musca, 3 Blow. 
: 
TaBie 2.—Mapweb Bait and banana. 
0 Servants | Poultry 
Day. Kitchen. Tela. Shed. Total. 
US 10) BIOL ssc0e 1 Musca, 6 Fannia,! 7 Musca. | 39 Musca. | 47 Musca, 6 Fannia, 
1 Blow. 1 Blow. 
AYN, coca 2 Musca. 1D oy, 10 = 24 Musca. 
bth Biron Ce aie | OI ee, 88 3 
6theeeee 6 ” 22 ” 10 ” 38 2 
th ......124 3 Aon hve LO eeu OB 
Ocheeee | Sieh, 1 on; Oa eee 
Rotaliees 44 Musca, 6 Fannia,) 75 Musca. | 85 Musca. 204 Musca, 6 Fannia, 
1 Blow. 1 Blow. 


TasLE 3.—Mapweb Bait and water. 


Mixed two days 


previously ; moistened daily with water. 


Kitchen. 


2 Musca. 


OV 


13 
3l 


73 Musca. 


Servants’ 
Hall. 


13 Musca. 
47 
14 
16 


80 Musca. 


Shed. 


18 


23 


50 Musci 


| 
| Poultry 


peer. 


2 Musca. | 


Total. 


4 Musca. 
36 
61 


L. 213 Musea. 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 467 


Triat I1.—Fiypaprer (Exrirmo). 
Tested against Trial I. with the following results :— 


Examined after two days : 


TABLE 4, 

1. Kitchen............ 52 Musca against 41 in 3 balloon traps... Bait and 
stout... Il 

Bait and 
banana... 8 

Bait and 
water ... 22 

2. Servants’ Hall... 135 Musca against 42 in 8 balloon traps... Bait and 
stout ... 20 

Bait and 
banana... 1 

Bait and 
water ... 16 

3. Poultry Shed ... 314 Musca against 18 in 3 balloon traps... Bait and 
stout... 13 

Bait and 
banana... 3 

Bait and 
water) in.) 2 


N.B.—Of the House-flies caught in traps 69 °/, were males. 


TriaL IIJ.—Sprays. 


Rooms were sprayed with the following (the windows were 
netted for two days, then fly-papers were exposed) :— 
1. Flybane (aromatic disinfecting oil). 
2. Exol. 
3. Army Spray. 


TABLE 5. 
Flybane. 
Day after netting was removed :-— 
Kitchen. Servants’ Hall. Poultry Shed. 
102 Musca. 105 Musca, eggs laid. 40 Musca. 
Kxol. 
Two days after netting was removed :— 
Kitchen. Servants’ Hall. Poultry Shed. 
130 Musca. 250 Musca. — 


Army Spray. 


This preparation was arrived at late in the season (November), 
when, under normal conditions, flies had disappeared. It was, 
therefore, tested in some Army recreation-rooms, in a building 
where flies were bred for experimental purposes. The conditions 
were similar to those of ordinary cook-houses and dwelling- 

33* 


468 ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS, 


rooms, food being served there which provided the usual 

attractions, 

(N.B.—The Army Spray is prepared from Professor Maxwell Lefroy’s 
fonmula by Heppell & Co., Knightsbridge, who supply it at 
30s. per gallon concentrated. The diluted spray for use costs 
ls. 6d. per gallon.) 


(RRP Vie EivaKcinE Re 


Flykiller (treacle, arsenic, and water) was tested according to 
recommendations by Berlese, who used it with great success in 
Italy. Rags saturated with the solution were hung in places 
out of reach of domestic animals, and the mixture was sprayed 
on the roof, etc. Two applications were made, and the surround- 
ing areas were carefully examined for dead flies the day after 
each. None were found, and there was no decrease in the 
number of flies which entered the house. 


CONCLUSIONS. 
From Trial IIL. :— 


1. Flybane is effective in killing flies by contact, but it does 
not act as a repellent. There are two objections to its use in 
kitchens, wards, and dwelling-rooms. First, the parattin oil taints 
food (although it is absolutely harmless); and, secondly, it leaves 
a mans upon the window-panes, furniture, etc. 

. Exol is effective in bringing the fies déwn—that is, 1b 
ee them sufficiently to sweep them up within half an hour, 
but about 50°/, finally recover. 

It was found that all recoveries were made within 20 hours. 

The Army Spray successfully kills flies by contact. Those 
which fali never recover, although they may struggle for some 
hours. It is not a deterrent. 

Flies returned to the room sprayed with Flybane on the 
following day and in two days after Exol. They continued to 
be abundant after the manure treatments were made. 


The fact that flies reappeared after the treatment of all farm- 
yard manure decided that they were being bred on neighbouring 
premises. 

As regards poisoning, Flykiller proved a complete failure under 
the particular conditions that it was tested, probably due to a 
difference in climate. 

Fly-papers were very successtul, and in comparing figures they 
give better results than the traps. 

Of traps the common balloon is the one which is recommended. 
It should be baited with casein and sugar in equal parts (Mapweb 
Bait), moistened with beer, stout, or banana. ‘To keep rooms 
free from flies the most practicable procedure would be to spray 
daily with the new Army Spray (absolutely harmless to food 
and having a pleasant scent), and to set traps or fly-papers as 
explained above, 


ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 469 


19, Fly Investigations Reports.—III. Investigations imto 
Stable Nemes to rs the Breeding of House-Flies, 
made during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society 
of London. By Wrxtrrep H. SaunDErs * 


| Received March 19, 1916: Preliminary report read by Prof. H. Maxwnii Lerroy, 
November 9, 1915. | 


INTRODUCTION. 


An extensive series of experiments was made in June and 
July for the purpose of finding a treatment for fresh stable 
manure, which would be effective in checking the breeding of 
House-flies, and which could be safely employed for agr icultural 
purposes. 

Owing to the increased price of borax, which before the war 
was the only substance in use for the purpose, the need for a 
treatment at a lower cost was pressing for military purposes, for 
farmers, horticulturists, and manure contractors. 

Many practical obstacles arose in working out the solution of 
this problem. 

Although many tons of manure were accumulated in artillery 
and cavalry camps, it was impossible to get a sufficient quantity 
conveyed to convenient trial-grounds owing to the difficulty of 
transport. A small amount was purchased, and, later, facilities 
were granted at the Army Veterinary Hospital, Woolwich, and 
on market-garden premises at Brentford, where stable manure 
was dumped. Experiments on manure, to test the action of 
various liquids upon flies and maggots, were carried out at 
Woolwich and at Brentford, and those on plants at the Royal 
Horticultural Society’s Gardens, Wisley, at Messrs. Sutton’s, 
Reading, and at the Horticultural College, Swanley. 

This work on manure treatments was suggested and designed 
by Professor Maxwell Lefroy, under whose guidance all the 
experiments have been carried out. 


A. MAnuriAL EXPERIMENTS. 


Experiments on fresh stable manure were made along two 
lines :— 


1. To test the action of vapourisable liquids upon maggots 
present in the manure. 

2. To test the action of substances as repellents to flies 
when applied to the surface of manure heaps. 


Experimental heaps of definite sizes and shapes were con- 
structed, and the strength of each application was in proportion 
to the cubic area of the: manure, 


* Communicated by Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, M.A.,, E.Z.8. 


470 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE 


The Application of Maggot Poisons. 
The following liquids miscible in water were used :-— 


Miscible Tetrachlorethane (Westoran). 
Miscible Fusel oil 1 °/,. 

ie Pyridene 10 °/,. 

” ” 5 Wie 
Soluble Tar oil. 
Higher Pyridene bases. 
Neutral Blast-furnace oil. 
Miscible oil, Heavy. 

op. baked 


Methods. 


1. Several small heaps, each of 10 cubic feet, were treated with 
Westoran and Miscible Fusel oil. Each heap was 1 foot high 
on a soil foundation, which was covered with peat-moss litter. 


Results on the 3rd day. 
Miscible Fusel 


Westoran. Oil, 1%. 
1. One quart of 1 oz. diluted to 40 ozs. Alive. Alive. 
solution 
mixed inti- 2 ozs. 55 55 ie Escaped. 
mately with 
the manure. 4 ozs. 35 a Dead. Alive. 
2. Maggots put 1 oz. c 7 Alive. Escaped. 
at 4 from 
the bottom, 3 ozs. es 35 Many dead. Ag 
one quart 
of liquid 5 ozs. 5 we Dead. 33 
poured on 
at 3. 
3. Control ...... a fe Bae “ie Escaped. 


2. Typical span-shaped manure-heaps of 220 and 110 cubic 
feet treated with Westoran and Miscible Fusel oil respectively. 


1 quart of solu- ; Westoran. Miscible Fusel Oil, 1 %%/o. 
tion to every In the strength of 2 ozs. In the strength of 4 ozs. 
10 cubic feet in 40 ozs. water (59/9). in 40 ozs. water (10 9/9). 
of manure. 

Maggots put in Results. 
three positions. In 24 hours maggots in In 24 hours maggots all 

The liquid was the centre dead; living. 
sprayed on as maggots near the top Third day some living, 
the heap was pupated ; maggots at others pupated. 
made up. the bottom, near the Fifth day all dead. 


edge, alive. 
3. 5-foot cubes of manure (125 cubic feet) were treated with 
Westoran, Miscible Pyridene, Kerosene, higher Pyridene bases, 
and Cresol. 


Liquid poured down 
a hole in the centre 
in the strength of 
25 ozs. diluted to 
33 gallons with 
water (=2 ozs. to 
the quart per 10 
cubic feet) = 5%. 

Maggots put in six 
positions. 

Liquid sprayed as 
stack was built in 
the strength of 
24 ozs. diluted to 
45> gallons (= 14 

- ozs. to 1 quart per 
10 cubic feet). 

Maggots put in four 
positions. 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 471 


Results. 


Westoran. MWiscible Pyridene. 


In 24 hours :-— 


All dead. All dead. 


In 2 days :-— 


Dead near the centre. Dead near the centre. 


Higher Pyridene 


Kerosene. pie Cresol. 
; In 24 hours :— 
3 lots dead. 3 lots dead. 2 lots dead. 


In 2 days :— 


4th lot dead. 4th lot dead. 3rd lot dead. 


4, Two heaps, each on a 5-foot-square base, 5 feet high with 
a 15-foot-square top, treated with :— 


Miscible Pyridene 5 °/,, 1 quart to 2 gallons of water. 
z Heavy, 2 quarts to 2 gallons of water. 


Liquid was poured 
down the centre 
in the strength of 
1 quart diluted to 
2 gallons with 


water. Maggots 
were put in two 
positions. 


Results. 


In a few days flies were emerging from both 
heaps. ‘The heaps were opened, and the oil 
was found to be concentrated in the centre. 
Both were hot, and puparia were present in 
the bottom edges of the heap and in the soil 
under the edges. 


The manure used for the above experiments was not fly- 
infected ; maggots enclosed in gauze were put into the heaps. 


The Application of Fly-Deterrents. 


The following non-miscible liquids were used :— 


Neutral Blast-furnace oil, 
Blast-furnace Creosote. 
Green oil. 

Tar oil and Pyridene. 
Mineral oil and Pyridene. 


They were applied by :—— 


(a) Mixing with soil in the proportion of one part liquid to 


forty parts soil, 


The soil was piled into a cone, and the oil 


472 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE 


poured into a depression at the top and thoroughly incorporated 
with the soil by the ‘‘ cone-and-quarter ” method. . The mixture 
was spread over the surface of the manure, forming a layer 1 inch 
thiek. 

(6) Treating the soil on which the manure rested, as well as 
the surface, by sprinkling the plain oil or spreading oiled soil. 

(c) Sprinkling plain oil evenly over the surface of the manure. 


Methods. 


I. Three manure-heaps, each ona base 64 feet square, rising 
to 8 feet in the centre, were treated with Neutral Blast-furnace 
oil, Blast-furnace Creosote, and Green Tar oil mixed with dry 
soil in the proportion of one part oil to 40 parts soil, spread 
evenly over the surface, forming a layer 1 inch thick. Maggots 
were put under the treated layer on the fourth day. 


Results. 


Neutral Blast- 
Surnace Oil. 


Living after 2 days. ~ Dead in 2 days. Dead in 24 hours. 


Blast-furnace Creosote. Green Tar Oil. 


JI. Four manure-heaps, each on a base 7 feet square, rising 
3 feet to a top 3 feet square, were treated with :— 


Green oil. ) 

Green oil and Pyridene. ¢4 gallon to 10 gallons of soil. 
Neutral Blast-furnace ofl.) 

Control. 


The mixture was spread evenly over the surface. All the 
manure was infected. 


Results. 
In three days larvee were found dead in the treated heaps. In 


six days the Control] heap contained large maggots. The treated 
heaps remained immune. 


III. Four manure-heaps, each ona base 4 feet 6 inches square, 
rising 18 inches in the centre, were treated with :— 


a ene be : 
1. Mineral oil and Pyridene. § a gall. spanisled ees buses 
@ + gall. with 10 galls. soil on surface. 
2. Mineral oil and Pyridene. 4 gall. with 10 galls. soil on surface only. 
3. Tar oil and Pyridene...... + gall. with 10 galls. soil on surface only. 
lo ‘] ne 1 . r 
4, Woe oil endl Baniileno..... { + gall. with 10 galls. soil on surface only. 
+ gall. sprinkled over base. 


The manure contained many full-grown larvee, but the heaps 
were too small to heat. 


Results. 


Flies emerged from the mineral-oil heaps through places where 
straw prevented the treated soil from lying evenly. They were 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 473 


not seen emerging from the Tar-oil-treated heaps, and these 
were covered: with muslin. Flies emerged later in small 
numbers. 


Tar Oil and Tar Oil and Mineral Oil and Mineral Oil and 
Pyridene ; Pyridene ; Pyridene ; Pyridene ; 
Top and Under. Surface only. Top and Under. Surface only. 
Flies emerged, Few flies emerged, Many flies Flies emerged, 
no pupz present pupe found in emerged, no some pups in 
in the soil under- the soil under- pupe in the the soil. 
neath. neath. soil. 


Results show that the Tar oil prevents the maggots from 
migrating into the soil below the manure-heap. While forming 
a barrier to larve, and acting as a deterrent to flies, it does not 
prevent flies which emerge from pup present in the manure 
from escaping through gaps provided by the straw of long 
manure. 


N.B.—Maggots placed on soil mixed with (1) Green Tar oil, (2) Neutral 
Blast-funace oil burrowed into it away from the light, and were 
dead in ten minutes. 


IV. Four manure-heaps, each on a base 64 feet square, rising 
3 feet in the centre to a point, were treated with :— 


Neutral Blast-furnace Oil. 

Blast-furnace Creosote. ie gallon with 20 gallons soil. 
Green Tar oil. 

Control. 


The treated soil was spread evenly over the heaps. Maggots 
were placed in each and the temperatures recorded. In areas of 
about 95° F. the larvee were dead in all but the Control heap. 


Res wilitis: 


In five days the Control heap was infected while the treated 
heaps remaimed immune. Observations showed that conditions 
were favourable to breeding, but that flies were repelled from the 
treated heaps. 


V. Five heaps, each on a base 7 feet square, rising 3 feet to a 
top 3 feet square, were treated with :— 


Neutral Blast-furnace oil. ) 
Blast-furnace Creosote. 
Green Tar oil. 

Miscible oil and Pyridene. J 
Control. 


rx gallon to 10 gallons soil. 


Results. 


Tn four days maggots were found in the heaps treated with 
Blast-furnace Creosote and Miscible oil and Pyridene. These 
two stacks were destroyed. For ten days no maggots were 
found in the other two, although conditions such as moisture, 


474 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE 


temperature, etc. seemed suitable for breeding, and untreated 


=? 
manure in the same condition became infected. 


VI. Five heaps of long manure on a base 7 feet square, 
rising 3 feet to a 3-foot square, were treated with :— 


Mineral oil and Pyridene...... 1 gallon with 40 gallons of soil. 
” ” 99 ttn z ” 2) 20 » ” 
Tar oil and Pyridene ......... Ghar » 40 o i 
L 20 
” D9 P| eiviedslafeyeleis 2 oy) pF oD) ” 


Control.—Soil only. 


Results. 


In two days maggots were found dead on the surface of the 
Tar-oil-treated heaps, and a live one was wriggling in the full 
light on the top. In four days the heaps contained large dead 
maggots, and the Control contained full-grown maggots and 
puparia. Flies had evidently been laying in the Control. The 
treated heaps were still free in ten days. 


VII. Three manure-heaps on a base 7 feet square, rising 
3 feet to a 3-foot square. The manure was long but not infected. 
They were treated with :— 
gall. sprinkled over the base. 
gall. with 20 galls. soil on surface. 
Tar oil and Pyridene 10 /p. Ditto. 


Mineral oil and Pyridene 10%. { 


tol tole 


Results. 


In five days the Control and Mineral-oil heaps contained 
maggots, but none were present in the Tar-oil one. It was 
warm, moist, and appeared very suitable. Observation showed 
that flies came readily to the heaps and that Pyridene appears 
to be attractive, but the attraction is temporary. 


VIII. One large heap of mixed manure on a base 9 yards by 
7 yards was treated with a watering of pure non-miscible liquids. 
Seven gallons were used for a light watering. This was at the 
same vate as that used in soil-treatment, showing that an appli- 
cation of l-inch-thick treated soil at one part in forty is about 
equivalent to a light watering with the liquid. 


N.B.—There was a Control heap to each set of experiments which was 
examined for eggs and maggots, and where the conditions proved 
unsuitable for breeding no conclusions were drawn from the Control 
heaps. 


B. Puantr TRIALS. 


All the substances used in the manurial experiments were 
tested on plants in open plots, in pots, and in frames. 


i. Pros. 
1. At Wisley, Blast-furnace Creosote, Neutral Blast-furnace 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. AT5 


oil, and Green Tar oil were mixed with soil at the rate of 1 in 40, 
and used with manure in the proportion of 10 gallons of oiled 
soil to 100 gallons of manure. Ten barrow-loads of treated 
manure was dug into each plot sized 44 feet by 8 feet. French 
beans and turnips were sown. 


Results. 
Gross weight of crop in lbs. 
Turnip. Bean. 
Blast-furnace Creosote ............... 2434 204 
Control sy. ess ace hinerae sek rcscugee te 270 16 
Neutral Blast-furnace oil ............ 2155 18 
(Gloraitanoll Solaabo ec aeanpHe seeecenobade sevens 2324 173 


Grae IE OL sesogacsscnesne cou concudove 1705 18 


2. At Messrs. Sutton’s, Reading, who supply the following 
report, substances were tested on mustard, being a quick-growing 
crop :— 

Fifteen plots in all were treated, and the experiments were 
carried out in two series, Series I. consisting of Plots 1 to 10,and 
Series II., Plots numbering from 11 to 15. Each plot was about 
1 square pole in area. The land on which these experiments 
were conducted was previously under mangel plants, and all of it 
had precisely a similar treatment. 

Series I.—The heaps of dung for these plots were dug in on 
June 26th, 1915, and the mustard sown on June 28th; the 
following tables serve to indicate the character of the dressings 
with which the dung was treated, the dates on which the seed 
germinated in each plot, and the respective merits of the plots at 
the dates mentioned. 

Series [1.—The dung in this case was dug in on August 13th, 
1915, and the mustard sown on the following day; the results 
will be found in the tables already alluded to. 

It is most satisfactory that in both series not a single crop 
should have failed, and that consequently it may be assumed that 
dung treated with the chemicals employed by Professor Maxwell 
Lefroy may be used for manurial purposes without hesitation. 


Series I, 


Control No. 1 (untreated). 


Aa. Miscible oil, Heavy ...... 24 ozs. diluted to 43 gallons. 
Ab. 5 5 Pe east ne 48 Age (lavas 9 5 
Ba. a oy WNEING  osae 24 Ss i 45, 
Bb. - # Sa? Rosa 48 53 5 9 es 
Ca. * soni) ee bey heme ee 24, a 3 AL 
Cb. ys PAIEN inn aco taney 48 “6 5 9 i 
Da. s Spot ie pete 24, rr - 4h, 
TOL ay Tee AS asaya! pnt Og ANE 
Ea. Westoran or Miscible 24 Pe a 45s, 


Tetrachlorethane. 


476 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE 


Dates of Notes. Notes to Trials. 
July 5th, 1915. Germination showing in each and fairly general in all. 


July 10th, ., “Control” and six following are all uniformly good and practi- 
cally no difference between any. 
Da and Db not quite so even as the preceding, not uniform in 
growth, gappy. ; 
Ea in much the same condition as ‘ Control.’ 
July 24th, .. No real difference between ‘ Control’ and six following lots. 
Da and Db continue the least satisfactory. 
Ea good lot and equal to ‘ Control.’ 


July 31st, ., * Control’ and six following lots still much alike. 
Da the weakest, but not really poor. 
Aug. 13th, ,, The plots were inspected by Professor Maxwell Lefroy and 


Dr. Stenhouse Williams. 


Series IT, 


Manure received August 13th and plots sown August 14th. 
Control No. 2. 
Ac. Manure oil No. 1 with earth. 
Be. oo) 33 No. 2 23 33 
Ce. 39 33 No. 3 cy) 39 
Dates of Notes. Notes to Trials. 
Aug. 21st, 1915. All plots germinated satisfactouily. 
Aug. 3l1st, ., Not much difference between ‘Control,’ Be, and Ce. 
Ac not quite so strong. 
Sept. 4th, ,, * Control’ and Be the two strongest. 
: Ac the weakest. 
Sept. llth, ., All four lots are good, but of the four Ac is slightly the 
weakest. 
Sept. 18th, ., Now all very strong and good, and little difference to be seen 
between any. 


II. FRAMEs. 


1. At Swanley, melons and cucumbers were planted in frames 
and grown on the French system. Each plant was planted in 
soil over a cubic foot of treated manure. The treatments 
were :— 

Westoran. >) 

Miscible Fusel oil 1% 5. 
Miscible Pyridene. 
Miscible oil, Heavy. 


Miscible oil, Light. | 5 ozs. diluted to one quart 
Kerosene. [ per 10 eubic feet. 

Higher Pyridene bases. 

Cresol. 


Heavy Tar oil and Cresol. ! 
Neutral Blast-furnace oil./ 

Non-Miscible Tar oil. 5 ozs. to 10 cubic feet. 
Non-Miscible Pyridene. 4 ozs. to 10 eubic feet. 
Control. 


HOUSE-FLY ENVESTIGATIONS. ATT 


Results. 
All the plants grew to maturity and bore normal crops, with 
the exception of the Westoran-treated one, which died. 


2. Melons planted in soil over one cubic foot of treated soil 
and manure and grown in a French frame. ‘The treatments 


Neutral Blast-furnace oil. 
Blast-furnace Creosote. 
Green Tar oil. 


All gave normal results. 


3. Melons planted in soil over a hot-bed of manure treated 
with Westoran in the strength of 2 ozs. diluted to one quart 
with water per 10 cubic feet. The plants were grown on the 
French system, and the results were normal. 


4. Cucumbers were planted in soil over a hot-bed of manure 
treated with Miscible Pyridene 10°/, in the strength of 2 ozs. 
diluted to one quart per 10 cubic feet. They were grown on the 
French system with normal results. 


N.bB.—In the case of 3 and 4 the manure used was treated a fortnight 
previous to planting. In all the otber experiments the manure was 
used immediately after treatment, so that nothing was lost. In 
actual practice a certain amount would be lost before use. 


Rous: 

1. At Wisley, white mustard was sown in 7-inch pots on loam 
and treated manure in equal parts. They were kept in a cool 
frame and shaded. 

The following chemicals were used in the proportion of 1 part 
diluted to 3 with water. The experiments formed three series :— 


l. Treated with 30 ¢.c. of the mixture. 


2. oP] 2? 150 by) py 
Bo ” ” 300 7 mr) 
Results 
Miscible oil, Heavy ..................... Rapid germination, ‘Good crop. 
7 ae LTO VGN Water ativa tenet sae op 55 ee 
Miscible Pyridene, Series 1 pide 5 53 ni, 
” ‘ 9 9 Fa ut a ass 2 Uneven oH) Poor cA 
Miscible Fusel oil, Series 1 ............ Pe ce seers 
BA as en a Pal 3} 4, Uebrenin ss Good _,, 
\AVSTWOMEND, TSISPIES IL aban sco sonce anne 5 % Sea 
ns ee iranicl 3. poagon  Jeraxaye m7 Poor ,, 
Kerosene. ne 
Higher Pyridene bases. | 
Cresol. a Good a Good ,, 
Heavy Tar oil and Cresol. | 
Neutral Blast-furnace oil. 


4.78 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE 


The plants were grown for two months, and at the flowering 
stage all the results were equal and even with the Control. The 
Westoran treatment resulted in a checked thin crop, but the 
plants reached maturity. 


2. Cape Pelargoniums and Adiantums (maidenhair ferns) were 
repotted from 60’s into 5-inch pots with equal parts loam and 
treated manure. ‘The treatments used for mustard in Experi- 
ment 1 were repeated on twenty-two species of Pelargoniwm and 
on Adiantum henslowianum. 

All grew quite healthily, and at the end of seven weeks the 
treated plants looked as well as the Control. 


3. At Swanley, melons were potted with a compost of equal 
parts treated manure and loam, and grown in a temperature of 
60-80° F. For each treatment 1 quart of liquid was used with 
4 ozs. and 3 ozs. of the chemical. 

Westoran at both strengths killed the plants, but those treated 
with the following behaved normally compared with the Control. 
They were kept until pot-bound :— 


Miscible Fusel oil. . Heavy Tar oil and Cresol. 
Miscible Pyridene 10° 9. Fusel oil. 

Miscible oil, Heavy. Neutral Blast-furnace oil. 
Miscible oil, Light. Tetrachlorethane. 

Miscible Pyridene 5 %/p. Miscible Pyridene 15 °/) Molar. 
Kerosene. Soluble Tar oil. | 

Higher Pyridene bases. Blast-furnace Creosote. 

Cresol. Green Tar oil. 


Carbon Tetrachloride. 


4. Cucumbers, for which the methods of No. 3 were employed, 
were treated with :— 
Non-miscible Tar oil, 
Non-miscible Pyridene 


with perfectly normal results. 


CONCLUSIONS. 
oe 
The experiments show that the investigations led to two very 


suecesstul treatments :— 


1. The surface-dressing of manure with Green Tar oil or 
with Neutral Blast-furnace oil and soil. 


2. The application of Tetrachlorethane. 


Both treatments successfully kill maggots in the manure and 
are harmless to plants. 

The Tar oil has a permanent effect in being resistant to rain, 
while the effect of Tetrachlorethane lasts only while the liquid 
vapourises, and in time the poisonous vapour escapes. 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 479 


The treatments began with the series of vapourisable liquids 
which led to the surface applications. Although these treatments 
are more satisfactory than any hitherto recommended, it is 
admitted that there are still some doubtful points in connection 
with the relation of the migration of the larve to the condition 
of the manure due to chemical action other than changes in 
temperature. For the early experiments infected manure was 
not obtainable; maggots enclosed in gauze were placed in 
different positions in the stacks. When House-flies became 
abundant naturally infected manure was used. 

The Tar-oil treatment is recommended for large accumulations 
of manure, either in military camps or for horticultural purposes, 
in the proportion of one part of oil to forty parts of soil. One 
gallon of liquid mixed with forty gallons of soil covers 100 square 
feet. The oils are products of the first distillation of tar. For 
large quantities the price is ls. per gallon, making the cost of the 
treatment 1d. per cubic yard for surface treatment only and 2d. 
per cubic yard for treatment of the ground and of the surface. 

The value of manure is ls. 9d. the cubic yard. 

Treat the manure which is added to a heap every five days, 
and if fresh ground is to be covered, when adding to a heap, oil 
the ground first. 

Maggots present in manure which is stacked on soil dressed 
with a Tar oil cannot escape into the ground to pupate. The 
manure ferments normally when treated with the oil, and the 
maggots perish in the treated soil to which they are driven, or 
they pupate in a stack which is cool (Experiment III.). That 
a manure-stack treated with Green oil or with Neutral Blast- 
furnace oil will remain immune to fly-attack has been confirmed 
by Experiments II., 1V., V., VI., and VII., where in each case 
the Control became infected. 

That the treatment is harmless to plants is shown by the 
results of Plant Trial I. (Plots) and III. (Pots) and Messrs. 
Sutton’s Series II., Ac and Ce. 

The vapour treatment with Tetrachlorethane, in the miscible 
or in the pure form, is recommended for small quantities of 
manure and for fresh manure used for hot-beds in the strength 
of 2 ozs. to 10 cubic feet of manure. 

Tetrachlorethane is a heavy liquid, specific gravity 1:6 and 
boiling-point 147°C. It is non-inflammable and commercially 
available. The price of pure Tetrachlorethane is 35s. per cwt. 
and that of Westoran 52s. per ewt. That a manure-stack treated 
with Tetrachlorethane will effectively kill maggots has been 
proved by Experiments I., II., and IIL, and that used with 
manure at 2 ozs. per 10 cubic feet is safe for plants, by Trials 3 
(Frames) and Messrs. Sutton’s Series I., Ka. 

It is worth noting that all the treatments have been tested in 
intensive culture with satisfactory results at the strengths recom- 
mended. 


ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 481 


20. Fly Investigations Reports. [V.—Some Enquiry into 
the Question of Baits and Poisons for Flies, being a 
Report on the Experimental Work carried out during 
1915 ror the Zoological Society of London. By Ottve 
C. emenm 


[Received March 29, 1916: Preliminary report read by Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, 
November 9, 1915. } 


INDEX. Page 
BartsmiowBlowatlics! eee eee eee eee ST 
JEFNIER) OP JELOWSSATIES yaconenonancodesonsangocdovasosonesose ZAS)IL 
TetorisavoIS) Aqove TNE Boasech suoban Gesbe nea ubendnsbocteoceoswond CXS 
Caneall Swami on. const oso nssancorobeadusceacbesdesbenan BUR 
INoteonekinpusa muscle n. kia eee Oils 
Note on Proportion of Sexes in House-flies ......... 515 
JOHSie CHE ANDRE WATNONIS oonscocsansancoce conogseosnceonvonane GUE 


These experiments testing various substances on flies, were 
made with the object of finding out which were the most suitable 
to use as baits for traps, while others were tested as possible 
poisons. The work was undertaken under the direction of 
Prof. H. Maxwell Lefroy for the Zoological Society of London, 
during the summer and autumn of 1915. 

The experiments in connection with Blow-flies were made in 
the Society’s Gardens, Regent’s Park; those on House-flies, at 
Acton Lodge, Brentford; while the work on poisons was done, 
for the most part, at the Imperial College of Science and Tech- 
nology, South Kensington. 


Barts For BLow-F.uigs. 


The well-known habits of blow-flies, and their attraction to 
dead and decaying animal matter, suggested three main lines of 
enquiry for experiment on blow-fly baits :— 


I. To try to find out whether any of the decomposition pro- 
ducts or other organic compounds are attractive to blow- 
flies when isolated, and used as baits. 


II. To see which of the meaty substances are most attractive, 
when, and under what conditions. 


IlI. To experiment in a similar way with vegetable substances, 
to see if they are at all attractive. 


The flies used in these experiments were those which were 


* Communicated by Prof. H. Maxweit Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1916, No. XXXIV. 34 


482 MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE 


most common at the Zoological Gardens during the early summer, 
Viz. :-— 


(a) Calliphora erythrocephala and \ m,. BI ye-bottles. 


3 WOMMOTE ....-----<-6 

(b) Zucilia corsa .........26..2000e The Green-bottle. 
(c) Protocalliphora grenlandica (released from breeding-cage). 
(d) Musca domestica ...........0++- The House-fly (scarce) *. 
(e) Fannia canicularis .........++- The Lesser House-fly. 

Fe ES COUUTIS Ss heme seas eres The Latrine-fly. 
UL) ECO IMIG CHSC) ene cee Lp en sea ore The Cheese-fly. 
(g) Sarcophaga carnaria ......... _ The Flesh-fly. 


I. Methods and account of experiments with various 
organic compounds. 


In these experiments the usual method adopted was to soak 
pieces of blotting-paper in the different substances to be tested, 
and to place them inside or outside the wire gauze breeding-cage 
(in which P. grenlandica were bred). At the same time, controls 
consisting of similar pieces of blotting-paper soaked in water 
were placed beside each. The results were compared, and a note 
made as to whether the number of flies (if any) which came to 
the chemicals was equal to, greater, or fewer than the number 
which came to the controls. 

The various substances used, classified according to their 
attractiveness, are given below (A—E). 


A. Substances found to be attractive to P. greenlandica. 


Honey. Fructose (solution in water). 
Cane-Sugar molasses. Levulose  ,, 55 
Beet ,, 5 Cane-Sugar ,, - 
Lactose (solutioi in water). Urine (6 days old). 

Maltose 3 as 5 (16 days old). 
Glucose Ps ss Uric acid. 


B. Substances found to be decidedly repellent. 


Pipendine. Oil of Cinnamon leaf. 
(Enanthol (weak). 53 3 bark. 
Xylol. >> Sassafras. 
Oil of Thyme. ; » Cloves. 

a) aSsiae Camphor. 

> Java Citronella. Amy! acetate. 

; Ceylon Citronella. Methy! salicylate. 

; Palma rosa. Anisole. 

a Baye Citral (strong). 

s Heliotrope. Ethy1] sulphocyanide. 


; Lavender. 


* Very few house-flies were seen in the Zoological Gardens during these experi- 
ments, pronably because it was still early in the season for them; although they 
were never at ali abundant there, even in August and September. ‘ 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 483 


C. Substances deterrent, though in a less degree than those 
given in B. 


Pyridine. Carbon bi-sulphide. 
p-Cresol. Aniline. 
Naphthaline. Guiacol. 

Phenetole. Toluene. 

Hydrogen sulphide water. Urethane. 

Quinol. Dimethylaniline. 
Butyric acid. Vanillan. 

Carvone. Ethyl acetate. 
Quinoline. Allyl sulphocyanate. 
Anethole. Ethyl] nitrite. 
Ammonia (weak). Amy] nitrite. 
Urine (fresh). Lactic acid. 
Borneol (in ale.). Cedar-wood oil. 


D. Substances which gave no definite results. 


Methyl Indol. Methyl alcohol. 
Tndol. 3-Naphthol. 
Pyrogallol. Quinine sulphate. 
Paraformaldehyde. | 3 Mono-methyl-uric acid. 
Ammonium butyrate. Trimeth. HCl. 

ss benzoate. Acetal. 

os valerate. Uric acid (dry) + artificial musk. 
a-Naphthaline. Ethereal extract of horse-manure. 
Skatol (strong). NaOH + . & 

5  (Gbay). Alcoholic _,, x s 

Trimethylamine (weak). HCl es * 
Urea. Precipitate by HCl from “NaOH 
Tyrosine. extract of horse-manure. 
Guanine HCl. Precipitate by NH,OH from HCl 
Betaine. extract of horse-manure. 
Dimethylamine. 


Ki. Substances which gave the same results as the controls. 


Valeric acid. Terpin OH (ale.). 
Aspartic acid. Potass. salicylate. 
Formaldehyde. Salieylic acid. 
Tannic acid. Ethyl formate. 
Leucine. Phenylacetic acid. 
Stearic acid. Caffeine. 

Oleic acid. Acetone. 
Theobromine. 


Nothing of much practical value was obtained from these 
experiments. They gave, however, indications of the likes and 
dislikes of the flies (P. grenlandica), and so appeared useful in 
differentiating between the tastes of blow-flies; certain sub- 
stances (A) were attractive, while others (B and C) were repellent 
or distasteful in varying deer ees; others, again, gave no definite 
results (D) or the same results as the contieells (E). Since these 

experiments were made with one species only, i.e., P. gren- 


landica, it does not follow that the results will be tr ne for other 
34* 


484 MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE 


species also ; in fact, subsequent experiments showed that tastes 
varied in different species of blow-flies, e.g., honey and sugar 
were very attractive to grenlandica, but not at all to Lueilia and 
Calliphora, although some of the substances gave similar results 
with the different species. The essential oils tested were found 
to be repellent to grenlandica, and in those cases where tests 
were made with Lucilia, Calliphora, and Musca, they were seen 
to be repellent to them also. They may, therefore, be found useful 
as ingredients in sprays or unguents. 

Experiments were also made to test the effect of certain 
organic compounds, etc., on house-flies *. 

The following methods of testing them were employed :-— 


(1) In which pieces of blotting-paper were soaked in them and 
exposed in sunny places in the greenhouse. 


Substances tested. Results. 

Ammonium butyrate ........................ Disliked by the house-fiies. 

es EnzZOATED Soca. s sel 3 #3 bs 
PAIN ACETAL Ce os yee eee oe eee, 35 i 35 
Meth yIaind oles... seer cern ee = = 5 
Trimeth. chlorhydrate ........................ PA 5 > 
AER TII Eo ok: aera 6 tA eS WE et ae mS Be = 
a Naphthsline gas 27 eee eee eee a 35 = 
‘B-Naphthols2"---.-..... eos Seora ee 5 Pa = 
Ethyl sulphocyamide [2-0-2 22-. 6-22. =e ar Bs MS 
Bect-SuUsaeMOlASSES pees eee ee oe fe fe 
Uirethaneieeres. 355. eho eee ae. gi 5 Pa 
Guanmerki@ lee. 5 ee aoe ire tet 55 58 bs 
Guanadine HCi (+ NaOH) .........0........ 35 ss ‘3 
Trimeth. chlorhydrate (+ NaOH) ......... 3 S bs 
W@ UGGS. ocse sce 255-222 ces 22-8 ose eee oem a ee Lewatlies Setibledtonau hs 
Artificial musk ...:..........................-.. _ Disliked by house-flies. 


(2) In which the substances were added to mixtures of casein, 
sugar, and water, and exposed for two days on the bench 
in the “ fly-room ” at the Imperial College (December). 


All were harmless to the flies, nor were any as attractive as 
the controls. 
A summary of results is given below :-— 


Substances tested. Results. 
1255 .€.c) Casem 1) 222s ( : 
12°5 c.c. Brown Sugar + ( _ A Very attractive throughout 
ten iclc uWater, = ee Wit ssiiia Sica aa) ee whole expenments 
(Control) 2 2.4..: ( 
PAA LOPS SalrOlap A seen a. ee eee nat EAC En ye! 
P2idrops santaleAce 2 sie < Sue he 5 ; flies repelled at first. 


= The account of these experiments testing certain organic compounds on house- 
flies is placed here, so as to be available for comparison with the similar experiments 
cu blew-fiies. . 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 485 


12 drops Hellibore+A.. eesecseceeee--e------ NOt very attractive, non-poisonous, 
12 drops Pyrethrum Extract (Ale. ) A ae ee = . 
Unattractire, until Xylol had 
iPidraps Xylal yates ons. os se sae asco evaporated, when flies came 
to feed. 
( Unattractive at first, later 
: a tew flies came. 


| Repellentat first. Second day 


6 drops Oil of Geraniel+ A 


6 drops Oil of Thyme+A ........2..2..:.2---.<- when smell of thyme less, 


a few flies came. 
Bread soaked iniwaters:2 2-2 tee Very attractive while moist. 
25 c.c. Casein  .....- a 


25 c.c. Brown ees 


25 e.c. Water.. Rid ee aa Very atiractive. 


gre 


(Control) 
12 drops Fusel O14 B.. meee eemeatees SLi Se tart yes 
1 c.c. “ Army Spray 7+ a ae ae ~ , NON-poisonous. 


(3) In which certain substances were tested against Bacterized 
Blood*. These experiments were made in the green- 
house in July. In some (a) a drop of the blood and 
another of the substance to be tested were placed on a 
piece of blotting-paper, side by side yet not touching, 
while in others (b) the two drops were mixed. 


( Vinegar. 
! Propionic acid. 
Absolnite alcohol. 
95 %/, 2 Xylol. 
Amyl e Methyl salicylate. 


(a) } Carvone. (5) 5 Butyric acid. 
Pyridine. Acetic ,, 
Oil of Cloves. 1 

Formic acid. i 

| Acetal. j 


lt was noticed that, generally, the house-flies disliked coming - 
in contact with the chemicals, although they did not appear to 
detect them from a distance. They fed greedily at all places 
where they could get at the blood without touching the chemi- 
cals. A few ilies, however. came for a short time a formic acid, 
methyl salicylate, butyric and acetic acids. 

Xylol was distinctly repellent, but after it had evaporated the 
flies settled on the blood. 


(4) Other experiments were also made with Dried Blood, one 
day old, mixed with water and also with casein and sugar 
baits, etc. It was found to have no special attraction 
either for house-flies or blow-flies, apparently making no 
difference to an attractive bait, nor rendering an un- 
attractive one attractive. 


* This Bacterized Blood (é.e., Blood prepared with putrefying Bacteria) was 
found by experiment to be very attractive to bouse-fiies, and also when mixed 
with casein, sugar, banana, and water. Apparently it had no special attraction for 
blow-ilies (Lueil ia and Calliphora), either alone, or mixed with casein baits, with 
or without shredded meat. 


2 


486 MISS O, GC. LODGE ON THE 


Il. Methods and account of Eaperiments to find out when and 
under what conditions meaty substances are most attractive 


to blow-flies. (June and July.) 


All these experiments took place out of doors, the baits being 
exposed in sunny places in the Zoological Gardens ; for it was 
found that even when a very attractive bait was placed in .the 
shade, practically no blow-flies came to it, although they had 
been swarming round it when it was put in the sun. 

The different substances were at first placed in shallow dishes, 
partially covered by glass plates, so that the flies could enter and 
feed, and the smell diffuse into the air. Later, however, it was 
found more convenient to use glass pickle-jars (height 9 inches, 
diameter 4 inches) fitted with wire-gauze funnels, which prevented 
the flies from escaping when once they had gone inside. 

The number of flies caught in these jars was noted each 
morning and evening, but wine dishes were used they were kept 
under as continuous observation as possible during the day, and 
the attractiveness of the bait estimated by the number of flies 
which had fed during that time. 

The average length of time of each experiment was from six 
to seven days. 

The first substances to be tried were meat and hard-boiled egg, 
of different ages. It was seen that after becoming blown their 
attractiveness was increased, This was especially the case when 
they had been kept fora few days, and were in a more or less 
liquid condition, owing to the digestive action of the maggots. 
At this stage they were very attractive to the blow-flies, the 
meat more than the egg, though numbers of flies came to both. 

This effect of maggots on substances was further tested in 
later experiments, when two similar pieces of meat were put out 
side by side. To the one, maggots were added, while the other 
was kept covered with wire gauze to prevent flies getting to it 
and blowing it. It was moistened occasionally with water to 
prevent it from drying up. When both were similarly covered, 
blow-flies kept continuously buzzing round and settling upon the 
gauze covering of the former, while none or very few came to 
the latter. 

Other substances were also tried, with like results, though 
their attractiveness without maggots varied with the different 
substances, and with the same substance at different stages. 

Since this was seen to be the case, pepsin was tried to see if it 
acted in the same way. It was found, however, that both fish 
and meat after they had been acted upon by pepsin in the 
presence of hydrochloric acid, attracted fewer flies than did the 
controls of meat or fish alone. The flies used were chiefly Lucilia. 

Peptone was also tried, both moistened with water and mixed 
with bread ; sometimes maggots were also added *. <A variety 


* The maggots did not thrive in these mixtures. They appeared unhappy and 
restless, often escaping out of the dishes. 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 487 


of flies came to these peptone baits, but not in very large numbers, 
@.é., a certain number of Calliphora, Lucilia, and Pannia, a few 
Musca and Sarcophaga, as well as many Piophila. 

The blow-flies were always more attracted by meaty substances, 
although quite a number of them have been caught when mix- 
tures of peptone were the only baits exposed. 

Some of the different organs, as well as ordinary meat (muscle), 
and also dead birds, fish, ete., were used as baits. Of these, 
liver, brain, and fish were the most attractive, remaining so for 
a considerable time. Blow-flies very soon came to feed on these 
when exposed in sunny places, so that they became blown very 
quickly. When the digestive action of the maggots had had 
time to act upon the baits, they were extremely attractive, but 
gave off a most offensive smell. Since liver, brain, and fish were 
the most attractive of the meaty substances, they were tested 
against each other, in order to find out their relative attractive- 
ness. First, the attractiveness of each for blow-flies was tested 
separately, when the mouths of two of the jars were closed by 
being covered by glass plates. Later, two at a time were left 
open, and finally all the three were left open together. Liver 
was then found to be by far the most attractive, although 
when fish and brain were exposed alone, they each caught a 
considerable number of flies. 

Details and results are given below in Table I. 


TABLE I. 


Comparison of the Attractiveness for Blow-flies of liver, 
brain, and fish. 


| Liver (horse) + maggots |Fish (mackerel or whiting) Brain (horse) + maggots 


7 

| 

(7 days old). | +maggots (7 days old). | (7 days old). 
| 


Open. | Closed. | Closed. 


Very many flies caught. | 
Closed. Open. Closed. 
Very many flies caught. 


| Closed. | Closed. | Open. 
| Very many flies caught. 
Open. Open. | Closed. 
All the flies went here. | No flies came. | 
Closed. Open. | Open. 
Few flies came. | Many flies came. 
Open. Closed. s Open. 
No Record. 
Open. Open. | Open. 
Very many flies came; Hardly any fliescame. A certain number of flies | 


far more than to either | 
of the others. | 


came. 


488 MISS 0. C. LODGE ON THE 


Asa further test of the attractiveness of liver, another piece 
(three days old) was placed in the slaughter-house yard near a 
large trap baited with a horse’s head. It was certainly attractive, 
catching about 400 flies * in 24 hours, showing that liver still 
attracted even amongst all the counter attractions of the slaughter- 
house yard. 

The following lists (F-I) give the summary of the results from 
the experiments with the different meaty substances. 


BF. Substances found to be most and continuously attractive 
to Blow-flies (Lucilia and Calliphora) +. 


Liver + maggots. 


Meat+ ,, 
Brain+ ,, 
Fish + ,, 


Hard-boiled eggs + maggots. 


G. Substances slightly attractive on first day, and also 
subsequently. 
Fish (under wire-gauze trap). 
Boiled meat. 


09 »  +maggots. 
Marrow in bone. 
A >»  t+magegots. 


Dead birds (mostly sparrows). 


H. Substances not attractive till second day, and then 
moderately so. 


Meat + pepsin + HCl. 
Wish + 4, + ;, 
Meat + Methyl Indol. 


I. Substances unattractive to Blow-flies. 


Blood. 

Bactevized blood, z.e. blood prepared with putrefying bacteria. 
Fresh hard-boiled ege. 

Fat. 

Freshwater mussel (Anodon). 

Hard-boiled egg + Methyl Indol. 

Fresh meat + Skatol. 

Unblown meat (covered by wire-gauze trap). 

Alcoholic extract of putrid meat + bread. 


A 5 4 » +bread + maggots. 
si Ms »  ege +bread. 
” 33 bb) 39 ate 3) or maggots. 


* The actual count was 138 Lucilia, +49 Calliphora, +51 Fannia, + 97 G@ren- 
landica, +57 flies too damaged to recognize, +4 which escaped. Total 396. 

+ In these and all subsequent experiments the blow-flies used were Lucilia and 
Calliphora. P. grenlandica were only used in the first experiments, when it 
was still early in the season for the other species. 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 489 


IIL. Experiments with various fruit and vegetable batts. 
( June-July.) 


These experiments were carried out in the same way and 
under the same conditions as those on meaty- substances. 
Shredded meat was sometimes mixed with the baits, but even 
then they were never so attractive to blow-flies as meat alone. 
None of the substances, even after they had been kept for a con- 
siderable time, were found to be at all attractive to blow-flies, 
though in some instances a few flies came to them. These sub- 
stances are marked with an asterisk (*) in the following list :— 


Hay infusion. 

Boiled cabbage. 

taw cabbage (cut up and moistened with water). 
Boiled lettuce. 

Raw ; (cut up and moistened with water). 
Boiled grass. 

Grass + water. 

Boiled potatoes. 


Raw » ‘(cut up and moistened with water). 
Water in which cabbage, lettuce, and grass had been boiled. 
Dates. 
> + water. 
Banana. 
* 5, +maggots. 
eee. ate >»  +t+meat. 


* » +meat. 
>»  +vinegar. 
Squashed strawberries. 
*Strawberries + meat. 


* i + ,, +maggots. 

5 + yeast + 7 

os +maggots. 
*Strawberry jam + meat. 
* ss » + 4 +maggots. 


*Stinkhorn fungus (Phallus). 


Further, certain household substances were used, such as bread 
and cheese, milk, vinegar, etc., as well as mixtures of casein, 
bread, and water, both with and without maggots. 

The results are given below :— 


Batts. Results. 
redcley eres eee eee eee ee OMatiuachive: 
SAC ANE NLS) bash Gociahs ods demcndbactouG pa 
JBFCOAN WGN soo nagcoouns no, denne noseee 5 
5 5 AP WENGE coonna ccsoooeas >» 
ss te eg A OTCRIG Gonos 20 
Ns SP gy SP AVERISD ced boo op 
Oxo + bread + water ...............0.- os 
oF Dar pp SP MERIITOUS S05 9 
reader ivine Saree esse eee eens 60 


USS eee S EN tL iaeacatonk aca 
33 ip 33 or 3 + maggots 2 39 


490) MISS O. GC. LODGE ON THE 


Baits. Results. 


Bread + cheese + milk { Few Blow-flies, Fannia, and many Piophila 
« b i eee cee ceeecs E>) 

(caught. 
( None caught till 2nd day, when flies (as above 
5 $s Yo 


So ick Cotte snete iiss ABE ONS a) caught. 
0) Slits let Avs ie REN hed i Blow-flies + 12 Fannia+1 House-fly came 
on Ist day. Kept for 15 days and few caught 

SP gg SP gy SP TRIEIONE each day. 

Mullikesire’s heeereseeee eee taco eee Uattrachines 
9) SOUW ie... ee eecsseeeee es. Hew Calliphora caught. 

Casein + water .......0....00..... ( Fanniat+some Blow-flies and many Piophila 
py AR Sp PHO ECRONES Goose 000 ( caught. 


(er ie and 15th days many ENG caught 
when no meat baits exposed). On most 
5 ay aD leven ae) days a few Blow-flies as ol as Fannia aud 
Piophila caught +a few Musea. 

Musca + Lucilia and Calliphora + few Sar- 
cophaga + many Piophila caught—both at 
in, ie the Zoo and when put by manure-heap at 

ie Y Po CACM tay ae TS Brentford. 


YF wD © wm SUES ROS 


Summary :— 
It was found that for Blow-flies— 
(1) The most attractive baits were :— 

(a) Liver + maggots. 
(6) Brain+ 
(@) Imisin -b  ,. 
(¢) Hard-boiled egg+ maggots. 

Of these, liver + maggots gave the best results. 


9? 


(2) Meaty substances of all kinds were more attractive than 
either chemical or vegetable substances. More flies 
came to them than ever came to the vegetables or 
chemicals, even when these two latter were the only 
available baits for the flies; although certain substances, 
notably mixtures of casein and peptone with water 
and bread, showed possibilities of being good baits 
when they were the only attractions present. They 
then caught a number of different species (i. e. Musca, 
Calliphora and Lucilia, Sarcophaga, Fannia, and 
Piophila). 

(3) The digestive action of blow-fly maggots on meat, etc. 
added to their attractiveness. 

(4) The best way to attract and catch blow-flies was to put 
the baits in sunny places. 

(5) The great drawback, however, to the general employ- 
ment of any of the meaty substances, or of the mixtures 
of casein, water, and bread, or of peptone, water, and 
bread, is the most objectionable smell which is given 
off when they have been kept for any length of time ; 
yet it is only after keeping them thus that their most 
attractive stage is reached. It would, however, be 
possible to use them out of doors, in the garden, or 
elsewhere away from the house, where the smell would 
not matter so much, 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 49] 


Barts For HovusE-FLIES. 
Methods and account of Kxperiments. 


These experiments on house-fly baits were carried out at 
Acton Lodge, Brentford, during the latter half of July and in 
August. 

The first experiments were made out of doors (a) near a 
manure-heap, from which flies were emerging, (6) in or near 
a forge, where a number of house-flies were congregating in the 
warmth. 

In neither of these cases, however, were the conditions very 
favourable, chiefly on account of the wet and windy weather. 
Later, half a bushel of house-fly pup was collected from a 
neighbouring manure-heap, and placed in a greenhouse, where 
most of the subsequent experiments were made. This green- 
house was empty, excepting for some tomato-plants on the upper 
shelves (the flies did not like them, and would not settle or sit on 
the leaves). Ventilation was secured by nailing muslin over two 
of the windows. Very soon the greenhouse was swarming with 
flies, which had emerged from the pupsw. These flies were used 
in the experiments. 

The supply of flies was kept up by breeding them in artificial 
media, consisting of mixtures of bread, casein*, water, and 
banana, and banana-skins, surrounded by a dry layer of cut 
grass, leaves, ete., in which the maggots could pupate; all of 
which were placed in large saucers on the floor, under the shelves. 
It was thus possible to keep up a continuous supply of flies. 

In experimenting, the mixtures to be used as baits were placed 
in glass jars with wire-gauze funnels (the same as those used in 
the blow-fly experiments). The date and time of starting the 
experiment were noted, and usually a morning (9-11 A.M.) and 
evening (4.30-6.30 p.m.) count of flies taken, when the jars were 
emptied of flies and the dead (if any) removed. 

The average duration of the experiments was 8-9 days. 

The substances tested were very various. Mixtures of casein 
and peptone, which had seemed from the blow-fly experiments 
to be promising baits, were tried, as well as all sorts of other 
substances, e.g. sugars, jams, fruits, ete., both alone and mixed 
with casein and peptone. After some time it was found that 
the casein mixtures were more attractive than most of the other 
substances used. Hence experiments were made to try to 
discover when, and under what conditions, and mixed with which 
substances these casein baits were most attractive. It was found 
that the best results were olbuaiaee with approximately equal 
parts of casein and brown sugar; or casein and banana; or 


* The idea of using mixtures of casein, banana, etc. for breeding purposes was 
suggested by the fact that eggs were laid on some of the casein and banana baits in 
the jars, and that the larve lived in them. It was found very successful for 
breeding and keeping up a continuous supply of house-flies, both in this greenhouse 
and in the “ fly-room” at the Imperial College. Flies were bred in large numbers 
from August 1915, and are still increasing (June 1916). 


499 MISS O,. C, LODGE ON THE 


casein, banana, and brown sugar; or casein, bunana, and golden 
syrup; or casein and bread —all of which were mixed with 
sufficient water to make into a paste. These mixtures, more- 
over, generally required a day or two in which to ripen before 
reaching their most attractive stage, which then lasted for a 
considerable time. 

They were tested, amongst others, against the well-known 
recipe of beer and sugar, which was found to be immediately 
attractive, though it did not remain so for any length of time, 
only about two or three days. It was subsequently seen that the 
addition of beer, or preferably stout, to the casein, sugar, and 
banana mixtures, or to casein alone, made them immediately 
attractive, and that, when the effect of the beer or stout had 
gone off, the casein mixtures were themselves attractive and 
remained so for many days. 

Several of these casein mixtures were also tested in the kitchen, 
but only a certain number of the flies were caught. This was 
probably due to the various counter-attractions present, though 
on one occasion * twenty house-flies were caught between 5 p.m. 
and 10 a.m. the next morning. This number was well over half 
the flies in the kitchen, though on other occasions fewer were 
generally caught. Yet these baits, even in the greenhouse, where 
as many as 600 have been caught in 6-7 hours, never by 
any means caught all the flies, but only a proportion of them. 
Other methods are likely to be found more effective in ridding 
kitchens of flies than the use of baited traps, e. g. spraying or fly- 
papers. 

Other casein baits were also placed in different parts of the 
garden, as wel] as by the dust-bin, when various flies were caught, 
including Musca, Calliphora, Lucilia, Fannia, a few Sarcophaga 
and many Borborus; though more blow-flies were always caught 
with meat baits. 

A summary of the results obtained from the experiments on 
House-fly Baits is given below (J-O). The substances are 
classified according to their attractiveness. 


(N.B.—The days only are given on which the largest 
number of flies were caught. In most cases 
fewer flies were caught on the other days as well.) 


(J) Substances found to be the most attractive to House-flies. 


Days on which most flies were caught 


Baits. (i.e. approximately 90-100 or more 
Jlies at each of the counts). 
Casein + golden syrup + bread + water ..........00eeeeeeeee 9-10 
5 APIDOS SOVGENE CE EMEP is oso son conens dooce nen covlagn ose 3-8 
Gp) TRIODREEKOL SEN GENBED® “con osc usdano sebuduoddbacane voueao cas 3-6 
»  +brown sugar+dried blood + water ............... 3-6 
” IP dy aa)nteat Fass 2) at ya Mae e.oushe 1-4 


* The bait consisted of casein + brown sugar + beer (3 days old). 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 493 


(Shige! lapeaevel SEWAGE shoo sbe soo sco ace unadps see tds sop ace Sor aes 
Sy) cibmowml sugar wate acs sgcn. saree neeesean ade -=c eae 


5  +banana+water sy ec ea ele 
>» + >, +brown sugar A eHOR - 
»  +golden syrup + brown sugar + ater 
»  +white sugar+ water 
Ghee 5 Sy Ch sissies 
Beer + brown sugar 


Casein + ,, SRS LOU beck ese aa stseeaeercmncacineentatin 
Beigel Raa ah sO 1 CE ACS SG a a ab eeu 


» + stout.. 
Brown sugar + Stout: ; 
Casein + golden syrup + Patou. 


Pudding (nade of egg, aeuting & sugar all “enfl) 
Horlick’s Malted Milk + water *....................... 
FF ey ear PEE ail OUND O Weenies Eva aE 


Cin +banana+ Malt Extract + water.. 


55 APIDRO iM SIMEROS BVEINEE ooacdecseraceacesndnaenoccasueee 


22 oF 39 Lb} + 33 ar bread 
»  +golden syrup+ Dread + water 
Cer wide +milk + sugar * 


Bird’s Custard Powder + sane sugar + tmilk # 7 Ten 
Boiled milk+ white sugar+starch ....................- 


Casein + brown sugar+ water (boiled together) 


Dutch cheese + brown sugar+ water ...............5.....60. 
Casein + water (boiled together) ............ 00.02. ..0.:00:008 


oo ot 
ahead ola ater eal i J 
PhO hoODhHaDE 


| 
S G CO od 


moh 


55 
& 


| [om ie sal 
Loe & bo 
ny 

@ 


| 
bo bo 


Cag CO Cun ch chnec oir coy a ecaa are amcor 


I 
lor) 


(K) Substances attractive, though vn a less degree than 


those given in (J). 


Days on which most attractive 
Baits. (when approximately 60-80 
flies caught at each count). 


Casein + brown sugar + water... 0.0.00... ...cse cesses eee eee 
er A Coho tawaibe ery assaienen see eee eee eaeeee 
Mee ate al te GEC beeen ay ae state hiece Panes seeusae ns 


»  tbread+ banana + water 


»  twater (boiled together) ................0.-2..102- +0 


Toasted cheese ye 
Casem + ID own sugar + tay 


3-4, 
11-12 
3-6 
3-4 
1-2 
1-2 
1-2 


(LL) Substances to which Flies still came, though never more than 
approximately 30-50 were caught at each cownt. 


Baits. 


Banana + maggots 


Casein + she) chibreadite:watel sata ccseuseseaessant: 


Brown sugar + Alcohol+ water .......... 
Casein + water rae 
»  +brown sugar + beer.. 


Horlick’s Malted Milk + tomie sugar + oie Rte ARS BUR 


Bird’s Custard Powder + boiled water 


Days on which the 
above number of 


flies were caught. 


e 

es ea arc Ae trae mance 
me be OD 
Ln) bo 


| 
DO em b 


* Most of the flies died which fed on the three baits marked with an asterisk (*). 


494 MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE 


(M) Substances to which Plies still came, though never more than 
about 20--380 were caught at each count. 
Days on which the 


Baits. above number of 

Jlies were caught. 

Cxseinl-F brown) sugar - water... ...---.0s-eseeedseceee earls 3-4 & 7-8 
Sete tAW Ibe an Gatien touts i Aleoton aba weer sG ra naas 1-2 
my apeoclen EymabAS eg, Se) Gy dnodannsscoonadace 7-8 
TpYoNUUYo lit con cree 228 Reetae onee en Rone nar urboy aan eGh adn goacdon: 1-4 
Moastedicasemm)-wahewersenceree eae esate mee eee eee 1-12 
@asemniseibrea det aye) hh ieee aera ae pes ee 4-6 


(N) Substances to which never more than about 10-20 came. 
Days on which the 


Baits. above number of flies were 
caught at each count. 
Goldentsynup taal coholimesrncccresete tee eee eee eee ee 1-2 
Brown sugar + _,, Ee PSCC Her SSO E a OUAOCORACECE 1-2 
Casein + brown Boar mnciten EE HEE Asan SioesGaos ate tEe 1-10 
>»  +water Este 1-4. 
Boiled milk + white sugar 1-2 
3 Beal ETSI 0) 0) Has eS Ege tae Sea A Aan nnn Sne GaWUNG SUE HAG oa Nas 1-4 
»  cheese+ water 1-2 
Dutch ,, 1-2 


(0) Substances unattractive to House-flies, and to which 
Sewer than 10 flies at most came. 
Baits. Days exposed. 


Green treacle + bread 1-6 
Golden syrup+_,, bet 1-6 
Casein + green ener bread -hwaten® Senne eee 1-6 
Peptone+ ,, ee ecb rinuesis cates atss 1-6 
5 TEROCOD AVAUWIOS? fy 3P sq  ooneccdconeponsee0n00 1-6 
Casein + vinegar aetinaietes 1-6 
a et VeaSU eas 1-2 
»  +brown sugar + yeast + ater Guana seueue cantice 1-2 
fy SPNAUAG ENP SES GEIS TP WENGE? con can ccoonscne cooansanacnnoed 1-2 
Peptone + toffee .. Re daeeewane 1-4 
a ata auoater wares cous a Bere aN 1-4 
of ary Bee Uae Scag)! SPA VGEISMUpsoben das dapwosaaslnaa 1-4 
Casein + toffee (cooked together) 1-4. 
yy AGP ose RAMA TROLS Ga en stort seumemec ase ae 1-4, 
Toffee +maggots ............ er 1-4 
Casein + bread + water (at manure- vehoan) Nee ae hel Scere cee 1-4, 
»  tyeast + vinegar + maggots........0..0 cece cee eee 1-4 
Sy TDS HOY SUPE SE WENIEIPse pisonosoaod ena ceo ods esvo0a Gonos 1-8 
SF crfexa)KOLSVHUEN PEN Opa Tn aeannn one adeuosuadadenssad sednc 1-12 
Alcohol + water . a tiaeoemamaceee 1-4 
Casein + brown pie ar erater aniursjore ts ne arAe CE MER CRE ee 1-6 
Jam.. Saat Baepetre oddoce one Coo 1-4 
Casein-+ Kepler S ; Malt Tn iracea aberijacase ee ceeres 1-8 
een SUGAR eee 1-8 
5, + Kepler's Mait meets 1-8 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 495 


| 
@ @ 


Brown sugar + Kepler’s Malt Extract eli abemned ace 
Wall Gekiixtnac tect yeeeecict aise asset mriass ev diads evsacdesbecescostiene 
Casein + water (boiled together) ............ 0.2... 00.00.00 eee 
>  +banana+ water 

Rite CHROME KO wc Gee been eae Ou NBER er aca IC Iae eR ame meee 
Bird’s Custard Powder + boiled milk........................ 


Te eee Sie odo Ae 
a & @ 


—4 

4s 3 » + 5  Wwater+brown sugar ... -8 
Brown sugar +starch (boiled together)..................... -12 
Starch + boiled water PoreBhoR aoe a ano Te —4, 
Casein + brown sugar + dried blood + water ............... -8 
ssl EE 5 ge DOCERIWAEL Aho. fer conte con Sieeetee 1-4 
@ondensedamalkaersare accent ceca cere cceeee ects 1-6 
7 hy joc ste) UUM eset Ae ke are tint fe ie tae et 1-6 
Bread + Dutch cheese + water ................0.... cece eee ee 1-6 
“ARideeseMoodidce Watelacreaecouecrsenee sense aeens nee 1-5 
55 »  +brown sugar+bread+water ......... 1-5 


The main conclusions arrived at from these experiments on 
house-fly baits were :— 
(1) That the most satisfactory baits consisted of— 

(a) Mixtures of casein, sugar, or some other sweet stuff and 
water, with or without banana, in approximately 
equai proportions, to which stout or beer can be added, 
in which case they became immediately attractive, 
otherwise one or two days elapsed before the most 
attractive stage was reached * ; 

(6) Horlick’s Malted Milk mixed with water ; 

(c) Banana, especially when over-ripe ; 

(2) Custard puddings ; 

(¢) Cornflour, milk, and sugar ; 

(/) Bird’s Custard Powder, milk, and sugar, ete. (vide list J). 


(2) There are advantages in using the casein mixtures rather 
than the other attractive baits in 


(a) the comparative cheapness of casein (1s. 4d. per lb.) and 

(6) the little trouble the baits take to prepare, the ingredients 
simply requiring to be mixed into a paste with a little 
water ; 

(c) The length of time they remain attractive (7-10 days as 
compared with the 2-3 days of beer and sugar) ; 

(d) The absence of any disagreeable smell when the casein is 
mixed with sugar, golden syrup, banana, ete. 


* In November and December, however, the house-flies at the Imperial College 
came in swarms to feed on the casein mixtures as soon as they were placed on the 
bench. They even came to bread ouly. Was this because of the difference in the 
hunger-states of the flies at these different times, or were the casein mixtures more 
attractive when simply put out on the bench without being covered by a trap ? 

+ Sugar, beer, alcohol, etc. had another advantage, as they appeared to preserve 
the baits trom going mouldy, which often happened when casein was used alone, 
though this did not necessarily prevent them from being attractive. The great 
advantage was, however, that they kept them from giving off the most offensive smell 
which was the case when casein and water, and casein, water, and bread were used. 


496 | MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE 


Yet in these experiments, at no time were all the flies caught, 
but only a proportion of them. This was, however, only to be 
expected, judging from the catholicity of their tastia: yet they 
have their likes and dislikes. 


It was found that the attractiveness of most substances varied 
at different times. The weather appeared to influence them—as 
a rule fewer flies were caught on dull days than on sunny ones. 
Possibly, also, flies of differ ent ages and sexes have different likes 
and dislikes, oll of which would affect the numbers caught and 
the attractiveness of the baits. 


III. Porsons For Furss. 


These experiments were made with the object of trying to 
discover a substance which would be poisonous to flies—especially 
house-flies—and harmless to man. It should not be distasteful 
to the flies, otherwise they will not come to feed, and unless 
cheap and easily obtained will not be suitable for general use. 

The following methods of testing the different substances were 
employed :— 


(i.) To expose an attractive bait, to which the poison had been 
added, in a place where the flies were free to come and 
feed, or not, as they liked. 


(ii.) To test the poison on flies which were confined, and must 
either eat it or starve. 


(i.) Account of Kxperiments on Poison-baits when Free Flies 
were used. 


These experiments were carried out in the greenhouse. The 
flies used were chiefly house-flies, though a certain number of 
blow-flies from traps were released from time to time. 

The substances used were generally placed in large saucers, in 
sunny places on the floor. They were then watched, to see 
whether after feeding, (a) the flies fell over immediately, ° 
apparently dead, or (b) crawled for a distance and then fell 
over on their backs, or (c) whether they flew away apparently 
unharmed. When the two former occurred, as many of the 
“corpses” as could be found were collected and kept till the 
next day, to see if they would recover. 

It was thus possible to obtain some idea of the effect of 
the different substances on the flies, and also to see whether 
their addition made any difference to the attractiveness of the 
baits. They were generally added to mixtures of casein, banana, 
sugar, and water. Controls for comparison were arranged for 
each series of experiments. 

A list of the various substances used, together with a summary 
of results, is given on p. 497. 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 497 


Substances tested. Results. 
Roe Did not poison house-flies or blow-flies. ’ 
Boueaad (oe Made no difference in attractiveness of bait for house-flies, 
De oes ee but were repellent to blow-flies. 
Picnibvacsa Made no difference in attractiveness for house-flies or 
( Gye g low) blow-flies: both fed greedily upon it, and were appa- 
Mera ine ance 2 ENCE rently unharmed ! 


Amy] alcohol......... Strongly repellent to both house-flies and blow-flies. 


Repellent to house-flies; but after the smell had gone’ off 
the baits were again attractive, and eges were laid and 
larve livedin them. Flies were killed when it was poured 
into trap containing them. 


Amyl acetate ......... 


ect ie ¢ Did not kill house-flies, and made no difference in attractive- 
ntimony oxide ... % ness for them 


Acetaldehyde......... Disliked by house-flies and blow-flies. 


them. Next day no apparent difference seen in attrac- 
tiveness of baits. 


Flies were killed when it was poured into trap containing 
Westoran ............ 


Certvin experiments were also made to test the poison-effect 
of paraformaldehyde and formaldehyde. 

Some typical results are given in the table on p. 498. 

It was not possible to arrive at any very definite conclusions 
from the above experiments with formalin, as the results were so 
varied. Sometimes the flies died after feeding on the mixtures, 
while at other times they were apparently unharmed. Some 
days they came in large numbers to feed, and on other days 
few or none came. Generally speaking, more seemed to come 
on fine than on dull days. One thing, however, seems clear, 
which is, that if formalin is used in practice for ridding rooms 
or buildings of flies, the “corpses” should be swept up and 
burnt as soon as possible, so as to prevent any possibility of 
recovery. 2 

It was, however, felt that further and more accurate experi- 
ments should be made to test the poison-effect of formalin, etc., 
on house-flies, where known quantities of formalin were added to 
known amounts of bait. An account of these experiments is 
given below. 


(ii.) Account of Experiments on Poison-baits when House-flies 
were confined in cylinders. 


In order to secure more definite results than was possible 
in the greenhouse, the following experiments were made at 
the Imperial College of Science, in one of the laboratories, 
having an ordinary roof with no skylights. hither the 
breeding-materials, maggots and pupze from the greenhouse, 
were transferred. Very soon enormous numbers of flies had 
emerged, which were used in the experiments. The supply 
was kept up by breeding them in the same way as before. 

The substances to be tested, placed on pieces of glass, were fed 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XXXYV. 35 


498 


MISS 0. C, LODGE ON THE 


B . PRNIIDES RAN Ree 
aits, With 
Paraformaldehyde 
added. 


\(A.) (a) Various casein, | Made no difference 


sugar, and banana to the attractive- 
mixtures placed in ness of bait to 
saucers in the green- house - flies or 
house. blow-flies. 
Harmless to both. 
| 
| 
| 
| | 
(G)VOMicat a ee eteael ks eee eet 


(ce) Custard 
Pudding. 


(B.) Baits consisting of 


casein, sugar, and (OY Aovotinee’ Tet 
water were fed to ani dos tuo@ars 
: re da 
house-flies enclosed int ae Ren eb ae 
in muslin cages in liecdeemeetine 
a 2 | 
greenhouse. Sill alee. 
\(C.) Balloon trap set| —......... 
| over casein, sugar, and 
water mixtures in 
greenhouse. | 
| 
\((D.) Various casein, | Sometimes un- 


attractive for 
many days: 
other times 
attractive on 
first day. Occa- | 
sionally one or | 
two flies died. 


| sugar, and water baits 
placed in jars with 
funnels in greenhouse. 


Results. 

AL a 
With 

Formalin Controls. 
added. 

Used strong. Repellent | Attractive to house- 
to house-flies and| flies, many of 
blow-flies. which fed—as 

Used weak. Repellent well as some 
to blow- flies, but blow-flies. 
house - flies seemed 


not to detect it until 
sufficient had been 
absorbed to kill 
them, or render them 
helpless. In no case 
were all of these 
latter found to be 
really dead, a certain 
number recovering 
after a time. In 
one case, out of the 
600 picked up as 


dead, 21% had 
recovered the next 
morning. The pro- 


portion of recoveries 
was often larger than 
this. 


Repellent to blow-flies. 


F’. added while pudding 
hot. Very attractive 
to house-flies: very 
many fed, and soon 
died in and around 
the saucer. 


(1) Flies still alive after three days, and then released. 


i) 
Many house-flies came to feed, which were 


afterwards caught in 


they were kept for two days and then 
released as flies still alive. 


Generally attractive for 


one to three days. 
Many flies died. 


Attractive to blow- 
flies: very many 
came and fed. 


Very attractive to 
house-flies. 


balloon traps, where 


Attractive: many 
flies caught. 
None died. 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 499 


to house-flies enclosed in glass cylinders with muslin tops (height 
8 inches, diameter 9 inches), which stood on the bench. When 
flies were needed for the cylinders, either they were taken from 
those caught in balloon traps set over the breeding-saucers, or 
pupz were placed inside the cylinders to hatch out, ete. 

In each experiment the following points were noted :— 


(a) the date and time of starting ; 

(6) the source of the flies ; 

(c) whether they came to feed at once ; 

(zd) the number of flies (if any) lying apparently dead on 
the bench, inside the cylinders, (1) after the first hour, 
(2) each morning and evening ; and 

(e) whether any were feeding at those times. 


The experiments usually lasted four days, as any substance 
which failed to kill by that time was considered useless. At the 
end of the experiment a count was made of the total number of 
males and females which had died, and also which had lived to 
the end of the experiment, when they were etherized before 
being counted. 

The baits used were mixtures of casein, sugar, banana, and 
water; that most generally employed consisting of the following 
proportions :— 

20 ¢.c. casein + 25 c.c. brown sugar + 25 c.c. banana. 


(a) If the poison was a liquid, it was simply mixed in with 
the casein ete. 

(d) If it was soluble, it was dissolved in 25 cc. of water 
and added to the casein etc. 

(c) If it was insoluble, it was mixed with 25 c.c. of water 
and added to the casein ete. 


Controls with clean baits—i. e¢., 25 ¢.c. casein + 25 ¢.c. sugar 
+ 25 c.c. banana + 25 c.c. water—were set up for each series 
of experiments: usually one control for all the experiments 
made on the same day. 

Details of these experiments, with percentage of deaths etc., 
are given in Table IT. 

The results obtained from the experiments on poisons, when 
tested on house-flies enclosed in cylinders, were not very decisive 
(Table II.). No substance was found which killed a really 
large proportion of the flies. Tables ITI. and IV. respectively 
give the poison-mixtures having the largest percentage of deaths 
on the first day, and on the second day in cases when none had 
died before that. Substances which killed later than this, or 
where the death-rate was less than 10 per cent. on the first or 
second day, were not considered of much practical value. The 
highest percentage of deaths on the first day was only 31, 


(Leat continued on p. 514 at end of Tables.) 
35% 


“syeUayy 


g (0) 6 OOT 
(0) (0) Oot OOT 
0 ~® oor Cor 
0 0 Oot OOT 
€ 10) 16 80T 
(9) 0 Oot oot 
0 (0) oot OOT 
} 2 rs) 2 
“‘quaulttedxa | -yuomtrtedxa 
| Jo pula 04 SuLimMp 
| POATy TOUpM | perp ToLtpAr 
(@ ae) (6+) 
| salp-esnoH] | saty-esnoyy 
JO 95vjUAI1aq JO 95vqJUId.1eq 


S ‘69 


64 


g8 


66 16 
‘Wd 


‘p og 


“Wy | 


S ‘Op (xp) 7B 


(Aap) OF 


[oot 
eg (Ap) LP 


[#8 ‘vp 472 

eg (4ip) 
[66 

88 (S1p) 18 


gg 


‘11g ‘d uo *]T aqey, 0} Aoyy 208 esq 


[86 ‘Avp 479] 
Jt‘ 0 


[oot ‘Avp y2¢] 
be a3 


—_—>—_—. 


pp y7g §— ‘hvp 
oe 92 


‘TL ‘Aop 119 
Be IZ 


yp 199 + 66 ‘hop 
wae $s ‘DP 


[e6 ‘hyp y79] 


oL (4ap)F9 | Te ie 
[O0L “An\p 479 § 66 ‘Avp 
66 08! | Ys) 6g 
oe peel ee ae ae, 
| Saar % hog 


eq JO SECIOP TINY OT 


FL (SPS) 8 


Y7¢ | 
¢ 


‘¢9 ‘Hop yie} 


Il P 
495 | 
TZ = (SF'31) 5 ‘8 
8 S'S 


479 | 


“vp Jo ysoy “ANOT 4ST, 
‘T hog 


“BULUDAD PUB SUTUAOUL UL PUB MOT FSI 109ZB °°? 
‘saull} JUatayIp 3B ‘pyap Ajyuoiedde 
Toueq ay} UO SULAT 919M TOL Sol] JO aovypUId.leq 


((432) OL + 
(d) 442°?) 
oe + 18 


((‘Yq9) gE + 

(d) 1g ‘a °2) 

0% xX 48 
(492) 86+ 

(d) pg °2°2) 

CVsl 9 
((‘yg9) 8ST + 

(d) 99 :2"2) 

CV'3LX 78 


cpoi+ (d) eZ 
epor+ (d) ey 


or x (4) Lg 


= | —_——_ 


“quouLled xq 
SULYARIG FO sully, 
puv ‘pasn salty yf 
FO LOQUINU [VIO J, 


*(moTped yPS11q) COLV 
‘od 06 UL paapossip) 
‘T+ plow OLIOIg *0°0 g 


1+ q 0d Op 00 ¢ 


I+ q 0°d 9.24 ‘0°09 g 


‘T+ q ‘0'd gg ‘0°09 


I+ 4 °0'd 63 ‘9°0¢ 
T+ qf 0°d GE *0'0 g 
+ J ‘9 °d OF 19°90 B 


*y(STRAOUINU UBULOY U1) 
ainjxi + woswd 
Jay }O LO UlPBUAI0 

JO 90¥4N90.10q 


ST'8'86 
(11) 


ST'8'8 
(01) 


ST8'8s 
(6) 


ST8'8S 
(8) 


S1'8'83 
(4) 


CLT BES 
(9) 


ST'8'L3 
(¢) 


“SUTYIBIG 
JO 03R(] 
pue 
Taq, U0 NT 
IOUILOFOY, 


‘swapuylig ur pauuoo sag yn ‘sauf-asnoyy of spmg-uosiog vo spuaurwaday 


JUL 


WTA I, 


| 
| 
| 


“Ssaxas oY} FO PLOIAL ON 


66 


eV 


0 


104 


OV 


9€ 


Té 


or 


&& 


T& 


eh 


&V 


Th 


9 


UL 


Lg 


Oot 


COL 


66 


09 


[t] 


16 


v9 


69 


06 


&6 


OOT 


Oot 


19 


PL 


8g 


69 


GL 


1é 


S ‘OF 


ee] 


g9 


v 


(Aap) BF 


[oot “ 
(Aap) Tg 


i ch 
(Axp) 0 


7 
LE SO 
SIP OF 


C19 ‘hop 95] 
aL t'9 


[1s ‘Avop 479] 
66 06 


gg 66 


[e8 ‘hop 176 | 
eg 13 


[-S6 ‘kop x29) 
(A1p) 

eg Loe 

[00t “Avp 47g] 
e€ (O@ 1) °° 


> 


pp ¥79 §— ‘hvp 
00 ZI 


op yag ‘— ‘hop 
FO 0 


ial 


f0 


Lz (SF) 


SI (CFP) 


LT 


(OFT) 4 


(OF'P) & “0 


(CEP) FZ 


(SUF) 11 


(SFP) LT 


(03'g) £ ‘91 


STIL (d) 48 
(("99) OF + 

(a) gg a °2) 

0s'h xX 8L 

erp X (d) og 

iere  _ (@) 29 

oge X (d) zg 
(("499) 16 + 

(d) gg a *2) 

og + 98 

| 06 (d) ¢9 

l\evt +  (d) 28 

or x (d)e4 
((q29) 06+ 

(d) $9 2 °2) 

Oe 18 

oe xX (4) a 


TA + iq '0'd OF 


“A+ M 


"A+ q ‘od 6% 


“a+ (0'd Ze 


‘A+ q ‘od 4.98 


A+ *o'd 86 


“AT 


“TIL 


“(Ysip ur gied 
puv ssvps uo 41ed) 
1+ q 0'd OP 9°96 


‘I+ 0° OF 9°90 G 


*(moyja4) 
(12}B.M UWI paaTOsstp) 
T+ POB Oot “9°9 g 


CL'8'0E 
1(33) T 

CL'8'66 
+(13) V 

jot4z a0) 
CT'8 66 
+(06) V 


CT'8'6S 
(ADV 


CL 8°66 
¥(91)V 


C1863 
r(S1)V 


SI'S'8G 
(FL) 


ST'8'86 
(8T) 


ST'S'8 
(1) 


‘pap.odat you 


SHOATAINS JO xas sB ‘O[qIs 
-sodtur asvqueorod f UueALs 


pBop Fo stoq TnU enjoy 


*SYABULA YY 


4 | ae 16 

| | 

| | 

iG) ine" 10) &G OOT 

| fel ‘Tel 

| 00L 001 | 0 0 

| 98 12 | 79 6L 

| | 

| 6F 93 | 19 wh 
Lo L el 66 | 
iat 9 | 98 ¥6 

| 

| pe 9 | 99 16 

| } eo 2 

| ‘quoutttedxa | ‘yuout1odxa 
Jo pua 0} SsuLImMp 
pest Yory a petp ory mM 
(Gar 2) 


| 
| satj-asnoyzy 
|.0 IS¥BIWIIIIG 


Solf-asnoyy | 
JO asvqueoieg: 


78 


64 
Wd 


v8 


p hing 


Ep) aS 
il Pols «fl Sie 
LX fal 
[0 a 
sO sO 
as 8h 
OP fee 
69 9g 
el r9 
tL SOF 
“Wd “WweV 
e hog 


‘hop 


yp 499 60 
eee SL ‘0 


LG | 
‘Ned NY | 
‘Zing | 


FI 


J (OUP) IT 


Sf (G82) OL 


Q ‘ue 


- 


1g (¢h'S) (ELSI) ST 


LZ (OVS) 


GG 


(S31) 9T 


(OF 11) £9 


‘Avp JO 4Soy “AMO, 4ST) 


‘| hog 


“SULU9AD PUB SaIUIOW UL puw MOT, 4IS.AY TOJFC 9 “2 


‘saully QUoleyIp 4B ‘prop ATjueredde 


‘qoueq OY} UO SUIAT alam YOM Sal[ yy] JO ao¥jUWId10g 


| 
| 


| 


\ 


A 9'd OF) +A + MA 


Or xX (4) ry 
| 
0g'€ (d) 98 
eczIx (4) 28 
ogsEx (4) 06) 
| 
vara (4) T9 | 
| 
el SL (d) Ty 
| 
| 
eotlx (da) 19 
| 
cer aa (d) FZ 
opti — (4) 9 | 
“qQuOTULodx Gy 


SUIJAVIG JO OUT, 
pus ‘pesn solpy 
jo cequinu [vyoy, 


. 
i 
| 


| 


TA + J ‘od 9g 


‘TA + J ‘O'd FG 


‘YsIp doyjour ur 


TENSE IIN 


TA +f (0°d G.LG 


IA + q ‘0 'd 6g 


A+ gq 0°d 2.08 


TA + q ‘o-d GE 


A+ q ‘ocd 7.96 


S[BLIIUINU UWBULOY U1) 
ainyxIy, + uostod 


IY JO LO UlPRULLO 
JO as¥jUad10q 


*(UIpsnut YIIM poa.taAoo | 


eTsog 
1(128)4 


ST8'06 
1(08) 4 | 


ST'8'08 
(66) 4 
ST'3'08 
1(86) 
[O.14U0,) 


CT'8'08 
(3) 4 


“SUIIABIG 
food | 
pues 
19 UD Ay 
AUALIFOYy | 


| 


‘(panweywoo) "TT Wavy, 


86 


68 


86 


Gf 


OOT 


OOT 


81 


OOT 


€8 


OOT 


96 


Oot 


OOT 


9.6L 


VG 


15 


16 


68 


LT 


G.G§ 


OOT 


IL 


1a! 


[3 ‘hop 4349] 
noe S'S 


[er ‘Avp y7¢) 
- S9 


[ae ‘hop y7¢] 
a J 0 


[el ‘Aop 439] 
OL e 


[0 ‘kop y2¢) 
o 


(0 ‘kop x26] 


0 0 
bag ‘91 ‘Avp 
oh ss 
wg £6 ‘kop 
o) 5 
wee OT 
i ae 
S ‘83 


€ (sespa ye) f ‘0 | 


6L 


SOL 


uu “OQ 


(9a'p) wm ‘L 


(3°) GL 


ose + (8) 9¢ 
06's (#) Te 
SL (d) eg 
(d) LP 

STIL (d) Te 


(d) OF 
CFO (ynoqy) 


spTi= (4) 6T 
OTLX (4) 8Z 
Greg S< (a) gp 
‘ory. x (4) #8 
or X (d) 98 


“IITA + [BJVOYW *0°0 | 


‘(COTW '9'9 OT Ur) TA + 
YIV BIV][IN?) *9°0 G 


“IHtA 


*({9A0 pagsnp 
Jleyy puv ur pextur j[ey) 
TEA se [ROLLED OPO) IL 


*(caqVM 97991] 
UL paaposstp) “LA + 
‘Tqavg “yd[ng ‘wz ‘0° T 


“q1eq Jo doz uo poysup | 


SIAM sr UU Us 
poxtm teddag *0°0 T 


TRA se 
d4RIpPAY [BIOL *9'0 G 


Usp 
ajeipLy [BLO] WY *0°9 T 


TA + J ‘od 08 


tA + q '9'd ¢.0g 


ST6TL 
2(LP) 
CL6L 
(OP) 
[oazUog 


STS 1é 
1(¢@) 
ST 806 
(PE) 
CT'8'0E 
ssa 
STB 0E 
(68) a 


“(6Z)q Woy 
quautLiodxe 


OSOY} alo. 


SI} UL pasn so: 99 ey], 


(13) V Woy 


SHOATATNS 9.18 Sol oO], 


*SHABULOY 


00T —-00T 
9¢ 8 
| 
96 £6 
OOT 6 
6G 0 
96 0 
OOT OOT 
89 &€ 
OOT 66 
é 2 
“quoutttadxa 
Jo pus 04 
poaty qoryas 
(6+ 2) 
Sol}f-oSN0 FY 


JO a5v4UA0.10q| 


vW 66 


82 


VL OO 


49 


@) 


é P 


S8 


18 


0 0 0 
TZ |f6¢ ‘ee 
[P ch 

| 80 LD) 
Ht || IEF J 
LYE EG = TID 
J 8L| 99 S ‘OV 
[0 ‘op \y7g £0 ‘hop yap 
FED | EW Pa) 
Sy | sp 8s ee 
T wee ST 
“WV ‘Nd “WV 

‘e hog 


S81 | 


| 


Pp yaQ +p Kop 

SO H®D 
€ S'S 

Hp th an 
se 61 


na 0 ‘kop 479 
/ ‘0 St ‘0 


Le fe 


[tr Popyse| 
87 
Wa WY 
°g hog 


tO 


OL (¢T'e) PF (GES) 0 


y7¢ | 
S‘0 S0 
(OF'€) @ 
tf % (SF) 0 


(°h°3) SL (SFI) 3 


Sf 0 ‘vp x79) 
Lf 0 0 
) t'0 
0 tO 
‘Lup Jo 4say *Anoy 4sT 


‘T hog 


*‘quewiLdxe 
SuLinp 
porp Tory 
(Gia) 
SOl]J-asno Fy 
JO advjUaII0g 


“SUIUAAA PUB FULTAOUL UT pue Moy 4siy soqjE °2 *2 
*sOuLl} {uarayIp 98 ‘pap Atqucaudde 
“Youaq aq} UO SuLAT atom YOUPM solp yy] JO oSUzUd0.10g 


| 


SUIFARYG JO 9UILT, 
pus ‘posn serpy 
Jo daquunu [vO], 


| 


i 


0801 (B) OF 
| OOIT+ (H) 16 
|ore X (B) LF 
| 0g'e (H) 99 
Cr Sl (UH) Fe 
OS II (HB) 9% 
OL (H) x 
er OL (B) 9F 
((y32) + 
osex  (d)) 24 
“quaTULIad xg 


“XE+ ‘OLN *o'd [ ‘0°0 T 
“IIA + DUOAARY) *9°0 G 
TA+ ‘py ‘ord 
*(uaais a[ed) 
tA +fOgng ‘a'd T 
‘TA + 7 0'd OT 


‘TA+ yf o'd e@ 


TEsr ain 
TA+ 4 od T 


TN cp 
OPVULIOF [AYA *0°0 Z 


‘(S[etounu uvUtoy ur) 
aIN}XIPL + wosiod 
J9YJO 10 UlRULIO 7 

JO advqueoiag 


SL 6G 
(8h) 


CL 6G 
(LPO 


CL6G 
e(9P)O 
Jorn, 


OT 


ey 
(Sh) 


ST6T 
2(@P) 


“SUI 
Jo 03Rq] 
pue 
Jaquin 
dDUdLO JOY, 


‘(panwiquoa) "TT ATA, 


‘uMOUyUN sary 

JO oquINnU [e107 s¥ aTqIS 

-soduit asvquad.ied ‘syyvop 
[enjoe ay} oie osoyy, 

*SUUIN [OD Z 4SRT ) 
UI afqissodunt asvzusd10d 
a0uey pus ‘yuauittadxe jo 
pues 4 guaprooe Aq padvo 

“88 SI9I]JO OT SB ‘paala > 
“INS OITM pus ‘pap 
YOUTM salt jo siaquinu 

[engow ey} aie asoyy, J 


“UMOUYZUN Saly JO 10g 
-UINU Sv aS¥yNad1ad aALs 03 
g[qissodu—paip PP JT 


06 


6g 


Té 


Cor 


is 


&6 


OOT 


v6 


08 


IV 


[0] 


OOT 


Oot 
Oot 


98 


[g] 


78 


[1] 


sO s O 
S 8 ol 
Lge) fl ae 
GL PL 
(9) [Fr] 
86 (1p) “83 
8 St 6L 

0 0 
[t] 

9 

f0 0 


(GS'SL) S “g 


(SL'31) 1 


| “Avp Yat feo) “vp yor £0 kop 496 
Sut “Q ‘hivp 478 50 hop \yay £0 ‘hop y29| £0 ‘Avp y3¢] 
sO (nea) LD || OO 
6g) tr | Ze SL ) 
t 6 8. | ‘6 FS | FeO 
ey ae |e LOL j 
fel A) LO] £0 
ECC) REG ReGm any MEG) | ee eG 
LED EOE OS NN. LI 
0 LO} © 0 0 
[1] it] | o 0 | £0 
76 é 6 ‘ = ¢ 
Sf '% f >| £9 f'6| S9 
[0 (eq Mou + |prkq oT +) 0 ‘Mop y7g] 
(PLA (peg 
sdo.up 9 + ) sdoap ¢ +) 
dl 0) 0 | £0 fu} sO 


OT 


SV ILX 


| SV ILX 


(€) 06 


Tes 
“(Mears T[StTMOIq) 
Ws ap 
“OURS "JOq “WLS T - 
‘IX+ ‘yey "was @ 


1X4 
poy ‘oleg ‘aus T 


*“(gsu) +x 


“(UMOIG FYSIP) “tA + 
ploy o1uuey, “Ws T 


“Ue 
“OLB “JO ‘WAS T 
“XI+ ‘OLY [Auy ‘o'0 Z 


‘XE+ OLY “SqV "0° g 


“XE + Up JOU 


owls 


0'0 G 


“xt+‘pri{g doap 


CL er 
e(€9) 
[ouyUoD 


CL 6P 
¢(64) 


¢(Zg) 


CL 6'e 
e(98) 


Clee 
282) 


“UMOTLYUN SIOATA 
-Ims JO xas aduIs efqissod 
“UL aseyuaoied ‘parp 4 T 


SD ACAUICHEE 


| 29 WwW 
OOT OOT 
OOT OOT 
OOT oor 
8 0 
| OOT L6 
L6 OOT 
OOT 
| 
£6 €8 
é 4 
‘quamtiedxe 
JO pula oF 
paaty Yory aM 
(6+ 2) 
So I]J-asno Fy 
fo adequao1eg 


*(panurwoo) “TT aTAVY, 


| 

| ces | eee 3 = | 
og go | Ser | wee 8 ET |. SET 0. s‘o | egg xX(d+p)€8 

| —— = = — 

(0 0 | 0 0 | 0 LO ILO KO | a so |ore X (B) ar 
0 © NO sO | 0 £0 |f0 so) £0 s oge X (BH) 6g 
0 ) 0 0 | 0 so | £0 50 0 © | 0c) (p62 

*(UMO.Tq = | 
26 OO ¥6 6 | 78 wep) Sor |S Te S'8|) £0 $0 |0V% X (B) 6F 
0 j 3 S| @ SC\SL% f'0) £0 0 08% X (BH) 09 
[e ‘kop y3¢] 
& 0 fe | SL Oo 0 0 0 (ore X (Hy) 68 
['2 ‘Avp | wg 6 £2 ‘op yas] 
Ww © | 2 SL\ SS f%| 4 7 0 O- ogee X (4) 8% 
| [3 ‘op 7g) | 
| 9 At | £8 ‘9 | £8 te | £8 € | ¢ (ST's) 2 GRR, @) 8 
| CNG IAP Sai ‘Wy | ‘Nd “wv | ‘Avp. jo ysayy “AnoyY 4ST) 
6 P| 5 hog "g hog Ging T hog 
“queued xe | | 
Ssulinp | a treba ais “quoulttadx i 
: | SUINIAD PUB SUIUIOUL UI PUB MOY ISAY JoqFe *a *2 c 
es Ne | ‘sour quesayjip ye ‘peep A;quoiedde | uae att a 
sery-asnoyy | ‘TGoueq 9yy UO SUIAT alam OIA Sol JO 9dvqzU9d10q | i yoqune [v0], 
FO acb4U90.10,]} 


| 


| 


tA ++ plow ororg ‘0d T | 


*(‘qsut) “IITA + 
OJVAPLU PBT 10°0 Z 


A Sr 
074008 pay *0°0 ZG 


*(pat 4U.S1.1q) 
‘IX - pea] per 0°90 Z 


*(MOTOA FST) “TX + 
dYVULOLYD pBaTy *0°0 | 


*“(MOTOs ATS1Aq) “xt+ 
plow oIMOAYD *0°O T 


HIIA + plow OIL) °0°9 Z 


‘TA + aqRqooy ug ‘o'd T 


“T1TA 


*(syeramiInU uURUTOY UT) 
aIngxiyy + uosiod 
IOYJO 10 ULPBUUIO 

Jo ace4UI010q 


cl 69 
o(69) 


ST 69 
«(89) 


Slog 
e(49) 


ST6¢ 
9(99) 


CL 6S 
9(¢9) 
pouzuoy 


Cl eT 
9(F9) 


“SUTIABIG 
jo oyeq 
pue 
Jaquim NY 
aOUaLOJOrT 


| | | [0 ‘op 439) sien 
/00T O00T 0 @ | © ~@ | O ££ | £0 e w‘O | STT X (4d) Sh} “(umayqger4q) “11x 6(26) 
‘UMOUYUN Satff JO 1aq | | Se 
“INU [BI0} SB aTqissodutt | Pa ese oe Z Cle eT 
asvyUIIAET ‘“St}Bap JO seq [Le] 2p yas| <[1] “op wo 0 ‘hop y9¢ | 6(68) 
-UINU [BNjVv BIB asorL], ae sg | ing fz] 0 @ | @ (0) 0 eh t ‘0 Sf ‘0 | O&'IT (xd) x TA + M [ory UoD 
as | ie “xE+ «| ST6:€T 
00. OO 0 Q ie eon heet © | © 0) oe 0 |O9TI+ (H)6)| ‘ding, Jo [IQ ‘9°0 g 6(98) 
| [oor “vip v79 * 68 ‘Avp | y2q) Te S16 01 
(0) OC ipa eae 8g | eg &¢ aa 0 | 08% (J) 61) ®ONTHN ‘suits ¢ 3(¢8) 
| | L(PIet) 0 Aap vag §Sxp “0 |‘Aop ya) S601 
| OL COT | 0 Oo ® | © ® |2@ 0 0 JO [ove X+H) 81) A+HORN 9d T 3(8) 
| | =| sical 
| [2 ‘Avp) yag § Sap %p ‘Av\p y7g) *((eg) moay cT'6 01 
16 QOL 6 0 ) Ly #0) 0 t ‘0 ) sO Solty) (4) 8B | 1X +FOStA (4)°0°9S | 9(B8) 
| amr 
| _ | [eo ‘op 449) STG OL 
OOT O01 0 0 0 20 £0|£0 LO| £50 0 }08s X (4)x) “MMA +*£OIOM 999 | Q(T8) 
| | S| SS ST GOL 
| ae Alea : 3(08) 
oor 0or 0 OQ | f0 | £0 ‘0 J0| £0 $0 | O80TX (HB) 62 TA+ M [0.14009 
| | aa ee LS ae 
| | [0 ‘App y29 £0 Fop | 199) “xI+ eT 60: 
| 001 O01 0 0 ee oO |) 0 @® | © 0 0 0 |SPTII+ (8) 9T) “MRS “Wie 99g | g(9Z) 
| | > 
(OL) woz ip. | = 
9soyy ata 4ueutttedxe | [0 ‘kvp y7¢| CT'6'6 
Siq} UI pasn sory 6g ONT,  OOT O01 | 0 0) 0  (Aip)o | 0 0 | £0 0 0 /O | OTLX (BH) 6 Xt "quuD pway 00g) (94) 
eat eee eke Sy “XT cr'6'9 
O0OL $48 | 0 S61 | & € | £0 sO] 0 f0 0 0 |eT¢ (¥) SE | eyeQoo" [AuLY “OO T |, «(€4) 
| | 


OFT 


‘OF 


‘OUT 


‘UMOTLYUN sap FO 


“ult = asejuoo1ed 
enqoe oj ele osaty, 


| Jaquint [R03 sev apqrssod | 
‘syqvap 


|00T Oot 

| ‘ 

| 

| 

| 00r 

/00T  O0T 
oF GS 

| 

| €8 1g 

| 

00L —00T | 
ro) (2) 

| “quoutttedxa 
JO pud 0} 
paarp qory a 
(ey 2?) 
Salf}-9snoFy{ 


[¢] 


84 


&P 


0 0 
é ’ 


*‘quaultedxa 
SULIND 
parp orp 
(6+ 2) 


sal]f-esno 


JO asezlad1eg JO a5vqW80,10q | 
| 


J [8] 

S ‘99 

8G TS 

0 S0 

‘N'd “NV 
‘p hog 


| 0 
[ot] 

g 

0 0 

[r] 0 
fay fing 
J Eg 
sia TZ 

0 
“N'd “WV 

*g hog 


([et] 4p y7¢] 
Ls 5 


000 8 ‘LT 


[0 ‘vp 7g) 
y ; 
a 

* hog 


| 


0 0 | 


s ‘Oo 


ane s 7) 
“Cep Jo 4ysoy “ANOT] 4ST, 
‘T hog | 


‘BULUAAD PUB SUIUIOUL UL Pav AMO] ASA 10zfw ‘a “2 
‘sautt} quaiayrp 4v ‘peap A[yueredde 
‘qoueq oy} Uo Surf] alam YOIYM Saif JO asvqad.10q 


| SLIITX 


cyiix (B) x 
os IL (BH) x 
cPolx (B) x 


*(q1eq Wray 
uo Asp auo 


OGOL pes“) x 


OZOI+ (H) F+x 


ogee X(d) gT+x 


(xB) ¢¢ 


|OSSIX (xB) 63 


(4H) eT 


*quautLtedx 
SUNALIS JO PULL], 
pue ‘pasn salty 
JO TaqUINU [240], 


Yas 
FOOFRN “SULIS G 
“TILA + 


fONTHN ‘Sas OT 


TIA + Ig yy “SUIS Gg 


“paatyys oq OF, 


ar 
plow dI]VXG “SUAS ZG 


IIIA + "[ J] ‘SULIS & 


MA FAQS SUL Z 


TA sp 
prov o1[exQ “WS T 


“XI + BIMOULULY 
ployesnoy ‘0°0 Z 


‘(s[R1ouINU WeULOY UL) 
alngxtp, + uostod 
Ja]JO IO UIPBULIO 

JO 9ovqJUI019g 


*(panwyuoo) "TT ATAVY, 


e160 
or (01) 


S160 
o1(Z0L) 


or(TOT) 


ST'6'06 
ot (O0T) 


S160 
or (66) 


ST6'9OE 
6(86) 


ST 69L 
6(6) 


CL 69L 
6(F6) 


*BUIYIRIG 
jo a3Rq] 
pur 
Jaquin Ny 
aoualojay 


OMY 4SPT | 
UE Jou ynq ‘1-g SuUUUNOD | 
UL asvqueo1ed UL papuyo | 
“ur ore Aoyy + wasn | 
psndup wolf  pelp 
aABy OF PUNOJF Sol P 


‘uMOuyUN ) 
Solf FO AaquimuU [Bj0} > 
sv o[qissodunt asvyueoi0d | 
‘syyeop [Bngov ale asoyy, _) 


*UMOUY 
-UN Sol]f JO 1equinu [e404 
sv aqissodur asequsoid 
‘syqvop [Bngov aie asot] T, 


*SIOATAINS pue pap Jo ) 
aseqjueoted Ul payepno[vo | 
gou yuq “e-—T suumnyoo | 
lof advquadied UL popula > 
-Ul ode oso} + Yosnue | 
psndwip wolf pep | 


$-86 


Or 


Oot 


OOT 


Oot 


.99 


OOT 


col 


OOT 


OOT 


Oot 


Oot 


Oot 


06 


€.8€ 


Oot 


OOT 


VOT 


¢.18 


LV 


ch 


iat 


og 


| 


‘(Cos ‘op 429] 


0 0 


ve 0 


Coot ‘kup 26] 
ue Sf ‘61 | 


("76 ‘Avp 7S] 
wy 5 


[9.18 ‘Avp 148 | 
eee Jf ‘CSL 


(‘09 “Avp y2¢] 
vee Ji 0) 


509 0 | 


[3] (OTP) 


(0) 


a) 


a & 
50 


08% 


OLT X 


OVILX 


VP 


OgT = 


SV'GIX 


OUVZEIX 


(B) 91 


(B) #1 


(g) x 


“HEA + 


“ONTHN “SUuts OT 


‘TILA + 1G yf “SUIS G 


‘IITA + "[ “SULIS G 


*(-qsut) “HLA + 
fONTHN ‘Sats OT 


“Wes ae ANN 


“XT 
aqyaqiu [AULY *9°0 T 


1X + LOYAUILD *ULIS T 


*(Salf} 04 pay a1ojaq 
sep @ 10J ydoy) “TA + 
piow oIULOAYD *0°9 g 


* (Sop 0} poz 
aiojaq sfep g toy 4day) 
a + dUOAIBD *9'9 T 


1X4 
| peory oqlT AA “SULTS g 


CL 6 PS 
(E11) 
Joazuoy 


SL OES 
(P11) 


cT'6'eS 
(81) 


CL 6 ks 
(11) 


SL 6'GG 
ot (OLL) 
ST'6'0G 
or(60T) 
oru0g 
ST 6'0G 
o1(801) 
ST 606 
or(Z0T) 


ST 6 06 
o1(90T) 


S160 
or(SOT) 


C1606 
or(FOT) 


‘asequaoied UL 
£ DoSnUe 


pezuMod you st 41 
psnduigy Jo parp Ap aug 


“UMOTLYUN Sal JO aq 
“UNUM [BIOZ sv o]q\Issoduat 


asvpuo.g “pap & T 

“UIVSE Pataroo ) 
“at qyye oq ‘saqnurut 
MOF Be Jaye  paaout 
BCA GN 2.) Ge 9 ets Ge 
woyea pey AUB atojaq pur | 
“U9Yy 09 paz sem 4req 
ay} sB UOOSs sR ysout[R 
peap Ayguoredde aao 
Wey Aoyy, ‘SOIE aly} 
« PATE, POUpM «nodea 


apraedooydyns pAyaA ory | 


SUA JL 4vY} s}ueutttedxea 
oyjJO UL Waes SBM 47 
“UMOTUYUT SIOATA ) 
-Ims JO xas sv arqrssod 
“WI asequadted ‘sy yvap 


[enjow oy} are aseqy, | 
“044TT 


*ATUO -@ 
suuInyod Jo asuqued.ted ut 
*DISNU 


pepnpur st 47 
vsndugy Wosy parp Ay T 


COT OOT 


OOT 


. OOT OOT 


PL 


| 08 


Orn 


O 


98 QOL 


V6 


eG 
‘Wd 
7 (2G 


63 


69 


LG 


F8 


“WY | 


| 


Le 


‘Nd 


0 0) 


0 


@) 


[[(0) “vp 47¢ | 


[o] | o 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


0) 


coy 
IZ 


19 
Ke) 


‘Kop y4g| 


68 


Cre ‘EDP U6 | 


PP | 6L{08'8) 


9 


2 
| 


eae 


S ‘Lb 
‘Wed 
‘% hog 


Li 


P8 ‘Avp y7¢} 


€1 


WV 


(£13) & 


“fem JO 4SAN ‘noy 4ST 
“| Ao 


“Syteuayy 


| “juoutiadxe 
FO pua 04 

PAAlT Tor 
(6+) 


SY Pea) a 


JO aSryttanleg 0 ISRIMAIAA | 


“‘quouttadxa 
SuLIMp 
perp yor 
(6 +P) 


Sy asno Hy 


“SULUAAD PUR SULTON UL puw MOT 4s1y 104yU <9 ° 
‘sour) JUAIOyIp ye ‘prap Ayqzuaiwddy 
‘qoueq ayy uo Sut] orem CPS SOI] JO asvquad.iag 


OVs BX | 
Ol'al (y) x | 
CLS (Uy) ¥ 
cS IL (y) £1 
03 TT (H) 91 
CPs (a) Git 

GILX (f) 61 
*jusUILIEd x57 


SUGAVYG JO aury, 


Aly 


pue ‘pasn SOIL 


| Jo caquinu [voy, 


“AIX 


“TTX 


"XE foqeuBAD 
-oyding [ATpy sdoap e 


xt 
NOS [{yjqy sdorp ¢ 


“poarvys aq OL 
ae 
LOH “warpy “09 ¢ 


1X + 
*[YOANO-Gg ‘sus Z 


G1'6'SS 
(121) 


SUG PS 
(OBL) 


S1'6'FS 
(61) 


eT 6'S2 
u(81T) 
CLG TS 
u(ZIT) 


*(sye.tountt UBULOY U1) | 


aX + uostod | 
T9YJO 10 WIPBULLO YT 
JO aGRUdd1eg 


“BULyARIG 
aD IAAL 
pue 
19q UN NT 
ad MAAJOYY 


‘(panwigwoo) “TT ATAVY, 


“A 02-Sh Jo ainzeroduisy B [ILM WOO & UT 4day puL aqny ssv{S B ut 4nd a10M Ao, 


“MOT}RIG AGS UO WOO JuoUIYSerTjary UI 4YSNvV 9.19 


SOI]-OSNOY ANOJ asoyy, x 


*pajou 
jou xes ATayvungtojU yy) 


ONG 
“UMOUYUN sary 
JO Joquinu [eI07 sv opaIs 
sodult asvyjuoo1ed ‘styyeap 
yenqoe 949 are asaty, 


“OI 


[00T ] 
0 0 
00L  OOT 
00T  O0T 
0OT 001 
00T O01 
) 0 
0OT O01 
O0OT OT 
0OL  O0T 
4.99 OT 
08 0 


[o] 


OOT 


Oot 


€-8& 


0G 


OOT 


OOT 


OOT 


fog “h 
0g 0 
ne 00T 
[42] [oz] 


[Le] op v76 § 
a 0 


f ‘1.88 


| 


[00 Aap y2T1 


bp 478! Og ‘hn 
) 0 

: 6 
oa. 
eee 
Feo 
mk oe 
[ (ua) ae 

r@s) (iz 


— ‘hop 19g ‘(1 


0 0 
s ‘9 
0 t0 
ich GG 
GLE G.Le 


‘og ‘Avp 4201 
P YALL + 0g ‘hvp 
(0) (0) 


68 cx 


0) 0 


CIty ‘Ap 479] 
0 0 


hop yan, s{] A 


| (tq) 09 0 


ia) 
> 
inp) 
1D 
ies) 


‘0g ‘Avp 476 
129 ‘Og ‘hop 42g | 
0 0 


(S 


pp 499 $f ‘0 ‘hop 4376] 
0 ) 


09 (0€'S) 


(STF) FZ 


O08? 


OOL 


cee 
SPIT 


OF TL= . 


STILX 


SoILX 


(B) P 


(4H) 68 


(B) x 


(y) x 


“ 


(d) 


(es 


(d) x 


(B) £ 


(H) 


(q983+9'2'2) 


Soap 


(H) 8 


yc P2AIeys eq OT, 


“poameys oq OF, 


*(MoT[eA Y[STUW9013) 
“XI+ aUIpoy *0°0 G 


*((SUL) “xT + 
plow o1Ajng *0°0 % 


XI 
“UBILZOUIL(T °9°0 GB 


‘X14 
apAyopleqooy 0°90 T 


“Paadyys oq OF, 


“ILA 


“ITAX + Gh 


“TAK 


“AX + A, 


“x14 
TIO preysuyT *0°0 g 


1X 
"]WPAXO-GG "SUIS G 


ST GL 0G 


STZ18 
(SFL) 


SLOP 
a(TPT) 


STOLT 
ai(6E1) 


CLOLP 
zi(8&L) 


CT OI 
a(L&1) 


zi(98T) 
CLOG 
(81) 
[orguog 


CT 68 
(O8T) 


(L@1) 


CLT OL6 
(961) 


512 
Taare III. 


MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE 


Poisons which killed larg gest percentage of Flies on first day. 


Ref. No Baits. | Percentage of | Percentage of | 
Order. in (For full details, see Key to pure poison in Flies which died 
Table IT. Table L1., p. 517.) whole mixture.; on first day. | 
eaters za ke ote os ee |r | 
| 
1. 25 25 c.c. 30 p. c. Formalin + vi. 75 3L | 
24. 0, Sida 0 pe eases | 8 27 | 
2. 20 BOG, Dw oy ML | 75 27 
57 lgrm. Potass. salic. 9 + vill | 1 27 
ae 58 lgmm. Tannic acid + vill 1 23 
eins | 23 25 c.c. 86 p. c. Formalin + vi. 9 22 
oe 30 WC, NG oy 6 22 
5. 7 5 c.c. 29 p. c. Ss +1, 5 21 | 
6. 31 25 c.c. 36 p. c. 9p + vi 9 19 
Ce 17 25 c.c. 28 p. ¢. % + Vv. 7 17 
8. oT 25 cic, 2S psc. * 5, + vi 69 16 
6 f | 47 5 c.c. 5p. c. Us | 1:25 15 
| 18 25 c.c. 36 p. c. ye +. | 9 15 | 
10 5 c.c. 40 p. c. s +i, 7 14 | 
10. 29 Bon Ome 5 eu | 10 14. | 
| 26 SCO, OR yl ae we | 7-25 4 | 
11. 32 25 cc. 25> p.c. 5; + Vi | 63 12 | 
12. 51 2 c.c. Carvone + vill 2 10. 
ae 
TABLE LV. 


Poisons which killed largest percentage of Flies on second day, 


when none had died on first day. 


Percentage of 
Flies which died 
on second day. 


| % | Ref. No. Baits. | Percentage of 
Ordev. | in (For full details, see Key tos pure poison in 
| Table II. Table II., p. 517.) whole mixture. | 
Atuer hy | 
Ie | 5 c.c. 40 p. c. Formalin + i. a. 2 
fe eo eles 5 erm. NH\NO; + viii. 5 
het rae 116 2 erm. Sb. oxychl. +X | 2 
Necmaede ce: 84. 25 c.c. 40 p. c. Formalin + vi. | 10 
I Be nes 5 grm. Sb. oxychl. + xi. R 
| 68 lc.c. Chromic acid + viii. | 1 
a pe Os lgrm. Oxalic acid + viii. | 1 
| 8. 62 lgrm. Potass. salic. + viii. | Ht 
ieee 118 Starved Flies. | aw 
¢| 95 2 erm. Potass. bromide + viii. 2 
my | 45 25 ¢.c. 1p.c. Formalin + vi. 0:25 
11. 19 25 c.c. 32 p. c. an + v. 8 
12. 13 2c.c. 24 p. ¢. 5 ap Je 2 


| 
| a 
| 66* 
53 

47% 


— 
| ON 


* No record was made on the first ve in these two experiments. 
not known whether any flies died then or not. 


It is therefore 


3 


G 
« 


51 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 


‘od OT ‘od gg 
od F od QF 
0°d 0% od gf 
‘od od pp 
‘ode od & 

‘od Q ‘o'd OF 
‘od € ‘o'd 9g 
‘od ZT ‘O'd FT 
‘ode ‘ord y 

*swoarauns | ‘sarzT 7b 2.10 


psbuoup (q) | gsbuowp (x) 


‘o'd 03 ‘o-d oT 
‘o'd OT Gayeal (6) 
‘o°d OF ad 0% 
o-d ‘od O 
ord p ‘od Q 
"9 “d 0 9) “d 0 
‘o'd OT ‘od OT 
(‘perp 
‘O'd oF ue 
ABp pag wo 
‘od [9 sqyvop ysT) 0d oO 
(‘perp 
pod J uaym 
|\Mep pug wo 
o'd FI jsyjvep ysT) 9d oO 


‘ADP IST UE (®) 


| 
*adg ajoym | 


buring (q) 


‘warp 130d 
O7B1-]JVIP OSB.IOAY 


“q1eq UROTD YYLM STOATAINS 
JSSUOTL SYABop FO advzUa010q 


2 
a 
ie) 


DDH ACA 


ce G 


skep Gg 
“g1Rq 
uray 
U9AIS 
910M 

SIOATAINS 

aU} FO 

Liekoiec) 
1840], 


96 
06 
II 
1G 
86 
Sik 
Ot 


&1 


*paatAans 
TOL AM 
SOlTH FO 
Jequinu 


[40.1 


a) ‘d 6 ( (13 TG ce ) 4) ‘d 9 

"9 “d OOT ( (13 5G (13 ) a) “d 0 

‘0° QOT | (Stnoy 8-9 1094JB) 0 -d zg 

‘0d 9 |. 

"9 ‘d 0 slug PeiwveLulelene orth terete talauare aieiatetelecste ie iotere 

od J 

‘o'd Q 

wig — iG ) 

9) ‘ad SP ( ce ) 

‘od gf (smoy ) 

‘o-d PP (suru )cord y 

"9° P | ( “c 8-9 “ce ) 9°d 0 

9-d OF ( “ce 1s “ce ) ‘O° re) 

i) ‘d 82 | ( «e L “ee ) 9) ‘d FL 

‘od ep | ( “ce e-Z 6 ) ‘o-d 0 

‘od ee (simoy 9=f 1037u) -o°d F 
‘aula)? ajoyn : 
Pine a (a) “ADP JST UC (x) 


“J1Bq-UOSIOg 
WOS SYJvaq] JO a8evquU9d.10g 


€¢ G 6 9T 
ce G “e+ IZ 
sAvp ¢ UI Sol ge *” 


(14 c ce x 

66 6 66 ce . 
a3 9 ce 8zZ 
skep P ul sory 6B Cee ree cee tes eee 
ek ag 

2 oL 6g 

“ 1 | (4) 

‘Se iE 8¢ 

ye See 63 
See oG 

“e T TL 

| 
Sees &% 
skep ¢ cP 
“qreq 
-UO0STOg 
non | RRL 
sot] 1 pasn sory Jo 
| aur} Jo Joq unU [840], 

YAsuey 

1890], 


[orquo0sy 
TA Se (14 o'd OZ 
TA + ae ‘o-d og 
TA + 73 od OL 
“TA + 6 *3o°d OF 
"lA te «6 ‘od T 
TA+ “ ‘od ¢ 


TA + UI[VULIO “0 °d OT 


“IITA + ploy OTULOIT (} 


“XT + aTIOAIRD) 


CTI qe, 09 Loy 
998 S[IvJep [[MI 10,7) 
*sq1eq-UOslog 


"8J0-4QU0) PUD SANT PIdIDIY WL sy Jam sM ‘sLoaauny pun sag joUrbhiiE ysbuown oa ‘sym fo 


abmyuaoiad Bunoys < ssoarauny 07 spng-wnayy pun ‘sauf-asnojy 07 paf asa spng-uosrog wayn sqpusunsadeg fo spojagr 


“A 


aTaV I, 


ve) 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XXXVI. 


514 MISS O. GC. LODGE ON THE 


and this was with a 30 °/, formalin bait (7. e., 25 c.c. of 30 °/, 
formalin in 75 ¢.c. of casein mixture), making 7°5 °/, of pure 
formalin (‘Table III.). Amongst substances which did not kill 
until the second day, excluding No, 5* of Table 1V., ammonium 
nitrate (2. e., 5 °/, pure NH,NO,) gave the highest percentage 
(538 °/,). Next came 40°/, formalin (45 °/,), and then antimony 
oxychloride (37°5 °/,). For the percentages with the other 
substances, see Table IV. 

Other experiments were also made to see what was the effect 
of first feeding a poison-bait to the flies in the cylinders, and 
then a clean bait to the survivors. Details of these experiments, 
giving percentages of deaths, etc., will be found in Table V. 

The results seem to show that the flies died after a longer 
or shorter time from the effects of feeding upon the poisons, and 
not from starvation due to not feeding on the baits because they 
were distasteful, for in most cases flies were seen to feed. Also, 
in the experiments on starving flies, it was seen that these flies 
could live longer before succumbing than did the flies which had 
been given poison-baits ; for in these the percentage of deaths 
during the first hours was very high—much higher, in fact, 
than amongst the starved flies for a corresponding length of 
time. Again, the percentage of deaths in those experiments 
where the poison-bait was left for more than one day was much 
lower than was found amongst the starved flies for a period of 
three days or more. It appears that when flies died from the 
effects of feeding upon those baits in which the poison was more 
concentrated they quickly absorbed sufficient to kill them, but 
that this took a longer time with weaker poisons, unless the 
bait was very attractive and they fed so greedily upon it as to 
imbibe a sufficient amount of the poison to kill them in a shorter 
time. This is apparently what happened with a 10 °/, formalin 
bait, which was very attractive, and to which very many of the 
flies came to feed at once and continued feeding for some time. 
On the other hand, if they fed less continuously a longer time 
elapsed before death took place. Probably the large percentage 
of deaths amongst the survivors with clean baits, as compared 
with the death-rate in the controls, was due tothe poison pre- 
viously absorbed in the first case. 

Starved Flies—From experiments on starving flies (‘Tables II. 
and V.) it seems that they show more power of resistance 
late in the year than in the autumn. For in the experiments 
made on starving flies in Novemberand December they remained 
alive without food for 7-10 days, or even longer; while in those 
made in September and October all the flies were dead by the 
sixth day. The greater resistance shown by the winter flies 
than by the autumn ones is what would be expected if they 
have to pass the winter as imagines. 


* This is not counted, although it had the highest death-rate, because no record 
was taken on the first day, and it is very probable that some of the flies died on 
that day. 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 515 


GENERAL SUMMARY. 


The general conclusions resulting from these experiments on 
baits and poisons for flies, show aherne — 


(1) For Blow-flies, meaty substances of all kinds make the 
best baits, and of these the most attractive was blown 
liver, several days old. It was found that the digestive 
action of the maggots increased the attractiveness of the 
baits. 

(2) The most satisfactory House-fly baits consisted of mixtures 
of casein, banana, and some sweet substance (7. e. treacle, 
sugar, etc.) to which sufficient water, beer, or stout was 
added to make a paste. 


(3) Apparently Formalin remains the best poison for House- 
flies for indoor use, in spite of its somewhat uncertain 
action. The best results were obtained when 2:5 °/, to 
7-5 °/, pure Formalin was used. 


Nore ON HMPUSA MUSCA. 


It is perhaps worth noting that the house-flies in the “ fly- 
room” became badly infected with the fungal disease Ympusa 
musce in September and October, and died in great numbers, 
although they still continued to breed. It is interesting to note 
that however they became infected, the disease followed its 
usual course and subsided in November and December, when 
“wild” flies have normally disappeared. 

Carbolic acid was evaporated two or three times a day at first, 
and occasionally up to the end of December. 


Novr oN THE PROPORTION OF THE SEXES IN HOUSE-FLIES 
(Musca DOMESTICA). 


(1) The proportion of male and female House-flies was found 
to be nearly equal in the various counts made on emerging flies. 
The results are given below :— 


Be & 
(a) Pupee taken from manure-heap which hatched out Aug. 7, 1915. 51 66 
(b) Flies emerged from pupe bred in greenhouse, Aug. 27,1915... 52 35 
(CP DATO F Aes 26S OR VOW Ge 8 Giecsretinac ee iceunee can ornccmencea tienes antees 51 102 
(d) Ditto, Aug. oe IRS Sy ee deeaon ae Bao oRace dd con cRerae ave MeO UTED ES 5 39 
(e) Ditto, 11 a.m. to 2 P.m., Aug. 28, 1915 Bese es ee tose ca herrea 60 53 
(f) Ditto, at 2.45 p.m., August 28, 1916 0.00. ee 121 67 
(g) Ditto, at 3.30 p.m., Aug. 28,1915 ...... a YO) Ul 
(h) Flies emerged from pupe from reeds saucers s Feb. ‘, 1916. 31 27 


(2) Counts were also made of Flies caught in balloons and 
36* 


516 MISS 0. C. LODGE ON THE 


other traps. In all cases but one, a much larger number of 
females was caught. This is pro bably to be pecoanited for by the 
fact that the Giecanece used as baits served also for breeding- 
materials. The following results were obtained :— 


A. In the greenhouse. hig S43 
(a) Flies caught in jar with wire-gauze funnel, baited with an eight 
days’ old mixture of casein, water, and bread, 3-5 hours after 


Amy] acetate had been added, July 25, 1915. mee 1) 2PA7/ 
(6) Flies caught in jar with wire gauze-funnel, fpaited oni We 
days’ old stout and sugar, Aug. 1, 1915 . eenae ate ts 25 85 


(c) Flies caught on piece of banana, placed on fehtele in sun. A Vers 
many flies came to feed, and many eggs were laid.) As many 
as possible of the flies were caught ................:.000 cesses serene eee 16 32 
B. In the “ fly-room.” 
(a) Flies caught in balloon trap, set for 3-1 hour over casein, brown 


sugar, banana, and water bait, Nov. 29,1915 .................0. 26 ««118 

(B) Ditto Dees IO Woe trata ome cy ek Ok tenet (aaa acer a eth ty eacenanne OO Um MCS 
(ce) Ditto, Dec. 11, 1915.. SOE eng O TO ne Ee ac Ha Cua Eno no aM ecBnds Doaade 24. 36 
(ad) Ditto, Dec. 18, 1915 . Be Eesti be eee uc PERL ae a Nate tae ee 43 54 
(f) Ditto, for ¢ hour, Dee! 45, 1915. Aun hisehionamsnbened nas Serer 86 =108 
(g) Ditto, for 13 hours, Feb. 9, 1916 NS Oe | ee OR ne Ie nt at ae 13 22 
(h) Ditto, for 1 hour, Feb. 9, 1916 . Se SOAR oo ae nu Rt emenoaee 31 43 
(2) Ditto, for 24 hours, Feb. 10, 1916 Mobis (aa ae ots MR ae ds 28 52 
A RoueAll Sessa casose 401 860 


(3) Counts were also made of the flies which died naturally, 
which had been picked up in the “ fly-room” in August and 
September. The proportion of males and females was approxi- 
mately equal. The numbers are given below :— 


Oo: f- 

‘(a) Dead flies picked up in fly-room on Aug. 28, 1915 .................. 122 99 
(Q)) Irena, Aes COO pss Ay NGI Cosasooosssaencssoncoonscqncocdecososcooce Way 11418} 
UNO sso coccoaose 254 242 


(4) Again, in the experiments where various poison-baits were 
fed to house-flies enclosed in cylinders (Table 11.) only in 14 out 
of 69 cases was the percentage of deaths among the females 
higher than that of the males. 


List or ABBREVIATIONS. @ 
Ale. ................... Aleohol (90 ©» unless otherwise stated). 
Abs.Ale. ............. Absolute Alcohol. 
Adren.HCl. ....... Adrenalin hydrochloride, *01 °/) solution. 
Catire iawetaasetens Caffeine. 
Dimethan. ........... Dimethylaniline. 
Ethyl.SC.N. ....... Ethyl sulphocyanide. 
1056 .... Formalin. 
Meth.salic. . . Methyl salicylate. 
Nic.. Pee eNCoume: 
Potass.salic. ...... Potassium salicylate. 


TANABE, scooopusooseons LE AMeNGhNR, 


Salic. acid 
Sb.oxych. 
AD CHDs son ec 
Zn.Sulp.C 
dry) eecas 


eth. ... it eo ee 


(50) ae ER te 


(DI es ee 


arb 


HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 517 


Salicylic acid. 

Antimony oxychloride. 

‘Turpentine. 

Zine sulphocarbolate. 

bait dry or getting dry. 

house-flies used in experiments after they had recovered from 
being etherized. 

few flies feeding on bait (z. e. about 3-6 flies). 

many flies feeding on bait (7. e. most flics in cylinder). 

bait moist, often with liquid coming out at edges. 

flies helpless but alive. 

some flies feeding on bait (7. e. about 8-10 flies). 

flies came at once to feed on bait. 

flies did not come at once to feed. 

flies came at once to bait, but did not stay. 

pupe (7. e. flies which had emerged from pupx placed in 
cylinder). 

Flies emerged from pupe (p), and which had been given no food 
for several hours before experimental bait fed to them. 

Flies newly emerged from pupee (p). 


The index numbers to reference number of experiments in Table II. indicate that 
the same control was used for all the experiments with the same index, e. g. (41), 


(42)2, ete. 


Key to Mixtures useD As Barrs In EXPERIMENTS 


Mixture i. 


Mixture ii. 
(5 only) 

Mixture iii. 
(15 only) 


Mixture iv. 
(16 only) 


Mixture v. 


Mixture vi. 


Mixture vii. 
Mixture viii. 


Mixture ix. 


IN Taste II. 


= Approx. 100 c.c. casein. 
+100 c.c. brown sugar. 
+one banana. 

+ water to mix into a paste 


Mixed together at one time, and of which 
approx. 25 c.c. were used for each experi- 
ment, and to which Formalin was added. 


) 


=Same as Mixture 1. but of which 35 c.c. was used for the experiment, 
and to which 2 c.c. of 40/, Formalin was added. 


=15 ¢.c. casein. 

+15 c.c. brown sugar. 
+40) Formalin. 

=15 c.c. casein. 

+15 c.c. brown sugar. 
+10 c.c. water. 

+5 c.c. 40%) Formalin. 


—20 C.-C. 
+ 25 ¢.¢c. 
+25 C.c. 


casein. 

brown sugar. 

Formalin (percentage specified in each 
case). 


Mixed separately for 
) each experiment. 


> 
Mixed separately for 
each experiment. 


= O55) 
+ 25 ©.¢. 
+25 c.c. 
+25 ¢.c. 


casein. 
brown sugar. 
banana. 
liquid (percentage of Formalin, or | 


c.c. 


other liquid, specified in each case). J 
=25 c.c. casein. 
+25 c.c. brown sugar. 
+25 cc. 24 % Formalin in milk (é. e. milk (not water) added to 
make up to 24% F.). 
=25 c.c. casem. Mixed separately for each experiment. The 
+25 c.c. brown sugar. various substances used were dissolved in 
+25 c.c. banana. 25 c.c. water, before it was added to mix- 
+25 c.c. water. tures, In Controls water only was used. 
=25 ¢.c. casein Mixed separately for each experiment. Be- 
+25 c.c. brown sugar. fore the water was added to the mixture, 
+25 c.c. banana. the liquid (specified in each case) was 
+25 c.c. water. added to the water. 


518 


Mixture x. 
(59 only) 


Mixture xi. 


Mixture xii. 
(92 only) 


Mixture xiii. 
(121 only) 


Mixture xiv. 
(122.0only) 


Mixture xv. 
(128 only) 
Mixture xvi. 
(129 only) 
Mixture xvii. 
(180 only) 
Todine 
(141 only) 


ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 


=26 c.¢c. casein. 1 grm. benzoic acid dissolved in 4 c¢.c. of 
+25 c.c. brown sugar. 90 %/9 of alcohol was added to the 25 e¢.c. 
+25 c.c. banana. J water (when benzoic acid precipitated), 
+265 c.c. water. The whole was mixed into the mixture. 


=25 c.c. casein. 

+25 ¢c.c. brown sugar. 

+25 c.c. banana. 

+25 c.c. water, in which the various insoluble substances were mixed. 

=265 c.c. casein. 

+ 25 ¢.c. sugar. 

+25 c.c. banana. 

+5 c.c. pyrethrum powder extract (alc.). 

=12'5 c.c. casein. 

+12°5 c.c. brown sugar. 

+12°5 ¢c.c. banana. 

+12°5 c.c. of (55 exol. mark iii. +1 9/) mustard oil + 0°25 ethyl sulpho- 
cyanide). 

=12°5 c.c. casein. 

+12°5 c.c. brown sugar. 

+12°5 c.c. banana. 

+12°5 c.c. 1:20 ethyl thiocyanide + cinnamic + exol mark iii. 

=Brown bread soaked in (1 ¢.c. exol mark 11i.+1 grm. sugar+18 ¢.c. 

water). 
=Paper sprayed with (1 c.c. exol mark iii.+1 grm. sugar+18 c.c. 
water) and allowed to dry before fed to flies in cylinder. 


= Brown bread soaked in 3 drops ethyl sulphocyanide + 25 c.c. water. 


=5 c.c. of (1 grm. iodine dissolved in 5 c.c. of 90%) alcohol). 


(NB.—AI]I solutions aqueous unless otherwise stated.) 


ON A NEW FOSSIL BIRD. 519 


21. Note on the Sternum of a large Carinate Bird from the 
(?) Eocene of Southern Nigeria. By C. W. AnpREws, 
D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S. (British Museum Nat. Hist.) *. 


[Received and Read May 23, 1916. ] 


(Text-figures 1-4.) 


INDEX. 
SYSTEMATIC: Page 
Gigantonnisjeciglesomeie eer eee eee Le 
SEU CDR He ees ee Nee ee ne eee dare tees ame capa) OC) 


The British Museum has recently received from Nigeria two 
small collections of vertebrate remains of great interest. The 
first, presented last year by Sir F. Lugard, G.C.M.G., was 
obtained in a cutting on the Port Harcourt railway in the 
Ombialla District, Southern Nigeria: in this the most important 
specimens are portions of the lower jaw of a primitive Zeuglo- 
dont, vertebre of a crocodile, and numerous remains of fishes, 
including Celorhynchus and Galeocerdo latidens ; a large number 
of Mollusca were also included. The second collection was sent 
by J. Haglesome, Esq., C.M.G., and is from the same locality as 
the last; it includes further remains of the Zeuglodont, part 
of the sternum of a gigantic carinate bird, parts of the carapace 
of a leathery turtle, probably near Psephophorus, and some por- 
tions of skulls of Siluroid fishes. It is to the avian sternum 
alone that the present paper refers. 

The age of the beds in which these fossils occur has not yet 
been definitely settled, but from the character of the vertebrate 
remains it was probably Hocene, and most likely the earlier part 
of that period. For instance, the presence of Calorhynchus ¢ and 
Galeocerdo latidens points to the Kocene age of the deposits, 
while the primitive creodont-like condition of the teeth of the 
Zeuglodont favours their reference to the earlier part of the 
period. The Mollusca have not yet been examined in detail, but 
Mr. R. B. Newton seems inclined to consider that they may 
indicate a somewhat later horizon. 

The subject of the present note is the anterior part of the 
sternum ; it was in two pieces, and the visceral surface was to a 
great extent concealed by a matrix of extreme hardness, which 
was difficult to remove. The anterior part of the keel and the 
body of the bone nearly to the level of the posterior ends of the 


* Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. 

+ [The complete account of the new genus and species described in this communi- 
cation appears here; but since the name and a preliminary diagnosis were published 
in the ‘ Abstract,’ No. 158, 1916, the genus and species are ‘distinguished by the 
names being underlined. —Eprtor. |] 

y ALS. W oodw ard, Abstract Proc. Geol. Soc. No. 989 (1916), p. 51. 


520 DR, C. W. ANDREWS ON A 


coracoid grooves are preserved, but behind this only a portion of 
the middle of the body is present, all the posterior expansion 
being broken away. 

The middle portion of the anterior part of the visceral surface is 
hollowed out into a deep fossa (/oss.) about 2°6 em. wide, deepening 
and slightly narrowing from before backwards for about 4 em., 
and then dying away posteriorly. ‘This depression was probably 
connected with pneumatic foramina, opening into the base of the 
keel. In front of the fossa above described is a broad transverse 


Text-figure 1. 


Sternum of Gigantornis eaglesomei, from above. » natural size. 


foss., fossa in visceral surface; 7b.i., labrum internum of coracoid groove ; 
sp.eaxt., spina externa. 


ridge convex from before backwards and extending between the 
anterior ends of the prominences overhanging the coracoidal 
grooves; anteriorly this ridge is smoothly concave from side to 
side, there being no trace of a spina interna. ‘The anterior ends 
of the coracoid grooves ave separated by an interval of about 
1:8 cm.; the grooves themselves are straight and deep and are 
overhung by a parallel convex surface (labrum internum, 1b.2.). 
They make an angle of about 55° with one another and are about 
77 cm. long, but their ventral lip begins to die away posteriorly 


NEW FOSSIL BIRD. 521 


about 1 em. from their hinder extremity ; it is not possible to tell 
whether there was an accessory posterior coracoid groove as in ~ 
the Petrels generally, that region of the sternum having been lost. 

Beneath and between the anterior ends of the coracoid grooves isa 
strongly developed spina externa (sp. eaxt.), the anterior escutcheon- 
shaped face of which was nearly vertical with regard to the long 
axis of the sternum; from its ventral anglea strong intermuscular 
ridge is continued down the anterior border of the carina, dividing 
it into two lateral surfaces and terminating at the upper border of 
the facet for articulation with the fureulum. The carina itself is 


Text-figure 2. 


Sternum of Gigantornis eaglesomei, from front. 4 natural size. 


c.g., coracoid groove; f., facet for furcula; sp.ext., spina externa. 


deep and is prolonged forwards and downwards; posteriorly it 
seems to have narrowed with exceptional rapidity, so that it may 
have been confined to the anterior portion of the body of the 
sternum, but, owing to the incompleteness of the specimen, its 
precise form cannot be determined. The anterior border is broad 
above and concave from side to side on either side of the median 
ridge above referred to; externaily it 1s separated by sharp angles 
from the lateral surfaces. Lower down the anterior border 
narrows and becomes convex from side to side. The anterior 
angle of the carina, which projected rather strongly forwards, is 
truncated by an extraordinarily large surface for union with the 


522, DR. C. W. ANDREWS ON A 


lower end of the fureulum. This surface looks nearly directly 
forwards and is concave from above downwards; seen from the 
front (text-fig. 2) it is somewhat constricted in the middle, the 
constriction apparently separating distinct upper and lower arti- 
cular facets, between which there is a roughened area; the upper 
facet is the more clearly defined, and the whole structure indicates 
the existence of an extremely strong union between the sternum 
and the lower end of a very large fureula. The ventral border of 
the keel is gently convex from before backwards, and also from 
side to side, the middle line being marked by a longitudinal inter- 
muscular ridge. It is about 2°6 cm. wide in front, but narrows 
rapidly to about 1-5 em.; further back the width becomes still 
further reduced. 


Text-figure 3. 


Sternum of Gigantornis eaglesomei, from side. +} natural size. 


c.g. coracoid groove; f, facet for furcula; m.r., intermuscular ridge ; 
sp.ext., spina externa. 


The lateral surface of the keel is slightly concave both from 
above downwards and before backwards; the concavity is most 
marked beneath the hinder end of the coracoid grooves, where the 
bone is very thin. The intermuscular ridge between the surfaces 
for the attachment of the pectoralis major and pectoralis secundus 
is extremely strongly developed. It commences about 2 cm. 
behind the middle of the clavicular facet, and for a short distance 


NEW FOSSIL BIRD. 523 


runs upwards and backwards, then turns backwards; posteriorly 
it seems to have curved up in the direction of the posterior end 
of the coracoid groove; beneath the strongly developed ridge 
itself and connected with it are several roughened surfaces. ‘The 
smooth sides of the keel are marked by numerous fine vascular 
impressions. 

The chief peculiarities of this sternum, apart from its large 
size, are (1) the remarkable strength of its articulations with the 
coracoids and furcula, indicating the possession of an extremely 
powerful support for the wings; (2) the presence of a deep fossa 
on the visceral surface; (3) the very strongly marked inter- 
muscular ridges. These characters seem to show that this bird 
was a powerful flier, and perhaps also a good swimmer and diver. 
It is undoubtedly generically distinct from any known species, 
and I have proposed for it the generic name Gigantornis, the 
specific name being G. eaglesomet, in honour of the discoverer 


[Abstract P. Z.S. 1916, p. 30 (May 30th)]. 


Text-figure 4. 


1o|H 


Sternum of Diomedea exrulans, from side. natural size. 


Lettering as in text-fig. 3. 


The stippled area indicates the portion preserved in the fossil. 


This sternum has been compared with those of many recent 
birds, and it seems to resemble in some respects those of certain 
of the Tubinares and Steganopodes. The anterior aspect is much 
like that of the sternum of Diomedea (text-fig. 4), the form of the 
spina externa especially being almost the same; the disposition 
of the intermuscular ridges on the carina is also very similar. 
On the other hand, in Diomedea the coracoid grooves are more 
oblique, and their anterior ends are separated by a shorter 
interval; moreover, there is no deep fossa on the dorsal surface, 


524 ON A NEW FOSSIL BIRD. 


and, although the anterior angle of the keel widens out and was 
in contact with the furcula, ‘there was no definite articulation 
between the two. In other members of the group, however, 
some of these characters are present. Thus, in Procellaria the 
dorsal fossa is present, and in the Diving Petrels (Pelecanoides) 
the furcula has a definite articulation with the anterior end of 
the sternum, and it seems possible that this articulation may in 
some way be connected with the diving-habit, since it is well 
developed in Sula and Phalacrocorax, both notable divers; on the 
other hand, /regata, in which the furcula is actually fused with 
the sternum, seems never to dive. Comparison of the fossil with 
the sterna of Sula and Phalacrocorax in other respects, shows 
that in the depth and shortness of the keel and in the form and 
position of the coracoid grooves they are somewhat similar. On 
the other hand, the keel projects much more forwards, the spina 
externa is thin and compressed, there is no dorsal fossa, and the 
position of the intermuscular ridges on the keel is different. 

Comparison with the sterna of other groups of birds has led 
to no satisfactory results. In the case of some of the Storks 
(e.g. drgala) the furcula has an extensive union with the anterior 
angle of the keel, but in other respects the form of the sternum 
differs from the fossil. The sterna of the Penguins and Auks 
also differ widely, the keel being very long and there being no 
union with the furcula. On the whole, we may conclude that 
Gigantornis was most nearly related to the Tubinares and 
Steganopodes, perhaps approaching the former more nearly, and 
it, may, indeed, be the representative of an extinct group more or 
less intermediate between these two. 

Further collections from the same locality are greatly to be 
desired, since nearly all the few specimens hitherto obtained 
represent forms new to science and of the highest interest. 

Some dimensions (in millimetres) of the fossil are :— 


Length of the portion of body preserved ...... 1386 
treatest depth from anterior upper border of 


body to antero-inferior angle of keel ......... 140 
Distance from anterior angle of coracoid groove 

to antero-inferior angle of keel ...... Be Aa sees WA? 
Length of coracoid groove.................. (app.) 77 
Distance between anterior ends of coracoid 

STOO VES IRE) SRSA NRE US. Set caer dren ae Beene dite) 
Depth of surface for furcula............... (app.) 45 
Greatest width of surface for furcula............ 26 
Thickness of lower border of keel at level of 

hinder end of coracoid grooves ..........-.-.- 12 


Text-fig. 4 represents the sternum of a large Wandering 
Albatross (Diomedea exulans), which in the flesh measured 
10 ft. 8 in. from tip to tip of the wings; the fossil sternum, so 
far as measurements are possible, seems to have been about twice 
as large. 


ON A NEW FOSSIL MAMMAL. 525 


22. On a Mammalian Mandible (Cimolestes cutleri) from an 
Upper Cretaceous Formation in Alberta, Canada. By 


ArtHuR Smita Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. 
[Received and Read May 23, 1916.] 


(Text-figure 1.) 


INDEX. 
SYSTEMATIC : Page 
COMONCSIES COBUCIPS  ..vhincoom one nbs ccbood soddedeoeasoaneencses GS 
SR UC DURE eats seamen are a cc ed eR Mees oe CEO) 


Small mammals with a dentition closely similar to that of 
the existing opossums have long been known by fragments from 
the Upper Cretaceous freshwater deposits of North America. 
Complete jaws, however, are still needed to correlate the isolated 
teeth which form the majority of the fossils hitherto discovered. 
An imperfect right mandibular ramus lately obtained for the 
British Museum by Mr. Wiliam EK. Cutler is thus of special 
interest; and its value is increased by the fact that it was 
discovered in Alberta, Canada, in a somewhat older deposit than 
the Laramie Formation of Wyoming, U.S.A., in which the 
previous specimens were found. 

The new mandibular ramus lacks most of the hinder ascending 
portion and the extremity of the mandibular symphysis, but is 
otherwise well preserved, with two of the molars, one premolar, 
the broken roots of the other molars and premolars, and the 
socket for the large canine tooth. It is shown of twice the 
natural size, from the outer, upper, and inner aspects in the 
accompanying text-figure (p. 526). The mandibular symphysis is 
much elongated, the facette (s.) extending as far backwards as 
the anterior root of the fourth premolar. The large mental 
foramen (m.) on the outer face of the ramus is also situated 
beneath and just in front of the anterior root of the same 
premolar. 

The four molars and three premolars behind the canine are 
arranged in close series, and the teeth preserved are considerably 
worn, showing that the jaw belongs to a fully adult individual. 
The smooth enamelled crown of these teeth slightly overhangs 
the root, but there is no cingulum on the outer or inner face. A 
cingulum is only observable on the anterior and posterior faces of 
the two molars, where it slopes downwards and outwards. The 
fourth molar (m. 4). which must have been at least as large as the 


* [The complete account of the new species described in this communication 
appears here, but since the name and a preliminary diagnosis were published in the 
‘ Abstract,’ No. 158, 1916, the species is distinguished by the name being under- 
lined.—Ep170R. | 


526 DR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON A 


third, is represented only by its double-rooted base. The third 
and second molars closely resemble those of the opossums, each 
consisting of a much-raised tricuspid anterior portion (trigonid) 


Text-figure 1. 


Os teh me. Gal pm, wR. wal. 
m m.3 m.2. ml Hi (PIRES (BLED 


ty n 


L 04 ; 


Cc. 


Cimolestes cutleri; imperfect right mandibular ramus, outer (A), upper (B), and 
inner (C) aspects, twice nat. size.—Upper Cretaceous (Belly River Series) : 
Sand Creek, Red Deer River, Alberta, Canada. 


m., mental foramen; s., symphysial facette; m. 1-4, molars; pm. 1, 3, 4, 
premolars ; ¢., socket for canine. 


with a less raised but extended posterior heel (talonid). The 
third molar (m. 3) is implanted by two very stout roots, of which 
the posterior is the larger. The relatively large outer cusp 


NEW FOSSIL MAMMAL. 527 


(protoconid) of its trigonid is much more worn than the two 
inner cusps, of which the anterior (paraconid) is the larger and 
well separated from the posterior (metaconid) by a deep cleft. 
Its posterior heel (talonid) is bordered by a much raised rim, 
which is sharply separated by a groove from the trigonid, and 
bears one large outer cusp (hypoconid), a smaller inner cusp 
(entoconid), and a still smaller posterior cusp (hypoconulid), all 
considerably worn. In the second molar (m. 2) the three cusps 
of the trigonid are about equally worn, and the raised rim of the 
talonid closely resembles that of the third molar already described, 
but appears to be more worn. The first molar, represented only 
by fragments of the roots, is comparatively small. ‘fhe fourth 
premolar (pm. 4) is very large and inserted by two divergent 
roots, of which the posterior is the stouter, and both are marked 
by slight vertical flutings. Its crown consists of a tumid antero- 
posteriorly elongated cone, with a small, well separated pillar-like 
cusp behind. The apices of the cone and cusp are truncated by 
wear, and the large worn surface of the crown is extended by a 
second small surface of wear antero-internally. The enamel of 
its outer face exhibits faint traces of vertical wrinkling. The 
small third premolar is represented only by its two roots (pm. 3), 
and the diminutive foremost premolar, generally regarded in 
opossums as the first of the normal series, is shown by its simple 
root (pm. 1) to have been displaced inwards. The socket for the 
procumbent canine (c.) 1s relatively large; and the shape of the 
broken end of the symphysis suggests that the incisors were very 
small. 

The following are some of the principal measurements, in 
millimetres :— 


Total length of dental series behind canine ... 30) 
M. 4, maximum length (about) .................. 6 
M. 3, % Weare] ONS Bie Fe a eee ET 5D 
ss [OT REENG U5] OT ests he cee ern ee a te 3°90 
M. 24 a Nera entlinseeetae seracen cee Wey aia 4:5 
53 [OHEENG LE Tete ae ar mete es eeee ee ana 35 
WWEs: Th, a Iemma (C19OWI5)) Cococncas-deodsees t 
Pm. 4, a Lem ners bias chee ie eentcs ais) 
_ OVOP YC RA Oats caer ema ete ot ney 3°5 
TPAO 3 - lemethn(Gilbout)ieeeeace seen A-5 


The dentition thus described is closely similar to that of the 
existing Didelphys, but differs in the shape of the large hinder 
premolar, and doubtless represents a distinct genus. Molar teeth 
of the same pattern from the Cretaceous Laramie Formation 
of Wyoming, U.S.A., were named Cimolestes by Marsh*, who 


? 
assigned them to an imperfect Jaw in which the sockets indicated 


* O. C. Marsh, “Discovery of Cretaceous Mammalia,” Amer. Journ. Sci. [3] 
vol. xxxvill. (1889) p. 89. 


528 ON A NEW FOSSIL MAMMAL. 


a close series of seven teeth behind the canine without any 
diastema *., The new specimen may therefore be provisionally 
referred to Cimolestes, and as it differs from the type-species 
(C. incisus) by its larger size, and both from this and a second 
Laramie form (C. curtus) by the relatively less elevation of the 
trigon in the molars, it doubtless represents a new species, 
which may be appropriately named C. cutleri after its discoverer 
[Abstract P. Z.S. 1916, p. 30 (May 30)]|. The large fourth pre- 
molar, if it had been found separately, would have been described 
as Stagodon in the nomenclature of Marsh; but it seems to have 
characterised more than one genus of Cretaceous Marsupials 7. 


* ©. C. Marsh, “ Discovery of Cretaceous Mammalia.—Part III.,” doe. cit. vol. xliii. 
(1892) p. 258, pl. ix. figs. 5, 6. 

+ Compare Thleodon padanicus, KE. D. Cope, Amer. Naturalist, vol. xxvi. (1892) 
pp. 758-762, pl. xxi. 


ON RUSSIAN COLEOPTERA. 529 


23. A List of the Carabidee (Coleoptera) collected in Cho- 
persk District, Province of the Don Cossacks, South 
Russia. By V. Lursunikx, Kiev, Russia*. 


+ 
[Received April 25, 1916: Read May 23, 1916. ] 


_The present paper contains a list of the Carabide collected by 
Mr. A. I. Hlijinski and his brother, Mr. P. I. Tlijinski, who was 
killed on the battlefield, in the Chopersk district of the province 
of the Don Cossacks. The species catalogued were collected in 
the neighbourhood of the stations Filonovskajaand Urjupinskaja?. 


1. CrcinpeLA Germanica L.—F. 7. viii 1911; 19. vi. 1912 ; 
Wo AOL Tis NOE. 


Very common. Except f. typ., also ab. fusca D.-Torre, ab. 
protos D.-Torre, ab. deuteros D.-Yorre and ab. obscura F. 


2. CICINDELA MARITIMA SAHLBERGI Fisch.-W.—F. 17. vii. 1912. 
Sandy places, not common. 


3. CaraBus (s. str.) GRANULATUS L.—U. 14. vi. 1914. 
One example. 


4, Catosoma (s. str.) sycopHanta L.—F. 28. v. 1909. 
5, Catosoma (CHARMOSTA) DENTICOLLE Gebl.—F. 4. vil. 1912. 


6. Epactius Limpatus F.—F. 
One specimen. 


7. CuivinA CoLLARIS Herbst.—F. 20-25. vii. 1913. 


8. Bemerpion (NorapHus) sEMIpUNCTATUM Donovan.—F. 12. vii. 
1910. 


9. Bremprpion (PERYPHUS) ANDREH F.—F, 25. vu. 1911. 
10. Bemprpion (PerypPuus) ustutarum L.—F. 28, v.-12. vi. 1913. 
11. Bemprpi0n (s. str.) 1LLicERI Neto.—F. 23-26. vi. 1912. 
12. Bemprpron (PHILocHTHUs) BIGuTrATUM F.—F. 15. vii. 1910 ¢. 


13. CHLEZNIUS (CHLAENITES) SPOLIATUS LONGIPENNIS Motsch.— 
¥. 12. vii. 1910. 


14. CHL2&NIUS (CHLHNIELLUS) NITIDULUS Schr.—F, 24. v. 1910. 
15. DoicHus HALENSIS Schall,—28. vi.—12. vii. 1913. 


* Communicated by the SECRETARY. 

+ Abbreviated as: F.=Filonovskaja ; U.=Urjupinskaja. 

£ Mr. Ph. Zaitzev has recorded Bembidion argenteolum Ahy. v. chalybeum Strm, 
from Urjupinskaja (Revue Russe d’Entomo). ix. 1909, no. 4, p. 491). 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XX XVIT. 37 


ISU) 
Or 


36. 


MR. V. LUTSHNIK ON 


. Agonum (s. str.) impressum Panz.—F. 12. vii. 1910. 
. Aconum (s. str.) seExpunctatum L.—F. vii. 1911. 


. Agonum (s. str.) Graciuipes Duft.—F. 15. vii.1910; U. 


20. vi. 19:12. 


le 


. Agonum (IprocHRoMA) DoRSALE Bruenn.—F. 23. vi.—d. vii. 


1912. 


Common. 


. PuatysMA (SoGinges) PuNcTULATUM Schall.—F, 24, vii. 1911 ; 


(Wi Gs vaeeoies 


. Puatysma (Macropa@citus) sErtcEUM Fisch.-W.—F. 6. vii. 


1912. 


. Puatysma (s. str.) NigruM Schall.—F. 3. vii. 1911. 
. PuatysmA (MeLantus) ANTHRACINUM II].—F, 23-26. vi. 1912. 
. AMARA (TRI@NA) PLEBEJA Gyll.—F,. 2. vii. 1911. 


. AMARA (s. str.) sIMILATA Gyll.—F. 2.vi.1911; U. 12. vi. 


1913. 


. AMARA (s. str.) ZNEA Deg.—F. 23-26. vi. 1912. 
. Amara (Cetra) incenua Duft.—F. 18. vii. 1910, 28. vi—12. 


vil. 1913. 


. AMARA (BRADyTUS) APRICARIA Payk.—F. 12. vu. 1910, 30. vi. 


1911, 23. vi.—4. vii. 1912, 28. vi.-12. vi1.19138; U. 16. vi. 
1913. 


Very common. 


. Amara (Brapytus) rutvA Deg.—F. 3. vii. 1912. 

. AMARA (BraApytvs) consuLARis Duft.—F. 4. vii. 1912. 

. Harpatus (OPHONUS) SABULICOLA Panz.—U. 20. vi. 1912. 
. Harpauus (OpHonus) Azureus F.—F. vi. 1912. 


. Harpatus (PsEuDoPHONUS) PUBESCENS Muell.—F. 23-26. vi. 


1912, 23. vi.—2. vat. 1913; U. 20. vi. 1912. 


. Harpatus (Parpiteus) catceatus Duft.—F. 12-15. vii. 1910, 


30) vie—22e val. 191 26 vO 2S 20f vei valores. 
Very common. 


. Harpawus (s. str.) 2nEus F.—F, 30. vii. 1910, 5-26. vir. 1912, 


XY mea wus IOI S Wl AOS sms ION, Uwe IOS 
Common. 
Harpauus (s. str.) psirraceus Geoff.—F. vi. 1912. 
One example. 


Bile 


38. 
39. 
40. 


4). 


RUSSIAN COLEOPTERA. 531 
Harpauus (s. str.) smaracpinus Duft.—F, 7-31. vii. 1910, 
30. vi. 1911, 2-31. vii. 1912, 20. vi. 1913; U. 14-17. v. 1913. 
Harpatus (Acarpysrus) RUFUS Bruegg.—F, 2. vii. 1912. 
Harpatus (Avpiystus) tatus L.—F, 23-26. vi. 1912. 


Harpatus (HArpaLopius) FROELICHI Strm.—F. 12-18. vii. 
1910. , 


Two specimens. 


Harpatus (HArpaLosius) wirtipEs Panz.—F. 30. vi. 1911, 
4-8. vii. 1912, 28. vi-12. vii. 1913; U. 17. v. 1913. 


Common. 


. Harpatus (Paruernus) servus Duft.—F. 4. vii. 1912. 
. Harpatus (PHEUGINUS) SERRIPES Quens.—F. 27.vi. 1911. 
. Harpanus (Acrepuiius) PICIPENNIS Duft.—F. 20. vi. 1913. 


. Harpanus (Microperes) Bracuypus Stev. — F. 20-25. vi. 


1913. 


. DracHRoMUS GERMANUS L.—F. 15. vi. 1912. 


One specimen. 


. ANISODACTYLUS (HEXATRICHUS) POSCILOIDES PSEUDOENEUS De}. 


INS AUG vale Jae 


. CorsyvrA FuSsULA Fisch.-W.—F. 20-25. vi. 1913. 
. Clyminpis proTa Pall.—F. 10. vii. 1912. 


. BRACHINUS tNcERTUS Brull.—F. 20. vi. 1913. 


One specimen. 


|. Bracuinus psopHiA Dej}.— F. vi.—vii. 1913. 


ayes 


ON A NEW PLATYSMA FROM CHINA. 533 


24. A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Bon.) Tschit- 
scherin, from China. By V. Lursunix, Kiev, Russia*. 


[Received April 25, 1916: Read May 23, 1916. ] 


. INDEX. 
SYSTEMATIC: Page 
Platysma mandzhuricum, sp. i ......00 cece 833 
SCRO/DHHUOS, SUFI Wh, oann04 949 savacesns nooon8 s9n8e0b0e 533 


PLATYSMA MANDZHURICUM, sp. n. 

Black, shining; legs and mouth-parts pitch-black. 

Head large, smooth; front with a longitudinal impression on 
each side; eyes convex. 

Prothorax subquadrate, narrowed behind, sides hardly rounded, 
not sinuate before base; the basal angles rounded off; anterior 
margin slightly emarginate; base subtruncate ; the median line 
impressed, ending behind in a punctiform impression ; a single 
deep and very wide, lightly punctate, impression on each side 
near the basal angles. 

Elytra a little wider than prothorax, convex, shghtly rounded 
on sides, truncate at base with the shoulders rounded ; apical 
curve subsinuate on each side; stiri strongly impressed, finely 
punctate; interstices subconvex, third with three punctures. 

Under surface impunctate ; apical segment ( ¢ ) deeply foveo- 
late towards middle and with one setigerous puncture on each 
side of the anus. 

Metasternal episterna slightly elongate. 

Length 11:5 mm. 

Hab. China: Manchuria (Chandaochedzy, 5. vi. 1914, 4. 
Alewandrov). 

One male specimen in my collection. 

I regard this species as belonging to the subgenus SrERoPINts, 
subgen. nov., which, from its position, seems to be between the 
subgenera Steropus Steph. and Hosteropus Tschitsch. The form 
of the prothorax separates it from Hosteropus 'schitsch. and 
approximates to Steropus Steph. From the last subgenus, 
Steropinus Lutshn. differs by its elongate episterna and foveolate 
anal segment of the abdomen, 


* Communicated by the SECRETARY. 


wine oo date 
ie i ne Lai ak 


Rae ei ty Rav. 


bes 


MY) tiaras 
i eats ih 


ON AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PLATYSMA. 535 


25. Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera) 
from Australia. By V. LursHnix, Kiev, Russia * 


[Received April 25, 1916: Read May 28, 1916.] 


INDEX. Page 
SOUR UCR eee a eek eas een Oper ee hc Me iO 
SWS TE MAT Caine ee nee an eee. eee ee cnet soumuaaciaec oan OOO 


In one of my papers I have had occasion to indicate that the 
punctation of the mesosternal and metasternal episterna in 
species of the subgenus Sarticus Motsch. (1864) is not important 
for their definition *. 

I have now a sufliciently large number of specimens of this 
subgenus from Victoria to confirm the correctness of my remarks. 

I have one example of Platysma (Sarticus) haditans Sloane 
(1889), from the Ballarat District, which has fully impunctate 
episterna, but in other features entirely conforms to the original 
description of this species {. 

I have also one specimen of Platysma (Sarticus) obesulum 
Chaud. (1865) from the same locality, which has one punctate 
and one impunctate metasternal episterna. As is known, 
Platysma (Sarticus) rockhamptoniense Casteln. (1865) is distin- 
guished from Pl.’ (S.) obesulum Chaud. only by its punctate 
episterna §. This distinction is not constant, and for that reason 
I consider Pl. (S.) rockhamptoniense Casteln. to be a synonym of 
the last species ||. 


108 


In his “ Review of the genus Sarticus,’ Mr. Th. G. Sloane J 
erroneously writes reparding the subgenus Sarticus Motsch., ‘‘ the 
basal segment of the abdomen is always punctate.” This is not 
quite correct, because one of the species of this group, namely, 
Platysma (Sar ticus) saphyreomarginatum Casteln. (1865), has 
the abdomen completely impunctate. In the original deserip- 
tion of Feronia cyaneocincta Chaud. (1865) avae saphyreo- 
marginatum), Chaudoir writes of this species “corpus totum 
leve ” **, 

My examples of Pl. saphyreomarginatum Casteln., from Victoria 
and Queensland, have the abdomen completely impunctate. 


% Communicated by the SECRETARY. 
+ Lutshnik, V., “Sur quelques Sleieraaiae de la faune Australienne,” Revue 
Russe d’Entomol. xiv. 1914, no. 4, p. 421. 
{ Sloane, Th., “‘ Studies in Australian Entomology, no. I.,” Proc. Linn. Soc. New 
South Wales, 1889, p. 508. 
§ Sloane, Th., op. cit. p. 508. 
|| Chaudoir, “Supplément a Vessai sur les Féronies de Australie,’ Ann. Mus. 
Civ. Stor. Natur. di Genova, vi. 1874, p. 595. 
| Sloane, Th., op. cit. p. 502. 
** Chaudoir, “Essai sur les Féronies de Australie et de la Nouvelle-Zélande,”’ 
Bull. Soc. Impér. Natur. de Moscou, 1865, no. 3, p. 98. : 


536 ON AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PLATYSMA. 


Tir 


The subgenus Coronocanthus Macl. (1877) is perfectly valid, 
but very near to Sarticus Motsch., as I have, already indicated *. 
For Platysma (Coronocanthus) suleatum Macl, (1877)= Pl. quad- 
risulcatum Chaud. (1878), it is necessary to conserve Chaudoir’s 
name, because the name “ suleatwm” has been already occupied 
in the genus Platysma (Bon.) Tschitsch *. 

T have two examples (¢ and 9) of this remarkable species 
from the Northern Territory. 


* Lutshnik, V., op. cit. 
+ Gay, Hist. Chil. (Spanish edition), iv. 1849, p. 223 (Feranomorpha sulcata). 


P. Z. S. 1916, BOULENGER, Pl 1 


fF. W. Bond, photo, Bale & Danielsson, Ltd. 


PHRYNOSOMA BREVICORNIS. 


MR, E. G. BOULENGER ON A NEW HORNED LIZARD. Dol 


26. On a new Lizard of the Genus Phrynosoma, recently 
living in the Society’s Gardens. By H. G. BouLuncsr, 
F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles. 


[Received May 12, 1916: Read May 23, 1916.] 


(Plate I.) 


Among a small collection of reptiles from Texas given to 
Dr. H. G. F. Spurrell by Prof. J. S. Huxley for presentation to 
the Society, I found a lizard of the genus Phrynosoma, which is 
evidently new, and for which I propose the name of Phrynosoma 
brevicornis. Superficially the lizard resembles P. dowglassw, the 
head-spines being extremely sboxt, but it differs in the nostrils 
being pierced within the canthi rostralis and in the pectoral and 
ventral scales being strongly keeled. From P. taurus, to which 
it is in some respects closely related, it differs in the much 
shorter head-spines, in the gular scales being smooth, and in the 
longer tail. 


PHRYNOSOMA BREVICORNIS, sp. n. (PI. I.) 


Head broader than long, with the spines very small. Posterior 
outline of the head forming a slight concave curve. Nostvril 
pierced within the canthus rostralis. Tympanum naked. Head- 
spines obliquely turned upwards: they number three temporal, 
two very small occipital, and a minute postorbital. The temporal 
head-spines largest, slightly larger than the largest spinose scales 
on the body. Lower labials terminating in a series of pointed 
scales. Gular scales equal, smooth. Gular fold strong. A dermal 
thickening bearing a few erect spines on each side between the 
gular fold and the tympanum. Back and limbs with scattered, 
erect, large, keeled, spinose scales. A regular lateral series of 
spines. Pectoral and ventral scales strongly keeled. Eleven 
femoral pores on each side, the series not joining medially. Tail 
about two and a quarter times as long as head. Yellowish brown 
above, pale yellow on the sides; lower surfaces yellowish white, 
uniform. — 

Total length 107 mm. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. 
Phrynosoma brevicornis. 
Fig. 1. Front view. 


2. Side view. 
3. Upper view. 


MR. ©. TATE REGAN ON A RARE FISH. 539 


EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. 
May 23rd, 1916. 


Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, 
in the Chan. 
Mr. K. G. Boutrencer, F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles, exhibited 
living specimens of the African Lungfish (Protopterus annectens), 
presented to the Society by Capt. C. W. Woodward. 


The Rev. H. N. Hurcstnson, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited the 
plaster cast of a model, four feet long, ring he had constructed, 
of the Dinosaur, Diplodocus carnegier. 

The object in ‘making the model was to express in a solid form 
his views on the reconstruction and articulation of the skeleton of 
Diplodocus, with special reference to the plaster-cast of a recon- 
structed skeleton now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), and 
presented by Mr. Andrew Carnegie in 1905. 

The late Dr. J. B. Hatcher, Dr. W. J. Holland, and others who 
have published papers on Diplodocus appear to be so anxious to 
make this extinct reptile appear very tall and impressive, that 
they have been so bold as to place the limbs in an upright 
position, as if the creature were an elephant. On the other hand, 
many naturalists, recognising the Sauropoda to be related to the 
Crocodilia, are persuaded that the limbs should be placed at an 
angle to the body somewhat as in the Lacertilia, a view which 
the speaker has expressed on the above model. He has tried to 
show that the articulations of the femur and the humerus are 
mechanically impossible. The broad spatulate end of the latter 
he thinks should not be put at right angles to the plane of the 
scapula and glenoid cavity, but must be turned round 90 degrees 
so as to come properly into line with the large surfaces of the 
scapula and coracoid. 


A rare Mish. 


Mr. C. Tate Reean, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a 
rare fish, Centrolophus Maceo Ginth. This species was 
Aeceribeds from a fish about 500 mm. long, which was washed 
ashore near Polperro in February 1859 (Giinth. Cat. Fish. i1. 
p- 402, 1860). No other specimen was recorded until one of 
nearly the same size as the type was taken near ee in 
_ December 1904 (Cligny, Ann. Stat. Aquic. Boulogne, n.s. 1. 1905, 

p. 75). A third example, of the same size as the anise was 
taken from’ the water in a dying condition, after a storm, at 
Capbreton, in March 1908 (Pellegrin, Bull. Soc. Zool. xxxvii. 
1912, p. 20). The fish exhibited was the fourth known example 
of this species. It was landed in South Wales from the trawler 


540 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON ALBINISM. 


‘Caswell,’ and was sent by Mr. H. E. Rees to Mr. James V. 
Pryor at Cambridge; not recognizing the species, Mr. Pryor 
showed it to Professor Stanley Gardiner, and on his advice sent 
it to Mr. Regan. 

Mr. Rees had kindly given the following information :—‘ The 
fish was caught by the steam trawler ‘Caswell’ on Sunday, 
May 7th, at 3 p.m. The vessel was fishing 95 miles §.S.E. of 
the Bull Rock, Ireland, in 300 fathoms of water. The fish was 
caught in the trawl on the sea-bottom and was alive when it 
was brought in on deck.” 

The fish is nearly 400 mm. long; it has 53 dorsal and 31 anal 
rays. The principal differences between C. britannicus and the 
more abundant C. pompilus appear to be as follows :— 

O. britannicus.—D. 46-53. A. 28-33. About 240 scales in a 
longitudinal series above lateral line, which has a curve in the 
anterior + of its length. Length of head 53 to 6 in length 
of fish. 

C. pompilus.— D. 37-41. A. 23-25. 185 to 205 scales in a 
longitudinal series above lateral line, which has a long curve, 
becoming straight above origin of anal fin. Length of head 4 
to 5 in length of fish. 


Mr. Regan also exhibited a Silver Ling (Jolva elongata), nearly 
600 mm. long, taken from the stomach,of a very large Sun-fish 
(Mola mola) that had been caught in a trawl, landed at Milford, 
and sent to Mr. W. Howlett of Billingsgate Market, who pre- 
sented it to the Natural History Museum. The Sun-fish appears 
generally to swim near the surface and to eat small invertebrates, 
larval fishes, etc. It is interesting to note that it may descend 
to considerable depths (Jf. elongata is usually found at 100 to 
300 fathoms) and that 1t may capture fairly large and active fish. 


Albinism in American dnimals. 


Dr. R. W. Suurevpr, C.M.Z.S., communicated the following 
notes on cases of albinism seen in American animals :— 

“During the past half century I have noted and examined a 
great many instances of albinism in various parts of the United 
States, and as this condition is of interest from several points 
of view, I am presenting here a few notes I have made upon the 
subject. It is generally supposed that we may meet with albinos 
in any type of animal now to be found in existing faune in 
any part of the world; but, strange to relate, there are certain 
groups of animals, representatives of which seem to be exempt — 
from it. Moreover, while we know very accurately what con- 
stitutes albinism, whether partial or complete, we do not know, 
in so far as I am aware, the precise cause of it, when manifested 
in any particular individual. There are those who are disposed 
to consider it simply as a ‘freak of nature,’ an opinion that I 


ON RESULTS IN THE ‘ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.’ HAS 


cannot see my way to accept; for such an explanation stands for 
nothing more than a cloak to our ignorance of the basic cause of 
the condition. Why we should find, for example, in a brood of 
crows, three normally plumaged and the remaining one an albino, 
has not, in my opinion, ever been satisfactorily Ps plained: 

“Among American fishes I have seen living examples of albino 
brook trout, flounders, eels, and others; while in the case of the 
common or golden carp albinos are not infrequently met with in 
nature. Salamanders and frogs occasionally exhibit it among the 
Batrachians, while examples of it have been observed in the case 
of certain snakes, ‘horned toads,’ and lizards. But in so far as 
my personal experience goes, I have never imet with an aibino 
turtle or a tortoise, although I have seen very pallid examples of 
our common box-tortoise (Terepene carolina). 

“Of all the Vertebrata birds seem to constitute the group most 
frequently exemplifying this condition, and I have personally 
examined or collected cases of complete or partial albinism, repre- 
senting nearly every family of them. For the most part, this 
has been seen in the case of loons, gulls, ducks (teal and mallard), 
certain waders, sora. rail, snipe, woodcock, quail, grouse, turkey, 
various owls and diurnal raptores, whippoorwill, and in not a few 
passerine birds as crows, ravens, robins, bluebirds, finches, and 
others. 

“Whilst writing this I have a fine specimen of a ‘ piebald’ robin 
in my collection. which I collected in Connecticut in 1868. 

* American mammals frequently afford examples of either 
partial or complete albinism, and a few years ago, I had, for a 
short time, in my possession an unusually fine living example of 
-our common woodchuck (Arctomys monax). On the day follow- 
ing its arrival I succeeded in obtaining some fine photographic 
negatives of the animal, and a photograph from the best one of 
these is exhibited. 

“Other United States mammalian albinos collected or seen by 
me have been examples of prairie marmots (Cynomis), Virginia 
deer, muskrat, beaver, bats. porcupine, rabbits and hares, squirrels, 
and some few other forms.” 


June 6th, 1916. 
Prof. KE. W. MacBripsg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President, 


in the Chair. 


At this meeting an informal discussion took place on the 
results published in the ‘ Biologia-Centrali-Americana,’ with 
special reference to the zoo-geographical relations between 


America and Africa, of which the following is a brief résumé :— 


Dr. F. DuCane Gopmay, F.R.S., F.Z.S.—tn compliance with 
a request from the Publication Committee of this Society, 1 have 


542, DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED 


made a few notes which may serve as a prelude to the discussion 
on the results recorded in the work published by Osbert Salvin 
and myself—the Biologia Centrali-Americana. 

Salvin and I were at Cambr idge together, and after leaving 
the University in 1857 Salvin visited Guatemala to report upon 
the nuts of a Palm which it was thought might be used in the 
manufacture of candles. The nuts, however, proved useless for 
practical purposes, so he devoted some months travelling about 
the country collecting Birds, Insects, and Plants. Salvin sub- 
sequently made three further expeditions to Guatemala with the 
sole object of continuing his Natural History pursuits—in 1859, 
and in 1861, on which occasion | accompanied him, returning 
after about a year’s absence, and again in 1865, when he nil 

visited Panama. We trained and employed many of the natives 
to assist us, and some of them continued to send us specimens 
for over 30 years. 

Salvin and I were immensely struck and delighted with the 
richness and variety of the fauna and flora found in a tropical 
country, but it was the revolution in thought produced by the 
publication of the “Origin of Species’ by C. Darwin, and the 
promulgation of the theory of evolution, which gave such an 
intense interest to the subject. I well remember the violent 
opposition with which this new doctrine was received, and it is 
difficult for those of the present generation to realize the bitter- 
ness with which this new idea was received by all classes. 
Salvin and I had both read the ‘Origin’ before our visit to 
Guatemala, but it was not till after our return that in working 
out our collections the truth of the new doctrine was fully 
realized. From that time we took a deeper interest in all our 
work, and now many problems that had puzzled us were solved. 
Although we had written several papers in the P. Z.S. and Ent. 
Soc. Trans., we were still without any idea of publishing the result 
of our travels in a more collected form. 

In 1876 it was suggested that the ‘ Biologia’ should be under- 
taken, and three years after the first part appeared. It was then 
estimated that the whole of the Zoology might be completed in 
60 parts, but owing to the ever-increasing material this subject 
alone occupied 215 parts. 

After we had been at work for some time we found ourselves 
very short of Mexican and North-American material wherewith 
to compare our Central American specimens, and to remedy this, 
in 1888 I made an expedition to Mexico and spent some months 
collecting in various parts of the country. For the Birds of 
North America I was fortunate enough to be able to purchase the 
Henshaw collection, which was very rich in species from the 
United States, and which Mr. Ridgway kindly examined for me, 
critically revising the names and localities. Up to this time 

collections of Nowthe American birds in this country were Hone 


meagre. 
A few words on the physical aspect of the country are perhaps 


IN THE ‘BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERIOCANA.’ 543 


necessary here, but as this subject has been dealt with at length in 
the Introduction, I will only refer to its general characteristics. 
Northern Mexico consists of a high tableland, the extension of 
the Arizona plateau; it is very arid and consequently barren, 
growing cacti and other such plants. At the spot where the 
railway crosses the Rio Grande at El Paso, on the borders of 
Mexico, the plateau descends to only 3700 feet, but soon rises 
again and has an average altitude of about 8000 feet, till at the 
end of some 900 miles the City of Mexico is reached. This 
plateau is bounded on each side by ranges of mountains descend- 
ing abruptly towards either coast and clothed with forest, which 
at its summit consists largely of pines and ilex. Both on the 
Atlantic and Pacific coasts there is a narrow belt of tropical 
country. About the City of Mexico the plateau is broken by 
a series of volcanoes, the highest of which reaches 18,000 feet. 
Southward to Panama the land gradually descends in altitude ; 
it is, however, very much varied and frequently covered with 
forest. alternating with savannas and interspersed with many 
volcanoes, one of which in Costa Rica attains a height of 
11,000 feet. At the Isthmus of Panama the land subsides to 
300 feet. 

The country is divided by the natives, according to altitude, 
into zones under the names of Tierra caliente, Tierra templada, 
and Tierra fria, and these zones have an immense influence on 
the fauna and flora, and are a largely determining factor in the 
number and diversity of species. The climatic conditions must 
also be taken into consideration, the rainfall on the Atlantic 
being far in excess of that on the Pacific, and the vegetation 
far more luxuriant. 

In Eocene or early Miocene times there was a broad channel 
separating North and South America, where the Isthmus of 
Panama now exists, and it seems probable that a series of 
elevations and subsidences took place, temporarily forming islands 
before the land became permanently continuous as it now is, thus 
accounting for the many allied and representative species found 
in Chiriqui and Costa Rica. 

When the channel was in existence it must have proved an 
insuperable barrier to the migration of land-animals, but when 
the two continents became united undoubtedly a considerable 
interchange of animal- and plant-life took place, and there was 
a mingling of northern and southern forms. This, no doubt, 
accounts for the extraordinary richness in species of Central 
America. 

Mr. Pocock, in his remarks on the origin of the Mammalia, 
says that during Miocene times, when the Panama land-bridge 
was upheaved, the migration was divided into two categories, one 
containing the Insectivora, Carnivora, Artiodactyla, Periisodac- 
tyla, ete., which had been evolved in the northern hemisphere and 
inferentially passed from North into South America, while the 
other comprised the Primates, the Edentates, the Marsupials, 


544 DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED 


and part of the Rodents, which migrated from South into Central 
or North America. Birds, which, from their power of flight and 
habit of migration common to a large number of them, are much 
more easily distributed than most vertebrates, do not throw 
the same light on geographical distribution as is the case with 
more sedentary animals. This must, however, be applied in a 
general sense, as many of the species are extremely local. Nearly 
half the 1413 species are endemic; but a very large number are 
migrants from the United States, spending the winter in Central 
America and returning again in spring. There are, however, two 
remarkable instances which I may mention. The family of the 
Tinamide, which are essentially ground-birds, rarely fly, and are 
frequenters of the forest. Members of this family range from 
Chili to Mexico. They are of a very ancient type, probably allied 
to the Ratite, and must have passed by land to Central America. 
The Trogons, on the contrary, have a very wide distribution ; 
they are strictly tropical, and are also frequenters of the forest, 
but, unlike the Tinamide, have a very extended range, being also 
found in Oriental regions, and a single speeies of a peculiar genus 
occurs in Africa. Remains of a fossil Trogon have been found in 
the Miocene of France. 

It seems probable that South America may have had a land 
communication with Africa at some remote period, and America 
may have received some of its characteristic forms from that 
continent. There is also some reason to suppose that there may 
have been a land communication with Australia, though this 
seems more remote. But this is a subject which I hope may be 
discussed later. 

As regards the Insects, which form so large a portion of 
the work, little can be said as to their distribution at present, 
and it will be well to wait till more is known of those of other 
countries ; at present the geological evidence is but scanty. 

Salvin and I had intended, on the conclusion of the ‘ Biologia,’ 
to have discussed the geographical distribution of species, but in 
consequence of his death and my own ill-health this project was 
abandoned, and Mr. R. I. Pocock and Mr. Regan kindly came to 
the rescue and I hope will be present here to-night. 

The total number of species recorded in the ‘ Biologia’ is 
38,637; of these 19,067, or very nearly half, were previously 
unknown. They belong to 1373 genera, and are illustrated by 
1173 plates containing 18,051 species, mostly coloured. 

Although the ‘ Biologia’ contains the record of such a large 
number of species, it is but a fragment of what may yet be 
obtained. The whole work must be looked upon as only a con- 
tribution to our knowledge of the subject, and I hope it may be 
an incentive to others to carry it further. 


Dr. H. Gapow, F.R.8., F.Z.S., illustrated his necessarily very 


condensed remarks by slides of maps showing the present physical 
features of Mexico and Central America, and of hypothetical 


IN THE ‘ BIOLOGIA-CENTRALI AMERICANA.’ 545 


restorations of the distribution of land and water during previous 
geological epochs. Also a faunistic table. . 

The Neotropical and Nearctic faunas and floras do not meet 
at the Isthmus of Panama, but in Mexico. The isthmus was 
originally very much broader. 

The various groups of the fauna seem to fall into three 
categories :— 


1. Those which are of undoubted northern provenance. Some of 
these stop with the plateau; others descend thence into the 
hot lands, and most of these continue into Central—even 
far into South America. 


2. Those which are of Southern, Neotropical provenance. Many 
of them have overrun Central America and extended into 
Mexico, where their current has, so to speak, been divided 
to east and west by the wedge-like plateau. 

These two main categories interdigitate, with many com- 
plications. Some have become derelicts in their new home, 
whilst they have died out in their older home, e. g., Tapirs. 
Others have hooked back, not the families, but genera 
and species rather, e. g. Opossums and the Tree-Poreupine 
Hrethizon. 

3. There is’a considerable number of forms, drawn from all 
classes, which seem to be endemic, rather archaic, developed 
into what they are on the spot. They are the most inter- 
esting and most difficult to interpret. 

3a. Some seem to be real aborigines. “3B. Others are neither 
from North America proper nor from South America. 
They must have come from elsewhere. Some of these 
puzzling groups seem to be a legacy from a more western 
extension of land, say from Lower California to the 
Galapagos and South America, analogous to the “ Andines” 
of botanists, which date back far into the Cretaceous 
period. 


Others point unmistakably to Mediterranean lands and to 
Africa. A ‘“land-bridge” implies also coasts with all their 
concomitant physical features, suitable land-conditions for ter- 
restrials and freshwater-fish, shallow seas for corals and shells, ete. 
Such “ bridges” need not have ever existed in their entirety, being 
rather like changing pontoon-bridges. Such restorations rest 
upon circumstantial evidence; much of it will, no doubt, be ruled 
out of court, but there is a great deal of cumulative evidence 
and much that is mutually supporting (both negative and direct) 
presented by plants, Vertebrates, and Invertebrates, terrestrial 
and marine, so that the Afro-American connections are becoming 
more than a good workable hypothesis. The chief question is now, 
how long and into what geological groove did they jast? Did 
they last long enough, say into the Oligocene, to be available for 
comparatively recent groups @ 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XX XVIII. 38 


546 DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED 


Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., remarked that 
nearly all the vertebrates in South America which seemed to 
suggest a direct land-connection with the Old World through 
Africa, were either late-Tertiary immigrants from North America 
or senile members of pre-Tertiary cosmopolitan groups. Most of 
the resemblances in the faunas of the two countries usually noted 
were in animals of which the ancestry was entirely unknown. 
The only resemblances already explained by paleontology were 
due to the survival in the two southern continents of remnants 
or refugees of formerly widely-spread faunas, which had become 
extinct in the more progressive northern hemisphere. Paleon- 
tologists began to distinguish between the characters of animals 
which were real marks of affinity and others which were the 
inevitable and oft-repeated concomitants of maturity and senility 
in arace. It must be possible to distinguish these characters in 
a group of animals before the latter can be used in discussing 
questions of geographical distribution. 


Mr. C. Tare Recan, M.A., F.Z.8., said :—South America has 
a very rich and varied freshwater fish-fauna; with the excep- 
tion of the Osteoglosside, a generalized and ancient group 
represented at the present day by a few remnants, it has not 
a single family in common with either North Aroedien or with 
Australia. On the other hand, three South-American families, 
Lepidosirenidee, Characidee, and Cichlide oceur also in Africa, 
and the South-American Catfishes of the family Pimelodide are 
closely related to the Bagridze of Afriea and India. 

If South America and Africa were one continent in Cretaceous 
times, and the connection between them persisted until the 
beginning of the Eocene, these facts would be satisfactorily 
explained, Alternative hypotheses are that the families common 
to South America and Africa were formerly marine and entered 
their rivers from the sea, or that they were formerly northern 
and migrated southwards, becoming extinct in the north. Against 
the former it may be urged that the Lepidosirenide are obviously 
adapted for life in fresh water and unfitted for life in the sea, 
that the Characide are Cyprinoids, a strictly freshwater group, 
and that if the Cichlide were formerly tropical shore-fishes, 
entering rivers, it is curious that they did not establish them- 
selves in the southern rivers of North America. The second 
hypothesis is unsatisfactory, for when the slowness of dispersal of 
freshwater fishes is taken into account the improbability 1 is great 
that several groups should have made these extended journeys, 
with the final result that closely related genera arrived in Africa 
and South Ameriea. Hydr ographiecal changes, such as the union 
of rivers formerly distinct or the capture by one river of the 
tributaries of another, are the means by which the dispersal 
of freshwater fishes is accomplished; for such fishes migration 
appears to be difficult, survival relatively easy. No known 
northern fossils can be referred to these African and South 


IN THE ‘ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.’ 547 


American families, and there is good evidence that the main 
distribution of freshwater fishes changed but little during the 
Tertiary. The Eocene Priscacara, from the Green River Shales 
of Wyoming, is, in my opinion, not one of the Cichlidee ; 
it belongs to the North-American family Centrarchide, and 1s 
closely related to the modern Hupomotis. 

When we get to know something about Cretaceous freshwater 
fishes new light may be thrown on the problem. But for the 
present the hypothesis that South America and Africa were 
formerly one continent is the one that offers the most reason- 
able explanation of the relationship between: their freshwater 


fishes. 


Mrs R. i: Pocock, FIR:S., Fil-Ss, H:Z38:, remarked that 
evidence for the former existence of a tropical or southern 
Atlantic connection between South America and Africa was 
suppled by the following, amongst other, genera of Arthro- 
poda :— 

PRoroTRACHEATA.— Peripatus is confined to tropical West 
Africa and tropical Central and South America and the Antilles. 
Opisthopatus is found only in Chili and Cape Colony. 

DipLoropa.—The Spirostreptid genus Orthoporus, which is of 
wide distribution in tropical America, is very closely related to 
tropical African, but not to tropical Asiatic, millipedes. 

CuiLopopa.—Parotostigmus occurs in tropical America and 
Africa, but not in tropical Asia. Scolopendra (s.s.) is mainly 
tropical and Central American, but in the Old World it has been 
recorded from the Cameroons, the Canary Islands, Arabia, and 
Sokotra. 

Scorpionres.—Of the three tropical American genera of the 
Scorpionidee Opisthacanithus has its nearest ally im the tropical 
and South-African Opisthocentrus ; and Diplocentrus and Oiclus 
are closely related to the Arabian and Syrian Vebo, the three 
together constituting the well-marked subfamily Diplocentrine. 

ARANEH.—The Sicariide (s.s.) range in America from Chili to 
Costa Rica, and are only found elsewhere in the world in South 
Africa. Of the three genera of Caponiide Vops and Caponina 
are tropical American, Caponia South African. 

In the case of the above-mentioned Arthropods no reason can 
be assigned for their extermination elsewhere in the tropics, if 
they are the only extant representatives of genera formerly 
widely distributed in the Northern Hemisphere. 


In the case of the Mammalia the evidence rests mainly upon 
the present distribution of the three following orders :— 

SrrentA.—The Manatees (Ziichechus) are restricted to the 
rivers and estuaries debouching into the Atlantic on the African 
or eastern side and on the American or western side. These 
animals do not venture out to sea, and no extinct representatives 
of the genus appear to be known from Kuropean or. North- 


548 DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED 


American deposits to support the theory of its former extension 
into northern latitudes. 

RopentiA.— The headquarters of the Hystricomorpha at the 
present time are South America, where they date back to the 
Upper Miocene. ‘The only North-American representative of 
the group is the tree-porcupine (Hrethizon), a late immigrant 
from South America. No extinct representatives of the group 
have been found in early or mid-Tertiary strata in North 
America. But im the Old World alleged representatives of 
the suborder, referred to the family Theridomyide, occur in 
Eocene and Oligocene deposits in Europe, and at the present 
time several genera of Octodontide occur in Africa, and the 
Hystricide range from Africa through Southern Asia to Borneo. 

Until evidence for the aiktones of this group in early and 
mid- “Tertiary or Cretaceous times in North America is forth- 
coming, it cannot reasonably be claimed that the South-American 
forms are descendants from ancestors from the North; and if the 
theory of raft-transportation from Africa be rejected, it must be 
conceded that the faunistie similarity between tropical America 
and Africa in this respect supports the idea of a transatlantic 
Jand-connection between those countries. 

Primates.—The past and present distribution of Monkeys 
is tolerably similar to that of the Hystricomorph Rodents. The 
Platyrhmi are restricted to South and Central America, where 
they date back to the Upper Miocene. No fossil monkeys 
have hitherto been discovered in North America. Similarly, the 
Catarhini are confined to tropical and temperate countries of 
the Old World, and have been recorded from middle and later 
Tertiary deposits in Europe and Asia. The available data, there- 
fore, point to the entry of monkeys into South America from the 
Old World by means of a southern transatlantic land-bridge, 
unless it be claimed, as it has been claimed, that the resemblances 
between the Platyrhini and Catarhimi are due to convergent 
descent from Lemuroids of the New and Old Worlds respectively, 
a view from which Mr. Pocock expressed dissent. 


Dr. C. W. Anprews, F.R.S., F.Z.S., remarked that if a land- 
bridge had existed between Africa and South America m Tertiary 
times one would expect a more extensive mingling of faunas than 
had actually taken place. Even in the Kocene both continents 
must have had a varied mammalian fauna, yet it is only claimed 
that the Primates, the Hystricomorph Rodents, and perhaps 
some Insectivora crossed from Afriga to South America, no inter- 
change in the opposite direction being known. Of these groups 
the Primates are represented by numerous small lemur-like 
animals in the Eocene of North America, and it is thence that 
the colonization of South America probably took place, although 
at present the group may be unknown from the older tertiaries 
of that continent. The Hystricomorph Rodents are represented 
in the Hocene and Oligocene of the Old World by numerous 


IN THE ‘BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.’ HAO 


species referable to the Theromyide ; these are all small animals 
and seem to have been very abundant, so that, like the rats and 
mice of to-day, they would be especially liable to accidental trans- 
port. The same may have been the case with the Insectivora. 
What really happens when a land-bridge is established is well 
shown in the intermingling of the faunas of North and South 
America after the establishment of the Isthmus of Panama at the 
end of the Miocene or beginning of the Pliocene period. 


Lord Roruscuitp, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., said that while in no 
way wishing to oppose the views of the speakers who preceded him, 
he thought, and had always thought, that in many cases the sup- 
posed relationship of the faunas of widely separated areas was more 
apparent than real, and that many of the instances usually quoted 
were cases of convergence or parallel development. This could be 
easily explained if we considered that the chain of evolution of 
all species owed its commencement to a stimulus due to the ex- 
ternal environment the species found itself in, causing variation 
to proceed in a certain direction. It is also as easily conceivable 
that a similar or even identical stimulus might start a chain 
of variation along similar or even identical lines in two totally 
different areas. He instanced among birds the two snipe, Galli- 
nago nobilis and macrodactyla, the former from South America, 
while the latter inhabited Madagasear. These two birds are 
practically identical, but had evidently had separate origins. He 
also instanced the genus Menas among the Arctiid moths, 
species being found in Africa, Indo-Malayana, and South America. 
While in the imago the structure was identical, in the larva the 
difference in habits pointed clearly to a separate origin, for while 
the larve of the species inhabiting the Old World were terres- 
trial the larve of the South-American species were entirely 
aquatic. On the contrary, he pointed out that the case of the 
gigantic land-tortoises favoured the views of the previous speakers, 
for while at present they were confined to two small groups of 
islands, the Aldabra and Mascarene group in the Indian Ocean and 
the Galapagos Islands off the South-American coast, in Miocene 
times they were found in many parts of the world and the 
present-day forms were merely survivals. 


Dr. R. Broom, D.8c., C.M.Z.8.—When I was a student 30 years 
ago the scientific world was so much under the spell of Russel 
Wallace that any one who ventured to suggest the possibility of a 
land-connection across what was regarded as a permanent ocean 
was looked upon as a dangerous heretic, and even now there are 
many who are apparently afraid to admit the possibility; yet, if 
there is one point on which we can be perfectly certain, it is 
that South Africa was connected by land with South America in 
Lower Permian times. Identical species of plants lived in the 
two continents, and we know enough of the floras of North 
America, and Europe to feel sure that the species did not pass 


550 DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED 


from the one continent to the other by the north. We know only 
a very few tetrapod vertebrates, but those known from Brazil are 
strikingly similar to those that oceur in South Africa. <A few 
years ago I described a new specialised Mesosaurian, Voleosaurus, 
which differed from Mesosaurus in having the 5th digit of the 
hind foot very slender and provided with six phalanges. Shortly 
afterwards the same peculiar type turned up in Brazil. eso- 
saurus and Voteosaurus were small freshwater inhabiting reptiles 
which might at suitable times have passed from one river-basin 
to another like newts or frogs, but which could never have lived 
at sea. It is difficult to believe that they could have passed 
round either the Atlantic or Pacific by the north sufficiently 
quickly, even if there were no other apparently insuperable 
difficulties, to have appeared practically contemporaneously in 
South Africa and South America. 

We know that in Lower Devonian times the littoral fauna of 
South Africa was practically the same as in the Falkland Islands. . 
We can therefore be quite certain that the oceans are not per- 
manent, and that what is now the South Atlantic had land 
stretching across it in Devonian times. We may be equally sure 
that much of the South Atlantic was land in Permian times. 
There is also good reason to believe that the land-conditions con- 
tinued into the Triassic and Jurassic. If the elevated conditions 
continued into the Cretaceous, of which there is some direct 
evidence, we could have a sufficient mingling of primitive forms 
of life to probably account for all the known peculiarities of 
distribution. 

When in New York recently I kad numerous discussions on 
the subject with Dr. Matthew, but while I am willing to admit 
that the evidence is rather against any Tertiary land-connection 
unless it be a Lower Hocene one, I have aiways felt strongly that 
there must have been a Cretaceous connection. The facts which 
Mr. Tate Regan has laid before us are, I think, quite inexplicable 
on any other hypothesis. 


Mr. W. L. Scuater, M.A., F.Z.8., said that he agreed with the 
last speaker, Dr. Broom, that it was quite possible to postulate 
the existence of a land-bridge between South America and South 
Africa in Secondary times, but that he believed that the present 
distribution of the ocean-beds and great land-masses had been 
continuous since the commencement of the Tertiary epoch, and 
that, so far as he could see, noi.e of the difficult problems of the 
distribution of the higher groups, 7.e. Mammals and_ Birds, 
required for their solution the hypothetical existence of land- 
bridges across the present deeper ocean-beds. He reminded his 
hearers that the comparatively short duration in time of the 
Tertiary epoch as compared with the Secondary and the Secondary 
as compared with the Primary, was not always taken into con- 
sideration in the discussion of these problems from a zoological 
stand point. 


IN THE ‘ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.’ 551 


Professor E. W. MacBrips, D. Se F.RS., V.P.Z.S., in winding 
up the discussion, pointed out that. there could be no inherent 
improbability in the existence in Secondary times of a land-bridge 
connecting South Africa and South America, for there was strong 
Stratisraphical evidence for the existence of such a bridge across 
the North Atlantic. On both eastern and western shores of this 
ocean two sets of red sandstones with imtervening coal-measures, 
both sets being of extraordinarily similar lithological character, 
represented the Devonian, Carboniferous, and Permian periods. 
As we receded from the coast in both directions, westward in 
America and eastward in Europe, we found that these periods 
were represented by rocks of quite different lithological characters. 
Geologists believed that the coastal rocks were produced by the 
washings from a North Atlantic continent consisting of granitic 
rock and that this continent lasted till the close of iiocene 
times. 


Meme Ae. Sane 
‘i ‘iieiaaa ie + it dae 


iret d ies Hy Fieh se habbh ex Wil = <i 
hh el boat “ae Malis ae Ba 


2 a . 
eae ak : 


the we ie “hede G ae 


Shale Bales a Oe tN 


a givens 4 


Papers (continued). 


18. Fly Investigations Reports.—II. Trials for Catching, Repelling, and Exterminating 
Flies in Houses, made during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society of London, 
By Wintrrep H. Saunpmrs .......... Rinireyave tence area sie ocelokns share) it opartt coat erenerecten erarcfeliers 


19. Fly Investigations Reports.—III. Investigations into Stable Manure to check the 
Breeding of House-Flies, made during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society of 
ondonsage bye VINEE RED ele cS AUN IR Sirs: sous cede sieincce. a arere Solon eryni say onan srchte Rpaeae 


20. Fly Investigations Reports—IV. Some Enquiry into the Question of Baits and 
Poisons for Flies, being a Report on the Experimental Work carried out during 
1915 for the Zoological Society of London. By Ouive C. Lopez ..........-...-- 


21. Note on the Sternum of a large Carinate Bird from the (?) Eocene of Southern 
Nigeria. By ©. W. Anprews, D.Sc., F.B.S., F.Z.8. (British Museum, Nat. Hist.). 
Glext=donred Ite) a. Sst OU ACC ee meer Me aE CARCASS OIE Ono MMe ODE Onin 


22, On a Mammalian Mandible (Cimolestes cutleri) from an Upper Cretaceous Formation 
in Alberta, Canada. By Artnur Smita Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. 
(le xte hioie pli may scenic mi sta evetar acai nee, fenenn een ire yar Maren aye clay kt omat wasp els ltnly 3 


23. A List of the Carabidsz (Coleoptera) collected in Chopersk District, Province of the 
Don Cossacks, South Russia. By V. Lursunin, Kiev, Russia ..............5.55 


24, A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Bon.) Tschitscherin, from China. By 
WEST STENT Kon KolcyamkunTssteuin st casei iavany Semin ein ceaeererc es renee Uo aR us econ negaeneys 


25, Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera) from Australia, By V. Lursuyis, 
NG ARE 55 bb oc odboe aun oDodeo socone eel aeaee sieleenels sAc0ee 


26. Ona new Lizard of the Genus Phrynosoma, recently living in the Society’s Gardens. 
By HE. G. Bovnuncmr, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. (Plate I.) .........0-.0s005- 


469 


481 


537 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1916, Part ITI. (pp. 449-551). 


Page 
EROONE zt — } Skull of Chrysochloris hottentota ..........+.-. 449 
Bounencer: Pl, I, Phrynosoma brevicornis .... 611... ++ sees eeeee 5387 
Pe 
os 


NOTICE. =. 
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively, 


so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8.1916, p.... The Distribution 


is usually as follows :— 
Part I. issued in March. 


1 5 June. 
55 AU es September. 
TV sie. December. 


‘ Proceedings,’ 1916, Part II. (pp. 809-448), were published on 
June 20th, 1916, 


ae 


GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


OF THE 


OF LONDON. 


Za senian |; J ts 
1916. FEB 17 1920. 


aay. 
£ 
CBal Muse oP 


PARE LV. 


CONTAINING Paces 553 vo 756, with 5 PLATES 


AND 55 Trext-FricuREs, TiTLePAGE, INDEX, ETC. 


DECEMBER 1916. 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK, 


LONDON : 
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,, 
PATERNOSTER ROW. 


[Price Twelve Shillings.) 


is OP ke ON NaS: 


1916, Part 1V. (pp. 553-756). 


EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS. 


The Szcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the months 
of May, June, July, August, and September, 1916 -- 22... 222%. . cee cine strane 


Mr. Aurrep Hzra, F.Z.S. Exhibition of living specimens of three rare Lutino Para- 
REGUS! rsiela sialalute tesw: ova tr avelelale defeirev ane oliele ales: ch etetetercta chVe: tlattvs erotic inviolate cee ae eee 


My. D. Snra-Ssitn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of Birds’ Eggs laid in the 
DaClety s4GaLd Ons 04 ccc icinicy- te edie alone ale seme tors uevehies state ta aNbraliets (avores tala komentar eee 


Mr. D. Seru-Smitn, F.Z.S. Exhibition of skins of various nestling birds .............-. 


Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Lantern Exhibition of 
some new and little-known cutaneous scent-glands in Mammals. (Text-figures 
IID) ootpnoncau saddbbddogaguNDCduecdsomooudonqododeToodanconaandS ariso oc 


The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month 
OMOctohers A OT Grscreeeavarers ashslebe ele eters care ata es mate ween oa tuations in ens Meas esa 


Mr, Aurrep Ezra, F.Z.8. Lantern Exhibition illustrating a shooting expedition in 
Central Asie’... .2. 7 hs lrtteherd’s * mig cusiwiinceralere/ geile See vranennet clap nt tole at Deepa a 


PAPERS. 


27. Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias glacialis O. F. M.; Cribretla 
oculata (Linck) Forbes; Solaster endeca (Retzius) Forbes; Stichaster roseus 
(O.F.M.) Sars. By James F. Gemuiuy, M.A., M.D., D.Se., F.Z.8. (Plates I. & IT.) 


28. On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University Museum of Zoology. By 
S. Mavrrx, B.A.(Cantab.), F.E.S., Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
Howdon. sa (Cext=tioures dll edn) leporcpa ters cere iarattetenata leu clevelecttcroncle meristems ene veveteie tate eee 


755 


755 


553 


567 


Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Tars Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarruzs, 
Mr. J. Sapinz, Mr. N. A. Vigors, and other eminent Naturalists, 
for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the 
introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom, 


and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829. 


Patron. 


HIS MAJESTY THE KING. 


COUNCIL. 


HIS GRACH THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.&., E.R.S., President. 


Tue Hon. Cucit Barine, M.A. 
AtFrepD H. Cocks, Esqa., M.A. 


Tue Rr. Hon. Tue Earn or 
Cromer, P.C.,G.C.B.,G.C.M.G., 
F.R.S., Vice-President. 


Cuartes Drummonp, 
Treasurer. 


Kse., 


Aurrep Ezra, Esa. 
Carr. Hueu 8. Guapsroner, M.A. 


Sipney Freperic Harmer, Ese., 
MEAS Sc.DR> BAR St ece= 


President. 


Cot. Sir Watrer R. Lawrence, 
Br., G.C.1.E. 


Sir Epmunp Giies Loner, Br., 
Vice-President. 


Pror. Ernest W. MacBripz, 
M.A, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice- 
President. 

Guy A. K. Marsnatt, Ese., D.Sc. 

E.G. B. Mravz-Watpo, Esa. 


P. CHatmers Mrrcnet, Kse., 
MEARS Dy Scee milo Den oases 
Secretary. 


5) 


ALBERT Pam, Esa. 
Tur Hart or Porrsmoura. 
Oxprietp Tuomas, Ese., F.R.S. 


AvsyN TRevor-Bartryr, Esq., 
M.A. 


AntHony H. Winerrexp, Ese. 
Artaur Smirx Woopwarp, Hsa., 
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. 


Henry Woopwarp, Ese., LL.D., 
FE.R.S., Vice-President. ? 


9 
a 


The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and 
Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. It 
carries out the objects of its foundation by means of its collection 
of living animals, by its Library, and by its Scientific Publications. 


The Office of the Society, Regent’s Park, N.W., where all com- 
munications should be sent, addressed to ‘* The Secretary,” is open 
from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when it closes at OnE p.m. 


The Library, under the superintendence of Mr. Henry G. J. Peavot, 
is open daily (except Sunday) from Ten a.m. till Five p.m.; on 
Saturdays, Ten a.m. till One P.m. 


The Library is closed from Good Friday to Easter Monday, and 
upon all other Bank Holidays. It is also closed annually for 
cleaning purposes during the whole month of September. 


The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held in 
the Meeting Room at the Society’s Office on the third Wednesday 
of the month at 1 p.m. from November to March and at 4.30 p.m. 
from April to August. 

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held in the Meeting 
Room at the Society’s Office fortnightly on Tuesdays, except in 
July, August, September, and December and January, at half-past 
Five o'clock p.m. 

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th. of April, or the 
nearest convenient day, at Four p.m. 


The Society’s Gardens are open daily from Nine o’clock until 
Sunset. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.LS., is the resident Super- 
intendent and Curator of Mammals, Mr. D. Seth-Smith is Curator 
of Birds and Inspector of Works, Mr. E. G. Boulenger is Curator 
of Reptiles, Prof. H. M. Lefroy is Curator of Insects, and 
Professor H. G. Plimmer, F.R.S., M.R.C.S., is Pathologist. Appli- 
cations for anatomical material or facilities for work in the 
Prosectorium should be addressed to the Secretary of the Society. 


TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. 


Fritows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an Annual Contri- 
bution of £3, due on the Ist. of January, and payable in advance, 
or a Composition of £45 in lieu thereof; the whole payment, 
including the Admission Fee, being £50. 


No person can become a Frriow until the Admission Fee and 
first Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments 
have been compounded for. 


Frttows elected in November and December are not liable for 
the Subscription for the year in which they are elected. 


io) 


PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS. 


Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens upon signing 
their names in the book at the entrance gate, and may introduce 
Two Companions daily. 


The Wire or Hussanp of a Futtow can exercise these privileges 
in the absence of the Fellow. 


Until further notice, Fettows will receive 40 undated Green 
Cards, available on any Sunday or week-day up to the end of 
February of the year following the year of issue, and 20 White 
Cards available on any week-day up to the same date. Twenty 
of the Green Cards may be exchanged for a book containing two 
Orders for each Sunday in the year. Twenty White Cards may 
be exchanged for a book of dated Week-day Orders, each Order 
available for any day during the week except Sunday. Special 
children’s tickets are no longer issued, but the Green and White 
Cards are perforated, and each half is valid for a Child under twelve 
years of age. It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign 
every ticket before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned tickets 
are not available. 


Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written 
order or on presentation of their visiting cards. 


Futrows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary 
Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional 
Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the 
Ist. of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary 
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frttows are likewise 
entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than 
the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per 
cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior 
to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds. 


Frttows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual 
Volume of ‘The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works 
and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of 
One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of volumes 39 to 
42 can also be supplied. Fuil particulars of these publications can 
be had on application to the Secretary. 


Frttows may obtain a TRansFerasie Ivory Ticker admitting 
two persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship, 
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket 
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds. 


Any Fettow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom 
during the space of at least one year, may, upon giving to the 
Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the 
“dormant list,’ and will then be called upon to pay an annual 
subscription of £1 only during such absence, but after three years 
must make a further application to be retained on that list. 


Any Frtiow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty 
to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the 


Secretary. 


Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society 


4 


are requested to communicate with ‘The Secretary.” 


P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, 


Regent's Park, London, N.W. 


December, 1916. 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS. 


9) 


79 


39 


MEETINGS 


OF THE 


FOR 


1917. 
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY ...... 6 and 20. 
WWONRCIEE Shobooaen 6 7 820: 
IAPR eee eee SP teem life 
INGAY VS celas eee. eS Alas Gas 
CHUN eee eeeree D 


9) 


The Chair will be taken at half-past Five o'clock precisely. 


OF LONDON 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


LIST -OF PUBLICATIONS. 


Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London 
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo 
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the ‘* Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by 
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured 
plates and engravings are issued in the volumes-of the 
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark- 
able species of animals described therein. Amongst ee 
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired i in 
living state for the Society’ s Gardens are often given. 

The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, 
paged comecntitivally. during the months of March, June, 
September, and December. From January 1901 they have 
been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. 

An ‘ Abstract of the Proceedings ”’ is published by the 
Society on the Tuesday following the date of the Scientific 
Meeting to which it refers. It is issued along with the ‘* Pro= 

ceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to 
the Publications, but it may be obtaimed on the day of publi- 
cation at the price ef Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free 
for the sum of Six Shillmegs per annum, payable in advance. 

The ‘ Transactions” contain such of the communications 
made to the Scientific Meetings of the Society as, on account of 
the nature of the plates required toilustrate them, are better 
adapted for publication in the quarto form. ‘They are issued 
at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting, are entitled to receive the Society’s 
Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to 
purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less 
than the price charged to the Public. <A further reduction 
of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications 
issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of Five 
Pounds. 

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the 
Zoological Record fer a sum of One Pound Ten Shillings 
(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist. of July 
in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the 
subscription be paid before the Ist of December following. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of the 
Society already issued. 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Ato. 20 vols. and Index. Price to Price to the 


Fellows, Public. 
Vols. I-IV. (out of print). 


Vol. V., containing 67 Piates.. (1862-66) .... 5 4 3. 619 0 
LO aN eM Tat sC= G0) enh WO dae, 1 0. © 
oe SOR oe) IS hel y. | CIBLG272)., 10) as Onan salem 
a WHE, Leo amas (lee Nia eo) Beye) 3). 1) Ih © 
Nau NANO Mn aR CL nS HAY. Gh MT ogee IG) 2) © 
ie XG, “ 95 Pe caer wiccea, 1 OB. Bere —O 

Inglesz; WON, UG 6 camoaceoreon ry (OlcS87)) Bane (Oe @o 010 O 

Vol exdsy containing.” eblates) sei (lSS0=85) lea. ergio) 2) a Oeteey eel 2 iho mmo 
xh UNCLE. 3 65 5 (USSG sooo G8 8 OO. @ 4 © 
oo DCU. a 62 Aa) LEQ 9) aca OM Cerone gS ul © 
Pee NC Vee tila) 27 ely ee pC SOGH08) 1 aay 8 5 quO. cere OREO 
eve vee 52 th Ws Caney (IS9S 1901) ae Fouls io) e FI © 
Some NOVIS jai Be) wy) oy) IRON SMO) Bo Gr ish O's fle) 0) 
RW Sy oa os 4 CU TOOS) BGs 718 0 
ANUS phy ath Ale Volseal CACO ieSI) reraae nt See iesee Ox, fo) - O) 
wy) DMO. aN 24 oe (ORCS SNSMO Ss WO 4b 0) Bee, la yO 
eee OX ay aj lp MUONS) EU MO So coy. HE re O 
» XXI.—Part 1. (7 Plates & 12 Text-figs.) 

(Gwin 1ONG)) 35 c6o500 06 6 GY 5. a @ @ 


now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets of Vols. V.—XVI. inclusive, and 


In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society “| 
[rvs papers, of which a list can be supplied, at about one-fourth their published price. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMI!FTEE OF SCIENCE AND 
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF 
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). 


Price to Price to the 
f Fellows. Public. 
Part I. 1830-31. 1 vol. 8vo., out of print. 
ay JUG Seer Ds Baca cuin ates 6 6 Ase OA Wanita. 5) OS: 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


First Serigs. 


Parts I-XV. (1833-1847). 8ve. 15 vols. (Letterpress only.) Price to 
Fellows : 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Publie, 6s. 


Index 1830-1847. Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d. : to the Public, 6s. 
Barts 15 V US xe Xa, XV; XOV2, oun of print, 


SECOND SERIES. 


Parts XVI.-XXVIIT. (1848-1860). 8vo. 13 vols. (Letterpress only.) 
Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s. 


Index 1848-1860. Price to Feliows: 4s. 6d. ; to the Public, 6s. 


The Parts of this series containing Coloured Plates are out of print. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. § 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices. 


Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured. 

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 

Fellows. Public. Fellows, Publie. Fellows. Public. 
SG ileeret SOU sees el OSM tani ee 9s. Reseed ene bes anata Ba Oh coos ea 
WSO2 55 B85 Gee goes Ole oe 55 OS. Ae Ar C2 RO ae BB Bh, goon SS 
WS6B 55 4s Ohh soo G8 cases 9s. BUS Mian pL Sites wea BI Oe soog eet 
Wesel 65 4a, Ge pba. ON. o5005 CR. Bote Gos Rees i DS Wh osoo Jae 
1865 4s. Gd Gs. 5 Be POSE CER Bh Ni coon oS 
1866 ALSAY (SQ: eu Nicc ter OSailiaseaet 9s. 12s.+ » Ba, Gee sao, as 
TSKGY7/ oes Peat nO cae OY STD Qs, 12s,# 5 B86 Bh coon GOS 
MSG Si it ccceuencahes anh ede aie NG ett Qs Ney Baas lain Op BU, ooo, eS 
TOD ia eas aes Sat PO ek Ay a 9s ND sete 5 OE Wh eon, Gs 
NS AO Beene ns Meet ok mena 9s se a. 5 OB Mh coon Ze 
Jn@lesz, UCN Gp beneoudess Aes 0h oso 6s. 
NS lta Re ep yay Dabs AS a enO ean: 9s DO Ee aoe Shp Sh oba5 AlaS 
NG (2 si lesen ia eR IL Paes Any ee 9s, 12s.*, . OOSS OCs) ea ADs 
NSO Enel mts eat ae, ne nally EA Sg 9s, TD cae hee Bas Wh sooa cas 
DSi i eae es Nenart MaaN a e Ha ea ge Boe 9s W2BSP A c 5 Bas 48s.F 
IS reese Nk hc atria Rear Lah 9s Uae. 36s 48s 
SIC OME ei arena erty tus nesnal Seay 9s 12s, . 36s 48s. 
Sia ipeerter a teen cirae Stara rmeratnie hetdt 9s 12s. . 386s 488 
AS i4S reper tey astcestony Acie guesccclahen stan eavanane 9s Mt RR ie 36s 48s 
JEERGAG) ek No A TSU Me EDR a 9s. ae CLO Sty emg OS) tein 488, 
SSO Bra esos ea ty tae ang 9s. Hapcesntlte Saracen 36s. coue lsh 
ItndexelSlaS80) ye. ee ha. + 4s. 6d. .... 6s, 
esis IO hentvolumess (4... kuachy ae sae eran ee 36s. Bove eich 
Ihnelesz, ISSUES osc ncocuoaee As. Oda vant Os: 
EOS) eben volumes! 72.5.0. Hach) yiees teem ts 36s, sitele g4O5? 
Hiidiexe NEQUE GOO! Te iia eo « Alsi OC aay a Oss 


* No perfect copies in stock. tT Out of print. 


PROCEEDINGS or roe GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC 
BUSINESS or tat ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
S8vo. 32 vols. and Index. 


Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. 
1901-1910. Twenty volumes ...........-e+sseeee Bach less ayn anes: 
Tilers, WGONSNQNO) yoo onncduodcnpsabensoppomencc 0S snc As. 6d: .... 63: 
QUI, Wole lbs wo crsocsnoonodtaoemson ddan gpoom ans cooon. WS Ka0 96.0.5 « 24s. 
” ” igt ae ae ieee Reine alorialeuelienfeinelselielisive| oie re) (she )ke/teile Ke Keb auiemnaceliog> 18s. secnatelean DAs. 
NOND,. op Idhine Boo oeadvoogesanon no Cutpeda ands S500 0 doe 1335, 82 ane ee 
. 5) Whatocde co dsecseoasscondeodroubndbocmns coda s 183i jamais 
HUIS ose le dosclio oe LUV oer eta Ae Are hols! «coe Mot Rees eee elmira a 273. 
3 x) Ulsan ee besnsoadedg sas AcubidoocsoscddGabsS 6 Inch Prema gio) 248 
HOW, i deb ebgonboussopesdane poco gs cclods D009 0005 non. Mek pmeedes or: eas 
a \, Iles Gas tellosmoedgdoaedos ps boon ddocusd0 been a8 ISShoe eee ees 
NOR, 4 WneovodeqoadpousnoadHdogccods cb nd coos a0 de0 do Gs. os eee coe 
Mowe Jey gabaenaoneoeigue gumgaco aN eaoo ds deco Palais ais sae 245 
NUG  IneagaonecsodnoogbobodagodndooosDoSoosdsouae Sie 24s 
A ny Waa godoagadsvogauuse oss anGdcoRsoedogonsGOaG ILS. 24s 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo. 
1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo. 
1896. Cloth, 6s. 


CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY of the Zoological Society of 
London (Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s. 


THE OFFICIAL ILLUSTRATED GARDEN GUIDE— 14th Edition 
—with (1) a Railway and Street Map, showing a direct 
route to the “Zoo” from all parts of London and the Suburbs ; 
(2) a Plan of the Grounds, showing at a glance the location of 
the animals; (3) a short description of some of the principal’ 
animals in the Collection (now containing over 5000 spe- 
cimens), together with 32 Photographic Illustrations and 
Index. Price 6d. in Stiff Paper Cover, postage 13d., or in 
Green Cloth Cover price 1s. 2d. post free. 


THE HOUSE-FLY CAMPAIGN. 3rd Edn. Illustrated. Svo. 
1916. Price 3d. post free. 


PRACTICAL ADVICE ON THE FLY QUESTION. 8yo. 1915. 


Price 2d. post free. 


ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.—Vol. 52, containing literature relating 
chiefly to the year 115, is in preparation, but wili be delayed 
for two or three months owing to the War. Vol. 53, for the 
year 1916, will be prepared as usual. 


P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, 
Secretary. 
Regent’s Park, London, N.W. i 
December, 1916. 


These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s Orrics 
or through any bookseller. 


* Serpe paamnoeeeniit’ 


PZ.S1916 GE MMiEE Pie 


OUD Ahe, 
Weekes: Ya 


“e 


JF Gemmill del. Huth,London. 


(ASS TE IBA) | Gly UAB Ss. 


PALS OG, Grey VM Ts ae ela 


J.F.Gemmill del. Huth,London. 
Ban O), Clsuis Buy OG UGEy- aby ke lS) OVENS) Wisdat IS INYDIS) (CoA... 


ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. DD3 


PAPERS. 

27. Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias 
glacnalis O. BF. M.; Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes ; 
Solaster endeca (Retuius) Forbes; Stichaster roseus 
(O. F.M.) Sars. By James F. Gummirt, M.A., M.D., 
IDSS@sy LAGS 3 

[Received May 20, 1916: Read November 7, 1916. ] 


(Plates I. & II.7) 


INDEX. Page 
PIS SOROUIS, GUECAMES. “sso ooo sso soon scobaeac osecons EOF 
CUO ANG OCMUTTD,  eociccoose denies sooanspateesctiedecc. (i 
ISQUGSEOP GOCE srotccmancnsesnaccertencostecesaensen, EGO 
SWIGLOREEP TOSCU Song shoes sss sacannococo ssqecsoentsaae SED 


J. AsTpriAs GLactauis. (PI. 1.) 


In the course of attempts to rear Asterias glacialis I have 
constantly noticed that in the early larve (6-8 days) a small mass 
of cells takes origin from the wall of the stomach dorsally on the 
left side. Although this mass usually disappears by breaking up 
into mesenchyme before the main ccelomic cavity has extended 
back into its neighbourhood, still not infrequently some of its 
cells can be seen to join the wall of the celom. It is very 
common for the mass in question to show traces of a central 
cavity after its separation from the stomach and before its 
disruption into mesenchyme. 

A similar mass, but rather smaller and less constant, occurs in 
the case of Asterias rubens (2, p. 233), and two such masses, right 
and left, are frequent in the larve of Porania (3, p. 32). In all 
three species considerable variation in the constancy and size of 
the masses is exhibited by different broods of larve as well as by 
different larvee in the same broods. 

The object of the present note is to call attention to an 
instance in which the mass was unusually well-marked in prac- 
tically all the early larvee belonging to a particular culture of 
Asterias glacialis. Later, in a large proportion of the larvee, the 
mass as it separated off from the stomach acquired a distinct 
lumen, and, subsequently increasing in size, fused with the 
ceelomic cavity of the left side, thus taking a share in the actual 
formation of the posterior portion of the cavity in question. 
Stages in the process are illustrated in Pl. I. figs. 1-5, and 
explained in the description attached. 


* T have to express indebtedness to the Trustees of the Carnegie Trust for grants 
towards the expenses incurred in this investigation, as well as in that on “The 
Cilation of Asterids and the Question of Ciliary Nutrition in certain Species” (Proc. 
Zool. Soe. Lond. 1915). 

+ For explanation of the Plates see p. 564. 


Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1916, No. XX XIX. 39 


554 DR, J. F. GEMMILL ON THE 


In accounts of the development of Asterias rubens (2, p. 233) 
and Porania (3, p. 33) I put forward the view that the mass in 
question is the rudiment of a posterior enteroccelic outgrowth, 
pointing out that the recognition of potential metiamerism in 
echinoderm development makes for simplicity and for the recon- 
ciliation of what might otherwise seem fundamental differences 
in the ontogeny of different forms. (See also p. 557.) 

The larvee above described add evidence in support of this 
view. In any event, they deserve to be put on record since they 
supply a definite example of a developmental variation occurring 
along lines which, if persisted in, could give rise, in course of 
time, to very important alterations in the ontogeny, without 
necessarily affecting the adult anatomy, of the species concerned. 


II. Crrprevia ocutata. (PI. IT. figs. 6-10.) 


Early in April 1915 a number of Cribrella, obtained at low- 
water on the shore near the Millport Marine Station, were placed 
in the aquarium tanks, where they spawned freely after a few 
days. The eggs, which were kindly put at my disposal by the 
Superintendent, underwent natural fertilization, sets of them 
being brought through metamorphosis both at the Marine 
Station and in the Hmbryological Laboratory at Glasgow 
University. 

Masterman in 1902 (9) furnished an excellent account of the 
development of this species. My observations confirm his results 
in most respects, but I am able to give new or supplementary 
data on various points *. 

(1) Spawning.—Not less (and probably more) than 500 eggs 
are produced by each full-sized female. None of the eggs was 
observed to enter intoand remain within a brood-pouch formed by 
the closure of the arms around the mouth. In my specimens the 
genital openings look outwards in the interradit. During March 
and April Cribrella eggs or larve ave not infrequent in the 
plankton of the Firth of Clyde. 

Sars (10, p. 170) and Masterman (9, p. 374) have described the 
brooding habits of Cribrella, the latter pointing out that these 
are by no means intense, but adding that it is not known 
whether in natural conditions any of the larvee leave the brood- 
chamber of the mother. He gives the number of eggs laid by 
each female as 30 to 50, and Sars as 10 to 30. Masterman also 
states (9, p. 874) that the genital openings are situated on the 
oral surface of the starfish at the edge of the oral disc, this being 
an adaptation for brooding. 

Cribrella aypears to be a species in which the brooding habit is 
either being acquired or being lost. The second alternative seems 
rather more probable, and from the evidence given above it would 


* Dy. Masterman makes the very reasonable suggestion to me that the features 
noted under 1 and 2 below are probably explicable as adaptations to development 
within a relatively enclosed sea-area, such as is formed by the Firth of Clyde. 


DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 555 


appear that the change towards loss has advanced further on the 
west coast of Scotland than on the east and in Norway. 

(2) Segmentation. Segmentation proceeded regularly in most 
of my specimens, equal holoblastic cleavage being the rule and not 
the exception. The eggs float, the pole which keeps undermost 
being usually a little lighter in colour than the upper pole, but 
there is not the same marked difference either as regards specific 
gravity or colour between the upper and the under poles as in 
the eggs of Solaster endeca. Masterman did not find that there 
was any definite or consistent type of segmentation in his ova of 
Cribrella, and he does not refer to differences in colour or specific 
gravity between the upper and the under sides (9, p. 377). 

(3) Blastula formation.—The surface-furrows along which 
egression takes place during blastula-formation almost certainly 
exhibit reversion to the segmentation patterns. In the early 
blastula the lines are very numerous, simulating an advanced 
stage in segmentation; then they become fewer, simpler, and 
deeper, so that sometimes we cannot tell with the naked eye 
whether we are looking at an advanced blastula or at an 8-celled, 
a 4-celled, and a 2-celled stage in segmentation. Peculiarities in 
the arrangement of the early segmentation-furrows (e. g. obliquity 
of the first cleavage plane, or marked inequality in the first and 
second divisions) tend to emerge again in the late blastula, ‘as may 
be seen if one watches the development of isolated ova which 
exhibited the peculiarities in question. I have had the oppor- 
tunity of noting a similar phenomenon in the case of Solaster 
papposus, and in Solaster endeca (1, p. 12) I called attention to 
the similarity between the cell-egression furrows and the segmen- 
tation-furrows. Masterman’s illustration (9, pl. 1. fig. 6) of an 
early gastrula of Cribrella strikingly recalls a 4-celled stage in 
cleavage. 

(4) Hypenchyme.—In my gastrule and early larve there was 
only a small quantity of cellular material within the archenteron, 
less than one-fourth of: this cavity being filled with the material 
in question (cf. Solaster, 1, p. 45). Masterman describes the 
archenteron during these stages as being entirely filled with 
hypenchyme (9, p. 381). 

(5) Pharyngeal or perioral celom.—I can confirm the obser- 
vation of Masterman that this celom arises in the form of 
interradial pouchings from the posterior ccelom, and can add 
further that such pouchings oceur in interradii LIT. and I.-V.* 
as well as in the others, a point regarding which Masterman did 
not speak with certainty (9, p. 416). 

The pharyngeal celom arises by a single outgrowth in 
Asterina (7, p. 358) and Asterias rubens (2, p. 259), as alyo in 
Ophiothri« (8, p. 497) and Synapta (8, p. 536). On the other 


* The numbering of rays adopted in this paper is that employed by MacBride in 
his account of the development of Asterina, and by myself in the case of Solaster, 
Asterias, and Porania. The madreporic radius is I-II., ray I]. being on its dextral 
or watch-hand side as viewed from the oral aspect. 

| 59% 


556 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE 


hand, in Solaster (see p. 560) it takes origin by a series of inter- 
radial outgrowths as in Cribrella. 

(6) The periheemal pouches.—Perihemal pouch 1./IT. has been 
described (Masterman, 9, p. 392) as taking origin from the axial 
sinus portion of the anterior ccelom, being thus exceptional inas- 
much as the rest of the pouches take origin from the posterior 
celom. I find that the exception is apparent, not real, and that 
actually the pouch in question arises from the dorsal horn of the 
posterior celom. At about the eleventh day the tip of this horn 
bends leftwards, thus coming to lie between hydroccele pouches I. 
and II. A day or two later an opening is effected between the 
axial sinus region of the antericr ceelom and the dorsal horn of 
the posterior ceelom a short distance back from the tip of this 
horn. ‘Two or three days afterwards the anterior celom and the 
dorsal horn of the posterior celom again become closed off from 
one another, but in such a manner that the new septum cuts off 
the tip of the horn and leaves it for a time connected with the 
anterior colom, from which, however, it soon separates off to 
become perihzemal pouch I./II. The process is illustrated on 
Pl. IL. figs. 6-9. Occasionally one finds that the perihemal 
pouch in question remains longer in open connection with the 
posterior than with the anterior ccelom. 

MacBride (7%, p. 360) and Goto (5, p. 235) in Asterina, and 
Masterman (9, p. 392) in Cribrefla, described perihemal pouch 
1./II. as arising from the preoral celom. However, in Solaster 
endeca (1, p. 35), Asterias rubens (2, p. 260), Asterias, double 
hydroceele (4, p. 64), I found that the pouch arose from the dorsal 
horn of the left posterior ccelom, although, owing to the com- 
munication between dorsal horn and axial sinus, it appeared at 
first sight as if the peuch in question took origin from the last- 
named cavity. In Solaster endeca (1, p. 35) and, I can now add, 
in Solaster papposus, the origin of pouch I/II. from the posterior 
celom is perfectly definite. In Asterina, as in Cribrella, there 
is a secondary communication between the dorsal horn of the 
posterior ccelom and the axial sinus. 

(7) Whether the tarval posterior ccelom is morphologically single 
or double.—So far as I can judge, in my early larvee of Cribrella 
there are no signs of doubling of the larval posterior ccelom. 
Later, any features which could be interpreted in this sense affect 
chiefly the dorsal and ventral horns, and appear at a time when 
the natural differentiation of these horns leads to their dividing 
more or less into right and left forks. In the case of the dorsal 
horn the leftward fork is. at first the only one to appear, and 
it becomes perihemal pouch 1./IT. as described above under 6. 
From the right one, which appears later, there arises pharyngeal 
pouch L./IL., the genital pocket, and ultimately also the ccelom 
within arm-rudiment II. In the case of the ventral horn, the 
leftward fork burrows to the left or oral side of the stalk of the 
preoral lobe in order to reach the internal aspect of hydroceele 
pouch I., while the right fork passes to the aboral side of the 


DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 557 


stalk in question. The two forks thus ride saddlewise on the 
preoral lobe-stalk, but when this stalk is obliterated, the saddle- 
cavity simply fills out to form the ceelom within arm-rudiment I. 
Further, in general, during the growth of the larva, as the 
epigastric ccelom remains relatively small, the larval posterior 
ceelom has to encroach somewhat. on the right or aboral side, and 
in particular sections the encroaching shelf may give an impression 
of bifidity. 

Masterman described indications of early doubling of the pos- 
terior ccelom, and considered these as supporting his view that the 
ceelom in question is made up of right and left morphological 
elements, namely, a right posterior and a left posterior ccelomic 
cavity. This view, although it might suit the ontogeny of 
Cribrella, is out of harmony with the data from other starfishes 
and from echinoderms generally, including double-nydrocele 
specimens. In discussing the subject elsewhere (2, p. 234; 8, 
p. 32) I have put forward the view that the larval posterior 
(future hypogastric) celom of Solaster is morphologically a left 
posterior celom originating from the gut by a separate, meta- 
merically posterior, ouberowtlh, and that the cor responding cavity 
on the right side, ‘namely the epigastric ccelom, originates, as in 
Asterina, Asterias, Echinws, etc., by backward extension of the 
anterior ccelom. 

(8) Sequence in formation of hydrocele pouches.—The first 
thickenings for the hydroccele pouches make their appearance at 
about the’ ninth day, pouch I. being slightly the latest. There- 
after, pouches IIT. and IV. differentiate a little more quickly 
than the rest; pouch V. and pouch IJ. are next in order; while 
pouch I. is the slowest. According to Masterman the growth 
series usually begins with pouch V. (his pouch I.) and gradually 
works round to pouch I. (his pouch V.). The facts are of interest 
in connection with the question as to what is the proper number- 
ing of the rays in Cribrella and other starfishes (2, p. 276). 

(9) Hnantiomorphic and double-hydrocele larve.—Masterman 
has stated (9, p. 403) that enantiomorphic specimens, 7. e. speci- 
mens in which the hydroccle develops on the right instead of the 
left side of the larva, are probably not uncommon in Cribrella. 
None, however, was observed in my series. Indeed, in very large 
sare bets of steidielh larve examined from time to one (Asien 
rubens, Solaster papposus, S. endeca, Porania) I have not come 
across a single example of this abnormality, and only one 
specimen (Porania) in which a right instead of a left hydropore 
was present. 

No double-hydrocele or double-hydropove larvee were found in 
Cribrella, although examples of these abnormalities are not 
infrequent in other starfishes (4, p. 69). 

(10) The brachiolarian notches.—A special gap or notch (oral 
brachiolarian, or hydroccelic, notch) between pouches J. and V., 
such as occurs so markedly in Asterina, Asterias rubens, and 
Solaster, is not characteristic of Cribrella. Nor is there at any 


558 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE 


stage a gap or wide separation (aboral brachiolarian notch) 
between arm-rudiments I. and II. of the disc. Arm-rudiments 
I. and V. are, however, kept apart for a time during the retraction 
of the preoral lobe towards the oral side of the disc, through 
having between them that region of the preoral lobe which carries 
the right lateral brachium. 

A hydroccelic (oral brachiolarian) notch between pouches J. and 
V. is characteristic (w) of feeding attaching brachiolarian larve, 
e. g., Asterias rubens (2), Asterias pallida (5), Porania (3); (6) of 
forms proximately derived from these, e. g., Asterina (7); (c) of 
multiradiate forms in which the extra rays are added to one or 
both ends of an open hydroceele crescent, e. g., Solaster endeca (1) 
and S. papposus. On the other hand, absence of a marked hydro- 
ecelic notch is characteristic of (4) non-attaching feeding bipin- 
nariz of the Bipinnaria asterigera type; (6) quinque-radiate forms 
with abbreviated ontogeny, e. g., Cribrella and Asterias miillert. 
The presence or absence of a well-marked aboral brachiolarian 
notch obeys similar rules, but we must note that this notch when 
present occurs between arm-rudiments I. and I1., not I. and V., 
of the disc. 

(11) Relation of hydrocele to larval stalk.—in Asterias rubens 
at metamorphosis, retraction of the preoral lobe to the oral aspect 
of the disc takes place rapidly through the action of muscular 
fibres developed beneath the ectoderm and in the coelomic walls. 
Tn Solaster the process, though slower, is effected by muscular 
fibres which pass from the wall of the preoral ccelom to the oral 
aspect of the disc. In both cases the gap (see under 10 above) 
between the dorsal and ventral horns of the hydroceele crescent 
allows the stalk to be dragged into the concavity of the crescent 
and to be clasped for a time by the hydroceele ring as the latter is 
completing itself. In Cribrella the hydroccele, being practically 
from the first a small complete ring or disc, does not have the chance 
of enclosing the larval stalk. However, a set of retractor muscle- 
fibres similar to those in Asterias and Solaster makes its appearance 
at metamorphosis, passing to the centre of the oral surface super- 
ficially to the hydroceele and dividing into branches, some fibres 
from which pass deeply towards the wall of the gut, while others 
diverge interradially. At the place where the retractor muscle 
arises from the wall of the preoral ccelom, a slight outpouching 
can be recognised as early as the 12th day, and later (18th day) 
a very distinct pocket from the preoral celom passes towards the 
centre of the disc in interradius I./V. (see Pl. IT. fig. 10). Had 
the hydroceele in Cribrella been an open crescent instead of a 
closed ring, the retractor fibres above-described would in all likeli- 
hood have drawn the stalk and its cavity within the grasp of the 
hydroccele crescent, as occurs in Asterias, Asterina, and Solaster. 
We must look upon the early closed condition of the hydroceele 
in Cribrella as less primitive than its open formation in Asterias, 
In the latter, it seems entirely probable that the ontogenetic 


DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 559 


retraction of the preoral lobe and its incorporation with the 
oral surface of the starfish repeat the phylogenetic changes in 
virtue of which, after fixation, the preoral lobe disappeared and 
the mouth, with the esophagus, migrated to the centre of a disc- 
like area which gradually developed radial symmetry. <Asterina 
shows a corresponding but less perfect repetition in which the 
larval mouth and esophagus are temporary non-functional struc- 
tures. Solaster has no larval mouth or cesophagus at all, but the 
retractor muscle-fibres of the preoral lobe are present and the 
hydrocele during retraction forms an open crescent. Cribrella 
is still further modified: larval mouth and cesophagus do not 
occur and the hydroceele is never an open crescent. However, 
the retractor muscle-fibres and the position of sucker and last 
remnants of the preoral lobe in interradius I./V. remain as 
primitive characters still decipherable on the developmental 
palimpsest of the most crucial period, namely the fixation period, 
in its ancestral history. 

(12) Changes of shape in starfish larve.—tThe larve of echino- 
derms in general, and starfishes in particular, undergo remarkable 
changes of form sometimes quickly, sometimes slowly. These 
changes are no doubt due in chief part to unequal growth, but there 
is evidence that contraction of muscular fibres developed ad hoc 
also plays a part. Thus, as seen above, the abrupt alteration of 
form at metamorphosis, including the retraction of the preoral 
lobe, is due to muscular action. J believe that a similar factor 
operates in many other changes of form if we could only follow 
out the process. For example, the pulling down of the wall of 
the gut towards the middle of the oral surface to form the adult 
mouth appears to be due to an extension of fibres from the pre- 
oral lobe retractor set (see under 11 above). Fibres from this set 
pass out interradially, and probably in the end these form the 
dilating fibres of the mouth which he within the buceal mem- 
brane and are attached to ridges on the mouth-angle plates. 
Phylogenetically, the retractor fibres of the preoral lobe may be 
veterable to a particular segment of mouth-dilator fibres which 
became hypertrophied, in order at the proper time to be able to 
drag the preoral lobe after the larval mouth when the latter 
migrated to the middle of the starfish disc. 

The primary division of the archenteron into anterior, middle, 
and posterior regions takes place somewhat suddenly and without 
there being any corresponding external division of the larva into 
anterior, middle, and posterior segments. At this time muscular 
tissue has not yet become differentiated, but one may note, in the 
basal portions of the cells lining certain regions of the archen- 
teron, a staining reaction similar to that given by muscular fibrils. 
This appears very markedly in the middle or enteric region 
where narrowing of the archenteron is taking place, and I think 
it possible that the staining indicates specially contractile pro- 
toplasm present for, the purpose of producing the required 


560 DR. J.-F. GEMMILL ON THE 


change of shape without delay. This contractile protoplasm may 
perhaps be compared with the myonemic layer in the cortex of 
Tae protozoa. 

13) Skeleton.—My material has not allowed me to make a full 
study of the development of the skeleton, but the following points 
may be noted :— 

1. The aboral skeleton arises in the form of scattered plates 
which, as in the case of Solaster, do not exhibit a definite radial 
and interradial arrangement as do the primary plates of most 
other echinoderm larve. In particular, there is no single ter- 
minal plate at the end of each ray, but a number of small 
ossicles, one or more of which may be in the middle line of the 
ray, while the others are more laterally placed. 

The adult has a large terminal plate at the end of each ray. 
Each of these plates arises by fusion of a number (not less than 
five) of the small first-formed ossicles. This appears to be a 
point of very considerable interest. The symmetrical arrange- 
ment of the primary plates in typical starfish development must 
be an acquired feature, a result, not a precursor, of general 
radiate symmetry. We can hardly doubt but that in the first 
echinoderms the skeletal ossicles. were diffusely distributed in the 
dermis. In Cribrella accordingly, whether through survival or 
reversion, the primitive mode of origin of the primary plates 
by coalescence of scattered calcifications is still exhibited in the 
development of the terminals. 

Tt will be shown later (p. 562), with reference to the mouth- 
angle and first ambulacral plates in Solaster, that the converse 
ontogenetic process, namely, division of an originally continuous 
calcification into two or more movably articulated ossicles, can 
occur.. 


_ ITT. Sonaster enpeca. (PI. I. fig. 11.) 


Examination of material recently obtained from the Millport 
Marine Station enables me to supplement or correct my former 
account of the development of this species in regard to the 
following points :—{1) origin of pharyngeal or perioral ceelom ; 
(2) origin of perihemal pouch EX./I.*; sequence in formation 
of hydroccele pouches and final position of remains of sucker ; 
(4) formation of the terminal, first ambulacral, and mouth-angle 
ossicles. 

1. Pharyngeal or perioral cwlom.—This ceelom originates by 
interradial outgrowths from the posterior ccelom, and normally 
such outgrowths occur in all the interradii, those: in WILT. /IX. 
and TX. /L. being the latest to form. Sometimes, however, blanks 
appear to be left im one or more interradii, these blanks in the 
end being filled up by extensions from adjacent pouches. 

Masterman, in Cribrella (9, p. 392), first described the forma- 
tion of the pharyngeal ccelom by interradial pouches from the 


* See footnote on p. 59d. 


DEVELOPMENY’ OF SOME STARFISHES. 561 


posterior ccelom, stating that this occurred for certain in inter- 
radii IJ./IIL., TIL./1V., and LV./V. In my former account 
(1, p. 34) I noted the occurrence of several interradial outgrowths 
in Solaster endeca, but was unable to say whether such out- 
growths were present in all the interradii. It may be added here 
that Crossaster papposus falls into line with Solaster endeca as 
regards the origin of the pharyngeal ceelom, except that in Cros- 
saster the latest formed pouches are [X./X. and X./XI. (See 
p- 563.) 

2. Origin of perihemal pouch IX./I.—¥ormerly I thought 
that this pouch took origin from the anterior ecelom (1, p. 31), 
a moiety being possibly contributed by the posterior ccelom. 
Examination of fuller material brings out the fact that the whole 
of the pouch in question arises from the ventral horn of the 
posterior ceelom. (See p. 556.) 

3. Sequence in formation of hydrocele pouches, etc.—In Solaster 
endeca the usual number of rays is nine, and of these five are 
primary in the sense that they correspond to the five rays of 
an ordinary starfish such as Asterina gibbosa or Asterias rubens. 
To begin with, the five primary hydrocele rays or pouches are 
arranged in a crescent with dorsal and ventral ends, pouch I.* 
being near the dorsal and pouch V. near the ventral end. The 
formation of the additional rays begins at the ventral end of the 
crescent, pouches VI., VII., and VIII. beimg successively added 
in this region during the progress of metamorphosis. In speci- 
mens with only eight rays the hydroccele ring now closes in 
interradius VIII./I., and it is in this interradius also that the 
last remains of the sucker and stalk are to be found. Formerly 
I believed that in specimens with nine rays: (the usual number) 
pouch IX. was superadded to pouch VIII. at the extreme ventral 
end of the hydrocele crescent. However, examination of my 
new material and re-examination of my former material makes it 
certain that normally pouch LX. is superadded to pouch I. by 
outgrowth from the dorsal end of the hydrocele crescent, and that 
accordingly the closure of the hydroccele ring really takes place 
in interradius VIII./LX., the last remains of sucker and stalk 
being found either in this interradius or opposite pouch IX. I 
take this opportunity of correcting my former mistake, which was 
made somewhat easy by the circumstance that a large proportion 
of my metamorphosing specimens developed only eight pouches, 
pouch IX. being absent, and it was from serial sections of 
these specimens that my description of the details of closure of 
the hydroceele ring was chiefly made. However, the correction 
in no way invalidates my numbering of the rays in Solaster, 
rays I., IJ., and V. being fixed by the two great landmarks of 
starfish asymmetry, the position of the madreporite and of the 
anus. As regards Crossaster papposus, we may note here that 
two or even three out of its six to eight extra pouches are formed 
by extension from the dorsal end of the hydroceele crescent. 


* See footnote on p. 595. 


562 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE 


4. The terminal, the first ambulacral, and the mouth-angle 
ossicles show certain very interesting features in earlier or later 
development. 

Terminals.—Usually the first indication of the terminal in each 
ray is a pair of small calcifications, to which a third (median) is 
frequently added, while others appear later at the sides. The 
adult terminal is formed as in Cribrella (p. 560) by fusion of 
a number (probably usually five) of these early calcifications. 
This has taken place by the time the young starfish is 3 mm. in 
diameter. 

Ambulacral Skeleton.—in each ray on each side of the middle 
line, a skeletal plate develops (@) proximal to the first sucker-foot, 
(5) between the first and second sucker -feet, and (c) between the 
second and third sucker-feet, and so on in order. In my paper 
on the development of Solaster endeca I followed Ludwig (6) in 
ae these as the first, second, and third ambulacrals 
(A,, A,, A,), and also in reckoning the mouth-angle plates as 
being ae first of the adambulacrals (Ad,, Ludwig). The A, plates 
give rise to what are usually called in the adult the proximal 
processes of the first ambulacral vertebre. Careful examination, 
confirmed by slow maceration experiments, shows that both in 
Solaster endeca and in Crossaster papposus the mouth-angle 
plates (Ad,, Ludwig) are usually continuous in their calcification 
with the corresponding A, plates. The joint which separates 
them in the adult must therefore be of secondary formation. In 
view of the circumstance just noted, and of the further facts 
(1) that paleeozoic Asterozoa have no amibulacrall bars proximal to 
the first sucker-feet (Spencer, 12, p. 30), (2) that in many recent 
starfish the two ambulacral bars in this position in each ray are 
somewhat widely separated, (3) that each A, plate when it first 
appears is nearer a mid-interradial than a mid-radial line, we 
may raise the question whether the proximal processes of the first 
ambulacral vertebre are not phylogenetically buttress-extensions 
from the mouth-angle plates towards the middle line of the ray. 
This view assumes that ontogenetically the formation of the 
buttress-extension is now somewhat antedated as compared with 
that of the mouth-angle plate. Such “heterochronicity” is by 
no means uncommon in other life-histories. 


IV. SricHASTER ROSEUS. 


The Stichasteride and the Asteriide are included by Sladen 
among the eryptozonates (11, p. xxxvi). They agree in the 
general details of their internal anatomy as well as (1) in having 
the gills not confined to the purely abactinal surface, (2) in 
having quadriserially arranged sucker-feet, (3) in having the 
actinostomial margin formed by the ambulacral plates, (4) in 
having pedicellariz both of the forcipiform and of the forficiform 
type. They differ, however, in that among the Stichasteride the 
marginals are fairly definite and touch one another, while the 
plates of the abactinal skeleton are tesselate, and arranged more 


DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 563 


or less definitely in longitudinal rows. The Asteriide, on the 
other hand, have inconspicuous marginals, and the ossicles of 
their abactinal skeleton form a reticulum. 

Stichaster roseus 1s by no means abundant in the Firth of 
Clyde, and only one facultatively ripe specimen, a female, was 
available to me last summer (1915 

The ovaries resemble those of Asterias rubens or A. glacialis, 
each being a single, simply-branched, much lobulated sac lying 
free within the body-cavity except at its root, where the single 
efferent duct joins the body-wall. 

The eggs are small like those of A. rubens, pale in colour, but 
with a reddish tinge. They were unrije when first shredded out 
into sea-water, but underwent the maturation changes shortly 
thereafter. 

Cross fertilization with Asterias glacialis sperm was tried, and 
proved so far successful that about 10 per cent. of the eggs exhibited 
membranes of fertilization, and a number proceeded to develop 
until the earliest bipinnarial stage was reached. From what we 
know about crossing in starfish, we may infer that the normal 
development of Stichaster will follow the same course as that 
taken by the young hybrids. 

In these segmentation was of the total and equal type, though 
a slight difference in size between the cells of the upper and lower 
pole was present as in Asterias rubens and Porania. The blastula 
was a hollow sphere, its wall being formed by a single layer of 
cells, while its central cavity contained no mesenchyme. It pro- 
gressed with the upper pole in advance, and rotated at the 
same time in the solar or watch-hand direction as viewed from 
this pole. 

Gastrulation was by simple invagination as in 4. rubens, and 
the gastrula progressed and rotated in the same manner as 
the blastula. When invagination was nearly complete, stellate 
mesenchymal cells began to be budded off from the blind end of 
the archenteron. Meantime the gastrula was elongating, and 
there next appeared on what was to be its ventral side a slight 
depression bounded in front and behind by the developing trans- 
verse portions of the preoral and postoral ciliated bands. These 
bands beeame defined in the same manner as in A. rabens, and 
there was a similar correspondence in the mode of formation of 
the enteroceelic sacs, the hydropore, the mouth, and the regions 
of the alimentary canal. An interesting point noted was that 
the posterior enteroceelic outgrowth, which is represented more or 
less definitely in A. rwbens, A. glacialis, and Porania (see p. 553), 
could not be made ont. Unfortunately my young bipinnarie did 
not differentiate further. We may, however, infer that had they 
done so, the result would have been a brachiolarian larva with 
sucker-attachment duri ing metamorphosis.* 


* A pure culture was obtained this year (May 1916). Development proeecded 
along the lines described above, but again I did not succeed in getting the later 
bipinnarial stages. Many of the larvae showed (9th day) posterior enterocelic 
bodies similar in origin and fate to those of Asterias rubens, 


564 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE 


References. 


1. GemmiLh, JAmes F,—The Development of the Starfish Solaster 
endeca (Forbes). London, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xx. pt. i. 
pls. i.-v., pp. 1-71. 1912. 

4 IDO, Cle, The Development and certain points in the 
Adult Structure of the Starfish Asterias rubens L. Phil. 
Trans. Roy. Soc., Ser. B, vol. cev. pp. 213-294. 1914. 

ah  IDios Glos The Larva of the Starfish Porania pulvillus 
(O. F.M.). London, Q. J. M.S. vol. xi. pt. 1. pp. 27-50. 
1915. 

4. Do. do. Double Hydrocele in the Development and 
Metamorphosis of Asterias rubens L. London, Q.J.M.5. 
vol. lxi. pt. 1, pp. 51-80. 1915. 

5. Goro, S.—Some Points in the Metamorphosis of Asterina 
gibbosa. Tokyo, Journ. Coll. Sci. vol. xii. pt. 3, pp. 227- 
242. 

6. Lupwie, H.—Entwickelungsgeschichte der Asterina gibbosa. 
Leipzig, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. vol. xxxvii. pp. 1-89. 
1882. 

7. MacBripzt, E. W.—The Development of Asterina gibbosa. 
London, Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxviii. pp. 339-411. 1896. 

8. Do. do. Text-Book of Embryology. Vol. I. Inverte- 
brates. London, Macmillan & Co. 1914. 

9. Masrerman, A. T.—The Early Development of Cribrella 
oculata (Forbes), with Remarks on Echinoderm Develop- 
ment. Edinburgh, Trans. Roy. Soe. vol. xl. pp. 373-417. 
1902. 

10. Sars, M.—Ueber die Entwickelung der Seesterne. Arch. f. 
Naturgesch. 1844, pp. 169-178. 

11. Suapen, W. P. ‘Challenger’ Reports: Zoology, vol. xxx. 
1889. 

12. Spencer, W. K. Monograph of the British Paleozoic 
Asterozoa. Part 1. Paleontographical Society, 1913, 
pp. 1-56. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Prarz I. 


Asterias glacialis. 


| 
le} 


ig. 1. Larva, 8 days old, showing on left side a well-marked posterior body 

becoming separated off from the wall of the stomach. 

Fig.2. Larva from same brood, 124 days old, showing the posterior enteroccelic 
body now separated off from the stomach, possessing a lumen of its own, 
and increasing in size. The right and left enterocceles are growing back- 
wards along the sides of the stomach. This larva, like many others in 
A, glacialis, has a right as well as a left hydropore. 

Fie. 3. Larva from same brood, 15 days old, showing the posterior enteroceelic body 
now united with the main enteroccele on the left side. This larva also has 
two hydropores, but the right one is becoming reduced. In older larve 
the ecelom extends still further backwards on the sides of the stomach as 
in Asterias rubens (2), but it is then no longer possible to tell on the left 
side what portion is derived from the posterior enterocwlic body. 


DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 565 
Fig. 4. Section of stomach-wall of 8 days larva through posterior enteroccelic body, 
which is here shown as a thickening with slight outpouching of the 
stomach-wall. 
Fig. 5. Section of 10 days larva in similar region, showing posterior enteroccelic 
body with a distinct lumen, and now nearly separated off from wall of 
stomach. 


09 


b.cav., buccal cavity; l.entc., left enteroceele; oes., esophagus; p.ente.’, posterior 
enteroceelic body; po.cil.bd., postoral ciliated band; post.pr., posterior 
backwardly growing process of enteroceele, which nor mally gives rise to the 
posterior enteroccele on either side; pr.cil.bd., preoral ciliated band ; rect., 
opone of rectum ; r.ente., right enter ocele; st., stomach ; st.20., stomach- 
wa 


Pruate II. 


Cribrella oculata. 


Figs. 6-9. Diagrams illustrating mode of origin of perihemal pouch J./II. from 
posterior caelom. 
In fig. 6 the tip of the dorsal horn which is destined to become peri- 
hemal pouch J./II. is bending leftward to lie between hydroccle pouches 
J. and II. In fig. 7 an opening has appeared between the axial sinus and 
the dorsal horn of the posterior celom. In fig. 8 the axial sinus is again 
beeoming closed off from the dorsal horn of the posterior ecelom, but in 
such a way as to leave the tip of the dorsal horn still for a time connected 
with the axial smus. In fig. 9 this tip, z.e. perihemal pouch I./II., is 
seen isolated both from the axial sinus and from the posterior ccelom. 


I. and I1., the first and second hydvroceele pouches respectively. aar.s., axial 
sinus portion of anterior ceelom ; d.h.p.c., dorsal horn of posterior ecelom ; 
ph.I./£1., perihemal pouch I./II. 


Fig. 10. Section along preoral lobe and through disc of a 20 days Cribrella larva at 
a stage when retraction of the preoral lobe is in active progress (outlines 
drawn with camera lucida). The retractor muscle described in the text 
is seen to cause a sharp pouching of the preoral ceelom towards the dise 
superficial to the hydrocele rmg. Had this portion of the hydrocele 
ring been absent through the hydroccele being an open crescent, the con- 
dition in Solaster or in Asterina and Asterias might well have resulted, 
the preoral ccelom becoming continuous with the axial sinus and with the 
developing internal perihemal sinus on the oral aspect of the disc, as in 
Solaster. If completion of the hydroccele ring supervened prior to the 
disappearance of this continuity, the result might well be an enclosure of 
the stalk-cavity by the hydrocele such as occurs in Asterina, Asterias 
rubens, and Solaster endeca. 


div., pouch from preoral ccelom caused by pull of the preoral lobe retractor 
muscle (.muse.) ; epig.c., the epigastric celom ; gut., the enteron or gut ; 
hyp.c., hypogastric coclom (larval posterior coelom) : hy.r., the hydrocele 
ring (in neighbourhood of pouch III.) ; hy.7.’, the hydrocosle ring (between 

- pouches I. and V.); ov.s., internal oral circular sinus (internal ‘perihemal 
ring); phar.c., pharyngeal celom; pod., developing sucker-feet.; pr.c., 
preoral cceelom; 7.muse., retractor muscle of the preoral lobe. 


Solaster endeca. 


Fig. 11. Specimen in late metamorphosis, from oral side, showing origin of hydro- 
cele pouch IX. from the (larval) oe sal end of the hydroceele crescent 
(see p. 561). Contrast with Pl. i. fig. 13 of 1, in the lettering of 
which, however, VIII. and IX. should “be replaced by VII. and VIII. 


respectively. 


ON CRYPTOSTOME BEEILES. 567 


28. On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University 
Museum of Zoology. By 8. Maurin, B.A. (Cantab.), 
I'..8., Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
London * 

[Received May 22, 1916: Read October 24, 1916. ] 
(Text-figures 1 & 2.) 


INDEX. 
; i Page 
ATW ROSNI EBON UR ear nee aomoudan Maes ake ote Bane du badmuebeteacadcen OLNE, 
Systematic : 
Ainisoderopsis, Zenuy NOs syne eeeeee ete ae OHO 
Hhagonia, subgen. INOW coven ohiedccioestee OU on 
Agonia (Ekagonia) krishna, sp. Ug ee sy eee OWeL 
Agonia cherapunjiensis, Sp. N. ............20000---. 573 
Oma denticula Boh., var. krishna, noy. ......... 579 
AGREE; RG TNO | spobsno4ovoastocosenveoke. ces ooe 583 
4Al,, rufoornata Baly, var. amazonensis, nov. ... 583 
ID PONAOUKEI, ERNMNs TONS © sposcncu0 sen s00 Caocbosbodooasge0q000 MIS 


The present paper is based on the collection of Hispine and 
Cassidinze contained in the Museum of Cambridge University. 
The collection is a representative one, in that it 1s composed of 
species from all parts of the world. There are 271 specimens 
representing 14 genera and about 40 species of Hispine and 
34 genera and about 68 species of Cassidinze. Owing either to 
the imperfect. condition of the specimens or to insufficiency of 
material, I have been able to deal with only 4/7 genera and 
80 species of both groups in this paper. 

I have studied this collection in conjunction with similar 
material in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). This method 
has afforded me the opportunity of examining a large number 
of examples, with the result that I have been able to study 
critically some of Boheman’s genera and to propose some 
alterations. I have also been able to supply information oa 
certain points which are left as doubtful in Spaeth’s recent 
‘Catalogue of Cassidine.’ In a few cases the priority of the 
names of certain genera has been discussed. Three new genera, 
one new subgenus, and two new species are now proposed here. 
In the following list of determinations wherever the range of a 
species is not indicated it has been reported only from the locality 
which is mentioned in this paper. 

I wish to express my indebtedness to Dr. C. J. Gahan, who 
has always kindly given me the benefit of his opinion on many 
points. “My thanks are also due to Mr. Scott, of the Cambridge 
Museum, whose assistance at the initial stage of the study L wish 
to acknowledge. This piece of work was “done while 1 was a 
student of the Tmperial College of Science. I take this oppor- 
tunity of expressing my thanks to Profs, MacBride and Lefroy, 
of the zoological department of the College. 


* Communicated by the SECRETARY. 


568 MR. S. MAULIK ON 


AMERICAN HISPIN AL. 


Genus CEPpHALOLEIA Chevrolat. 


Chevrolat, Charles d’Orbigny’s Dict. Universal d’ Hist. Naturelle, 
i. 1843, p. 272; Blanchard, Hist. Ins. ii. 1845, p. 182; Baly, 
Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 39, t. 1. f. 12; Chapuis, Gen. Col. xi. 1875, 
p. 277; Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. 1910, p. 82. 

Baly, in his ‘Catalogue of Hispidee,’ refers to Cephaloleia as 
a manuscript name of Chevrolat’s. This statement has been 
accepted by Weise, who ascribes the authorship to Blanchard, 
whose characterization of Cephaloleia was published in 1845. 
Chapuis ascribes the authorship to Chevrolat, but gives a 
reference to Dejean’s Catalogue, 3rd ed. 1836, p. 390, where 
the genus is not characterized. This reference naturally leads 
one to think that Chevrolat did not characterize the genus. 
As a matter of fact, Chevrolat first characterized the genus in 
@Orbigny’s ‘ Dictionnaire Universel d’Histoire Naturelle,’ i11. 
January 1843, p. 272, in these words :—‘‘Ces insectes ont un peu 
du facies des Cassidaires, mais ils sont étroits, quelquefois allongés 
carrément, entiérement lisses, sans épines; leur corselet est ou 
arrondi en avant et sur les cotés, ou en carré transverse. Les 
Hispa metallica, nigricornis, Fabr., V Hisp. nigricornis VOlivier, 
espéce distincte de la premiére, et l Alurnus cyanipennis de Perty 
rentrent dans ce genre.” This description is signed C. There 
are various dates on the title-pages of d’Orbigny’s ‘ Diction- 
naire. The question of these dates has been gone into b 
Sherborn and Palmer (Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) ui. April 1899, 
pp. 350-2). According to them the third volume of d’Orbigny’s 
‘ Dictionnaire, in which the description of Cephaloleia occurs, 
was first published as a completed volume in January 1843. 
I have consulted the copy belonging to the Zoological Society 
of London, the title-page of which bears the same date. 

Weise has changed the spelling of the name of the genus by 
omitting the ‘“‘e” between the ‘‘1” and “1.” I prefer to adhere 
to Chevrolat’s original spelling, because this custom of latinising 
the names has led to great confusion in many cases, 


CEPHALOLEIA NIGRICORNIS Fab. 

Cephalolera nigricornis Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i. 1792, pt. 2, p. 73 ; 
Olivier, Encycl. Méth. vii. 1792, p. 99, Ent. vi. 1808, p. 773, 
t. 2. f. 25; Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 47. 

3 examples. 

Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 


CEPHALOLEIA PROXIMA Baly. 
Cephaloleia proxima Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 47. 
1 example. 


Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 
Baly reports it from Cayenne, Guiana. 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 569 


CEPHALOLEIA EXIMIA Baly. 


Cephaloleia ecimia Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 53. 


2 examples. 
Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 
Baly reports it from Cayenne, Guiana. 


Genus STETHISPA Baly. 
STETHISPA CONFUSA Baly. 
Stethispa confusa Baly, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xiv. 1864, 
p- 267. 
1 example. 
Loeality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 


Genus CHALEPUS Thunb. 
CHALEPUS (CHALEPUS) SANGUINICOLLIS L. 
Hispa sanguimcollis Linné, Mant. Plant. Alt. vi. 1771, p. 530. 


2 examples. 
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 
Range. Middle and South America. 


OLD WORLD HISPIN 4. 


Genus Borryonopa Blanch. 
BotRYONOPA SPECTABILIS Baly. 
Botryonopa spectabilis Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 93; Gestro, 
Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1897, p. 44. 
2 examples. 


Locality.—Malay Penin. (Skeat SEH te, BOs i, en 
Range. Malacca, Sumatra. 


BotTRYONOPA GRANDIS Baly. 

Hispopria grandis Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 95. 
1 example. 

Locality.— Borneo (Shelford). 


Range. Sumatra, Java. 


Genus AntsopERA Chevrolat. 


Chevrolat, C. d’Orbigny’s Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat. i. 1847, 
p- 535; Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 101, t. 2. f. 8; Chapuis, Gen. 
Col. xi. 1875, p. 295; Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 118. 

The authorship of nine genus must be attributed to Chevrolat 
and not to Baly, as has hitherto been done. It was an oversight 
on Baly’s part to call Anisodera a manuscript name. ‘fn Charles 
@Orbigny’s ‘ Dictionnaire,’ i. p. 535, Anisodera is described as 
follows :—‘“‘ Genre de Coléoptéres tétramer es, famille des Chryso- 
mélines, tribu des Hispoides, établi par M. Chamalat aux dépens 


Proc. Zoot. Soc, OG, No. XL. 40 


570 MR. S. MAULIK ON 


du g. Aduwrnus de Fabricius, et adopté par M. Dejean (Cat. 3° edit.), 
qui y rapporte deux esp. de Java, savoir: |’A.lucidiventris Buquet, 
et lA. ferruginea, qui est lV Alurnus ferrugineus de Fabr.—Les 
earact. de ce g., d’aprés M. Chevrolat, sont: Tete avancée, 
arrondie, entaillée circulairement sur la face. Palpes assez 
développés: le dernier article des maxillaires long, un peu 
renflé au milieu. Antennes presque réunies par la base sur 
le front, épaisses, cylindroides, de 11 articles: les cing 1™ lisses ; 
les 3° et 4° du double plus longs que le 2°; les suivants presque 
égaux, un peu plus allongés; le dernier terminé en pointe 
mousse. Corselet plus long que large, inégal, coupé oblique- 
ment en avant, droit a la base, conné et abaissé sur les cétés. 
Elytres modérément convexes, a stries ponctuées, arrondies a 
Vextrémité et non armées. Pattes simples, trapues; les 2° et 3° 
articles des tarses profondément bilobés.” 

I have quoted this in full from the copy of the first volume of 
the ‘Dictionnaire’ belonging to the Zoological Society of London, 
which bears the date 1847 on the title-page (the first volume was, 
however, first published in 1841—see Sherborn & Palmer, “ Dates 
of Charles d’Orbigny’s Dictionnaire Universal d’ Histore Naturelle, 
1839-1849,” Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) i. 1899, pp. 350-2), because 
there was a re-composition of the matter of the first volume at a 
later date. 

From the above, it will be seen that Alurnus ferrugineus ¥. 
and A. lucidiventris Guérin were separated from the genus 
Alurnus and formed into a new genus which Chevrolat called 
Anisodera. As one of those species must be taken as the type 
of the genus Anisodera, I select Fabricius’s species ferrugineus as 
being earlier than Guérin’s. But both ferragineus and lueidi- 
ventris are now included in a subgenus Lissochila, while Anisodera 
excavata Baly is made the type of Anisodera proper. ‘There exist 
good structural differences between the subgenera which are 
fairly constant, and I consider them to be of generic importance. 
Owing to this fact and in view of the present note on the priority 
of Chevrolat’s description of Anisodera, I propose to erect a 
new genus and sink Zissochila as a synonym of Anisodera as 
follows :— 


i. Labrum short, the transverse edge emarginate and covered 
with long and stiff hairs. The labrum lies in a lower 
plane than the clypeus. Upper side of the body shining. 
Elytra without pronounced ribs. ..... . Anisoderopsis, gen. n. 


(Type A. excavata Baly.) 


ii. Labrum large, the transverse edge straight, sparsely covered 
with hairs. Labrum lies in the same plane as the clypeus, 
which is small and almost plain. Upper side of the body, 
asa rule, opaque. Elytra with pronounced ribs. 

Anisodera Chevrolat. 


(Type A. ferruginea Fab.) 


ON 
1 
= 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES, 


Genus OncHOCEPHALA Chevy. 


ONCHOCEPHALA QUADRILOBATA Guérin. 


Onchocephala quadrilobata Guérin, Icon, Régn. Anim,, Ins. 
1844, p. 281; Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 121 and 1905, 

117; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1899, p. 314, 
f. 1; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Caleutta, 1915, p. 372. 


1 example. 
Locality.—Ceylon, Oct. (Myer). 


Range. India, Andaman Islands. 


Genus AGoniA Weise. 


The genus Agonia is divided into two subgenera according to 
the number of coste on each elytron, thus :—Hlytra with three 
costee and eight or more rows of punctures, Agonia s. str.; elytra 
with two costze and six rows of punctures, Agonella Weise. In 
the present case there are four coste and ten rows:of punctures, 
I therefore take the following new species (Agonia krishna) as 
the type of a new subgenus which I name Hhagonia. The con- 
vexity of the eyes, the low costs, the smooth parallel rows of 
punctures, the form of the body, all point to the conclusion that 
Agonia krishwa has close affinity to the genus Downisia Baly. 
The species included in the subgenus Agonella have higher costz, 
coarser punctures, and the body more dilated behind—characters 
which are strongly marked in the next genus Gonophora. For 
these reasons I place Agonia krishna at the beginning of the 
genus Agona. 

EKAGONIA, subgen. nov, 

AGONIA (EKAGONIA) KRISHNA, sp. n. (‘Text-fig. 1.) 

Elongate, parallel-sided, black, shiing. First two joints of 
antenne shining, the rest of the joints pubescent ; interantennal 
space with a protuberance; eyes strongly convex. Prothorax 
parallel-sided, base bisinuate, moderately convex, disc shining, 
with a few scattered deep punctures, anterior surface trans- 
versely strigose with a few brownish hairs, base with a deep 
triangular fossa, each side with two shallower and rounded fossee 
or depressions. Scutellum smooth, shining, with the apex 
rounded. Elytra with four cost, first costa slightly elevated, 
ten rows of punctures, between the suture and the first costa 
only one row of punctures. 

Length, from head to apex of elytra, 5’5 mim, 

Described from one example, 

Locality.— Borneo (Shelford), 

Type in the British Museum. 

Head. The bases of the antennez are well separated from the 
mouth-parts by the clypeus, which is strigose and depressed in 
the middle. Labraum covered with brownish hairs. Seen from 


above, the interantennal process is so prominent that it conceals 
40* 


572 MR. 8S. MAULIK ON 


the bases of the antenne from view. Antenne, first two joints 
shining and rounded, third joint longest, after the third joint the 
antenne are gradually thickened towards the apex. Prothorax 
cylindrical, sides with bisinuate margins ; front margin straight, 
brownish ; posterior to the front margin the surface is trans- 
versely strigose and is sparsely covered with fine brownish hairs. 
Dise smooth, shining, with a few deep punctures. At the base in 
the middle is a very deep triangular fossa. On each side of the 
dise two depressions, the anterior shallower than the posterior ; 
concavity of the depressions with deep punctures. Sevtellum 
small, oval, smooth, shining. In this specimen there are about 
four small punctures near the margins. Hlytra parallel sided, 
with four coste on each elytron. ‘The first costa is slightly 


Text-figure Ih 


OOdOTeOOIIS 


Pie eenort 


Y 


eo Walninielialaloi saa 


Sino 


ZE 


ce % 
Agonia (Ekagonia) krishna. X 8. 


elevated, the suture is as much elevated as the first costa if not 
more. ‘The second costa is more elevated than the first, the 
third and fourth prominently elevated. All the coste meet at 
the apex of the elytra. On each elytron there are altogether ten 
parallel rows of punctures disposed as follows:—Between the 
suture and first costa one row; between first and second cost 
two rows; between second and third coste two rows; between 
third and fourth coste two rows; between fourth and lateral 
margin three rows. Underside smooth, shining, sparsely covered 
with brownish hairs; mentum, coxe, margins of the abdominal 
sternites, tibie and tarsi with brownish tinge; fourth joint of 
tarsus not longer than the third, claws more or less hidden in 
the thick pubescence of the underside of the tarsus. 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 573 


AGONIA CHERAPUNJIENSIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 2.) 


Elongate. Upperside subnitid, underside shining. Head, 
antenne, underside, legs, a longitudinal middle line on the 
pronotum and the scutellum black, elytra and the rest of the 
body fulvous, Three coste on each elytron. Three rows of 
punctures between the suture and the first costa. 

Length, from head to the apex of elytra, 14°5 mm.; antenna, 
6 mm.; pronotum, 3 mm. 

Locality.—Cherapunji, Assam, N.E. India (taken by J/rs. 
Somerset, 15. vii. 1907). 

Described from one example. 

Type in the British Museum. 


Text-figure 2. 


Oren ele OCn.escnoe maa 


maUstelsisicineparielpeuiel 
BOO CER CRERA ORE. 


5 
Cane 


lel 
oS 
Soo Se 


ELGG peley peas 
eSewistansiesne 


a 


PES 


Adae 
SPAS 


Agonia cherapunjiensis. X A. 


Head. Antenne moderately stout, basal joint short, second 
joint constricted at base, third joint longest, fourth joint shorter 
than third but longer than each of the following joints, fifth to 
seventh subequal, eighth to tenth equal but shorter than each 
of the preceding joints, eleventh joint bluntly pointed ; surface 
of all the joints except the third hairy and with elongate 
punctures. Clypeus much broader than long, apex produced 
into a process which passes beyond the interantennal space. 
Labrum rufescent, edges bristly. Mandibles broad, black, very 


574 MR. S. MAULIK ON 


powerful. Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, fulvous, hairy, fourth joint 
darker in colour and bluntly pointed. Labial palpi 3-jointed, 
fulvous, hairy, apex of second and third joints black, second joint 
dilated at the apex. Prothora« almost as long as broad, sides 
with a margin, a longitudinal broad black shining impunctate 
raised line in the middle, on each side of this line a raised 
impunctate surface. The surface of the pronotum is coarsely 
and broadly punctate, punctures becoming smaller near the base. 
Scutellum broader at base, apex rounded, black, impunctate. 
Elytra: length 11:5 mm.; slightly broadened at apex. Fulvous. 
Tricostate and punctate-striate. Between the suture and the 
first costa three rows of punctures throughout the whole length 
of the elytra; between the first and second costee the rows of 
punctures vary; for a length of 2°5 mm. just beyond the base 
there are four rows of punctures; five punctures in a transverse 
line can be counted because the rows are confused ; for a length 
of 2°5 mm. in the middle of the elytra three rows of punctures ; 
beyond this the number of rows is increased to four; at the apex 
it is again three. Between the second and third coste the rows 
of punctures are as follows :—From the smooth shming humeral 
callus up to the middle (for a length of 4°5 mm.) two and three 
rows of punctures; from the middle to the apex (except the 
extreme apex) four confused rows of punctures. Between the 
third costa and the lateral margin the rows of pwnctures may 
be stated as follows :—3, 2, 3, 4, 3. 
Legs and underside. Black, smooth, shming. 


AGONIA WALLACE! Baly. 

Gonophora wallacet Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 109; Waterhouse, 
Aid. Ident. Ins. ii. t. 153. f.’7; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. 
Genova, 1885, p. 165 and 1897, p. 55. 

3 examples. 

Locality.— Borneo (Shelford, 20. x. 1901). 


Range. Malacca, Sumatra. 


Genus GonopHora Baly. 


GoNoPHORA HAMORRHOIDALIS Weber, var. UNDULATA Weise. 

Hispa hemorrhoidalis. Weber; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, 
xa, IID, joe BUS 

4 examples. 

Locality.—Borneo (Shelford). 

Range. India and the Indo-Malay Penin. Region. 


GONOPHORA CHALYBEATA Baly. 

Gonophera chalybeata Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 115; Gestro, 
Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1885, p. 168; Bull. Soc. Ital. 
1902 (1903), p. 146. 

1 example. 

Locality.— Borneo (Shelford). 

Tt has also been reported from Singapore. 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES, 575 


GonopHora (LACHNISPA) MODIGLIANI Gestro. 

Gonophora (Lachnispa) modighianit Gest. Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. 
Genova, 1892, p. 793 and 1897, p. 65. 

1 example. | 

Locality.—Borneo (Shelford). 

Dr. Modigliani first took this species at Egano Island. 
Genus Hispenia Chap. 

HisPeLua arra Linné. . 

Hispella atra L.; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, xi. 1915, 
p. 375. 

1 example. 

Locality.— Palestine (Vristram). 

Range. Kurope, North Africa, Asia Minor, Turkistan. 


Genus Dacrytispa Ws. 

DACryYLISPA LONGICUSPIS Gest. 

Hispa longicuspis Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1897, 
p. 108, fig. 

1 example. 

Locality.—Sarawak, Borneo (Shelford, 1897). 

In the specimen before me the base of the elytra is not 
ferruginous. In other respects it agrees well with Dr. Gestro’s 
description. 

This species has a wide distribution, having been reported 
from Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo. 

DACTYLISPA BIPARTITA Guérin. 

HAispa bipartita Guérin in Duperrey Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. ii. 
1830, p. 141; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1897, 
p- 109, fig.; and Not. Leyd. Mus. xix. 1897, p. 175; Ritsema, 
Midden-Sumatra, iv. 1887, p. 180. 

2 examples. 

Locality.—Borneo (Shelford). 

It has been reported from Sumatra, Malacca, Java, and 
Borneo. 

DACTYLISPA MALAYANA (2) Gestro, 

Dactylispa malayana Gestro, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1909 (1910), 
p. 139. 

1 example. 

Locality.—Malay Penin. (Skeat Expedition, 20. xi. 1900). 

The species is identified from description. 


DAcryuisPaA FULVIPES (?) Motsch. 

Hispa fulvipes Motschulsky, Schrenck’s Reise Amur, ii. 1861, 
p. 2388; Gestro, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1902, p. 56. 

1 example. 

Locality.—Ceylon (/ryer). 

The species is identified from description. 


576 MR. S. MAULIK ON 


DACTYLISPA TRIFIDA (?) Chap. 

Hispida trifida (%) Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xx. 1877, 
p. 55; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1885, p. 176 and 
WSI5 0, SE 

l example. | 

Locality.—Sarawak (Shelford, 1897). 

This species has also a very wide distribution, having been 
reported from Malacca, Sumatra, and Java. The species is 
identified from description. ; 


Dacry.ispaA soror Weise. 

Dactylispa soror Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 134 and 
1905, p. 120. . 

examples. 

Locality.—Peradeniya, Ceylon (Fryer). 

The occurrence of this species in Ceylon is recorded here for 
the first time. The other locality where it has been taken is 
the Nilgiri Hills. 

Dacry.ispea spinosa (2?) Weber. 

Hispa spinosa Weber; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Caleutta, xi. 
1915, p. 379. 

1 example. 

Locality.—Borneo (Shelford). 

Range. Sumatra, Celebes. 

The species is identified from description. 


DAcryLisPA LEPTACANTHA Gestro. 

Hispa leptacantha Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1897 
p- 98; and Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1904 (1905), p. 151. 

5 examples. 

Locality.— Sarawak (Shelford, 1897). 

Range. Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo. 


? 


Genus Hispa L. 

Hispa PABRiIci Guér. 

Hispa fabricti Guérin in Duperrey Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. ii. 
1830, p. 140; and Icon. Régn. Anim., Ins. 1844, p. 268, t. 48. 
f. 3; Gestro, Ann, Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1885, p. 174. 

1 example. 

Locality.—New Britain (Willey, 1. iii. 1898). 

Range. New Guinea, New Pomerania, New Mecklenburg. 


Genus PLATYPRIA Gueér. 
PLATYPRIA ECHIDNA Guer. 
Platypria echidna Guerin, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 139; Gestro, 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. yar 


Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova) 1890, p. 246, fig., and 1897, 
p- 112; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, xi. 1915, p. 380. 


1 example. 

Locality.—Peradeniya, Ceylon (fryer). 

Range. Undia, Ceylon, Tonkin. 

PLATYPRIA HYSTRIX F. : 

Hispa hystrix Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Shisiis SS, jos WMO 


Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, xi. 1919, p. 381. 


t. 


Pp: 
p- 


1 example. 
Locality — Peradeniya, Ceylon (fryer). 
Range. India, Ceylon. 


CASSIDIN AA. 
Genus Himatripium F. 


HiIMAtipiIuM CAPENSE Herbst. 

Cassida capensis Herbst, Natursyst. Kat. iil, WAS oo Ale, 
IBv. tte IO, 

Himatidium comptum Perty, Delect. Anim. Bras. 1830-34, 
101, t. 20. f. 8; Guérin, Icon. Regn. Anim., Ins. 1844, 
286. 

Imatidium fasciatum Fabricius, Syst. El. 1. 1801, p. 346; 


Illiger, Mag. Ins. i. 1802, p. 392. 


f. 


t. 


Cassida fasciata Olivier, Ent. vis IOS, jo, Gils O05 te ©, 
100. 

Himatidium fasciatum Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 65, 
Mo to Ales 

4 examples. 

Locality. Amazons (Gosdinan, 1879). 

Range. Brazil, Bolivia, Ecuador, Peru. 


Genus Prioprera Hope. 


PRIOPTERA WESTERMANNI Mannh. 


Prioptera westermannt Mannerheim, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 


xvii. 1844, p. 864; Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 45. 


1 example. 
Locality.—Shan States, Burma, 23.111. 1905. 
Range. Assam, Tenasserim, Tonkin. 


PRIOPTERA OCTOPUNCTATA F, 
Cassida octopunctata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. 1787, p. 63; Ent. 


Syst. 1. 1792, p. 296; Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 395; Linné, Syst. Nat. 
ed. xiii, Gmel. 1787, i., iv. p. 1636; Olivier, Ene. méth. v. 1790, 
p- 382, and Ent. vi. 1808, p. 946; 97, t. 3. f. 38; Herbst, Natur- 
syst. Kaf. viii. 1799, p. 334. 


578 . MR. S. MAULIK ON 


Prioptera octopunctata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 55. 

Prioptera decempustulata, Boh. Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 55. 

Boheman distinguishes decempustulata from  octopunctata 
thus :—‘Statura et summa similitudo P. 8-punctate, seepe non- 
nihil major, antennis totis flavo-testaceis, elytris subtiliter, vage 
punctulatis, pectore nigro, ab illa bene distincta.” I have examined 
thirty-eight examples of decempustulata and octopunctata (Brit. 
Mus. Coll. & Camb. Univ. Coll.). In view of the material before 
me, I am in a position to state that the characters mentioned 
by Boheman to distinguish 10-pustulata from 8-punctata are 
untenable. These characters are merely individual variations. 
Moreover, the genus Prioptera is well known for the variability 
of its species. I therefore regard 10-pustulata as a synonym of 
8-punctata F. 

13 examples. 

Loeality.—Borneo (Shelford). 

Range. Malacca, Sumatra, Java, Siam. 


Genus Hristrcrt1a Boh. 


EPIsticTIA MATRONULA Boh. 


Lpistictia matronula Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 14; 
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1901, p. 49. 

1 example. 

Locality.—Ceylon (fryer). 

This species has been reported only from Ceylon. 


Genus Oma Spaeth. 


In discussing the scope and limits of several genera of the 
Cassidinie (Archiv f. Naturg. Ixxix. 1913, Abt. A. vi. p. 128), 
Dr. Spaeth erects the genus Oma for two species, viz., ae strosa 
Boh. and denticula Boh., which he separates from the genus 
Desmonota founded by Hope i in 1839 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) 
i. 1839, p. 97). The differences in the characters of Desmonota 
and Oma may be stated as follows :— 

Desmonota Hope.—The basal six joints of the antenne are 
shining, and very sparsely covered with scattered hairs. The 
apical five Joints are opaque and thickly covered with hair. The 
sixth joint is much shorter than the fifth and also the following 
joints. 

Oma Spaeth.— The basal five jomts of the antenne are shining 
and very sparsely covered with scattered hairs. The six apical 
joints are opaque, and thickly covered with hairs. The sixth 
joint is longer and thicker than the fifth joint and about equal 
in length to the following Ls 

Hope took Germar’s species Cassida platynota as the type of 
Desmonota and drew up a description of the generic characters. 
In doing so he was in considerable doubt, as will appear from 
the following extract from his remarks on the genus :—‘ The 


CRYPTOSYOME BEETLES. - 579 


species of this division require a very accurate examination ; 
none of my acquaintance accord altogether with the above 
generic characters; they require, therefore, further division ; 
the typical insect is from the- Brazils.” Boheman, the next 
writer on the genus who described monstrosa and denticula under 
Desmonota (Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, pp. 144 & 141), evidently did 
not examine the specimens carefully or he would have been 
struck with the differences in the structure of the antenne. 


OMA DENTICULA Boh., var. KRISHNA, n. 


The specimen before me agrees well with denticula, but the 
colour of the dorsal side is dark. As I cannot find any struc- 
tural difference, I make this specimen the type of the new 
variety krishna. 

Desmonota variolosa F., which is green in colour, has a similar 
dark variety. The occurrence of a dark variety in these allied 
genera is therefore not uncommon. 

Locality.—South America, 25.1. 94. 

It has been reported from Paraguay, Bolivia. 

Type of variety in the British Museum. 


Genus PRENEA Spaeth. 
PRENEA STRIGATA Panz. 


Cassida strigata Panzer in Voet’s Beschreib. u. Abb. hartsch. 
Ins. 1798, p. 81, t. 42. f. 10. 

‘Dolichotoma RUrigane Boheman, Mon. (Obeiel i, 1850, p. 202. 

Cassida similis Panzer, |. c. p. ‘81, igo ite WAC) 

8 examples. 

Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

ftange. Amazons, Ecuador. 


Genus OxynopeRA Hope. 
OXYNODERA COLLICULUS Boh. 


Dolichotoma colliculus Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 189. 


1 example. 
Locality — Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 
It has been reported from Para. 


Genus CanistTra Kr. 
CANISTRA IRRORATA Guerin. 


Oxynodera wrrorata Guérin, Icon. Réegne Anim., Ins. 1844, 
p- 289. 

Canistra irrorata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 168, 
Uo Ge le @ 

2 examples. 

Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

Range. Brazil, Misiones, Bolivia, Paraguay. 


580 MR. S. MAULIK ON 


Genus PsEUDOMESOMPHALIA Spaeth. 


PsEUDOMESOMPHALIA CHALYB#HA Germ. 
532, 


Cassida chalybea Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. 1824, p. 532 
Mesomphalia chalybea Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p- 248. 
1 example. 

razil. 


Range. Brazil, Paraguay. 


PsEUDOMESOMPHALIA DECEMGUTTATA Sturm. 

Cassida decemguttata Sturm, in Thon, Abbild. aus]. Ins. Kaf. 
1826-28, p. 2, t. 1. f. 3. | 

Mesomphalia decemguttata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, 
p. 321. . 

2 examples. 

Locality. — Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

Range. Columbia, Equatorial Brazil. 


PSEUDOMESOMPHALIA DISCOIDES Linné. 

Cassida discoides Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1758, p. 364; 
ede 125 7G", 1, 11. p. ofS); "edy 13,7Gmel i787, 1) iv. p. 1642. 

3 examples. 

Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

Range. Equatorial Brazil, Peru, Columbia, Venezuela, Ecuador. 

This has a very wide distribution. Since the time of Linné 
many writers have written about it, and it has received many 
names. Fora list of the literature and the synonyms I refer 
the reader to the Catalogue of Cassidine by Dr. Spaeth (Berlin, 
1914). 


Genus NromPHatLia Spaeth, 


NEOMPHALIA VULNERATA Boheman. 


Mesomphalia vulnerata Beheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 249. 
ab. subpustulata Boh. Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 250. 


1 example. 
Locality. —Brazil. 
NEOMPHALIA ADSPERSA Boheman. 


Mesomphalia adspersa Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, BP 305. 


2 examples. 
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 
Range. Paya, Brazil. 

Genus Pacinaspis Hope. 


P@cCILASPIS PANTHERINA Klug. 
Cassida pantherina Klug, Preisverz. 1829, p. 7. 


ORYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 581 


Pecilaspis pantherina Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 413. 
ab. dwodecimmaculata Boh. |. c. p. 414. 

5 examples. 

Locality.—Pilcomayo (J. Graham Kerr). 

Range. Brazil. 


PG@cILASPIS DECEMPUSTULATA Boheman. 


Pecilaspis decempustulata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, 
p. 416. 

1 example. 

Locality.—8. America, 25.1. 94. 

Boheman records it from Tucuman and Rio de la Plata. 


P@cILAsPiIs NERVOSA F. 


Cassida nervosa Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 405; Mlig. Mag, 
Ins. v. 1806, p. 228. 

Pecilaspis nervosa Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 286. 

15 examples. 

Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

Range. Brazil, Paraguay. 


Genus ANAcassis Spaeth. 
ANACASSIS CRIBRUM Klug. 
Cassida cribrum Klug, Preisverz. 1829, p. 8. 
Mesomphalia cribrum Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 356. 
2 examples. 
Locality.— Brazil. 

Genus SELENIS Hope. 

SELENIS SPINIFEX Linné. 


Cassida spinifex Linné, Ameen. Acad. vi. 1763, p. 392; Syst. 
Waits Ctl WA, IWO%G ts itl fs BMGs eck 1B, smell Ue Tay ihy 
p. 1638. 

3 examples. 

Locality.—South America, 25.1. 94. 

This is a very common insect. Many writers have written 
about it. I refer the reader to Spaeth’s Catalogue, p. 52. 

Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. p. 99, distinguishes S. nebulosa 
thus :—“S. spinifex minus lata, magis convexa, prothoracis et 
humerorum structura, nec non elytris apice sub-rotundatis, ab illa 
abunde distincta.” Having examined 28 examples of nebulosa 
and spinifex in the collection of the British Museum, I am of 
opinion that they must be regarded as the same species and 
that characters mentioned by Boheman cannot distinguish them. 


Genus EcHoma Spaeth. 


EcHoMA NORMALIS Germar. 
Cassida normalis Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. 1824, p. 538. 


582 MR. 8. MAULIK ON 


Omoplata normalis Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854, p. 104. 

Cassida suturalis Olivier, Enc. méth, v. 1790, p. 385; Ent. vi. 
1808, p. 942; 97, +. 4. f. 95 (nec F.). 

2 examples. 

These are without locality-labels, but it is a well-known 
Brazilian species. 


yenus OMASPIDES Boh. 


OMASPIDES CLATHRATA L. (var. @). 


1 example. 

Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

This is a common insect. It has also been reported from 
Dutch Guiana and Cayenne. 


Genus CHELYMORPHA Boh. 


CHELYMORPHA MARGINATA L. 


2 examples. 
Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 
Range. Cayenne, Brazil. 


CHELYMORPHA VARIOLOSA Oliv. 


Cassida variolosa Olivier, Enc. méth. v. 1790, p. 385; Ent. vi. 
ISO [D5 Qitehs Ola ts A. ts Bil aie, Sz, Gs” 

1 example. 

Loeality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

Range. Para, Cayenne. 


Genus Puysonota Boh. 


PHysonora ALUTACEA Boh., var. CYRTODES. 


Physonota alutacea Boheman, Mon, Cassid, ii. 1854, p. 192; 
Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. vi. (2) 1885-94 (1894), 
p. 166. 

2 examples. 

Locality.— Mexico (Gadow). é 

Range. Central America, Columbia, Venezuela, Mexico. 


Genus Baronora Hope. 


Hope erected the genus Batonota (spine-backed) in 1839. 
He did not draw up any synoptical table of the allied genera. 
The remarkable dorsal prolongation of the elytra into a double 
spine led him to found this genus. He took bidens F. as the type, 
but at the same time he included Cassida truncata of Fabricius, 
which has no spine, in Batonota. Later authors did not question 
this inclusion of truncata F.: thus at present the genus is com- 
posed of 42 species of heterogeneous insects which obviously 
fall into at least three genera. Out of the 42 species 34 are 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 


583 


represented in the British Museum Collection, and these I have 


examined. 


A. Scutellum trapezoidal. 


The genus Latonota may be divided as follows :— 


1. The elytra produced into a long dorsal double . 
spine, the lateral sides of the elytra concave at 


the middle ............... 


1’. The elytra not produced into a long spine, dor- 
sally gibbous, the lateral sides of the elytra 
convex or straight, more explanate sev 


Batonota Hope. 


Akantaka*, gen. nov. 


A’, Scutellum triangular. Insects small, ovate; elytra 


dorsally more or less gibbous, deeply punctate 


Trikona {, gen. nov. 


The species are distributed as follows :— 


Genus Baronora. 
bidens ¥. 
nigra Boh. 
monoceros Germ. 
pugionata Germ. 
pugnax Boh. 
cornigera Boh. 
mucronata Boh. 
aurita Boh. 
parallela Blanch. 
ensifera Boh. 
spinosa Boh. 
apiculata Boh. 
aculeata Boh. 
yucatana Champ. 
nodosa Boh. 
*rufomarginata Wegenr. 
*rugosa Weenr. 
*minima Wegenr. 
*bellicosa Boh. 


Genus TRIKONA. 
turrifera Boh. 
humeralis Oliv. 
lerouxi Boh. 


Genus AKANTAKA. 
Junesta Boh. 
truncata Fab. 
peregrina Boh. 
godmani Baly. 
viridisignata Boh. 
exaltata Fab. 
dejeani Boh. 
bivittipennis Boh. 
rufoornata Baly. 
kiesenwetteri Boh. 
collaris Baly. 
tenebrosa Boh. 
distincta Baly. 
sexplagiata Wegenr. 
biplagiata Champ. 
insidiosa Boh. 
*kunzei Boh. 
*marginevittata Wegenr. 

*eneocincta Spaeth. 

*fasciata Wegenr. 


In the above list I have not seen the species marked with an 


asterisk, but I have placed them in their respective genera with 
the help of Wagener’s table (Mitt. Miinch. Ent. Ver. v. 1881, 
p- 44). Batonota nodosa Boh. appears to be an intermediate 
form. The shape of the body is similar to some forms of 
Akantaka, but. the double spine on the back (which is rather 
short) decides its position in Batonota. 


AKANTAKA RUFOORNATA Baly, var. AMAZONENSIS, n. 


1 example. 

I have examined six specimens of the species including the 
type. They are all from Nicaragua. The present example is 
the Brazilian variety of this species. Var. awmazonensis is (1) 
larger, (2) the lateral sides of the elytra are more convex at the 


+ Akantaka is a Sanskrit word meaning “without thorn.” 
{ Trikona is a Sanskrit word meaning “triangular.” 


584 MR. 3. MAULIK ON 


posterior angles, (3) the rufous spots on the explanate margin 
of the elytra are much smaller. 

Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

Type of variety in the British Museum. 


Genus AspipomorPHA Hope. 


ASPIDOMORPHA MILIARIS F. 


Cassida miliaris Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 91. 
Aspidomorpha miliaris Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1854, p. 261 
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1896, p. 16; Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. 
Hung. i. 19038, p. 1388; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. ix. 1913, p. 110. 

3 examples. 
Locality.—Malay Penin. (Skeat Hapedition, 30. xi. 1900). 


Range. Philippine Is., Sunda Is., New Guinea, India, Yunnan, 
Tonkin. 


ASPIDOMORPHA TECTA Boh. 


Aspidomorpha tecta Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 276; 
Weise in Voeltzkow, Reise Ostafrika, Chrysomel. 1910, p. 451. 
4 examples. 


ASPIDOMORPHA PUNCTUM F. 


Cassida punctum Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 404. 

Aspidomorpha punctum Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854, 
p. 281; Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 1. 1903, p. 151. 

1 example. 

Locality.— Matador. 

Range. New Guinea, Papua Is., North Australia. 

It is a variable species. 


ASPIDOMORPHA INQUINATA Boh. 

Aspidomorpha inquinata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854, 
p. 309. 

1 example. 

Locality.— New Britain (4. Willey). 

Hitherto it has been recorded from the Andamans and 
Tenasserim only. This species probably has a very wide 
range. 


ASPIDOMORPHA AUSTRALASIA Boisd. 


Aspidomorpha australasie Boisd. Faune Ent. Océanie (Astro- 
labe), 1. 1835, p. 5387; Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 308 ; 
Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 1. 1903, p. 147. 

1 example. 

Locality.—Solomon Islands (Willey). 

Range. New Guinea. 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES, 685 


ASPIDOMORPHA ASSIMILIS Boh. 


Asptdomorpha assimilis Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 314; 
Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xli. 1904, p. 75. 

1 example. 

Locality.—Malay Penin. (Skeat Haxpedition, 30. xi. 1900). 

Range. Java, Sumatra. 


ASPIDOMORPHA CINCTA F, 


Cassida cincta Fabricius, Spec. Ins. i. 1781, p. 109; Mant. Ins. 
1.1787, p.63; Ent. Syst.i.1792, p. 295; Syst. Hl. i. 1801, p. 392; 
Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. 13, Gmel. 1787, i., iv. p. 1637; Herbst, 
Natursyst. Kaf. vii. 1799, p. 331; Klug, Erman’s Reise, 1835, 
p. 47. 

Aspidomorpha cincta Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 251 ; 
Wollaston, Col. Hesp. 1867, p. 154. 

3 examples. 

Localities.—Zomba, Nyasaland (Cameron, 25.iv. 1900); British 
Central Africa, 6. vi. 1908; Durban (/’. WZuir, 1902). 


ASPIDOMORPHA NATALENSIS Boh. 


Aspidomorpha natalensis Boheman, Mon, Cassid. ii. 1854, 
p. 303. 

1 example. 
~ Locality.—Zomba (Cameron, 25, iv. 1900). 


ASPIDOMORPHA QUINQUEFASCIATA F, 


Cassida quinguefasciata Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 401 ; 
Klug, Erman’s Reise, 1835, p. 47. 

Aspidomorpha quinquefasciate Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, 
p. 250. 

1 example. 

Locality.— Nyasaland, 6. vi. 1908. 

Range. Central and West Africa, Réunion. 

There is very little difference between A. quinque-fasciata F. 
and A. ludibunda Boh. I am inclined to think that they are the 
same species, particularly in view of the fact that the species 
of Aspidomorpha are extremely variable. 


ASPIDOMORPHA AMABILIS Boh. 

Aspidomorpha amabilis Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854, p. 315; 
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 104. 

Cassida micans Ol. Ent. vi. 1808, p. 960; 97, t. 5. f. 83 (nec F.). 

Locality.—Java. 

Range. India, Burma, Java, Sumatra, Ceylon. 


ASPIDOMORPHA FURCATA Thunb. 

Cassida furcata Thunberg, Nov. Ins. Spec. v. 1789, p. 87, t. 2. 
f. 96; Herbst, Natursyst. Kaf. viii. 1799, p. 265, t. 132. f 7 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. X LI. 41 


586 MR. S. MAULIK ON 


Cassida dorsata O). Kune. méth. v. 1790, p. 386; Ent. vi. 1808, 
VOW (te oi eosmec shl)). 

Caussida micans Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 398. 
Aspidomorpha micans, Boh, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 313. 


p- 


1 example. 
Locality.—Formosa (ea coll, G. A. Crotch). 
Range. South China, India, Sunda Is. 


ASPIDOMORPHA DULCICULA Boh. 


Aspidomorpha dulcicula Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iv. 1862, 
p- 278; Spaeth, Sarawak Mus. Journ. 1, 1912, p. 117; Maulik, 
Ree. Ind. Mus. ix. 1913, p. 112, 

4 examples. 

Locality —Borneo (Shelford). 

Range. Sumatra, Borneo. 


ASPIDOMORPHA ST, CRUCIS F. 

Cassida st. crucis Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iv. $792, App. p. 446 ; 
Syst. El. 1. 1801, p. 401. 

Aspidomorpha st. crucis Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1854, 
p. 287, t. 6. f, B; Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p..102; Maulik, 
Ree. Ind. Mus: ix. 19135"p. 111. 

5) examples. 

Loeality.—Java (2, Mui), Malay Penin. (Skeat Hapedition, 
S0sxaI OOO) 


Genus CoNCHYLOCTENIA Spaeth. 


In his recent Catalogue of the Cassidine (Berlin, 1914) 
Dr. Spaeth has entirely omitted Boheman’s species Cassida 
nigrovittata (Boh. Mon. Cassid. 1. 1854, p. 341). There are 
two examples, including the type, in the British Museum which 
Bohemaw records from Calcutta. I have seen a third example 
in Mr. Andrewes’ collection which is from Chota Nagpur, India. 
The examination of these specimens reveals the fact that they 
cannot belong to the genus Cassida. But they agree well with 
the characters of Conchyloctenia as defined by Spaeth (Ann. 
Soc. Ent. Belg. 1902, p. 449). In the form of the body the 
species resembles the t¢grina group; the tibie are also sulcate on 
the external side; migrovittata, therefore, must come under 
Conchyloctenia. It is interesting to note that all the species 
recorded under Conchytoctenta are found in Africa. This 
species therefore extends the distributton of the genus to the 
Oriental region. 


CONCHYLOCTENIA TIGRINA Ol, 

Cassida tigrina Olivier, Ent. vi. 1808, p. 957; 97, t. 5. f. 78; 
Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854, p. 336. 

2 examples. 


Locality.—8. Africa (Mf. Wilinan). 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 587 


Genus Hyzosinora Spaeth. 


FHivBosINOTA TURRIGERA Boh. 


Cassida turrigera Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iv. 1862, p. 283. 
Hybosinota turrigera Spaeth in Sjostedt, Zool. Exped. Kili- 


mandj. I. 1910, Abt. 7, p. 283. 


p: 


Asphalisia tuta Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Ixx. 1904, i. p. 172. 


1 example. 
Locality.—Lourengo Marques (7, Muir, 10. vii. 1900). 
Range. Zanzibar, Bechuanaland. 


Genus Laccorrera Boh. 


LAcCOPTERA QUADRIMACULATA Thunb. 
Cassida quadrimaculata Thunberg, Nov. Ins. Spec. v. 1789, 


. 86, t. 5. £. 94. 


2 examples. 
Locality.—Formosa (ex coll. G. k. Crotch). 
Range. South China, India, Andaman Is. 


Genus SILANA Spaeth. 


SILANA FARINOSA Boh. 


Cassida farinosa Boheman, Cat. Col. Ins. Brit. Mus. ix, 1856, 
146 ; and Mon. Cassid. iv. 1862, p. 350. 


3 examples. 
Locality.—Maha Ilupalama, Ceylon (J. C. FP. Hryer, 11. 1912). 
This species has been reported from Ceylon only. 


Genus Cassipa L. 


CASSIDA DECIPIENS Spaeth. 
Cassida decipiens Spaeth, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1906, 


Bish) 


1 example. 
Locality.—Zomba (Cameron, 25. iv. 1900). 
Spaeth reports it from Mashonaland. 


Genus CurripA Chap. 


Curiripa cRrucrATA L. 
Coptocycla cruciata Boh. Mon. Cassid. 111. 1855, p. 396, 
Chirida cruciata Chapuis, Gen. Col. xi. 1875, p. 405. 


1 example. 
Locality. —Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 
Range. Argentina, Brazil. 


41# 


D88 MR. S. MAULIK ON 


CHIRIDA SCALARIS Weber. 


Cassida scalaris Weber, Observ. Ent. i. 1801, p. 51; Fabricius, 
Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 391; ‘Olivier, Ent. vi. 1808, p- 967 ; 97, t. 6. 
1 Geb. 


Coptocycla scalaris Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 124. 
Metriona scalaris Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1897, p. 107. 


2 examples. 
Loeality.—Malay Penin, (Skeat Haxpedition, 30. xi. 1899). 
Range. India and Indo-Malay region. 


Genus THLAspipa Weise. 
THLASPIDA FORMOS& Spaeth. 
Thlaspida formose Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. xi. 1913, 
p- 46; and Suppl. Ent, iii. 1914, p. 16. 


1 Senate. 
Locality.— Formosa, (ex coll. G. R. Crotch), 


Genus THLASPIDOSOMA Spaeth. 
THLASPIDOSOMA DOHRNI, Spaeth. 
Thlaspidosoma dohrni Spaeth, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Ixii, 1901, p. 5; 
and Sarawak Mus, Journ. i. 1912, p. 119. 
4 examples. 
Locality.— Borneo (Shelford, 20.x. 1901). 
Range. Sumatra, 


2 


Genus. THLASPIDOMORPHA Spaeth. 
THLASPIDOMORPHA BALYI Boh. 
Coptocycla balyi Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1855, p. 403. 


1 example. 


Locality.—Ceylon (H. H. W. Pearson). 


Genus. RHococassis Spaeth. 
RHOCOCASSIS FLAVOPLAGIATA Baly. 


Coptocycla flavoplagiata Baly, Journ. Ent. ii. 1863, p. 102. 

Metriona flavoplagiata Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905, 
p. 125. 

8 examples, 

Locality.—Borneo (Shelford). 

Range, Sumatra, Siam. 


Genus Coprecycza Boh. 
CoprocycLa PLACIDA (2) Boh, 


Coptocycla placida Boheman, Mon, Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 415. 
1 example. 


CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 589 


Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1897). 
Identified from description. It has also been reported from 
Cayenne, ‘Guiana. 


Genus MeErriona Weise. 


Merriona gupaica F. 

Coptocycla judaica Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iti. 1855, p. 293 ; 
Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. vi. (2) 1885-94, p. 209. 

3 examples. 

Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

Range. 8. America, Panama. 


METRIONA CiIRcUMDATA Herbst. 

Coptocycla circumdata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 279. 

Metriona circwumdata Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. i. 1903, 
p- 128; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, ix. 1913, p. 114. 

1 example. 

Locality.—New Britain (A. Willey, 1. iii. 1898). 

Range. India, Indo-China, Philippine Is., Celebes. 


Genus Caripotis Boh. 


CHARIDOTIS ABRUPTA Boh. 

Charidotis abrupta Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 11, 
iy (la io 1B, 

15 examples. 

Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

Range. Brazil, Venezuela, Cayenne, Guiana. 


Genus Crenocuira Chap. 


CTENOCHIRA GEMINA Boh. 

Coptocycla gemina Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 455. 
1 example. 

Locality.— Amazons (Goodmun, 1879). 

It has also been reported from Para. 


CTENOCHIRA PLECTA Er. 

Cassida plecta Erichson, Arch. f. Naturg, xii. 1847, p. 154. 
Coptocycia plecta Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 505. 
1 example. 

Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879). 

It has also been reported from Peru. 


i noi 9 io fk serena ‘baplalel 
a iinet walt fants is ee prac i) 


i 


ik ‘Sein een ae eiiheoene 
ince! cena te dente — 


4 jet i, Wa ear rh 


5 ai. peas: dnpemeint 
i f me ae 2 


ON FOSSORIAL WASPS. 59] 


29. Notes oni the Wasps of the Genus Pison, and some 
allied Genera. By Rowzayp EH. Turner, F.ZS., 


[Received June 5, 1916: Read October 24, 1916. ] 


INDEX. 
Page Page 
SYSTEMATIC: 

Pison ashmeadi, nom. nov. for Pison pulchrinum, sp.n. Australia 613 
P. punctulatus Ashm. (nec P. strennium, sp. 0. 2 606 
punctulatum Koll) ............ 625'| P. wollastoni, sp.n. St. Helena. 624 

P. dives, sp. n. Australia... 608 | P.inequale,sp.n. KE. Africa.. 623 

P. congener, sp. 0. mo fon ORL, I) He Cece) WeageenTs; sp. 1 n. 

P. exornatum, sp. 0. Sp gan IIA! Nigeria... 618 

P. exultans, sp. n. teen, CHE) IZ, (23) differe ens, ‘Sp. n, Assam... 617 

P. inconspicuum, sp.n. 4,  ... 612 | Aulacophilus jansoni, sp. Xn. Ni- 

P. fraterculus, sp. n. moo OO caragua.. .. 692 

P. lutescens, sp. n. m coo WO! || Tigo letus Sm. to Scapheutes cox (B28) 

P. mandibulatum,sp.n. 5,  ... 605 | P. flavipictus Sm. to Scapheuies. 629 

P.meridionale,sp.n. 4,  ... 611 | P. pilosus Sm. to Pisonopsis ...... 629 

Key to the Genera most nearly allied to Pison. 
1. Mandibles excised on the outer pee pan seoccasgecoeosoensancasn  UeasenaraCIS VOR 

Mandibles not excised.. 2. 


. Abdomen with a long petiole ; “mesopleurze ‘coarsely longi- 
tudinally striated ....... ... Aulacophilus Sm. 
Abdomen without a lone petiole ; ‘mesopleuree not striated... Pison Jur. 


iss} 


The petiole in Aulacophilus is formed by the first sternite, 
distinguishing the genus clearly from those species of Pison in 
which the abdomen is subpetiolate through the narrowing of the 
first tergite to the base, 


Genus AvLACOPHILUS Sm. 


Key to the Species of Aulacophilus. 


1. First recurrent nervure received distinctly before the 
apex of the first cubital; the slender petiole of the 
first segment, as far as the apex of the dorsal sulcus, ; 
longer than the hind trochanterand femur combined. A. ewmenoides Diicke. 

First recurrent nervure interstitial with the first trans- 
verse cubital nervure; the slender petiole of the first 
segment as far as the apex of the dorsal sulcus shorter 
than the hind trochanter and femur combined .. 

2. Petiole to the end of the sulcus no longer than the hind 
femur: posterior ocelli distinctly further from the 
eyes than from each other; three basal joints of 
FVMETNNED NEINCLEADTODIS <2 con. os sub oon endogu potaey saan gaged A. vespoides Sm. 

Petiole to the end of the sulcus longer than the hind 
femur: posterior ocelli equidistant from the eyes and 
from each other; antenne wholly black ............... A. jansowi Turn, 


i) 


1. AvLacopHitus EUMENOorDES Diicke. 

Aulacophilus eumenoides Diicke, Zeitschr. Hym. Dipt. iv. p. 97 
(1904), 9 

This isat once distinguished from the two other species by 
the longer and more slender petiole, the slender portion of which 


592 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


is distinctly longer than the posterior trochanter and femur com- 
bined ; the second segment is gradually narrowed at the base as 
in jan: soni, not broad at the junction with the first segment as in 
vespoides ; the posterior ocelli are as tar from each other as from 
the eyes, which are nearer to each other both on the vertex and 
the clypeus than in the two other species. 

Hab. Obidos, Amazon (Dicke), November, 


2. AULAGOPHILUS VESPOIDES Sm. 


Aulacophilus vespoides Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 305 
(keto); Qe 

The petiole is more abruptly and strongly swollen at the apex 
than in either of the other species, the linear portion shorter, 
and the second segment very much broader at the base. The 
median segment is shorter than in jansoni, and the eyes further 


apart on the vertex ; the colour of the legs and antenne is also 
different. 


Hab. Brazil (Swainson). 


3. AULACOPHILUS JANSONI, Sp. n. 


2. Nigra; opaca; segmento primo petiolo, calcariisque ferru- 
gineis ; alis subhyalinis ; costa late fusco-hyalina, venis ferru- 
gineis. 

Long. 10 mm. 

@. Head, thorax, and median segment very finely and closely 
punctured, the frontal sulcus distinct, but very delicate ; posterior 
ocelli as far from the eyes as from each other, the eyes about 
half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on the vertex. 
Antenne short, much thickened towards the apex ; second joint 
of the flagellum nearly as long as the first and third combined. 
Mesopleurz very coarsely and closely horizontally striated, the 
area immediately below the tegule much more finely striated. 
Dorsal surface of the median segment about half as long again 
as the scutellum and postscutellum combined, the median sulcus 
distinct, the sides of the segment almost smooth, not irregularly 
obliquely striated on the upper part as in vespordes ; the apical 
slope obscurely transversely striated, with a deep median sulcus. 
Petiole of the first abdominal segment a little longer than the 
hind femur; the swollen apical portion about twice as long as 
its apical breadth, much more slender and elongate than in 
vespoides ; second segment gradually narrowed to the base; the 
third, fourth, and fifth segments with a narrow, dull brown, 
apical band. Second abscissa of the radius fully as long as the 
distance between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus; first 
recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital 
nervure ; transverse median nervure interstitial with the basal 
nervure. 

. Hab. Ohontales, Nicaragua (Janson). 

Differs from vespoides as noticed under that species : in the key. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 59 


vs 


Genus Pison Jur. 


Alyson Spinola, Ins. Ligur. 11. 4, p. 253 (1808) (nec Jurine). 

Pison (Jurine) Spinola, Ins. Ligur. i. 4, p. 255 (1808). 

Tachybulus Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 75 (1809). 

Nephridia Brullé, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ii. p. 408 (1833). 

Pisonitus Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii. p. 79 (1837). 

Pisonoides Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool. ii. p. 104 (1857) 
(subgenus). 

Parapison Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 298 (1869) (= Pi- 
sonoides). 

Pseudonysson Rad. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 104 (1876). 
Paraceramius Rad. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xxi. p. 432 (1887) 
(= Pisonoides). 

Taranga W. ¥F. Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 201 
(1884). 

Pisum Schulz, Spolia Hymen. p. 212 (1906). 


The genus is very widely distributed, being found in almost 
all tropical and warm temperate countries, though it does not 
extend into the northern portions of the temperate zone. But 
the number of species in the different portions of its range is 
most uneven : out of one hundred and nine species catalogued fifty 
are from Australia, seventeen from the Austro-Malayan and 
various insular regions, thirteen from the Oriental, nine from the 
Palearctic, nine from the Ethiopian, and eleven from the Ameri- 
can regions. In my opinion, this distribution points to the 
genus being in a declining state, the majority of the species 
being from Australia or from island areas where the competition 
is likely to be less keen; the number of species on the large 
continental areas is not great, nor are individuals particularly 
numerous. Such of the species as have been observed build mud 
nests in holes in wood, key-holes, or similar situations, stocking 
their nests with small spiders, which are paralysed by stinging. 
Owing to these habits the species are easily transported on ships, 
giving rise to a considerable extension of range in several species, 
such as P. spinole and P. argentatus. 

The genus has been divided into subgenera according to the 
neuration, but these subgenera are in no way natural; Pisonoides 
Sm., which must replace the later and more generally used 
Parapison Sm., has the second cell absent, but the species are 
not all nearly related to each other, and I have seen specimens 
of Pison in which the second cubital cell is absent on one side 
and present, though of small size, on the other side. Pisonitus 
Shuck., which is distinguished by the reception of the second 
recurrent nervure close to the middle of the second cubital cell, 
is difficult to separate with any certainty owing to variation in 
the position of this nervure in some species of Pison, as in 
P. xanthopus Brullé. The size of the second cubital cell is 
subject to much variation in many species of Pison and cannot 
be relied on for specific distinctions. 


594 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


The present paper is founded on the collection of the British 
Museum, which contains nearly all the described Australian 
species, to which Iam able to give a key, but owing to numerous 
gaps in the collection from other regions, J cannot give a key to 
the whole genus, but only to the species from certain regions. 
The sexual | differences are not usually great, consisting of a dif- 
ference in the shape of the anterior margin of the clypeus, and 
usually in an increase in the distance between the eyes in the 
male. But several species, such as insigne Sickm., regalis Sm., 
tuberculatus Sm., and iridipennis Sm., have carine or tubercles 
on the ventral seoments of the male, and algiricum Kohl and 
Senestratus Sm. show a dilatation of some of the joints of the 
flagellum in the male. 

The species which I have not seen are indicated by an 
asterisk. 


Key to the Ethiopian Species of Pison (including those from 
St. Helena, Mascarene, and Seychelles Islands). 


1. Two cubital cells (Pisonoides)........ 2. 
Three cubital cells, very rarely with only. two on one 
side (Pison) ...... By 
2. Legs, except the coxe, -ferrnginous ; first recurrent 
nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital [(Seychelles.) 
nervure..... . P. isolatum Turn. 


Tarsi and fore tibiae testaceous, the rest of the lees 
almost entirely black; first recurrent nervure re- 


ceived before the apex ‘of the first cubital cell ...... P. testaceipes Turn. 
3. Second recurrent nervure received close to the middle 
of the second cubital cell ............ P. argentatus Shuck. 
Second recurrent nervure received near the apex ‘of ((Mauritius.) 
the second cubital cell or interstitial with the 
second transverse cubital nervure ...... A, 
4. The whole dorsal surface of the median segment 
obliquely striated ........ Bi 
Dorsal surface of the median ‘segment at most with a 
few oblique strize at the base ...... 6. 
5. Striz of median segment strong ; the male. with the 
apical abdominal segments ferruginous red ......... P. xanthopus Brullé. 
Striw of median segment very close and delicate; 
abdomen entirely black .. : . P. denticeps Cam. 
6. Sides of the median segment (mesopleure) ‘strongly 
Ololbigqural ye HPEMHACL Co odoascnconrcb coedon nec ode ooo saa veo ces ase P. clypeatus Cam. 
Sides of the median segment punctured or smooth, 
at most with a few delicate strize at the base ...... Ue 
7. Median segment smooth and shining, except in the [ (Seychelles. ) 
median sulcus and on the posterior slope ............. P. speculare Turn. 
Median segment more or less strongly punctured... 8. 
8. Sides of median segment delicately striated at the 
base ........ bevetstessescseeses.. EP. transvaalensis Cam. 
Sides of median segment punctur Cae Mire ee ne Sh 
9. Abdomen smooth and shining, with only microscopic 
punctures; median segment very coarsely ee [ (St. Helena.) 
punctured ...... .. P.wollastoni Turn. 


Abdomen closely ‘and distinctly “punctur ed, more 
strongly on the basal than on the apical porate 


median segment less coarsely punctured ............ 10. 
10. Seeond cubital cell minute, or even obsolete on one 
SHED: coacaoe sopodooeoooasodasaaeodsecpenonues es duccgnate: hart. 


Second cubital cell normal. acetic tee teeta hicn ee cieR 1, 


11. 


bo 


6. 


10. 


bo 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 


Apical dorsal cere smooth ..... ; 
Apical dorsal cements closely and ‘distinctly pune- 
tured 


. Posterior ocelli as far, or - further, ‘from the eyes as 


from each other .. ; 
Posterior ocelli nearer t to the eyes “than to each ‘other. 


595 
P. montanus Cam. 
12° 


P. allonymum Schulz. 
P. rhodesianum Bisch. 


Key to aie Species of Pison inhabiting British India. 


. Two cubital cells (Pisonoides) 


Three cubital cells (Pison) . 


. First abdominal segment petiolate, Jong and 1 narrow, 


the apical breadth not more than one-third of that 
of the second segment ......- 

First segment not petiolate or “elongate, “the apical 
breadth more than half of that “of the second 
segment ...... 


é Legs, except the ¢ coxe, », entirely light ferruginous: 


Less either wholly piceous or with the tibiz only 
ferruginous .. 


. Legs wholly piceous lt 


Tibie. almost entirely dull ferruginous repos 
Posterior slope of median segment finely striated on 
the apical half ; 

Posterior slope of median segment finely, punctured . 
Second recurrent nervure received before two-thirds 
from the base of the second cubital cell... eat 
Second recurrent nervure received just betore the 
apex of the second cubital cell, or interstitial with 

the second transverse cubital nervure 


. Front minutely punctured ; a well-defined transverse 


impressed line behind the posterior ocelli .. 
Front coarsely punctured ; no distinct impressed Ii line 
behind the posterior ocelli 


. Pubescence of abdominal fascia eolden ; ; “median s seg- 


ment coarsely longitudinally striated, the striz 
not curved . 

Pubescence of abdominal ‘seements whitish, if pre- 
sent; striz of median segment curved or absent .. 


. Median segment strongly obliquely striated, without 


punctures oe 

Median segment punctured, ‘with or : without a 1 few 
curved striz 

Median segment with a few curved ‘strize ; “wings 
hyaline... neseuor 

Median sezment ‘without “strive “wings ‘infuscate, 
the apical margin broadly darker 


oN 


P. obliteratus Sm. 
3. 

P. erythropus Kohl, 
4, 


P. agilis Sm. 
5. 


. rothneyt Cam. 
. differens Turn. 


We 


id 


8. 
P. argentatus Shuck. 


P. rugosus Sm. 


P. kohlii Bingh. 
9 
P. punctifrons Shuck. 
10. pe 


P. orientale Cam. 


P. fasciatus Rad. 


Key to the Australian Species of Pison. 


. Two cubital cells (Pisowoides) .......2. 2-001. se ene eee eee 


Three cubital cells (Rison) . 


. First abdominal seg ae elongate, ‘strongly narrowed 


to the base ....... er ahe cide 
First abdominal segment not elongate Dae eres Miya 


. Second cubital cell pointed on the dine eae 


Second abscissa of the radius at least half as long as 
the first transverse cubital nervure.. 


. Abdomen almost entirely ferruginous .. Dees debcaconondan 


Abdomen black, the apical margins of the segments 
sometimes dull brown with golden pubescence 


. Median segment slender, longer than the breadth in 


the middle; eyes as far apart on the vertex as on 
the clypeus .. 

Median seement not slender, ‘shorter than the breadth 
in the middle; eyes further apart on the clypeus 
than on the vertex , aceasta 


Sis 
P. icarioides Turn. 


P. difficile Turn. 
5. 


P. pertinax Turn. 


P. evythrogastrum Rohw. 


596 


MR. R. E, TURNER ON 


6. Slender species; abdomen entirely black, without 
DUDES COICO iB errs Meter Oe orale sta ioe SORE oa 
More robust species ; apical margin of abdominal 
segments dull brown, clothed with dull fulvous 
pubescence sab sa citae sane uevisitie cle vSeeietslonsicaiaracs 

7. Legs more or less ferruginous Mesteiecisise Seals sencasalsecteesiee: 
Legs hlackeetarsianelylMbeOuse--sessseeeeeeseeeteccees 

8. Antenne, trochanters, and femora ferruginous ; ner- 


10. 
ili 


13. 


14. 


16. 


io 


18. 


19. 


vures testaceous . 
Antenne, trochanters, and femora ‘Dlack ; 1 nervures 
Posto kes tre cov atinape aac Sectian ease nentlcieee aecee te cee eee eae 


. Cubital margin of the second cubital cell scarcely or 


not at all longer than the first transverse cubital 
nervure. 

Cubital margin “of the second cubital cell ‘much 
longer than the first transverse cubital nervure ... 

Tarsi Tuteous ; wings strongly iridescent ............... 

Tarsi black; wings very feebly iridescent ............... 

With a small triangular enclosed space at the base 
of the median segment; clypeus broadly rounded 
at apex.. 

Without an enclosed ; space ‘at the base of the median 
segment; clypeus produced on the middle of the 
apical margin. 


2. Thorax, abdomen, ‘legs, and antenne testaceous, head 


only "black ; second recurrent nervure received 
before the middle of the second cubital cell ......... 

Thorax always black; second recurfent nervure re- 
ceived at or beyon the middle of the second 
cubital cell . if 

Second recurrent nervure e received at the middle of 
the second cubital cell; first recurrent received 
well before the apex of the first cubital cell ..:...... 

Second recurrent nervure received either near the 
apex of the second cubital cell or close to the base 
of the third cubital cell, or interstitial with the 
second transverse cubital nervure 

Abdomen and antennez black ......... 0.0.00... 0c cee eee eee 

Abdomen and antenne more or less ferruginous ...... 


. Entirely black; with a continuous impressed tyans- 


verse line behind the posterior ocelli ........ 

Legs ferruginous, the impressed line behind ‘the pos- 
ter ior ocelli interrupted... 

Pubescence of the clypeus a and front golden ; ; ‘distance 
separating the eyes on the clypeus more than half 
as great again as that separating them on the 
vertex oaaes 

Pubescence of the cly: peus ‘and front whitish ; ‘dis- 
tance separating the eyes on the clypeus much 
less than half as great again as that pees 
them on the vertex ; 

Second ventral segment shining, ‘almost or ‘entirely 
impunctate ....... 

Second ventral segment ‘closely ‘and more or less dis- 
tinctly punctured . 

Third and fourth joints of the ‘flagellum ‘strongly 
dilated beneath . 

Third and fourth joints of the flagellum not dilated. 

OF slender build; entirely black; median segment 
finely and not very closely punctur ed : 

Of robust build ; median segment closely and coar arsely 
punctured or punctured-striate 


. Dorsal segments 2-5 with a broad apical band of 


golden pubescence, and a testaceous brown chiti- 
nous band beneath the pubescence ....... 

Dorsal segments 2-5 entirely black, with an 1 apical 
band of whitish pubescence .. 


Je, 


. exclusum Turn. 


8. 
9. 


. erythrocerus Kohl. 


simulans Turn. 


10. 
11. 


. aberrans Turn. 
. tenebrosum Turn. 


. noctulwm Turn. 
. caliginosum Turn. 


(Turn. 


. melanocephalum 


13. 


14, 


17. 
15. 
16. 


. ignavum Turn. 


. rufipes Shuck. 


. virosum Turn. 


. ruficornis Sm. 


18. 
21. 


P. fenestratus Sm., 


19. 


P. priscum Turn. 


20. 


P. festivus Sm. 


P. fenestratus Sm., 


21. 
22. 
23. 


28. 


30. 


31. 


33. 


34. 


‘ 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 


Abdomen wholly ferruginous ........ 
Abdomen wholly or par tially black — 


Of small size, less than 7 mm. in length ... eae Os 
Of larger size, 11 mm. in length.............0..000.0.. 
Posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from each other 


as from the eyes; head not very large, eae 
of front white and sparse . 

Posterior ocelli nearly as far ‘from the eyes. as from 
each other; head massive, pubescence of front pale 
golden and close .. 


. Median segment ver y distinctly obliquely striated . 


Median segment punctured, sometimes str iolate- 
punctur ed at the base 


. Abdomen black, with more or Tess distinct bands of 


silver pubescence See R Cee Cysts HIRI orth Gu GP ee he ahs 
Abdomen black, with bands of golden or falvous 
PU DeSCeN Cenc ie sat auc kestone neem HAM ier EMER ERM Rnnire we 


. Mandibles and apex of clypeus black; mandibles not 


unusually broad; posterior ocelli separated from 
the eyes by a distance less than half as ena as 
their own diameter.. 

Mandibles and apex of. clypeus. ‘ferruginous; man- 
dibles short and very broad; posterior ocelli sepa- 
rated from the eyes by a distance equal to their 
own diameter . 


. Tibie and tarsi “ferruginous, teoule ‘testaceous ; 


transverse median nervure received beyond the 
basal nervure ...... F 
Tibie, tarsi, and tegule “black ; “transverse median 
nervure interstitial with the basal nervure ......... 
Black, with white pubescence; the tegule sometimes 
brown, also sometimes the eee of the ventral 
segments . % no. Gu6.060 195 Seb EE boosaa Coo bac 
Partly ferruginous 0 or + brown; or if black then with 
golden pubescence on the abdominal fasciz ......... 


. Second ventral segment evenly, le and finely 


punctured 

Second ventral segment “much more ‘spar sely ‘and 
coarsely punctured in the middle than at the sides. 

Median segment shining, the eee microscopic ; 
length 6 to 7 mm. havea tie eh heeded NAT ae 

Median segment opaque or “subopaque, very dis- 
tinctly punctured or DT eee length 
from 9 to 15 mm. .... 

Second joint of the flagellum a little less than half 
as long again as the third; length from 12 to 
15 mm. 

Second joint of the ‘flagellum: scarcely ‘exceeding ‘the 

_ length of the third; length from 9 to 12 mm. 


2. Posterior ocelli as far from the eyes as from each 


other, separated from the eyes by a distance ex- 
ceeding their own diameter ...... 

Posterior ocelli nearer to the eyes than to each other, 
separated from the eyes by a distance less than 
their own diameter.. 

Second joint of the flagellum ‘distinetly longer ‘than 
the third; abdominal segments not constricted ; 
puncturation of the dorsal segments very minute 
or almost obsolete .. 

Second and third joints of the flagellum ‘subequal ; 
abdominal segments rather strongly constricted ; 
puncturation of the dorsal segments not very 
minute. 

Puncturation of the mesonotum ‘obsolete; “posterior 
ocelli as near to the eyes as to each other, sepa- 
rated from the eyes by a distance not exceeding 
their own diameter 


P. lutescens Turn, 

P. dimidiatus Sm. 
265. 
28. 
26. 
2 


P. westwoodi Shuck. 


P. mandibulatum Turn. 


P. simillimus Sm. 


P. dives Turn. 


29. 
36. 
30. 
33. 


P. infumatum Turn. 
3l. 


32. 


P, strenuwum Turn. 
P. perplexus Smn., g. 


P. fuscipennis Sm., 9. 


34. 


P. punctulatum Kohl. 


P, spinole Shuck. 


098 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


36 


40. 


41. 


42 


43. 


44, 


45. 


46. 


47 


48. 


Punctures of the median segment sparser and not 
intermingled with striae 
Antenne wholly, black See. ensue 
Basal joints of the antenne TELLUS INOS eee eee eee 
Trochanters and femora wholly ferruginons; length 
Trochanters black, femora ferruginous at the apex 
only ; length at least 8 mm. BUSSE aT eccaere eee 
Posterior ocelli in the female separated from the 
eyes by a distance about equal to their own dia- 
meter, in the male by a distance equal to nearly 
twice their own diameter .............00cccccceeeeeecs se, 
Posterior ocelli in the female separated from the eyes 
by a distance scarcely exceeding half of their own 
diameter, in the male by a distance about equal to 
their own diameter ROO ROORED Actions Aenea ecee 
Second dorsal segment with a brown chitinous apical 
band, clothed with golden or whitish pubescence... 
Second dorsal segment entirely black, without a 
chitinous or pubescent apical band.................... 
Median segment, especially at the apex, densely 
clothed with golden pubescence ; first abdominal 
segment elongate, scarcely broader at the apex 
than the base of the median SESPTOGIING) co do cos denne be 
Median segment without dense pubescence, the 
pubescence, if any, not golden; first abdominal 
segment much broader at the apex than the base 
of the median segment, not cloncate eee ee 
Pubescence of abdominal fasciz golden ; length of 
malleovers9 mimi. a econ eh eee. hee cibene ecg fhe 
Pubescence of abdominal fasciz whitish; length of 
male 7 mm. Deagga0 nda cqaseseascuadsasddnavaderesane sco 
Second dorsal segment with a broad chitinous ferru. 
ginous band at the apex, the band clothed with 
gol denspuibescence -: ae emer ey meets as mien 
Second dorsal segment entirely black, without golden 
PUES CONCE ar ein ae cut titt aere nti ef cron te een 


35. 
P. congener Turn. 


P. scabrum Turn. 
P. basalis Sm. 


37. 
38. 
48, 


39. 
42. 


P. auriventre Turn. 


40. 
41. 
P. vestitus Sm. 
P. marginatus Sm. 
P. separatus Sm. 
43. 
45. 
P. inconspicuum Turn. 


44, 


P. tibialis Sm. 


P. fraterculus Turn. 
46. 


P. pulchrinum Turn. 


P. aurifex Sm. 


47. 
P. meridionale Turn. 


P. decipiens Sm. 


49. 


50. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 599 


49. Posterior ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance 
fully equal to their own diameter; second ventral 
segment black, broadly ferruginous at the apex ... P. awreosericewm Rohw. 
Posterior ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance 
distinctly less than their own diameter; second 
ventral segment wholly ferruginous .................. P. auratus Shuck. 
50. First dorsal segment with a black spot on each side 
near the middle; transverse median nervure 
received before the basal nervure........................ P. exornatum Turn. 
First dorsal segment not spotted with black; trans- 
verse median nervure received beyond the basal 
TICE UG meee teen ee ree ae ouerulcans: luunn. 


1. Prison (PisonorpEs) ICARIOIDES Turn. 


Pison (Aulacophilus) icarioides Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
jos Beall CIOS, 2 4 

The species is better placed in Pisonoides thanin Aulacophilus, 
being without the long petiole and striated mesopleure charac- 
teristic of the latter. The first abdominal segment is, however, 
much more elongate than in other species of Pisonoides, except 
difficile, from which it is easily distinguished by the short and 
stout antennz, and the different shape of the second cubital cell. 

Hab. Cairns, Q. (Dodd); Mackay, Q. (Turner), January ; 
Brisbane, Q. (Hacker), January. 


2. Pison (PISONOIDES) DIFFICILE Turn. 


Pison (Aulacophilus) difficile Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 
p- 520 (1908), ©. 

Hab. Cairns, Q. (Turner), January ; Mackay, Q. (Zurner). 

This species and the last superticially resemble Jearia socia- 
listica Sauss. and other closely related species of Jcaria, which 
occur in the same district. 


3. Prison (PIsONOIDES) PERTINAX Turn. 


Pison (Parapison) pertinax Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
p: ol (9908), 2: 

The abdomen is usually wholly ferruginous, but the third and 
fourth dorsal segments are sometimes more or less infuscated. 

Hab. Cairns, Q. (Lurner), July; Mackay, Q.(Zurner), November 
to May; Brisbane, Q. (//acker), May. 


4, PIson (PARAPISON) ERYTHROGASTRUM Rohw. 


Pison (Parapison) erythrogastrum’ Rohw. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 
xlix. p. 247 (1915), @. 

This is very near pertinav, but may be distinguished by the 
greater distance between the eyes on the clypeus, by the longer 
pronotum, and by the shorter and broader median segment. 
The sculpture of the median segment is also more distinct. 

Hab. Duaringa, Q. Probably- from the Barnard collection. 
Kalamunda, W.A. (Turner), February and March. 


600 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


5. Pison (PIsONOIDES) ERYTHROCERUS Kohl. 

Parapison ruficornis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 300 
(1869), 2 (mec Smith, 1856), 

Pison erythrocerus Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiy. 
p-. 186 (1884), @. 

Pison erythrocerum D.'T. Cat. Hymen. viii. p. 711 (1897), 

The clypeus of the male is armed with three short acute teeth 
on the middle of the apical margin. 

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), February to May ; Kuranda, Q. 
(Turner), May and June. 


6. Pison (PIsoNOIDES) SIMULANS Turn. 


Pison (Parapison) simulans Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 
xv. p. 559 (1915), o. 


This is very near erythrocerus, but in addition to colour- 
differences the sculpture of the median segment is more strongly 
developed, and there is only one tooth in the middle of the apical 
margin of the clypeus. 

Hab. Kaglehawk Neck, 8.E. Tasmania (Z'urner), March. 


7. Pison (PisonorpEs) NocruLuM Turn. 


Pison (Par me noctulum Turn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
p. 516 (1908), ° 

The cubital margin of the second cubital cell is twice as long 
as the first transverse cubital nervure; the nervures are fuscous, 
the stigma ferruginous. The median segment is longer than in 
caliginosum, and there is a small triangular space at the base, 
the apex of the triangle meeting the median carina. ‘The pro- 
notum is longer than in caliginoswm or tenebrosum. 
° Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), February; Kuranda, Q. (Turner), 

une. 


8. Pison (PISONOIDES) CALIGINOSUM Turn. 


Pison (Parapison) caliginosum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
p. 518 (1908), 2. 

The cubital margin of the second cubital cell is about half as 
long again as the first transverse cubital nervure, the latter 
curved, not straight as in noctulwm ; nervures and stigma black ; 
median segment without a triangular space at the base. 


Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Zurner), February. 


9, Pison (PISONOIDES) TENEBROSUM Turn. 

Pison (Parapison) tenebrosum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
p. 518 (1908), 2. 

The second cubital cell is triangular, the cubital margin equal 


in length to the first transverse cubital nervure. 
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), January. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 601 


10. Pison (PISONOIDES) ABERRANS Turn. 


Pison (Parapison) aberrans Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
p. 919 (1908), 3. 

This little species differs from tenebrosum in the pale yellowish 
colour of the tarsi, in the deeper longitulinal depression on the 
dorsal surface of the median segment, and in the strongly iri- 
descent wings. The cubital margin of the second cubital cell is 
very short, scarcely more than half as long as the first transverse 
cubital nervure. : 

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), January. 


11. Prison (PISONOIDES) EXCLUSUM Turn. 


Pison (Parapison) exclusum Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 
xvill. p. 127 (1916), ¢. 

Parapison frenchi Cam. MS., °. 

This is a robust species, differing much from other Australian 
species of Parapison, and resembling Pison vestitus Sm., though 
differing constantly in the absence of the small, petiolate, second 
cubital cell. The female was taken in Victoria capturing spiders 
on orange-trees. 

Hab. Brisbane, Q. (Hacker), November; Horsham, Victoria 
(Davey), July. 


12. PIsoN MELANOCEPHALUM Turn. 


Pison melanocephalum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 515 
(308); 22 

This very distinct little species cannot be confused with any 
other, owing to the remarkable colouring; but it is also distin- 
guished by the very close approach of the eyes at the base of the 
clypeus, where they are separated by adistance only a little more 
than half as great as that separating them on the vertex, and by 
the very large facets of the eyes in front. The petiolate second 
cubital cell is very small, and the first recurrent nervure is 
received far before the apex of the first cubital cell, as in 
Pisonoides pertinax and erythrocerus, to which the relationship 
seems closer than to typical Pison. It is best regarded as a link 
between the Pisonoides and Pisonitus groups. 

Hab. Cairns, Q. (Zurner), February. 


13. Pison 1gNavum Turn. 

Pison ignavum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 511 (1908), 2. 

This belongs to Shuckard’s subgenus Pisonitus, the second 
recurrent nervure being received at the middle of the second 
cubital cell. I look onit as the Australian subspecies of the wide- 
ranging P. argentatwm Shuck., differing from the typical Mauri- 
tius form in the much stronger sculpture of the median segment. 

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Z’wrner), December to April; Kuranda, Q. 
(Turner), January to March; Ravawai, Fiji ( Veitch), November 
and December. 

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XLII. 42 


602 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


14. Prison RUFIPES Shuck. 


Pison (Pisonitus) rufipes Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, u. 
oS Css), 2. 

This may be distinguished from other Australian species of 
the Pisonitus group by the black abdomen and red legs, P. ag- 
navune being wholly black, and the other species of the group 
having the abdomen and antennez more or less red. 

Hab. Kaglehawk Neck, 8.E. Tasmania (Turner), February ; 
Mt. Wellington, Tasmania (lwrner), January ; Melbourne, Vic- 
toria (Wrench); Yallingup, 8.W. Australia (Zurner), November ; 
Kalamunda, W. Australia (Zurner), March and April. 


15. Pison virosum Turn. 
Pison virosum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 513 (1908), ¢. 


This is a larger and more robust species than ruficornis, and 
may also be distinguished by the greater distance between the 
eyes on the clypeus and by the golden pubescence of the clypeus 
and front. ‘lhe abdomen is ferruginous, except at the extreme 
base. 

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), September to February. 


16. PIson RUFICORNIS Sm. 


Pison (Pisonitus) ruficornis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 315 
(1856), ©. 

Pison ruficorne Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 514 (1908), 2. 

The type has the abdomen largely shaded with black, but in 
many specimens it is wholly ferruginous. In both this species 
and viresum there is a rather indistinct impressed transverse 
line behind the posterior ocelli, which seems to be characteristic 
of the Pisonitus group. 

Hab. Macintyre River, Q. (type); Mackay, Q. (Turner), 
October to March; Kuranda, Q. (Zurner), March to May ; 
Victoria (french). 


17. Prison priscum Turn. 


Pison insulare Sm. st. priscum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
p- 510 (1908), 2. 

The difference in the distance between the eyes on the vertex 
in insularis and priscum is quite distinct, though not very great ; 
the suleus on the median segment 1s much more distinct in 
insularis, and the second dorsal segment is more depressed at the 
base. The clypeus is also slightly different. Until a long series 
from different loealities 1s available, it may be best to treat the 
two forms as distinct species. In priscwm the second ventral 
segment is not as highly polished as in festivus and fenestratus, but 
there are no distinct punctures. The insect is entirely black, 
except on the apical margins of the ventral segments, which are 
brownish. 


Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), November. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 603 


18. PISON FESTIVUS Sm. 

Pison festivus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 296 (1869), ?. 

The head is broad, the posterior ocelli are a little further from 
the eyes than from each other, the clypeus very broadly rounded 
at the apex. The median segment is obliquely striated, with 
punctures intermixed, the median carina is distinct, but not 
placed in a sulcus ; the first dorsal segment is strongly depressed 
at the apex. Male unknown. 

Hab. Swan River, W.A. (Du Boulay). 


19. PIsoN FENESTRATUS Sm. 


Pison witidus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 248 (1868), @ 
(nec Smith, 1858). 

Pison fenestratus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 291 (1869). 

This species is allied to festivus, but is rather less robust, the 
colour of the abdominal fasciz is different, and the median seg- 
ment is closely and strongly punctured, not striate. The male 
has the third and fourth joints of the flagellum strongly dilated 
beneath. 

Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay); Yallingup, W.A. 
(Turner), January ; Hermannsburg, Central Australia (Hillier). 


20. PIsoN DIMIDIATUS Sm. 
Pison dimidiatus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 295 


(1869), 3. 

The head is massive, the posterior ocelli being nearly as far 
from the eyes as from each other ; the clypeus is produced into 
an acute point; the second abscissa of the radius is a little longer 
than the petiole of the second cubital cell ; the transverse median 
nervure is interstitial with the basal, and the suleus of the median 
segment is quite distinct, with the usual carina. Female un- 
known. 


Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay). 


21. *PIson PELLETIERI Le Guillou. 


Pison pelletiert Le Guillou, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, p. 320 
(1841), @. 

“ Capite nigro, facie aureo-pubescente ; antennis et mandibulis 
fulvis; mesothorace nigro; metathorace punctato-scabro, albo 
pubescente; abdomine et pedibus fulvis; alis translucidis. 
®. Long. 11mm. Had. Australie septentrionale. 

Téte noire; yeux échancrés en dedans, toute la face est couverte 
dun duvet doré. Antennesa mandibules fauves. Corselet noir. 
Métathorax pointillé en maniére de chagrin, couvert d'un léger 
duvet blanchatre; abdomen et pattes enti¢érement fauves. Ailes 
claires.” 


42* 


604 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


22. PIsON LUTESCENS, sp. 0. 


2. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis, ablomine pedibusque rufo- 
ferrugineis; tegulis testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis. 

Long. 4 mm. 

2. Clypeus short and broad, subtruncate at the apex, covered 
with delicate silver pubescence. Head very closely microscopi- 
eally punctured, with an obscure frontal suleus reaching the 
anterior ocellus. Eyes very little further apart. on the clypeus 
than on the vertex; the posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from 
each other as from the eyes, and as far from each other as from 
the posterior margin of the head. Pronotum oblique; imeso- 
notum and scutellum microscopically punctured. Median seg- 
ment scarcely as long as the mesonotum, rounded posteriorly, 
finely punctured, granulate, the median sulcus almost obsolete, 
the median carina distinct; the posterior slope of the segment 
very finely transversely striolate, with a deep median sulcus. 
Abdomen minutely punctured ; second segment scarcely depressed 
at the base, the apical margins of the segments in some lights 
showing fascie of very delicate silver pubescence. Second 
abscissa of the radius shorter than the petiole of the second 
cubital cell; recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse 
cubital nervures; second cubital eell not quite as high as the 
length of its petiole ; transverse median nervure interstitial with 
the basal nervure. 

Hab. Mundaring Weir, W.A. (Turner), March 18, 1914. 

This little species closely resembles a small P. rujficornis, but 
the neuration is different, also the sculpture of the median seg- 
ment, and the antenne are shorter and stouter. 


23, Prison westwooptr Shuck. 


Pison westwoodi Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1. p. 77 
(1837), @. 
2 Pison obliquus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 316 (1856), @. 


Shuckard states that the carina of the median segment is 
absent in this species, but this is not usually the case, a long 
series taken by me in Tasmania showing variation in this respect 
from a well-developed carina to the typical form as described by 
Shuckard. The species may be easily recognised by the striation 
of the whole dorsal surface of the median segment and the very 
close proximity of the posterior ocellt to the eyes. I think that 
P. obliquus Sm. is a synonym, but I have not seen the type. 
There is a short transverse carina at the base of the third ventral 
segment of the male, as in the closely allied P. iridipennis Sm. 

Hab. Fnglehawk Neck, Tasmania (Turner), March ; Mt. Wel- 
lington, Tasmania (Zurner), January ; Yallingup, W.A. (Turner), 
November; Kalamunda, W.A. (Zurner), March; Mackay, Q. 
(Turner), Cairns, Q. (Z’urner), October to June. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 605 


24, PIsoN MANDIBULATUM, Sp. n. 


@. Nigra; albo-pubescens; clypeo apice mandibulisque ferru- 
gineis; alis hyalinis, apice leviter infuscatis, venis nigris; seg- 
mento mediano oblique striato. 

3. Femine similis; clypeo omnino nigro. 

Long., 2 9mm., ¢ 8 mm. 

Q. Mandibles very broad and short, not narrowed at the 
apex; clypeus in both sexes produced in the middle, but much 
more distinctly so in the female than in the male. Hyes sepa- 
rated on the vertex by a distance about three times as great as 
the length of the second joint of the flagellum, on the clypeus by 
about four times the length of the same joint; posterior ocelli 
separated from the eyes by a distance fully equal to their own 
diameter, a little further from the posterior margin of the head 
than from each other. Antenne not very stout, the second 
joint of the flagellum equal to the third, nearly twice as long as 
the first. Head and thorax very closely punctured ; the frontal 
suleus very indistinct, the clypeus and front as high as the emar- 
gination of the eyes clothed with silver pubescence. Median 
segment obliquely striated on the whole dorsal surface; the 
median sulcus almost obsolete; the median carina distinct, but 
not reaching the apex; the posterior slope transversely striated. 
Abdomen finely and closely punctured; the first segment mode- 
rately constricted at the apex, second ventral segment evenly and 
very distinctly punctured. ‘The white pubescence on the abdo- 
men is confined to the sides of the segments, and does not form 
apical bands. Calcaria black. Second abscissa of the radius 
shorter than the petiole of the second cubital cell; recurrent 
nervures interstitial with the transverse cubital nervures ; trans- 
verse median nervure a little nearer to the base of the wing than 
the basal nervure. 

Hab. Yallingup, $.W. Australia (Turner), November and 
December. 1Q2 and4¢doc. 

Kasily distinguished from other black species by the colour and 
breadth of the mandibles. It is remarkable that the clypeus is 
much more distinctly pointed in the female than in the male. 


25, PisoN INFuMATUM Turn. 

Pison infumatum ‘Turn. Proc, Zool. Soc. London, p. 510 
(1908), 2. 

This little species may be recognised by the shining median 
segment, on which the punctures are microscopic. 

Hab, Port Darwin (Turner), December. 


26. PIsON PERPLEXUS Sm. 

Pison perplecus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 314 (1856), 3. 

This differs from fuscipennis as indicated on the key by the 
proportionate distance between the pesterior ocelli and the eyes. 


606 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


IT am inclined to think that this difference may prove to be 
sexual, but do not think it would be justifiable to sink fusct- 
pennis as a Synonym until more material is available. 


Hab. Victoria (French). 


27. PISON FUSCIPENNIS Sm. 


Pison fuscipennis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 294 (1869), 2 . 


This is distinguished from spinol@ and other related species by 
the even puncturation of the second ventral segment. 


Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay). 


28. PISON STRENUUM, sp. n. 

@. Nigra; tegulis apice testaceis; segmentis dorsalibus 1—4 
fascia apicali albo-pilosa ; alis sordide hyalinis, apice leviter in- 
fuscatis, venis nigris. 

Long., 2 11-12 mm., ¢ 9-10 mm. 

@. Clypeus closely punctured, twice as broad as long, rounded 
at the apex and produced in the middle into a blunt smooth 
process ; clothed with sparse silver pubescence, which also extends 
as high as the base of theantenne. Second joint of the flagellum 
scarcely longer than the third. Posterior ocelli about equi- 
distant from each other and from the eyes, separated from the 
eyes by a distance about equal to their own diameter; the dis- 
tance separating the eyes on the clypeus nearly twice as great 
as that separating them on the vertex. Head and thorax very 
closely and minutely*punctured. Median segment very closely 
and minutely punctured, with extremely short oblique striz 
along the basal margin; the median sulcus distinct, without a 
carina, the surface of the posterior slope transversely striated, 
with a strong median sulcus. Dorsal surface of the abdomen 
microscopically punctured, the segments not constricted ; second 
ventral segment very closely, evenly, and finely punctured. 
Second abscissa of the radius rather variable in length, in the 
type as long as the petiole of the second cubital cell, but usually 
shorter; recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse 
cubital nervures, the first sometimes received just beyond the 
base by the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure inter- 
stitial with the basal. 

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia (Turner), October to December; 
South Perth, W.A. (7. J. Giles), January. 

The male has the clypeus produced into a spine, the second 
joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the third, and the 
eyes on the vertex further apart, only one and a half times as far 
apart on the clypeus as on the vertex. 

The species is smaller than perplexus or fuscipennis, and has 
the second joint of the flagellum much shorter; the clypeus is 
much more produced at the apex in both sexes, and there is no 
fascia of white pubescence on the fifth dorsal segment, which 
fascia 1s present in fuscipennis. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 607 


29. Prison sPrInoL Shuck. 


Pison spuvole Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, i. p. 76 
(1837), @. 

Pison australis Sauss. Mém. Soc. Phys. & Hist. Nat. Geneve, 
Xiv. 11. (1853), 2. 

Pison tasmanicus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 316 (1856), 3. 

Tauranga dubia W. F. Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 201 
(1883), 3. 

Pison pruinosus Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. xii. 
p. 44 (1897), 2. 

This species may be distinguished by the smooth opaque 
mesopotum. The second cubital cell varies much in size, being 
sometimes almost obsolete, as on one side in the type of Taranga 
dubia. The recurrent nervures are usually mterstitial with the 
transverse cubital nervures, but where the second cubital cell is 
reduced the first recurrent is received before the apex of the 
first cubital cell. I can find absolutely no difference between 
Australian and New Zealand specimens, and have no doubt that 
the species has been imported into the latter country during the 
last century. 

flab. Kaglehawk Neck, Tasmania (Turner), February; Mt. 
Wellington, Tasmania (Zurner), January ; Mt. Lofty, S.A. 
(Wesche), November; Taralga, N.S.W. (Dr. Broom) ; Toowoomba, 
Q. (Higlett) ; Wellington, New Zealand (Cockayne), December. 


30. PISON CONGENER, sp. n. 

2. Nigra ; segmentis dorsalibus 1-3 apice anguste albo-pilosis ; 
alis fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris; mesonoto punctato; segmento 
ventrali secundo in disco sparse punctato. 

Long., 9 14mm., ¢ 12 mm. 


@. Clypeus rounded at the apex, slightly but broadly pro- 
duced in the middle of the apical margin, closely and very finely 
punctured and clothed with greyish pubescence. Second joint of 
the flagellum distinctly longer than the third. Posterior ocelli 
further from the eyes than from each other, separated from the 
eyes by a distance equal to about twice their own diameter ; eyes 
about half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on the 
vertex. Thorax closely and distinctly punctured. Median seg- 
ment finely and closely punctured, with delicate, irregular, 
oblique striz at the base, with a distinct median sulcus, but 
without a carina, the posterior slope punctured, with indistinct 
transverse striz and a strong median sulcus. Abdomen closely 
microscopically punctured, the two basal segments slightly de- 
pressed on the apical margin, the ventral segments more strongly 
and sparsely punctured, the second and third ventral segments 
more sparsely punctured in the middle than at the sides. Second 
abscissa of the radius fully as long as the petiole of the second 
cubital cell, recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse 
cubital nervures. 


608 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


3. The clypeus is distinctly pointed at the apex; the eyes a 
little further apart on the vertex than in the female, and the 
sculpture of the median segment a little coarser. 

Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia (Turner), December. 

This is very near spinole, but is distinguished by the punc- 
tured thorax and the greater distance between the eyes on the 
vertex. 


31. Pison scABRUM Turn. 


Pison seabrum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 509 (1908), 2 

This species has the thorax and median segment much more 
coarsely punctured than in congener, the second abscissa of the 
radius is also much longer, and the eyes are further apart on the 
clypeus. It is very near P. nitidus Sm., from Aru, but has the 
eyes further apart on the vertex than in that species, and the 


sculpture of the median segment coarser, with a much less 
distinet sulcus. 


Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). 


32. PIsoN PUNCTULATUM Kohl. 


Pison punctulatum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxili. 
p. 336 (1883), Q ¢. , 

Kasily distinguished by the coarse puncturation of the head, 
thorax, and median segment, and by the strongly constricted 
abdominal segments. The punctures of the dorsal segments are 
very distinct; the second ventral segment is rather sparsely 
punctured, especially in the middle. The antenne are short and 
rather stout. The nearest relation is P. constrictum Turn., from 
New Guinea, but the sculpture is much less coarse in that 
species, and the puncturation of the second ventral segment is 
different. 

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), December. 


33. PISON AURIVENTRE Turn. 


Pison auriventre Turn. Proce. Zool. Soc. London, p. 512 
(1908), 9 


The abdomen in this species is almost entirely covered with 
golden pubescence, which forms denser ‘bands on the apical 
margins of the segments. There is a spot of silver pubescence 
at the apical angles of the first dorsal segment. 

Hab. Victoria (french); Brisbane, Q. (Hacker), September. 


34, PISON DIVES, sp. n. 


2. Nigra; segmentis abdommalibus apice anguste brunneis ; 
tegulis calcariisque fuscis, clypeo argenteo-piloso; abdomine 
aureo-piloso ; alis subhyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis. 

Long. 10 mm. 

2. Clypeus closely and very finely punctured, broadly and 
roundly produced on the middle of the apical margin, the 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 609 


produced portion smooth and shining. Antenne not very stout, 
the second joint of the flagellum distinctly, but very slightly, 
longer than the third, more than twice as long as the first. 
Posterior ocelli as far from the eyes as from each other, separated 
from each other by a distance less than the diameter of one 
ocellus; eyes almost twice as far apart on the clypeus as on the 
vertex. Head and thorax opaque, microscopically punctured. 
Median segment finely and closely obliquely striated ; the median 
suleus very distinct, but not reaching the base, without a distinct 
carina, the posterior slope transversely striated. Abdomen 
covered with golden pubescence, on the dorsal segments forming 
denser apical fascie. Petiole of the second cubital cell shorter 
than the second abscissa of the radius and no longer than the 
height of the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure 
interstitial with the basal nervure. 

Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Turner), May. 

This is allied to awriventre, but is distinguished by the shape 
of the clypeus, the lesser distance between the eyes on the 
vertex and between the posterior ocelli, and by the striation of 
the whole dorsal surface of the median segment, the striation 
in aurwentre being confined to the extreme base and almost 
obsolete. In both species the second ventral segment is very 
finely, closely, and evenly punctured. 


35. PISoN SIMILLIMUS Sm. 


Pison simillimus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 292 
(1869), ¢. 

This may be distinguished from marginatum and other allied 
species by the very distinct oblique striation of the dorsal surface 
of the median segment. The tibie and tarsi are ferruginous, 
the apical margins of the dorsal segments brown. In the male 
the posterior ocelli are a little nearer to each other than to the 
eyes, but in the female the distances are about equal; the male 
has the clypeus produced into a spine, that of the female being 
very broadly rounded. ‘The second abscissa of the radius is 
as long as or longer than the petiole of the second cubital cell, and 
the first recurrent nervure is received just before the apex of the 
first cubital cell. 

flab. Victoria (French). 


36. PIsoN MARGINATUS Sm. 


Pison marginatus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 314 (1856), 9°. 


This species has the median segment very closely and finely 
punctured, the punctures intermingled with very delicate striz, 
which are not visible inall lights. The margins of the abdominal 
segments are rather broadly brown, with fascie of pale, dull, 
fulvous pubescence. 

Hab. Melbourne, Victoria (french); Mackay, Q. (Turner), 
October. 


610 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


37. PISON SEPARATUS Sm. 
Pison separatus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 294 (1869), 3. 


Very near marginatus, but may be distinguished by the sparser 
punctures of the median segment and the absence of striz, and 
by the somewhat longer spine of the male clypeus. The colour 
of the tarsi is a little more ferruginous. I have not seen the 
female, but it is not improbable that when more material is 
available it will prove to be merely a western form of mar- 
ginatus. 


Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay). 


38. PIson TIBIALIS Smn. 
Pison tibialis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soe. London, p. 292 (1869), 3. 


The male has the clypeus produced into a spine at the apex; 
the antenne stout and rather short, the second joint of the 
flagellum nearly equal to the combined length of the first and 
third ; the posterior ocelli nearer to each other than to the eyes, 
which are nearly half as far again from each other on the 
clypeus as on the vertex. The median segment is short and 
broad, and the insect is of robust build in proportion to the 
length. The female has the clypeus rounded, somewhat bluntly 
produced in the middle of the apical margin; the second joint 
of the flagellum a little shorter in proportion than in the male; 
the posterior ocelli as near to the eyes as to each other, and the 
eyes fully half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on 
the vertex. 

Hab. Western Australia (Du Boulay); Kalamunda, W.A. 
(Turner), February to April; Brisbane, Q. (Hacker), December. 


39. PISON FRATERCULUS, sp. n. 


@. Nigra; tegulis segmentisque abdominalibus fascia lata 
apicali brunneis; femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; 
segmentis dorsalibus fascia apicali pallide fulvo-pilosa ; alis sor- 
dide hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis, 

do. Femine similis. 

Long., 2 10 mm., ¢ 9°5 mm. 

2. Clypeus microscopically punctured, opaque, clothed with 
whitish pubescence, bluntly produced and rounded in the middle 
of the apical margin. Head and thorax minutely punctured ; 
the front clothed with whitish pubescence as high as the emar- 
gination of the eyes, without a frontal suleus; second joint of 
the flagellum a little longer than the third, but shorter than the 
first and third combined. Posterior ocelli a little nearer to the 
eyes than to each other, separated from the eyes by a distance 
considerably less than their own diameter; the eyes more than 
half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on the 
vertex. Median segment finely and closely punctured, the 
median suleus and carina distinct, but not very strong; the 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 611 


posterior slope punctured at the base, transversely striated at 
the apex, the median sulcus deep at the base, but not extending 
on to the striated portion. Abdomen microscopically punctured, 
the segments not constricted ; second ventral segment finely and 
evenly punctured. Recurrent nervures interstitial with the 
transverse cubital nervures ; second abscissa of the radius slightly 
shorter than the petiole of the second cubital cell; transverse 
median and basal nervures interstitial. 

¢. Clypeus produced into a short spine at the apex; posterior 
ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance fully equal to their 
own diameter ; second abscissa of the radius a little longer than 
the petiole of the second cubital cell. 

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), January and February. 

Very near ¢ibialis, but the eyes are nearer together on the 
vertex, the sculpture of the thorax and median segment is finer, 
the second abscissa of the radius is much shorter, and the whole 
insect is of more slender build, the median segment being longer 
and more narrowed to the apex. 


40, PISON MERIDIONALE, Sp. 0. 


3. Niger; antennis articulis quatuor basalibus, mandibulis, 
tegulis pedibusque, coxis exceptis, ferrugineis ; segmentis dor- 
- salibus apice late brunneis, fascia apicali aureo-pubescente ; alis 
hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis fuscis. 

Long. 9°5 mm. 

dg. Clypeus minutely punctured, produced into a short spine 
at the apex, covered with whitish pubescence, which extends on 
the front as high as the emargination of the eyes. Second joint 
of the flagellum very little longer than the third. Posterior 
ocelli as far from the eyesas from each other, separated from the 
eyes by a distance about half as great again as their own 
diameter; eyes half as far again from each other on the clypeus 
as on the vertex. Head and thorax minutely punctured. 
Median segment finely punctured-striate, the strie oblique and 
indistinct, most distinct at the base; the median sulcus distinct, 
but shallow, the carina only developed at the extreme base; the 
posterior slope coarsely transversely striated. Abdomen very 
finely and closely punctured ; the basal segment short, a little 
depressed at the apex; second ventral segment closely and 
evenly punctured; seventh dorsal segment broadly truncate at 
the apex. Recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse 
cubital nervures ; second abscissa of the radius longer than the 
petiole of the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure 
received just beyond the basal nervure, not quite interstitial. 

Hab. Adelaide, S.A. 

Near tibialis, but differs in the colour of the legs and antenna, 
in the lesser breadth between the eyes on the vertex, in the 
finer sculpture of the thorax, and in the sculpture of the median 
segment. 


612 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


4], PIsON DECIPIENS Sm. 
Pison decipiens Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 295 (1869), 3. 


More nearly allied to dimidiatum than to any other species, 
but differs in the colour of the abdomen, the somewhat longer 
median segment, and in the whiter pubescence of the head and 
thorax. The clypeus is also less deeply sinuate on each side of 
the apical spine. 

Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay). 


42. PISON INCONSPICUUM, Sp. n. 


6. Niger; mandibulis, tegulis pedibusque, coxis exceptis, 
ferrugineis ; trochanteribus anticis femoribusque anticis basi 
nigricantibus ; seginentis dorsalibus apice anguste fusco-brunneis, 
fascia apicali sparse albido-pubescente ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis. 

Long. 5°5 mm. 

3. Clypeus produced into a long spine at the apex, deeply 
sinuate on each side of the spine, covered with silver pubescence, 
which extends on the front as high as the emargination of the 
eyes. Antenne rather short and stout, the second joint of the 
flagellum a little longer than the third. Ocelli in an equilateral 
triangle, the posterior pair as far from the eyes as from each 
other, separated from the eyes by a distance equal to at least 
twice their own diameter; the eyes no further apart on the 
clypeus than on the vertex. Head very much broader than the 
thorax, very minutely punctured, the frontal sulcus almost obso- 
lete, only visible just below the anterior ocellus; thorax a little 
more distinctly punctured than the head. Median segment 
finely granulate, with a few indistinet oblique striz at the base ; 
median sulcus very shallow, the median carina distinct. Abdo- 
men microscopically punctured, more distinctly punctured on the 
ventral surface ; second ventral segment finely and evenly punc- 
tured ; seventh dorsal segment dull ferruginous, broadly truncate 
at the apex. Recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse 
cubital nervures ; second abscissa of the radius shorter than the 
petiole of the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure 
interstitial with the basal nervure. 

Hab. Mundaring Weir, W.A. (Turner), March 18, 1914. 

The anterior margin of the clypeus is shaped as in dimzdiatus, 
to which species and decipiens the relationship is close. But the 
eyes are much closer together on the clypeus than in either of 
those species, and the colour of the abdomen is different, the 
apical chitinous fascie being much darker than in decipiens, also 
the antenne are entirely black. 


43. PISON AURIFEX Sm, 
Pison aurifex Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 293 (1869), 2 ¢- 


I have seen no recent specimens of this beautiful species. It 
is of much more slender build than vestitus or awreosericewm, the 
shape of the first abdominal segment being much more elongate. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 613 


All the dorsal and ventral segments have broad chitinous bands 
of brown, covered on the four basal dorsal segments with golden 
pubescence. 

Two females and one male in the British Museum, all from 
Smith’s collection. 

Hab. Australia, 


44, Pison VESTITUS Sm. 


Pison vestitus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 315 (1856), @. 

The type is unique in the British Museum, without any data 
to show whence it was received. At one time I confused it with 
pulchrinum, but it differs as pointed out in the description of 
that species. ‘here is a minute tubercle on each side of the 


mesosternum, as in auratus and aureosericewm. 
Hab. Australia. 


45, PIsON PULCHRINUM, sp. h. 


2. Nigva; mandibulis, antennis articulis quinque basalibus, 
tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; segmentis 
dorsalibus 3-6, ventralibus 2-6 fascia apicali brunnea; segmento 
dorsali primo fascia apicali aureo-pubescente; fronte dense, 
thorace segmentoque mediano sparsius aureo-pilosis; alis hya- 
linis, venis fuscis. 

3g. Femine similis. 

Long., 2 13 mm., ¢ 10 mm. 

?. Clypeus very broadly rounded or subtruncate at the apex, 
clothed with golden pubescence, which extends on the front as 
high as the emargination of the eyes. Second joint of the 
flagellum longer than the third, about equal in length to the 
first and third combined. Posterior ocelli a little further from 
each other than from the eyes, separated from the eyes by a 
distance slightly exceeding their own diameter; eyes more than 
half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on the 
vertex. front somewhat convex, the frontal sulcus indistinct ; 
the punctures of the head microscopic. Thorax rather more 
distinctly punctured, the pronotum and postscutellum clothed 
with golden pubescence. Mesosternum with a minute tubercle 
on each side. Median segment short and broad, finely punctured, 
clothed with pale golden pubescence; the median sulcus distinct, 
but shallow, the median carina not reaching the apex; the 
apical slope coarsely transversely striated, with a deep median 
suleus. Abdomen microscopically punctured ; the basal segment 
short and broad, a little depressed at the apex, with a broad 
band of golden pubescence, second segment without an apical 
band of pubescence, the bands on the third and fourth segments 
fairly broad. Recurrent nervures interstitial with the trans- 
verse cubital nervures ; second abscissa of the radius longer than 
the petiole of the second cubital cell ; transverse median nervure 
received beyond the basal nervure. 

gd. Clypeus with a small spine in the middle of the apical 


614 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


margin; the pubescence on the whole insect paler; seventh 
dorsal segment widely emarginate at the apex. 

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), December to April; Kuranda, Q. 
(Lurner), March to July. 

In this species there is no band of golden pubescence on the 
second dorsal segment, which is present in vestitus, the antennz 
in that species are black, and the legs piceous, almost black. 
The eyes are nearer together in vestitus than in pulchrinum, both 
on the clypeus and vertex, though the difference in this point is 
slight. 


46, PISON EXORNATUM, sp. nD. 


Q. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis articulis septem basalibus, 
tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis, tarsis, abdomine segmento primo, 
segmentoque quinto margine apicali pallide ferrugineis; alis 
hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis. 

Long. 11-13 mm. 

Q. Extremely near P. pulchrinuwm, from which it differs in 
the ferruginous colour of the first abdominal segment, in the 
absence of brown chitinous and golden pubescent apical bands on 
the third and fourth dorsal segments, in the slightly less distance 
between the eyes on the clypeus, and in the distinctly narrower 
median segment. The distribution of the golden pubescence on 
the head, thorax, and median segment, also on the apical band of 


the first dorsal segment, is the same in both species. 
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), May. 


47. PISON AUREOSERICEUM Rohw. 


Pison aureosericeum Rohw. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, xlix. 
p. 246 (1915), 9d. 

This species also strongly resembles pulchrinum, except in 
colour, the ferruginous colour of the legs including the whole of 
the femora and trochanters ; the first abdominal segment is also 
ferruginous, and there is a broad ferruginous apical band on the 
second segment; the three apical segments are almost wholly 
ferruginous. The apical dorsal segment of the male is broadly 
truncate, not emarginate as in pelchrinum. 

Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Lurner), February ; Mackay, Q. (Turner), 
February and March; Duaringa, Q. (U.S. Museum); Victoria 
(French). 


48. Pison AuRaAtuUS Shuck. 
Pison auratus Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 11. p.78 (1837), ° . 


This is extremely near awreosericewm, with which species I had 
at one time confused it, but it differs in the distinctly longer 
median segment and in the wholly ferruginous colour of the 
second ventral segment. The striation of the posterior slope of 


the median segment is much less coarse than in awreosericeum. 
Hab. Port Darwin (Dodd). 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 615 


49, PISON EXULTANS, sp. n. 


3. Niger; mandibulis, antennis apice infuscatis, tegulis, 
abdomine segmento primo utrinque nigro-maculato, segmento 
septimo, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; segmentis 
3-6 apice late brunneo-fasciatis; alis sordide hyalinis, venis 
nigris. 

Long. 8 mm. 

3d. Clypeus short and broad, the apical margin subtruncate, 
produced into a point in the middle; antenne rather stout, 
distinctly thickened towards the apex, second joint of the 
flagellum a little longer than the third, less than twice as long 
as the first. Posterior ocelli a little further from each other than 
from the eyes, separated trom the eyes by a distance slightly 
exceeding their own diameter ; eyes about half as far again from 
each other on the clypeus as on the vertex; the frontal sulcus 
very shallow ; clypeus and front as far as the emargination of 
the eyes clothed with whitish pubescence. Head and thorax 
opaque, microscopically punctured ; pronotum clothed with very 
pale golden pubescence. Median segment rather long, very 
closely and minutely punctured, with a row of large punctures at 
the base; the median sulcus well marked but not deep, the 
median carina very delicate, with a row of distinct punctures on 
each side of it in the sulcus; the posterior slope closely and 
finely punctured, with a strong median suleus. First abdominal 
segment elongate, subpetiolate, longer than the second, widened 
to the apex, with an apical band of rather sparse whitish pu- 
bescence, the second segment without an apical chitinous or 
pubescent band; segments 3-6 with broad pale brown chitinous 
bands clothed with very pale fulvous pubescence ; seventh dorsal 
segment subtriangular, bluntly pointed at the apex; the whole 
abdomen closely microscopically punctured, more strongly and 
sparsely on the ventral than on the dorsal surface. First recur- 
rent nervure received just before the apex of the first cubital 
cell, second interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure ; 
second cubital cell small, second abscissa of the radius as long 
as the petiole of the second cubital cell; transverse median 
nervure received before the basal nervure. 

Hab. Victoria (French). 

Hasily distinguished from the somewhat similarly coloured 
species of the awratus group by the elongate first abdominal 
segment and the triangular seventh segment. 


50. PIson BASALIS Sm. 


Pison basalis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 292 (1869), @. 


This species belongs to the auratus group, but may be dis- 
tinguished by the ferruginous colour of the second dorsal 
segment. The male has the seventh dorsal segment truncate at 
the apex, as in @ureosericeum. 


Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), November. 


616 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


Old World Species (excluding Australian). 


51. Prison (PIsoNorpES) OBLITERATUS Sm. 


Pison (Pisonoides) obliteratus Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe., Zool. 
i. p. 104 (1857), . 

Parapison obliteratus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 299 
(1869). 

This must be taken as the type of Smith’s subgenus Pisonoides, 
which is the same as his later genus Parapison. Though Kohl 
treats Pisonoides as a nomen nudum, I certainly cannot follow 
him. 

The present species may be distinguished from other Oriental 
Pisonoides by the first abdominal segment, which is about twice 
as long as its apical breadth, being narrow throughout, though 
er. adually broadening towards the apex. 

Hab. Borneo (Wallace); Taiping, Malay Peninsula (W. B. 
Orme) ; Maulmain, Tenasserim (Bin gham), November; Kumaon, 
N.W. India (Miss A Brook), August. 


52. Pison (PisoNnorpEs) AGIuis Sm. 


Parapison agilis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 300 
(1869), @. 

The legs are piceous, almost black, with whitish calearia, the 
fore tibix and tarsi dull ferruginous brown. It is very near 
erythropus, but in that species the legs are bright ferruginous. 
The second cubital cell in erythropus is pointed on the radius, 
but in agilis the second abscissa of the radius is nearly half as 
long as the first transverse cubital nervure. Bingham states 
that the eyes in agilis are nearer together on the vertex than in 
erythropus, but this is not the case in the type ; he has evidently 
looked at a Ceylon specimen when comparing, the eyes being 
slightly nearer to each other both on the vertex and clypeus than 
in the type. The length of the second abscissa of the radius 
also varies considerably in Ceylon specimens. The other points 
of difference given by Bingham are either unsatisfactory or not 
constant. I am inclined to think that the two forms may be 
merely local forms of one species, with another local race in 
Ceylon with somewhat narrower spaces between the eyes both on 
vertex and clypeus. 

Hab. Bareilly (Horne), type; Ceylon (Dr. Thwaites). 


53. Pison (PIsoNoIpDES) ERYTHROPUS Kohl. 


Parapison rufipes Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 299 (1869), 
2 (nec Pisonttus rufipes Schuck., 1837). 

Pison erythropus Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiv. 
p. 183 (1884). 

Hab. N.W. India (Horne). 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 617 


*54. Prison (PISONOIDES) BROwNI Ashm. 


Pisonoides browni Ashm. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxviii. 
p. 961 (1905), ¢. 


I have not seen this species, which appears to be allied to agilis, 
but may be distinguished by the striation of the posterior slope 
of the median segment, which is punctured in agilis. 


Hab, Manila (2. Brown), 


“D5, PIsoN (PISONOIDES) KOREENSIS Rad. 
Paraceramius koreensis Rad. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxi. p- 433 


(igs O! 


The description of this species 1s insutticient, but I do not 
think it is identical with any Indian species. 


56. Pison (PisonorpEs) roruneyi Cam. 


Pison (Parapison) rothneyi Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & 
Phil. Soe. xli. p. 81 (1896), °. 

Pison (Parapison) crassicorne Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & 
Phil. Soe. xli. 13, p. 25 (1897), ¢ (as 2). 

These are undoubtedly sexes of one species. I have seen 
Cameron’s types. 

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney). 


57. Pison (PISONOIDES) DIFFERENS, sp. n. 


2. Nigra, opaca, segmento mediano subnitido ; mandibulis, 
tegulis, segmentis dorsalibus et ventralibus fascia lata apicali, 
femoribus apice tibiisque brunneo-testaceis; alis hyalinis, irides- 
centibus, venis fuscis. 

Long. 8 mm, 

2. Head and thorax Opaque, very closely microscopically 
punctured ; clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ; the front 
with a distinct longitudinal sulcus extending to the anterior 
ocellus ; eyes a little further apart on the clypeus than on the 
vertex, separated on the clypeus by a distance slightly exceeding 
the length of the scape and the two basal joints of the flagellum 
combined ; posterior ocelli a little further from each other than 
from the eyes, separated from the eyes by a distance equal to the 
diameter of one ocellus. Second and third joints of the flagellum 
subequal. Median segment slender, shining and microscopically 
punctured ; the dorsal surface nearly as long as the mesonotum 
and rather strongly narrowed to the apex; the median sulcus 
broad and distinct, without a-median carina, distinctly inter- 
rupted between the dorsal and posterior surfaces, with a minute 
triangular raised area projecting into the sulcus at the base of 
the segment; the posterior slope minutely punctured, without 
strie. Abdomen minutely, closely, and evenly punctured, both 
on the dorsal and ventral surfaces. Second abscissa of the 
radius less than half as long as the first transverse cubital 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XLII. 43 


618 ‘MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


nervure, much shorter than the distance between the recurrent 
nervures on the cubitus; second recurrent nervure interstitial 
with the first transverse cubital nervure. 

Hab. Shillong, Assam, 5000 ft. (Zurner), May. 32 9. 

Very near rothneyi, of which it may prove to be a subspecies, 
but as there are structural differences it cannot be treated as 
identical. The ocelli are much smaller, the eyes are further 
apart both on the clypeus and the vertex, the puncturation of 
the head is somewhat finer, the median segment has the dorsal 
surface very distinctly longer and more narrowed to the apex, 
and the suleus of the median segment is broadly interrupted 
between the dorsal and > posterior surfaces, not almost continuous 
as in rothneyt. The pronotum is also a little more depressed in 
the present species. The apical half of the posterior slope of the 
median segment is finely transversely striated in rothneyt, finely 
punctured in ‘differens. 


58. Prison (PisoNorEs) ISoLATuUM ‘Turn. 


Pison (Parapison) isolatum Turn. Trans. Linn. Soc, xiv. p. 372 
CII), 2 S- 

This is a very distinct species, without chitimous or pubescent 
bands at the apex of the dorsal segments, being very much 
nearer to the Australian erythrocerus Kohl than to the Asiatic 
species. The antenne are much longer than in erythrocerus, 
and the sculpture of the median segment is different. 

fab. Silhouette Island, Seychelles (Scot). 


59, Pison (PISONOLDES) TESTACEIPES, sp. n. 


3d. Niger; mandibulis, palpis, scapo, tegulis, tibiis anticis 
tarsisque rufo-testaceis; segmento abdominali quarto dimidio 
apicali, quinto, sexto, septimoque brunneo-testaceis ; alis hyalinis, 
iidescentibus, margine apicali late infuscatis, venis nigris. 

Long. 7 mm, 

3. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex; antenne rather 
slender at the base, slightly thickened towards the apex, the 
second joint of the flagellum only a little longer than the third, 
about twice as long as the first. Posterior ocelli separated both 
from each other and from the eyes by a distance about equal to 
the diameter of one ocellus, further from the anterior ocellus 
than from each other. Clypeus and front as high as the emar- 
gination of the eyes clothed with silver pubescence, the frontal 
sulcus indistinct, front opaque, finely punctured-rugulose, vertex 
iinely punctured, Eyes half as far again from each other on the 
clypeus as on the vertex. Pronotum short, mueh shorter than 
in P. xanthopus ; mesonotum and scutellum finely and closely, 
but distinctly punctured; mesopleurze more finely punctured, 
with a fovea in the middle. Median segment closely punctured, 
with a distinct triangular dorsal area which is obliquely striated 
at the extreme base, the median sulcus strongly marked, the 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 619 


carina only visible at the base, the sides of the segment outside 
the triangular area finely and irregularly striated ; the posterior 
Slope more distinctly transversely striated, with a rather indis- 
tinct median sulcus. Abdomen microscopically punctured, 
without fascize of pubescence ; the first segment rather strongly 
depressed at the apex, the ventral surface evenly and much more 
distinctly punctured ; the seventh ventral segment very shallowly 
emarginate at the apex. Second cubital cell almost pointed on 
the radius, first transverse cubital nervure a little nearer to the 
first than to the second recurrent nervure, transverse median 
nervure received before the basal nervure. 

Hab. Gangeru, N. Nigeria (J. W. Scott-Macfie), November. 

This is very distinct from aanthopus in the sculpture of the 
median segment as well as in the neuration, also in the structure 
of the apical ventral segments. 


60. Pison ARGENTATUS Shuck. 


Pison (Pisonitus) argentatus Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 
ime Jo, 19) (SIE), 

Pison fuscipalpe Cam. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, ii. p- 27 (1901). 

Pisonitus argenteus Ashm. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxviii. 
p- 131 (1904). 

This is a very wide-ranging species, and the original habitat 
is doubtful. In recent years it has been im ported into Hawaii, 
where it has increased rapidly, apparently to the detriment of 
the indigenous species. There seems to be some slight variation 
in the intensity of the sculpture of the median segment, but 
nothing of specific importance. 

Hab. Mauritius (Shuckard), type; Madagascar (Saussure) ; 
Rangoon (Bingham), April; Amherst, Tenasserim (Bingham), 
April; Singapore (Cameron) ; Borneo (ex coll. Cameron) ; Bacoor, 
Philippines (Ashmead) ; Oahu, Hawaii (Perkins), July. 


61. Prison ruGosus Sm. 


Pison (Pisonitus) rugosus Sm, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 313 
(1856), @. 

Pison appendiculatum Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. 
Soe. xli. 13, p. 24 (1897). : 

Kasily distinguished from argentatus, the only other Oriental 
species of the Pisonitus section, by the much coarser punctura- 
tion of the head and thorax and the stronger constriction of 
the abdominal segments. Intermediate in neuration between 
Pisonitus and Pison. 

Hab. N.W. Provinces of India, throughout N.E. India and 
Burma; Poona, W. India. 


62. PIson ATER Spin. 

Alyson ater Spin. Ins. Lig. ii. 4, p. 253 (1808), 2. 
Pison gurina Spin. Ins. Lig. ii. 4, p. 256 (1808), 3. 
A3* 


l 


620 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


Tachybulus niger Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 75 (1809), 2 

Pison atrum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xxxiv. p. 184, d. 

This is the best-known European species, though far from 
common. It may be distinguished from the other South Euro- 
pean species P. sericewm by the sculpture of the median segment, 
which is punctured in ater, finely obliquely striated in sericewm, 
and by the much greater distance between the posterior ocelli 
and eyes of sericewm, equal in the male of that species to 
twice the diameter of an ocellus, in the male of ater only equal 
to the diameter of an ocellus. In sericewm also the margins 
of the abdominal segments are dark brown, in ater black. The 
size of ater is also considerably less than that of sericeum. 

Hab. Genoa (Spinola); 8. France (Latreille) ; Albania (Saun- 
ders); Switzerland (Hohl); Gibraltar (Walker). 


63. Pison serRicEUM Kohl. 

Pison sericeum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvill. 
p. 140 (1888), 3 

Hab. Attica (Kohl); Italy (ee coll. F. Smith). 


y *64. PisoN ASSIMILE Sickm. 
Pison assimile Sickm. Zool, Jahrb, viii, p. 212 (1895), ©. 
Very similar to P. ater, but more finely punctured. 
Hab. Tientsin. 


65. Pison rasciarus Rad. 


Pseudonysson fasciatus Rad. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 105 
(1876), ¢; Rad. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, p. 592 (1891), 


The description is poor, but apparently the species is allied to 
algiricum, but with normal antenne. To this species I assign 
an. Indian specimen with some doubt. 


Hab. 8.K. Caucasus ; Chapra, Bengal (Mackenzie). 


/ *66. Pison susprcax Kokuj. 
Pison suspicax Kokuj. Mitt. Kaukas. Mus. vii. p. 6 (1912), 3 
This may be distinguished from all other Palearctic species by 


the golden pubescence of the head and abdominal fascie. 
Hab. Caucasus. 


67. Pison aLGiricum Kohl. 

Pison algiricum Kohl, Termes Fuz. xxi. p. 353 (1898), 2 ¢. 

In the male sex this is distinguished by the thickening of the 
third to sixth joints of the flagellum beneath, near the apex. A 
somewhat similar structure, much more strongly developed, but 
confined to the third and fourth joints, is seen in the Australian 
P. fenestratus Sm. Kohl compares the present species with 
fasciatus Rad., in which the antenne are normal. 


Hab. Oran (Sc chmiedeknecht); Marakesh (HL scaler a), April. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 621 


68. PIsoN REGALIS Sm. 

Pison regalis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (2) ii. p. 34 
(1852), @ ¢. 

Allied to insigne Sickm., but much larger; the male has 
similar transverse ridges on the second, third, and fourth ventral 
segments, which appear also in a rudimentary form on the 
second and third segments of the female. But it differs from 
insigne in the absence of a tubercle on the mesopleure before the 
intermediate coxe, and in the absence of a transverse depression 
on the mesosternum. The apical ventral segment of the male is 
very deeply emarginate, with a long spine on each side. 

Hab. Ning-po-foo, China (#ortune); Hsikou, near Tientsin 
(f. M. Thomson), June. 


ly #69, Prson tnsiG@NE Sickm. 


Pison insigne Sickm. Zool. Jahrb. viii. p. 210 (1895), ¢. 
Differs from P. regalis as noticed above; the mesonotum is 


also more sparsely and finely punctured. 
Hab. Nankou Pass, N. China (Weber). 


70. Pison xantHorus Brullé. 

Nephridia xanthopus Brullé, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, i. p. 408 
(1833). 

a obscurus Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii. p. 75 
(1837), 29s. 

A wide-ranging African species in which the median segment 
is strongly obliquely striated, the three or four apical abdominal 
segments in the male more or less red; the clypeus in the male 
is somewhat angular in the middle on the apical margin, but not 
produced into a tooth, that of the female very broadly rounded 
or subtruncate ; the posterior ocelli further from each other than 
from the eyes, separated from the eyes by less than the diameter 
of an-ocellus. The position of the second recurrent nervure 
is variable. b 

Hab. Meadi, Egypt (Hgyptian Department of Agriculture), 
July; Entebbe, Uganda (C. G. Gowdey), March, August, and 
September ; Obuasi, Ashanti (Dr. Graham), February to April; 
Sierra Leone (Morgan). ; 


jf *71. Pison Montanus Cam. 

Pison montanus Cam. in Sjéstedt, Kilimandj. Meru Exp. ii. 
aS oR (LOMO) Ec). 

The description is poor, but from the coarse sculpture the 
relationship would seem to be nearest to allonymum. 
Hab. Kibonoto, Kilimandjaro, 


622 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


72. Pison ALLONYMUM Schulz. 


Pison iridipennis Cam. Rec. Albany Mus. i. p. 261 (1905), 3 
(nec Smith, 1879). 
Pisum allonymum Schulz, Spolia Hymen. p. 2138 (1906), 


The head, thorax, and median segment are coarsely punctured, 
the eyes very far apart on the vertex, nearly as far as on the 
clypeus, the posterior ocelli further from the eyes than from each 
other. I do not think that this can be rhodesianum Bisch., the 
distance between the eyes being so much greater than in ater, 
and the puncturation much coarser, 

Hab. Dunbrody (O'Neill); Willowmore (Dr. Brauns) ; Mia 
Luangwa River, N.E. Rhodesia (Veave), August; Nawalia, 
Niamadzi River, N.K. Rhodesia (Weave), August. 


*73, PISON RHODESIANUM Bisch. 


Pison rhodesianwm Bisch. Arch. f. Naturg. A. 3, p. 75 
(1913), 9 

From the description this seems to be very near P. ater, with 
which Bischoff compares it. J consider that it is certainly dis- 
tinct from any of the African species described by Cameron. 

Hab. Buluwayo; October. 


74, PISON TRANSVAALENSIS Cam. 


Pison transvaalensis Cam. Ann. Transv. Mus. ii. p- 152 


(1910), 3 


A specimen of this species, labelled “type” by Cameron, is in 
the British Museum. It is from the Cameron collection, and is 
a female; but Cameron was accustomed to label all specimens 
before him « ‘type,’ not only one. The species is very near denti- 
ceps, and I am inclined to think that Cameron has mistaken the 
sex of his type, and that denticeps is really the male of trans- 
vaalensis, in which case the latter name would stand. But the 
position of the first recurrent nervure is different. The posterior 
ocelli in transvaalensis are very close to the eyes. 


* Hab. Pretoria. 


75. PISON DENTICEPS Cam. 
Pison denticeps Cam. Ann. Transv. Mus. ii. p. 153 (1910), ¢ 


This may be distinguished from xanthopus by the finer stria- 
tion of the median segment, the less constricted abdominal 
segments, the apical ventral segment is produced into two points 
as is usual in the genus, not into one only as in wanthopus; the 
clypeus also has a distinct spine at the apex, and the front 
is more distinctly convex. ‘This species is remarkable as showing 
a transition in neuration from Pison to Pisonoides, the second 
transverse cubital nervure being sometimes entirely absent, but 
sometimes represented by a stump; prebably a~long series 
would show the full transition. 


Hab. Transvaal. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 62¢ 


*76. PIson CLYPEATUS Cam. 
Pison clypeatus Cam. Ann. Transy. Mus. ii. p. 153 (1910), 2. 


Evidently allied to xanthopus, but the clypeus is narrowed to a 
sharp point in the centre, the striation of the median segment is 
coarser, and the second abscissa of the radius longer. 

Hab. Warmberg, Zoutpansberg district ; October. 


77. PISON INHQUALE, sp. n. 


6. Niger; mandibulis apice fusco-ferrugineis; tegulis cal- 
carlisque brunneis ; alis hyalinis, apice late infuscatis, iridescen- 
tibus, venis nigris; cellula cubitali secunda minutissima aut 
obliterata. 

Long. 7 mm. 


3. Clypeus broad, produced into a short spine in the middle of 
the apical margin; clothed with silver pubescence, which extends 
on the front as high as the emargination of the eyes. Second 
joint of the flagellum very slightly longer than the third; eyes 
separated on the clypeus by a distance half as great again as that 
separating them on the vertex; posterior ocelli as far from the 
eyes as from each other, separated from the eyes by a distance 
exceeding the diameter of an ocellus. Front closely punctured- 
rugose, the frontal sulcus obsolete, except just below the anterior 
ocellus, the vertex closely and rather coarsely punctured. Pro- 
notum short, as in P. afer; mesonotum and scutellum coarsely 
punctured, but less closely than the vertex, more coarsely than 
in P, ater; pleure very closely punctured, but more finely than in 
P. ater. Median segment with a deep median sulcus which is 
very widely forked close to the base, enclosing a very small basal 
area, the branches of the sulcus obliquely striated, the main 
sulcus extending to the apex of the segment, with a strong 
median carina not quite reaching the apex; on each side of the 
sulcus the segment is very closely and finely punctured, with 
numerous, fine, irregular striz; the apical slope coarsely punc- 
tured-rugose, with a deep median sulcus. Abdomen finely 
punctured, the segments moderately depressed at the apex, the 
apical bands of white pubescence well defined lateraily, but not 
distinct in the middle, the basal segment more sparsely and 
strongly punctured than the second, the apical segments very 
closely and minutely punctured; the ventral segments more 
sparsely but evenly punctured; apical ventral segment very 
shallowly emarginate, the angles not produced into points. 
Second abscissa of the radius very short, second cubital cell 
obliterated on the left side, very minute on the right, second 
recurrent nervure on the right. side interstitial with the second 
transverse cubital nervure, first received before the apex of the 
first cubital cell. Basal and transverse median nervures in- 
terstitial. 

Hab. Mianje, Nyassaland (S. A. Veave), 2300 ft., October. 

Very near ater and rhodesianus, but differs in the sculpture, 


624 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


especially on the thorax and median segment; also in the reduc- 
tion of the second eubital cell. It also differs in these characters 


from montanus. 'Thereis no impressed line behind the posterior 
ocelli. 


78. PISON WOLLASTONI, sp. n. 


2. Nigra, albo-pilosa; tegulis apice pallide brunneis; .alis 
hyalinis, apice late infumatis, venis nigris, stigmate fusco- 
ferrugineo. 

Long. 11 mm. 


2. Clypeus produced into a point at the apex, punctured 
finely and closely, and clothed with rather long whitish pu- 
bescence which extends on the front as far as the emargination 
of the eyes. Antenne rather slender, not thickened towards the 
apex, the second joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the 
third, but shorter than the first and third combined. Posterior 
ocelli nearer to the eyes than to each other, separated from the 
eyes by a distance considerably less than the diameter of one 
ocellus; the eyes nearly twice as far from each other on the 
clypeus as on the vertex. Front punctured-rugose, the vertex 
and ocellar space more finely punctured ; pronotum short, steeply 
sloped anteriorly ; mesonotum and mesopleura coarsely punc- 
tured, scutellum more finely and sparsely punctured. Median 
segment closely punctured-rugose, the median sulcus shallow and 
not extending to the apex, the median carina distinct ; the pos- 
terior slope rugose, with a shallow median sulcus. Abdomen 
smooth and shining on the dorsal surface, the segments scarcely 
depressed at the apex, the apical fascize of white pubescence con- 
fined to the sides; the ventral segments sparsely but distinctly 
punctured. Second abscissa of the radius shorter than the 
petiole of the well-developed second cubital cell ; second recurrent 
nervure interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure, 
first received by the second cubital cell close to the base; basal 
and transverse median nervures interstitial. 

Hab. St. Helena (Wollaston). 


A very distinct species, not at all nearly allied to any Ethio- 
pian form. 


79. PiIson SPECULARE Turn. 


Pison speculare Turn. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiv. p. 371 (1911), 2 


The posterior ocelli almost touch the eyes ; the puncturation of 
the whole insect is very delicate, microscopic on both dorsal and 
ventral segments of the abdomen. 


Hab. Praslin, Seychelles (Scott). 


80. Pison KoHLII Bingh. 


Pison kohlii Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hymen. i. p. 220 
(1897), 9 
Pison aureopilosus Cam. Soc. Entom. xxiv. p. 73 (1909). 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 625 


Hasily distinguished from punctifrons by the golden pubescence 
of the head and abdomen, by the almost obsolete puncturation of 
the mesonotum, and by the coarse longitudinal striation of the 
median segment, the striation in punctifrons being oblique. 

Hab. Dawnat Range, Tenasserim (Bingham), December ; 
Borneo (Cameron). ° 


81. Pison punctTiFRons, Shuck. 


Pison punctifrons Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 77 (1837), ©. 

Pison suspiciosus Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe., Zool. ii. p. 104 
(1858), 9. 

Pison fabricator Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 297 
(1869), 9°. 

Pison striolatum Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. xli. 
p- 82 (1896). 

Pison gavanus Cam. Tijdsch. f. Kntom. xlviii. p. 63 (1905), ¢. 

I think all these are identical—certainly the first four, and 
almost certainly Cameron’s species also. 

flab. Yunzalin Valley, Tenasserim (Bingham), April; Ran- 
goon (Lingham), May; Singapore (Wallace); Samarang, Java 
(Drescher) ; Ceylon (Thwaites); Hong Kong (Smith); Foo-Chow 
(Pickett). 


Pa 82. PISON ORIENTALE Cam. 


Pison orientale Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soe. xli. 
13, p. 23 (1897). 


Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney). 


Y *83. Pison LacuNn#® Ashm. 
Pison lagune Ashm. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxvii. p. 151 
(1904), 3. 
I suspect that this will prove to be a synonym of puinctifrons, 
but the description is too poor for certainty. 
Hab. Laguna, Philippines (Stang/). 


*84, PISON ASHMEADI, nom. nov. 
Pison punctulatus Ashm. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxviii. 
p- 960 (1905), 3 (nec P. punctulatum Kohl, 1883). 


I cannot identify this species. 
Hab. Manila (Brown). 


J 85. PIsoN PALLIDIPALPIS Sm. 


Pison pallidipalpis Sm. Journ, Proc. Linn. Soce., Zool. vii. 
p. 35 (1863), 9. 
Closely allied to insularis Sm. and priscwm Turn. The punc- 


turation of the second ventral segment is microscopic. 
Hab. Ceram (Wallace). 


626 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


86. PISOoN INSULARIS Sm. 
Pison insuluris Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 297 


(1869), 2. 
Very near priscum Turn., but differs as pointed out under 
that species. The second ventral segment is shining and smooth. 


Hab. New Hebrides. 


/ *87. Pison GLaBRuM Kohl. 


Pison glabrum Kohl, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxi. 
p. 309 (1908), 2. 

This seems to be very near inswlaris in sculpture; but the 
wings are infuscate: and either the eyes are further apart on 
the vertex or the basal joints of the flagellum are shorter. 

Hab. Upolu, Samoa (Rechinger). 


*88. PisoNn stRictirrons Vachal. 
V  Pison strictifrons Vachal, Revue d’Entom. xxvi. p. 114 


CQO; 2. 
A much smaller species than insularis, though agreeing with 
it in nearness of the posterior ocelli to the eyes and in the 


smooth median segment. The description is very insufficient. 
Hab. New Caledonia. 


Y 89. Pison ImPUNCTATUM Turn. 


Pison impunctatum Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. 
p- 200 (1912), 9. 

Probably closely allied to strictifrons, also to iridipennis Sm. 
From the latter it differs in the lesser distance between the eyes 
on the vertex and the smoother median segment. 


Hab. New Guinea (Wollaston). 


90. Pison IRIDIPENNIS Sm. 

Pison wridipennis Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 676 
(1879), ¢; Smith, Deser. New Spee. Hymen. p. 139(1879), 3. 

Hab. Hawaii; Koolau, July; Samoa. 


91. PISON TUBERCULATUS Sm. 


Pison tuberculatus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 296 
(1869), 3. 

A small species closely allied to cridipennis, but whereas that 
species has in the male a short transverse ridge on the third 
ventral segment and a similar but less distinct ridge on the 
fourth, twberculatus has a rounded tubercle on each side of the 
third ventral segment and a similar but less distinet tubercle on 


each side of the second and fourth. 
Hab. New Zealand. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 627 


/ 92. Pison Morosus Sm. 


Pison morosus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 317 (1856), 2 
(nec Smith, 1864). 

Much larger than tuberculatus, and has no tubercles on the 
ventral segments of the male. It appears to be the commoner 
of the two indigenous species in New Zealand; the third species, 
P. spinole, being a comparatively recent importation. 

Hab. New Zealand. 


¢ 93. PISON TAHITENSE Sauss. 

Pison tahitense Sauss. Reise d. Novara, Zool. ii., Hymen. p. 65 
(1867), 9 ¢. 

Allied to P. hospes, but has the eyes nearer together both on 
the vertex and the clypeus, and the clypeus of the male more 
strongly produced. 

Hab. Tahiti; Samoa; Rarotonga. 


(Y *94,. PIson CoLLARE Kohl. 


Pison collare Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxill. p. 337 
(1883), @. 
The clypeus of the female is produced into an acute spine ; 
the front coarsely punctured; the median segment shining and 
sparsely punctured, with a few transverse strie near the apex of 


the posterior slope. 
Hab. Duke of York Island, New Britain. 


ty 95. Pison nivipus Sm. 
Pison nitidus Sm. Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. iii. p. 160 (1858), 
2 


Nearest to scabrwm Turn. 


Hab. Aru (Wallace); Ké (Wallace). 


96. Pison constrictum Turn, 


Pison morosus Sm. Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. viii. p. 85 (1864), 2 
(nec Sm., 1856). 

Pisum constrictum Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. 
fos MOLL COMA), 

These are almost certainly sexes of one species. It is nearest 
to the Queensland species, P. punctulatwm Kohl. 

Hab. New Guinea (Wallace) ; Mysol (Wallace), Mimika River, 
New Guinea (Wollaston). 


/ 97. Pison recuINGERI Kohl. 
Pison rechingeri Kohl, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1xxx1. 
p- 309 (1908), 2 3. 
Differs from hospes and constrictum in the sculpture of the 


median segment and the better-defined frontal sulcus. — 
Hab. Upolu, Samoa (Rechinger); Tonga (ex coll. F. Smith). 


V 


Vv 


628 , MR. R. E. TURNER ON 


98. Prison HosrEs Sm. 


Pison hospes Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 676 


(1879), 2 ¢ ; Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen. p. 139 (1879), 
Dis 


Hab. Hawaii; Singapore (Ridley); Cocos Islands (Wood 


Jones). 


Probably imported into Hawaii. itis doubtfully distinct from 


P. pallidipalpis Sm. 


New World Species. 


99. PiIson L2&viIs Sm. 


Pison levis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 317 (1856), 9. 
Hab. Georgia. 


100. Pison CONFORMIS Sm. 


Pison conformis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 


bo 
Ne) 
“I 


(1869), 3. 


Hab. Mexico. 


*101. Prison crEssont Rohw. 


Pison cressonti Rohw. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xl. p. 570 


(1911). 


Hab. Nicaragua. 


*102. Pison cAMERONIT Kohl. 


Pison fasciatum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiil. 


p- 339 (1883), 2 (nec Radoszkowski). 


Pison cameronti Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlvii. p. 546 . 


(1893). 


Hab. Mexico or Peru. 


103. PIsoN MACULIPENNIS Sm. 


Prison maculipennis Sm. Journ. of Entom. i. p. 80 (1860), 2. 
Hab. Para (Bates); Ega (Bates). 


*104. PisoN PARAENSIS Spin. 
Pison paraensis Spin. Mem. Accad. Se. Torino, (2) xii. p. 58 


(1851), (1853), 2. 


Hab. Lower Amazon. 


*105, PisoN AUREOFACIALE Strand. 
Pison aureofaciale Strand, Zool. Jahrb. xxix. p. 174 (1910). 
Hab. Paraguay. 


FOSSORIAL WASPS. 629 


f #106. PisoN CONVEXIFRONS Tasch. 
Pison convexifrons Tasch. Zeitschr. f. d. Ges. Naturw. xxxvi. 
p- 18 (1870), @. 
Hab. Rio de Janeiro. 


/ 107. Pison CHILENSIS Spin. 
Pison chilensis Spinola, in Gay, Hist. fis. Chile, Zool. vi. p. 326 
(1851). 
Hab, Santiago; Coquimbo. 


/ *108. Pison arEouatus Spin. 

Pison areolatus Spinola, in Gay, Hist. fis. Chile, Zool. vi, p. 327 
(1851), 2. 

Hab. Chile. 


*109. Prison vaRrIicornis Reed. 

Pison variicornis Reed, Anal. Univ. Chile, lxxxv. p. 22 (1894). 

Hab. Chile. 

Pison letus Sm. and Pison flavipictus Sm., both collected by 
Bates on the Upper Amazon, belong, according to my determin- 
ation, to the genus Scapheutes Handl., but the types appear to 
be lost or have not been marked. ison pilosus Sm. belongs to 
the genus Pisonopsis. Smith evidently discovered his error as 
to the first two, for they are omitted from his list of the genus 
in 1869. 


Genus Pisonopsis Fox. 
Y 1. P. cuyprata Fox, Psyche, vi. p. 553 (1893), 9 ¢. Nevada. 


/ 2. P. vrianeutaris Ashm. Ent. Mus. Philadelphia, x. p. 9 
(1899). Colorado. 


3. P. prrKMANNI Rohw. Trans. American Entom. Soc. xxxv. 
p. 129 (1909). Texas. : 


4, P. prtosus Sm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xu. p. 295 
(1873) (as Pison pilosus). Ega. 


5. P. arcentinus Schrottky, Ann. Soc. Argent. Ixvili. p. 251 
(1909). Catamarea. 


Lu 6. P. anomatA Mantero, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxxii. p. 202 
(1901). Patagonia. 
I have only seen P. pilosus Sm., and therefore can give no key 
to the species. 
The genus is entirely American, and will probably prove to be 
nearly as rich in species on that continent as true Pison. 


= 2, S. (OIG. NEWAM. I 1. 


e./77. 


podia. 


H. G. Newth. del. Bale & Danielsson, Ltd. 


DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 


Pi Zer Ss SG re NE Vile rele 


MVrp. P. MVip. 
10 


H. G. Newth, del. 


Bale & Danielsson, Ltd. 


DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 


ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 631 


30. The Karly Development of Cucumaria: Preliminary 
Accountan a by H. GaeNnwiEs ACR. ©8S., 0-283 
Demonstrator of Zoology at the Imperial College of 
Science and Technology. 


[Received May 31, 1916: Read October 24, 1916. | 


(Plates I., IL., and Text-figure 1.) 


INDEX. ; Page 
Tb roductronw: weeeeece coe tae ence cata ate eee ODT! 
Wiener eine! WARINGCL bon Ssonhcodanoncaocedhatoowns sabbapbennos eee 
A Divs} Dany tyes aN oy pyaVe>: Bea oda Haaie tue saab Sener oc UB DR poo Sea BAB GHeEe sis) 
Formation and Segmentation of the Coelom ............... 634 
{ne lemnipaewle Or OL GaEIEOUG sos ooccon9ns nnavooand obscceven ce 636 
Neferencesitolihenanuce) eens seen ee OSo 
Explanationyon they Plates seqeiateee eres arenes eee O40) 

INvRODUCTION. 


The study of the development of the various groups of 
Kchinoderms has attracted many workers during recent years, 
and the result of their labours is a remarkably complete and, 
on the whole, remarkably consistent chapter of embryological 
research. Only in the case of the Holothurioidea has there 
been left any considerable hiatus in our knowledge of the normal 
development of a group. Undoubtedly many causes have con- 
tributed to this defect, but chiefly it is due, I think, to the 
difficulty of artificially fertilizing the eggs and raising cultures 
of the larve in the laboratory, The forms hitherto investigated 
have accordingly been investigated incompletely, or they have 
been viviparous, as in the case of Synapta vivipara, or they have 
been such as present a “ shortened ” larval life and can therefore 
be readily reared, as in the case of Cucuwmaria. 

The main outlines of the development of the Auricularia are 
described in the works of Semon (12) and Bury (1 and 2), 
who both investigated the same species—Synapta digitata; and 
Clark (3) has given an admirable account of the embryology of 
S. vivipara. It has been urged, however, with much reason, that 
the synaptas are unsuitable forms to study, on account of the 
departure of their adult anatomy from the typical Holothurian 
plan. ‘“ The fact is that Synapta is about the worst form that 
could have been chosen to represent the Holothurioidea. Its 
radial water-vascular canals are only transitory larval structures, 
and its buccal tentacles not only spring directly from the water- 
vascular ring, but, in contravention of the rule which prevails in 
all the other groups of Holothurioidea, their number is no longer’ 
a multiple of five” (MacBride, 8). We owe to Ludwig the only 
fairly complete account of an ontogeny to which the above 
objection does not apply. His description of the development of 


632 MR. W. G. NEWTH ON THE 


Cucumearia planci (7), published without figures, and purporting 
to be only the preliminary to a fully-illustrated memoir, has 
generally been accepted as correct; but in the absence of his 
completed work, which was never published, and in view of the 
interest of some of his results, it was desirable that a fresh study 
should be made. The suggestion that I should undertake this 
research and the opportunity to conduct it I owe entirely to 
Protessor MacBride, whose encouragement and assistance I grate- 
fully acknowledge. 

My work on the embryology of Cucwmaria had been in progress 
for nearly three years, and was still in many respects incomplete, 
when I learnt that Mr. H. Ohshima, Rigakushi, of Tokyo Imperial 
University, was engaged upon similar researches. In these 
circumstances the present short statement was prepared. No 
attempt will be made in what follows to give, even in outline, a 
picture of the whole period covered by my preparations ; 1t must 
suflice to draw attention to those of my results which, on points 
of importance, either confirm or cast doubt upon the conclusions 
of Ludwig and others. 


MATERIAL AND Meruop. 


My material consisted at first of a series of stages in the 
development of Cucumaria saxicola, supplied by the Marine 
Biological Association to Prof. MacBride, who handed them to 
me for examination. I have since been able to add to this 
certain stages in the development of the nearly allied C. normani, 
adults of which species were sent to me in London. ‘These 
animals spawned in my tanks, as I shall describe, and gave me 
the opportunity of observing the living larve and of bridging 
certain gaps in the original series. I may say at once that 
nothing can be seen, in the living young, of the internal changes 
that are occurring, and that both stocks of material were fixed 
in ignorance of the great rapidity with which the early develop- 
ment takes place *. 

In view of the discrepancy between the statements made below 
and those of Ludwig, it should be noted that the fixative used 
by him was 50 per cent. alcohol followed by 70 per cent. alcohol. 
Of my own methods of preservation and sectioning I cannot 
treat in this place further than to say that the only reliable 
fixatives were found to be the picro-formol-acetic mixture of 
Bouin and Flemming’s strong fluid (acting for not more than 
two hours), and that the method of double-embedding in celloidin 
and wax was always used. Special difficulties in orientation 
necessitated a modification of the latter method, and this I hope 
to describe at some length in my full account. Sections were 
generally cut 6 w thick, and were stained with an alcoholic 


* Since the above was written a consignment of C. saxicola, from Plymouth, 
has provided me with abundant material for a complete atcount of the development 
of that species. The description here given of spawning, segmentation, ete., in 
C. normani apphes with equal truth to C. saxicola. 


DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 633 


solution of hematein followed by orange-G as a plasma stain. 
The figures are all from camera-lucida outlines. 


Tae Livinc Younc. 


Spawning in every case has occurred in the night, and generally 
near midnight. On the one occasion on which a successful 
culture resulted, males and females of C. normanz, living together 
in the same tank, began to spawn within a few minutes of one 
another. In other cases isolated individuals of both sexes have 
spawned during the night; but I could never succeed in fertilizing 
the eggs so shed by adding sperm-suspension to the water in 
which they were. My remarks about the living larve refer to 
the above-mentioned culture. 

The newly-shed eggs (Pl. I. fig. 1), taken from among the 
tentacles of the female, are undergoing, or have just completed, 
their second maturation division. They are flattened at the 
poles—especially at the animal pole, which tends to float upper- 
most—and enclosed ina striated follicular jelly from which the 
follicle-ceils have been cast off. No definite micropyle can be 
made out, but the umbilicus of the follicle, situated at the animal 
pole of the egg, almost certainly has the function of a micropyle, 
since sperms are unable to penetrate the jelly. The polar bodies 
project into the umbilicus. I did not observe the entrance of 
the sperm into the egg. (PI. I. fig. 2.) 

In the segmentation which follows there is nothing of that 
ideal eee that has been described in the case of the egg of 
Synapta*. The first two cleavage planes are usually meridional, 
and divide the egg into four equal blastomeres, which may then 
rearrange themselves in relation to the original ego-axis (Pl. I. 
fig. 3); but in some eggs the first two blastomeres do not divide 
simultaneously. The third cleavage is equatorial. Subsequent 
divisions, so far as I am able to discover, do not follow any 
orderly scheme. They result in the formation of a morula 
(Pl. I. fig. 4), which gives rise to a wrinkled blastula of the type 
first described by Masterman, in Cribrella (10), and, later, by 
Gemmill, in Solaster (5) and Porania (6). At this stage (PI. I. 
fig. 5) the embryo acquires cilia, and soon after emerges from the 
egg-membrane and begins to rotate slowly at the bottom of the 
culture tank. Gastrulation is marked externally by the smoothing 
out of the superficial wrinkles, and by elongation of the larva. 
The fully-formed gastrula is more opaque at its anterior (pre- 
oral) end, and in swimming this end is always upwards. The 
larvee now swim just below the surface of the water, and rotate 
slowly about their long axis—in a counter-clockwise direction as 
seen from above yt. A constriction appears soon after this, in 

* This irregularity is due, I think, in great part, to polyspermy and to unnatural 
conditions in the laboratory. In a few individuals of C. saxicola I have seen perfect 
symmetry of cleavage up to the 16-cell stage. 

+ The blastulz of C. saxicola rotate clockwise; but after gastrulation the direc- 


tion of rotation is, in the majority, reversed. I have no note about the direction of 
rotation of the C. ‘normani blastula. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XLIV. 44 


634 MR. H. G. NEWTH ON THE 


many but not all of the larve, near the equator, and at the 
same time the stomodeeum arises as a crescentic invagination at 
the junction of the opaque and the less opaque regions of the 
body (age=48 hours). The formation of the stomodeeum pro- 
ceeds by the extension backwards of the horns of the crescent, 
their ultimate fusion in a posterior lip, and the in-sinking of the 
enclosed area. From the orifice thus established the five primary 
oral tentacles, formed part passw with the stomodeeum, soon come 
to project. They are tipped with little hyaline excrescences, 
and can be entirely withdrawn into the stomodeum. (PI. I. 
fig. 6.) 

During the completion of the stomodeum the primary tube- 
feet make their appearance as two circular depressions in the 
ectoderm; and from this time onwards the asymmetry of the 
larva (comparable to that of the Auricularia “ pupa”) is manifest. 
The stomodeum lies, very obviously, to the left of the median 
ventral line as determined by the tube-feet, and of these latter 
the left is placed further forward than the right. It is interesting 
to note that Ludwig describes the right primary tube-foot of 
C. planci as being the more anterior of the two. Fig. 6, which 
is of the corresponding stage in C. samicola, shows the displace- 
ment of the stomodzeum, but a less-than-average displacement 
of the podia. 

No further external change, except growth of the tentacles 
and the tube-feet, occurs during the free-swimming life of the 
animal. The ciliation of its surface is uniform at every stage: 
there is no segregation of the cilia into bands as there is in the 
larva of OC. planci (Selenka, 11). On the fourth and fifth days 
the larve still swim near the surface, but towards the end of the 
fifth day they tend to sink to the bottom and settle down upon 
their oral tentacles. Beyond this stage I shall not, at present, 
follow their development. 


FoRMATION AND SEGMENTATION OF THE COELOM. 


The segmentation cavity appears during the formation of the 
wrinkled blastula from the solid morula. It is at first empty, 
i. e. it contains nothing that is coagulable by any of the usual 
fixatives—and no cell-communications exist, such as are required 
by Sedgwick’s conception of the blastula asasyneytium. Mesen- 
chyme and “blastocoel jelly” appear simultaneously later and 
seem to be identical, the processes of the cells merging indistin- 
guishably, in sections, into the reticulations of the jelly, the 
interstices of which are filled with oil droplets. Since, however, 
this oily yolk uniformly fills the spacious blastocoel of later stages, 
it would seem that it must be contributed in part by cells other 
than those few which are found in it, and the fact, among others, 
that in the blastula there occur rounded, enucleate fragments of 
cytoplasm supports this view (fig. 5, +). 

It was stated of C. planci by Ludwig, that mesenchyme and 


DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 635. 


ectoderm formed a single tissue, and this is observable in the 
later larval stages and the pentacula of C. saxicola and C. normani. 
Of these species up to the third day stage it is certainly not true, 
the ectoderm, except near the blastopore, being a definite, single- 
layered epithelium. My preparations do not confirm the same 
author’s further statement that mesenchyme originates from the 
definitive ectoderm (except for the above-mentioned cytoplasmic 
fragments, and except in unhealthy or abnormal individuals). 

Nhe fully- fermed gastrula is very remarkable (PI. I. fig. 7). 
The archenteron is deeply invaginated and forms a flattened, 
thick-walled vesicle. In one lateral aspect (as made out from 
sections) this vesicle is almost circular; at right angles to this 
direction it is seen edgewise, and appears dumbbell-shaped in 
section owing to the central inflection of its flattened sides. Its 
cavity, in ether words, is a dise with a thickened periphery except 
where this is interrupted by the blastopore. I have found this 
stage in both the species examined. 

The details of the process by which the primary coelomic 
pouches are formed from the archenteron I am unable to give. 
What is certain, however, is that the water-vascular system, the 
posterior (perivisceral) coelom, and the gut are derived, in the 
erder named, from successive regions o dhe an chenteron, be- 
ginning at the anterior end, At the stage shown in fig. 8 the 
primary pouches are already present as thick-walled vesicles, still 
in connection with the gut and with one another. The large 
anterior pouch gives rise to the stone-canal and to the rest of the 
water-vascular system, and may therefore be supposed to represent 
anterior coelom plus hydrocoel. It isa flattened sac which crosses 
the larval axis obliquely and curves back to communicate with 
the posterior coelom. Nine sections on either side of the one 
figured show these two sacs in the same relative positions, but 
their connection with one another persists through only three 
sections in all, and the posterior coelom communicates with the 
gut im one section only—that next to the one figured. 

Apparently this state of affairs has been brought about by an 
S-shaped bending of the whole of the archenteron at right angles 
to its plane of flattening, coupled with a pinching-off of its 
anterior three-quarters preceeding inwards from opposite edges 
of the original disc. 

This stage I have seen in C. norman only. 

There is no indication yet of the position either of the madre- 
poric pore or of the stomodzum, and it is therefore impossible, 
in the absence of annectant stages, to determine with certainty 
the dorsal and ventral sides of the larva. It will be remembered 
that in Synapta the coelom is described by Selenka as being 
budded off dorsalwards from the archenteron, and a similar 
orientation has been ascribed to the primary vesicle in C. planci 
by the same author, and in Holothuria floridana by Edwards (4). 
Ludwig states, without giving the grounds for his opinion: 

“Das Hydro-Enterocoel liegt nicht, wie Selenka angiebt, 

44* 


636 MR. H. G. NEWYH ON THE 


anfiinglich, d. h. so lange es noch mit dem Urdarme zusammen- 
hingt, dorsalwirts von diesem um erst nach seiner Abschniirung 
an dessen linke Seite zu riicken, sondern befindet sich von vorn- 
herein an dieser Seite.” 

By the middle of the third day the formation of the stomodzeum 
has begun and the segmentation of the coelom, in C. normani, is 
complete, though in some larve the connection between bydrocoel 
and posterior coelom is not yet lost. The hydrocoel still points 
forward in the axis (roughly speaking) of the animal, and from it 
project on either side the rudiments of the radial canals and of 
the oral tentacles (P|. 11. tig. 9). The posterior part of the anterior 
vesicle is now bent, at an obtuse angle to the hydrocoel, towards 
the dorsal body-wall, and in many larvee has acquired an opening 
to the exterior—the madreporic pore. There is only a very 
shallow invagination of ectoderm in the formation of the opening, 
and it will probably be correct to regard the whole of this postero- 
dorsal limb of the water-vascular system, which is later converted 
en bloc into the stone-canal, as being homologous with the 
anterior coelom of other Echinoderm larvee (cf. Bury, 2). At this 
time—as also, more markedly, in the next stage—there is no con- 
tinuous clear lumen in the hydrocoel, the stone-canal, or the 
posterior coelom, and it is doubtful, I think, whether the madre- 
poric pore ever functions. Even after the tentacles are well 
established, and can be protruded and retracted, their lumen is 
obliterated in some places by the vacuolated inner ends of their 
cells. 

The relation of the tentacle-rudiments to the undifferentiated 
residue of the hydrocoel is precisely similar to that of the rudi- 
mentary radial canals, with which they alternate. There is no 
association among any of the ten outgrowths to indicate their 
future arrangement with reference to the water-vascular ring. 
This is a stage obviously somewhat later than the most advanced 
three-days-old larva of C. planci described by Ludwig, in which 
the hydrocoel had the shape of an irregular horse-shoe, slight out- 
pushings of which were identified as the rudiments of the radial 
canals. In C. normani there is a complete suppression of the 
typical curved hydrocoel crescent, owing to the large size and close 
crowding together of its lobes, and to the thickness of their walls. 
On this account. the interpretation of this stage is peculiarly 
difficult in the absence of intermediate stages between it and the 
one next following. My identification of the hydrocoel lobes in 
fig. 9 must therefore be considered as being provisional only, and 
it must be pointed out that it is based upon the determination 
of the point of closure of the ring-canal on the following day— 
which I have only made out in C. saxicola. 


Tuer PENTACULA OF C. saxicola. 


The third-day (65 hours) larva of C. saxicola shows a consider- 
able advance upon the last stage described. The stomodeum 


DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 637 


forms a spacious oral atrium into which the five tentacles project, 
and the ring-canal now surrounds the anterior end of the gut, its 
plane being inclined to the larval axis (as in C. planct) in such a 
way that its dorsal part is nearer the anterior end of the animal 
than its ventral. It is possible now to identify the radii and to 
determine the point of closure of the ring. In six of my pre- 
parations of this stage the ring is still open in the left dorsal 
interradius. 

Radial canals and tentacles are given off alternately from the 
ring, but there is already discernible, in some individuals at any 
rate, the beginning of that curious grouping of tentacles which 
is found in the later pentacula. Of the radial canais the mid- 
ventral is much the largest. It projects directly backwards from 
the ring-canal, and has at its posterior end a rhombic dilatation 
the two laterally directed angles of which represent the internal 
rudiments of the primary tube-feet, which are thus, from their 
first appearance, not terminal (PI. II. fig. 10). In C. planci, 
C. kirchsbergii, Holothuria tremula, Psolus fabricii, and Phyllo- 
phorus urna the first two podia have been described, by various 
authors, as arising simultaneously from the posterior end of the 
mid-ventral radial canal, Holothuria floridana being exceptional, 
in that it forms at first a single terminal tube-foot on the mid- 
ventral canal (Edwards, 4). 

The right and left dorsal radial canals project outwards in the 
plane of the ring-canal, and their ends have already begun to 
turn backwards ; the lateral ventral canals are short, blunt; and 
unbent. There is no difference in the degree of development of 
the five tentacles. In those larve in which the ring-canal is 
closed a small blunt outgrowth—the rudiment of the Polian 
vesicle—has appeared on the posterior wall of the ring at the 
point of closure; but whether this belongs to the dorsal or 
to the ventral limb of the hydrocoel I find it impossible to 
determine. 

The relations of the stone-canal are what they were in the 
last stage described. At about the middle of its length, however, 
there is now a slight enlargement of the lumen, caused by an up- 
pushing of its antero-dorsal wall. This marks the point at which 
the secondary madreporite (Madreporenblase of Ludwig) will 
later be formed. 

On the fourth day (84 hours) the water-vascular system presents 
an interesting transition stage, in which the three more dorsal 
tentacles are connected with the radial canals from which they 
spring in the adult, while the two more ventral ones still retain 
their interradial communication with the ring-canal. As in 
C. planci, the left dorsal radial canal has appropriated two 
tentacles and the right dorsal canal only one—that which was 
developed in the right dorsal interradins. The two lateral 
ventral radial canals have no tentacles associated with them, 
those developed in the ventral interradii being appropriated later 
by the mid-ventral canal, to which, indeed, their bases already 


* 


638 MR, H. G. NEWTEH ON THE 


begin to be approximated (PI. II. fig. 11). What may be the 
mechanics of this migration of the bases of the tentacles from 
the ring to the radial canals I can only surmise. I conceive it 
to consist essentially in the conversion of those areas of the wall 
of the ring which immediately surround the bases of the radial 
canals ino the walls of the canals themselves, which are growing 
rapidly at this time. 

While a full discussion of the significance of these arrange- 
ments cannot be attempted in this *place, it may be well to eall 
attention to the fact that the speculations of Semon as to the 
phylogeny of Holothurians were in great part founded upon the 
assumption that the alternation of the tentacle lobes of the 
hydrocoel with the radial canals, observed in Synapta, was a 
constant feature of Holothurian ontogeny. This assumption was 
controverted by Ludwig, who, after examining an eight-day larva 
of C. planci as his earliest stage, had the assurance e assert that 
the tentacles arose from the pda eanals and not from the ring. 
A careful perusal of the same author's second paper, in which 
earlier stages are described, makes it appear doubtful whether 
the first appearance of the tentacles was ever observed by him at 
all. The question therefore still remams to be solved: Which is 
secondary, the alternation ef the tentacles (as lobes of the 
hydrocoel) with the radial canals, or the adult condition in which 
they are outgrowths of the radial canals 2 


Text-figure 1. 


Diagram showing the relation of the various derivatives of the hydrocoel im 
(A) Holothuria floridana aud (B) Cucumeria. 


For explanation of lettering see p. 640. 


‘ 


A comparison of the arrangement of the primary tentacles in 
Holothuria floridana, according to the account of Edwards (4), 
with that in Cucumaria perhaps throws some light on this matter 
(text-fig. 1). In the development of that animal, asin Cucumaria, 
there is an asymmetrical disposition of the tentacles i in relation 


DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 639 


to the radu, but the disposition is totally different, and in addition 
the Polian vesicle is in the left ventral interradius. The two agree 
In one respect only: the tentacles alternate with the radial canals. 
Edwards did not attend, apparently, to the place of actual origin 
of the tentacles, and a clearing up of that point would be valuable. 

The present paper, demonstrating, I believe, that there is a 
primary alternation of tentacles and radial canals in two species 
ot Cucumaria, seems to support the assumption made by Semon, 
whose phylogenetic speculations, however, I am not concerned to 
defend. 

The only other feature of the fourth-day larva to which I 
shall aflude is the condition of the stone-canal. In the position 
where, on the third day, a slight dilatation was observed, there 
is now an area of the antero-dorsal wall of the canal in which 
the cells have become large and clear, the cells of the other walls 
of the canal remaining columnar and closely packed. The 
appearance of cross-sections through this region is now very 
characteristic (Pl. Il. fig. 14) owing to the crowded, darkly- 
staining nuclei in the postero-ventral and lateral walls of the 
tube. Hxamination of later larve proves that we have in this 
swelling-up of certain cells of the stone-canal a preliminary stage 
in the thinning-out of the part affected to form the vesicle 
noticed by Bury (2), Ludwig (7), and MacBride (8 & 9), which is 
converted into the internal madreporite of the adult. It will be 
clear from my description of its mode of origin that Bury’s view 
that this vesicle represented the anterior coelom is incorrect. It 
is, on the contrary, a secondary differentiation of the stone-canal. 
In this conclusion I agree with Ludwig. 


References to Literature. 


(1) Bury, H. (1895).—“ The Metamorphosis of Echinoderms,” 
Quart. Journ. Micr. Se. London, vol. xxxviil. pp. 45-135, 
pls. 3-9. 

(2) Bury, H. (1889).—“ Studies in the Embryology of the 
Echinoderms,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. London, vol. xxix. 
‘pp. 409-449, pls. 37-39. 

(3) Cuarn, H. L. (1898).—* Synapta vivipara: A Contribution 
to the Morphology of Echinoderms,” Boston, Mass., Mem, 
Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. v. pp. 53-88, pls. 11-15. 

(4) Epwarps, C. L. (1909).—‘‘ The Development of Holothuria 
floridana Pourtales, with special reference to the Ambu- 
lacral Appendages,” Journ. Morph. vol. xx. pp. 211-230, 
pls. 1-3. 

(5) Gemuity, J. F. (1912).—“ The Development of the Starfish, 
Solaster endeca Forbes,” London, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xx. 
pt. 1, pp. 1-71, pls. 1-5. 

(6) Gemnaitt, J. F. (1915).—“ The Larva of the Starfish Porania 
pulvillus (O.. F. M.),” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. London, 
vol. Lxi. pp. 27-80, pls. 4 & 5. 


640 MR. H. G. NEWLH ON THE 


(7) Lupwice, H. (1891).—* Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der 
Holothurien,’ Berlin, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. no. 10, 
pp. 179-192; and (zweite Mittheilung), ibid. no. 32, 
pp. 603-612. 

(8) MacBrivg, E. W. (1912).—‘ On a Collection of young 
Holothurioids,” National Antarctic Expedition Nat. Hist. 
1901-1904, vol. vi. pp. 1-9, pls. 1 & 2. 

(9) MacBrivz, K. W., & J.C. Simpson (1908).—‘* Kchinederm 
Larve,” ibid. vol. iv. pp. 1-9, one plate. 

(10) Masrerman, A. T. (1902)—“The Early Development of 
Cribrella oculata Forbes, with Remarks on Hchinoderm 
Development,” Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. vol. xl. pp. 373-417, 
pls. 1-5. 

(11) ceeteat E. (1876).—* Zur Entwickelung der Holothurien,” 
Zeit. Wiss. Z. Leipzig, vol. xxvii. pp. 155-188, pls. 9-13. 

(12) Semon, R. (1888).—*‘ Die Entwickelung von Synapta digi- 
tata,” Jena Zeit. Naturw. Bd. xxu. pp. 175-309, pls. 6-12. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.} 
Lettering. 


A., anterior; a., anus; d4e., archenteron; a+h., anterior coelom plus hydroceel ; 
b1., blastopore ; blc., blastocoel ; D., dorsal; d. (following the abbreviation for a radial 
canal), tentacle projecting dorsalwards from the radial canal indicated ; ect., ectoderm ; 
em., egg-membrane ; ep.2., epineural space; f.7., follicular jelly; g., gut; L., left; 
LD., lett dorsal radial canal; DF., left ventral radial canal; mes., mesenchyme ; 
mp.p., madreporic pore; IMWV., mid-ventral radial canal; MV7. and MV~r., primary 
tentacles developed to the left and right, respectively, of the JZV. canal; MVUp. 
and MVrp., first pair of podia developed from the left and right sides, respectively, 
of the MV. canal; P., posterior; p.6., polar body; p.c., posterior coelom; p.o.l., 
pre-oral lobe; P.v., Polian vesicle; R., right; RD., right dorsal radial canal; 
rm., radial nerve; RV., right ventral radial canal; s.c., stone-canal; Sp., spermato- 
zoon; Stom., stomodeum (oral atrium); ¢., tentacle; V., ventral; v. (following the 
abbreviation for a radial canal), tentacle projecting ventralwards from the radial 
canal indicated ; 2w.v.7., ring-canal of the water-vascular system. 


Puste I. 
Fig. 1. Cucumaria normani. Untertilized egg seen from the side. 
2. C.normani. Animal pole of the same egg. Leitz. obj. 6, oc. 3. 
3. C. normani. Four-cell stage. 
4. C. normeni. Early morula seen from above. 
5. OC. normani. Section through the wrinkled blastula, showing at + a 
cytoplasmic inclusion. Leitz obj. 6, oc. 3. 
6. C. saxicola. Fourth-day larva, drawn from a preserved specimen. The 


tentacles are withdrawn within the stomodeum, and two of their tips 
only can be seen. Note the position of the stomodeum on the left side 
of the larva. 

7. C. normani. Longitudinal (? coronal) section through the fully-formed 
gastrula. The cavity of the archenteron is encreached upon at * by the 
inflected middle part of one of its flattened walls. 

8. C.normani. Longitudinal (? sagittal) section of a free-swimming larva 
44. hours old, showing the first stage in the segmentation of the coelom. 


DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 641 


Pr:te II. 


Fig. 9. C. normani. Graphic reconstruction (by superposition of eanvera lucida 
outlines) of a larva on the middle of the third day, viewed from the left 
side. The reconstruction was arrested at the median plane in the case 
of the body-wall, the gut, the ventral horn of the posterior coelom, and 
in the neighbourhood of the madreporic pore, so that these are seen in 
section. ‘The hydrocoel is seen in its outer aspect—dé. e. its concavity is 
towards the right. The large anterior lobe is the mid-ventral canal. 

10. C. saxicola. Coronal section of a fourth-day larva to show the relation of 
the rudiments of the primary podia to the mid-ventral canal. Note that 
the radial canal is solid at this stage. 

11-14. C. saxicola. Four transverse sections through a fourth-day larva to 
show the relation of tentacles to radial canals. Figs. 11-13 are of con- 
secutive sections; one section is missed between 13 and 14. The order 
of the sections is from the posterior to the anterior end of the larva. 

15. C. saxicola. Coronal section through the stone-canal of the same larva 
as fig. 10. Leitz 2 mm. apochr. obj., comp. oc. 6. 


OMS oy vital 
ent 


‘ Hit at festireys: ani soi me Hoenn st ; tb 
ie ae a) eee ks Thay eh 


Been 0 Bie ent 4 Pt 
a Oa es Hota! i ee ig thei abt Alorotivnnk valaatenl 
nici a ihe 1a ‘ae ee une sait Upsirkoa Wh Oboe, sat + aiid Hee, aes 
hip age tote 1, Bie ena ae Rebs ‘wttgadin quote ab oematlns ti. 
ee, St lence “ohooh 


Lae 3 ' hy eae ei a Bee a es as 


Se elt Tae 


ON LICE FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 643 


31. Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a 
Report upon a Collection from the Mammals and 
Birds in the Society’s Gardens.— Part I1.* By Bruce 
IF. Cummines, British Museum (Natural History) f. 


[Received August 4, 1916: Read November 21, 1916. ] 


(Text-figures 1-36.) 


INDEX. 
SYSTEMATIC: Page 
CANCEROUS ACNE Mae cemeiteeeeee saath eee e attra = OOo 
FNS OH HOQUOSS, Bb Vo cooncecadone sovsacare vee one noccesnacen (4 (CS) 
INGO AP WOE PUB, PEEING We oq sop easden pa doeance spe eee sebece 660 
LIbidecus, LITHO ACR RMA cles nls MMe ath uli del 663 
LESS RUSS OF 0 Ae Baridh ater ann eaarade sar Rete oe Reece yl OOe) 
ID OUHOCNT ET, (RE5 To is00 305 coscce posaberoonaenen osssoneneancge OUD 
SAP LEDIOUS DEUUFUIS, AEG Ts eodacsosaaaanoyscaanoodacosesccea (ON) 


STRUCTURE. 


Snodgrass (1), in 1899, pointed out certain broad features of 
divergence in the internal anatomy among the larger divisions 
of the Mallophaga, such as the Amblycera, the Ischnocera, and 
the family Trichodectide. Recently, Harrison (2) has claimed 
the existence of a large accessory sac of unknown function in 
connexion with the male reproductive organs as the chiet and 
most reliable character for separating the family Boépide from 
all other Mallophaga. In 1910 Mjoéberg’s sketches of the male 
reproductive system in several Mallophaga (6) offered the sys- 
tematist an inducement to compare such organs as the vesicula 
seminalis, the ductus ejaculatorius, and the spermatheca, i in order 
to discover the extent of their divergences in different species and 
genera. In the following paper some evidence on this subject 
is brought forward. So far from there being a monotonous 
uniformity in these interna] organs, the differences are such as 
no student of these little parasites can afford to neglect. The 
ultimate systematic value of such characters can only be esti- 
mated after many more dissections ; but whether it be great or 
small, the considerable difference in the form of the vesicula 
between the two Ow] Philopteri—Philopterus ceblebrachys and 
P. cursor,—to take an example, is one which cannot be satis- 
factorily ignored and which conveniently falls within the province 
of the systematic writer to record. 


Methods. 


All chitinous parts were studied after hot caustic potash had 
‘cleared away the soft parts. For an examination of the soft 


* Part I. appeared in the P. Z.S. 1916, p. 253. 

+ Published by permission of the Trustees and communicated by the SrcRETARY. 
[Owing to the illness of Mr. Cummings, the final proofs of this paper have been 
corrected, and the magnifications of the figures worked out, by the Rev. James 
Waterston, B.D., B.Sc., of the Imperial Bureau of Entomology.—Enprror. | 


644 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


parts, fresh material was not available; but it was found that 
good results may be obtained with well-preserved spirit material 
if the specimens be plunged for a few minutes in caustic potash, 
to destroy the connective tissue, and then soaked for twelve hours 
in glacial acetic acid, transferred to absolute alcohol, dissected in 
oil of cloves, and mounted in Canada balsam. 

For sectioning, the specimens had been fixed in Carnoy’s 
solution (Formula No. II.), which proved, however, to be not 
very satisfactory. For imbedding, Awati’s methods, detailed in 
the P. Z.S. for 1914 (p. 686), were followed, the sections being 
stained in the ordinary way with Ehrlich’s Hematoxylin, Eosin, 
or Orange G. I am much indebted to Mr. C. A. Gunns for 
assistance in section-cutting. 

[In none of the figures which follow of the male reproductive 
system and copulatory apparatus are the muscles shown, and in 
some the exact position of the entry of the vas deferens into the 
ductus 1s not given because, as a rule, in most of the dissections 
this could only be made out with the greatest difficulty on account 
of the delicacy of the vas deferens. | 


Family PHILOPTERIDS. 
THe Own PHILOPrert. 


Piaget (3) grouped the Owl Philopteri together, under the 
general name ‘“Strigicole.” For convenience, this plan may 
still be followed. But these Owl parasites cannot very easily be 
separated off as generically distinct from the Philopteri of Birds 
of Prey, with which they show certain affinities. Within them- 
selves they fall into three distinct types, as pointed out by 
Prof. V. L. Kellogg (4), represented by the following three 
species :—P. rostratus Nitzsch, P. ceblebrachys Nitzsch, and 
P. cursor Nitzsch. 

The following four species were included in the collection :— 


PHILOPTERUS ROSTRATUS Nitzsch (5, p. 76). 
4 9 9, from the Barn-Owl, Plammea flammea ( Linn.) *. 


Dissections were made from male material kindly handed over 
to me by Mr. Waterston. 


PHILOPTERUS CURSOR Nitzsch (5, p. 75). 


Several specimens of both sexes, from Bubo maculosus (Vieill.) 
(S. Africa) and B. ascalaphus (Savign.) (Kgypt). P. cursor has 
been further recorded from &. capensis Smith, B. virginianus 
(Gmel.), Asio accipitrinus, A. wilsonianus (Less.), and A. galapa- 
gensis (Gould). 


* (The parentheses around the names of authors placed after scientific names in 
this paper are used in accordance with Article 23 of the International Rules of 
Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int. Cong. Boston, 1907, p. 44 (1912))—Epiror. | 


FROM THE SOCIETY S GARDENS. 645 


PHILOPTERUS CEBLEBRACHYS Nitzsch (5, p. 77). 


Many examples, male and female, from Wyctea nyctea (Linn.) 
and Striv aluco Linn, This very distinct round-headed species 
has been reported also from Vyctala tengmalmi (Gmmel.), Surnia 
ulula (Linn.), and others. - 


PHILOPTERUS ATHENE Mjoberg (6, p. 115). 


Many examples of both sexes, from Athene noctua (Scop.) 
(Cairo). Myjoberg’s specimens came from dAthene glawx (Savign.). 
The British Museum possesses specimens presented by the Hon. 
N.C. Rothschild, and taken on an unidentified Owl in Abyssinia. 


Male Reproductive System of Owl Philopteri. 


Of the three species dissected—P. cursor, P. ceblebrachys, and 
P. athene, the vesicule of P. cursor and P. athene are somewhat 
alike, while that of P. ceblebrachys differs strongly from both :— 

Philopterus cursor (text-fig. 1).—There are the usual two 


Text-figure 1. 


Philopterus cursor. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. X 100. 


T. testis. VD. vas deferens. VS. vesicula seminalis. D. ductus. BP. basal 
plate. a. transverse piece. P. paramere. H/P. endomeral plate. 


pairs of testes, large pear-shaped organs, the round ends 
approximated and united by a commissure. The vesicula semi- 
nalis in a Philopterus of the cursor type, perhaps P. nudipes P. 
from Asio sp., is a large oval organ of much the same form 


646 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


as that figured by Snodgrass (1, pl. xiii. figs. 7, 8, & 9) for Colpo- 
cephalum flavescens and Hurymetopus taurus. In P. cursor, on 
account of the swelling out and rounding of the two separate 
sacs of which the vesicula is composed, it approximates to the 
form of the vesicula in P. ceblebrachys (text-fig. 2). Note the 
relatively small size. PF 
Philopterus ceblebrachys (text-fig. 2).—In outline the vesicula 


Text-figure 2. 


Philopterus ceblebrachys. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. 
x 100. 
T. testis. VS. Vesicula seminalis. VD. vas deferens. D. ductus. BP. basal 
plate. FR. forked rod. a. transverse piece. P. paramere. EP. endoineral 
plate. 


resembies Minerva’s helmet. In between the rounded posterior 
“horns,” which sweep backwards and outwards, the ductus enters 
and swells out at once into an oyal form. 


Maie Copulatory Apparatus of the Owl Philopteri. 


Philopterus rostratus (text-fig. 8),—Distinguished by the 
unusually Jong parameres in propertion to the basal plate, a 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 647) 


feature which separates the species from all other Owl Philopteri 
so far examined. Basal plate: Rather short, broad ;. lateral 
margins strongly chitinised along posterior half: The hind 
margin juts out medially into a prominence beneath the endo- 
meral plate. Parameres: Elongate rounded rods, graduated to 
a slender distal end, and slightly curving inwards towards one 
another. MHnadomeral plate: Quadrilateral, as broad as the basal 
plate to which it is attached, and about half the length of the 
parameres. The endomeral plate has a marginal band which 


Text-figure 3. 


at 


Philopterus rostratus. Male copulatory apparatus. 200. 


BP. baxal plate. FR. forked rod. HP. endomeral plate. P. paramere, 


along the lower side deepens considerably in the middle part, 
where it bends upwards between the parameres and sends back- 
wards across the plate two diverging splints. Each of these runs 
halfway along the oblique base-line of the articular surface of the 
paramere. The forked rod (see text-fig. 1) is homologous with 
similar parts in P. cursor, P. ceblebrachys, and P. athene (see 
text-figs. 1-3). 


648 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


Philopterus cursor (text-fig. 1).—Basal plate: Compared with 
parameres this is very long indeed, fairly broad, the lateral 
margins divergent from in front posteriorly. Parameres: Short, 
inwardly curved, flattened, with acute tips. Mndomeral plate: 
This runs out between the parameres into a broad rounded apex. 
There is a median longitudinal groove and a transverse groove 
cutting the former at halfway, dividing the plate into four sections 
of the shape seen in the figure. Under a high power there are 
visible on these areas eight white spots, pro obably representing the 
alveoli of minute sensory hairs. There are three of these in each 
posterior area and one in each anterior area. The forked rod 
is thinly chitinized, but recognizable. The two small nodular 
swellings at “a” are ridged and densely chitinised, and may be 
homologous with the parts similarly lettered in P. ceblebrachys 
and in P. asturinus with the penis. 


Philopterus ceblebrachys (text-fig. .2).—Basal plate: About 
four times as long as the parameres. The posterior half is 
broader than the anterior half, and possesses strongly chitinised, 
parallel, lateral margins. Parameres : Quite short, stout, slightly 
incurved. Hndomeral plate: Broad behind, nearly as long as 
parameres. Posterior lateral angles rounded. A narrow band 
runs along posterior margin. Lateral margins straight, con- 
vergent anteriorly. Anterior margin short, straight, each 
anterior lateral angle produced into an outwardly curved 
process. Forked rod well developed, the handle of the fork 
incompletely fused, indicating its originally double nature. The 
transverse plece 1S ‘homologous with the part similarly shaped in 
P. athene. 


Philopterus athene.—Vhis resembles the apparatus of P. ceble- 
brachys. In length of the head this species recalls P. rostratus ; 
in the form of the vesicula seminalis it approximates to P. cursor, 
but the vesicula of P. rostratus I have not yet been able to 
examine. Basal plate and Parameres: As in P. ceblebrachys. 
Endomeral plate: As in P. ceblebrachys, except for the concave 
posterior margin. ‘ Forked rod”: Represented by two rods 
converging posteriorly. Zhe transverse piece: This is obviously 
homologous with the part so named in P. ceblebrachys, but each 
half is concave and not straight. 


The Mouth-parts of Philopterus ceblebrachys.—Lyriform 
organ: Anterior cornua short and broad; posterior cornua 
absent. Labwm: A labial sclerite is present, as in 7'richodectes 
gastrodes Cummings (7, p.99) and in Goniodes falcicornis Nitzsch 
(Part I. p. 287) ; its posterior cornu on each side curves outwards 
and stops at the base of the “ paraglossa”; the transverse bar is 
short and situated far forward, near the front margin of the 
labium ; anterior cornua absent. 


FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 649 


The Receptaculum seminis. 


Philopterus ceblebrachys (text-fig. 4).—Piaget (8, p. 30), in 
describing this species, says :——‘‘ A la face ventrale deux bandes 
longitudinales sur les cotés de la valvule qui est peu visible, et 
deux taches arquées dos a dos, avec un petit cercle de chitine en 
-avant.” As Mjoberg points out (6, p. 256), this ‘‘ petit cercle de 
chitine,” figured by Piaget in several species, is not a superficial 
character of the exoskeleton, but a part of the receptaculum 
seminis strongly chitinised and showing through the integument. 
The receptaculum consists of a small more or less circular sac of 
soft delicate tissue carried by a dark-brown thickly-chitinised 
calyv at the end of a fine duct leading into the genital chamber. 


Text-figure 4. 


Philopterus ceblebrachys. Receptaculum seminis, X 106. 


S.sac. C. calyx, D. duct. 


Mjdberg calls this a ‘ kreisrunde Chitinscheibe,” and figures it in 
Nirmus lineolatus just as if it, indeed, were a flat circular dise on 
one side of the base of the sac. In P. ceblebrachys the calyx is a 
saucer-shaped piece of chitin witha rim. The duct enters through 
the centre of its membranous bottom and debouches at the tip Tol 
a large chitinous cone, which overtops the side of the calyx and 
at its base is continuous with the calyx, so that in optical section 
it looks as if the bottom has been pushed clean through the 
centre. 

In an Owl Philopterus of the cursor type, from Asio otus, the 
calyx differs from that in the preceding in several respects. The 
outer surface is closely striated in a more or less longitudinal 
direction, the constriction below the rim is deeper, and the 
‘‘eone” is parallel-sided at its upper end and has a truncate 
broad top. 

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—i916, No. XLV. 45 


650 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


The text-figure should be compared with those of /bidwcus and 
Neophilopterus (p. 672). Relatively, the caly« in the Philopterus 
species 1s much wider across and shallower, and the chitin is of 
an entirely different consistency, being dark brown, rather thin, 
but very firm. 


THe PHILOPTERI OF BirRDS OF PREY. 


Future research may bring the Philopteri of the Owls and the 
Birds of Prey into closer relationship——a result which, according 
to modern views on the classification of birds, would lend no 
support to the theory that the phylogeny of total obligate 


Text-figure 5. 


Philopterus asturinus. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. 
1. ventral, X 100; 2. dorsal, X 150. 


T. testis. VS. vesicula seminalis. JD. vas deferens. BP. basal plate. D. ductus. 
P. paramere. HP. endomeral plate. Pen. penis. 


parasites like Anoplura and Mallophaga will assist in the 
unravelling of the phylogeny of their hosts, as ornithologists 
present a solid front against the old position of the Owls among 
the Birds of Prey. Between the two groups there is a strong 
likeness, for example, in the male copulatory apparatus. 


PHILOPTERUS PLATYSTOMUS Nitzsch (5, p. 69). 


Females and larvee from Butea erythronotus (King) (Argentine). 


FROM THE SOCIETY S GARDENS, 651 


PaHILoprerus pictus Giebel (5, p. 68). 
13 &1 @ from Aquila chrysaétos (Linn.). 


PuHILoprerus ASTURINUS Mjoberg (6, p. 112). 


Males and females rather plentifully from the Goshawk (Astur 
palumbarius (Linn.)). 


This species comes close to Denny’s type-specimens of P. nse 
from Accipiter nisus (Linn.), which Piaget—I do not know with. 
how much reason—-synonymises with P. gonorhynchus. 


Text-figure 6. 


| 


Philopterus asturinus. Alimentary canal. X 70. 


QO. wsophagus. C. cecum. Cr.crop. V. ventriculus. R. rectal glands. 
pag 


Male Reproductive System and Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 5). 
__Testes and vas deferens as usual. The vesicula seminalis is a 
little elongate, of the shape given in the figure. Basal plate: 
Short and broad, lateral maxgins well chitinised along whole 
length, slightly convergent in front. Parameres: Short, stout, 
curved, very much as in the Owl Philopteri (except P. rostratus). 
Mesosome ; Ventvally, running out from the posterior margin of 

45* 


652 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


basal plate, is a short stout penis-like tube formed of two distinct 
longitudinal halves. Each half is densely chitinised and dark 
brown in colour, and at the base spreads out towards the base . 
of the paramere. This. tube ig perhaps homologous with the 
transverse piece of P. ceblebrachys and other Owl Philopteri (see 
text-figs. 1 & 2). The endomeral plate corresponding with the 
sume piece in the Owl Philopteri overlies the rest of the mesosome 
and bridges across from the base of one paramere to the other. 
The ductus ejaculatorius runs in under the bridge. The endomeral 
plate may either consist of two pieces superimposed upon one 
another—-viz., the deeply bifid band marked in the text-figure 
and the plate above this stretching across from paramere to 
paramere ; or these parts may only be sculpturing or local thick- 
enings in the same plate of chitin. 

Alimentary Canal (text-fig. 6).—This belongs to the common 
Ischnoceran type figured by Snodgrass (1, pl. xi. fig. 11). But the 
crop is longer and narrow, and in the ventriculus immediately 
behind the two anterior exca there is a deep constriction, below 
which the ventriculus is broad and spacious. 


Tue Pottoprert or Ducks, GEESE, AND SWANS. 


This interesting group of Mallophaga was first seriously tackled 
by Giebel in the ‘Insecta Epizoa,’ 1874 (5, pp. 113-116), im which 
eight distinct species are described, including the typical Philo- 
ptlerus icteredes. Denny (8, pp. 95 & 99) described two other 
species—P. eygni from Cygnus bewicki Yarr. and P. chryso- 
phthalmi fom Glaucion clangula (Linn.) (Clangula chryso- 
phthalmi). By veference to Denny’s collection, now in the 
British Museum, his “ 2D. chrysophthalmi” proves to be an 
Accipitrine parasite, probably P. pictus, a straggler perhaps 
upon the Golden-eye Duck; or Denny may have mitsread 
ov confused his label, mistaking ‘Golden-eye” for ‘Golden 
Hagle.” Giebei remarks, of the form figured and described by 
Denny under the name “ /). iclerodes,” that “seme Abbildung 
giebt so erheblicae Differenzen an, dass man gerechte Zweifel an 
der Identitiit erheben konnte.” I have examined Denny’s spe- 
cimens, and find, as Giebel suspected, that Denny did not have 
P. icterodes before him. His specimens belong to the form 
which, until the types of Giebel and Nitzsch can be re-examined, 
I propose to identify with Giebel’s P. ferrugineus. Piaget (8, 
pp. 113-116) was imperfectly acquainted with these Duck 
parasites. He describes and figures true P. icterodes, 1 think 
correctly, although the sketch of the terminal segments of the 
abdomen of the male (pl. x. fig. 1 @) appears to show the remark- 
able structure on the endomeral plate deseribed below and called. 
the effractor, which is present in P. ferrugineus but absent in 
P. icterodes. Piaget did not know any of Giebel’s species, and 
subsequent authors have labelled all Philopteri from Geese and 
Ducks P. icterodes. 


+ 


FROM THE, SOCIETY'S 3 GARDENS. 653 


Through the generosity of Mr. Waterston I have been able to 
prepare, dissect, and mount a considerable number of Philopteri 
of this group from a variety of hosts, the following distinct 
species emerging as a result :—Philopterus cygni D. (on Swans), 
P. brunneiceps G. (on Geese), P. icterodes N. (on different species 
of Ducks), P. ferrugineus G. (on Ducks), P. obtusus G. (on Soma- 
teria mollissima (inn.)), and a species taken on the Pochard, 
which I cannot name satisfactorily and must therefore regard 
as new. 

The whole group, for which the new genus Andatecus is 
proposed, is a remarkably compact one, and the species com- 
prised in it are all closely related and sometimes with difficulty 
differentiated one from another ; so that Giebel’s specific diagnoses 
are of little assistance, even for the purposes of identification. 
Further, as straggling occurs so frequently from Duck to Duck, 
it 1s unsafe to rely for help upon the host’s name. 

The above identifications, therefore, must be accepted with 
reserve. Rather than give new names, it has appeared better to 
perpetuate the old where that was possible, at the same time 
figuring the parts important for the differentiation of the species. 
In the future, should the types of Giebel and of Nitzsch become 
accessible, these decisions can be revised if necessary. 


ANAT@CUS, gen. Nov. 


Head distinguished by the characteristic alation of the clypeus, 
by the presence of two small peg-like spines dorsally (one on each 
side of the posterior apex of the signatural plate *), by the 
unusually short antenne, and the modified lyriform organ. 
Abdomen characterised by the form of the lateral tergites, which 
in segment 1 meet each other in the middle line. Th subsequent 
sections, except the last, the tergites leave an uncovered median 
field. In the male copulatory apparatus, the fusion of the 
parameres distally with the pseudopenis, the form of the latter, 
the endomeral plate, and sac are also good generic characters 
Finally, the form of the vesicula seminalis and the extremely 
short ductus must be included. 

Small ectoparasites, infesting Swans, Geese, and Ducks. 

A genus indicating in the male genitalia certain Lipeuroid 
affinities, and in the mouth-parts obvious aflinities with the 
genus /bidecus, nov. 

Genotype: Anatecus icterodes Nitzsch. 

The six species distinguished up to the present (no doubt others 
remain to be elucidated) fall into two groups, according as the 
effractor—a remarkable structure shaped like a tin-cpener—is 
present or absent on the endomeral plate of the male. A. Those 
with the ‘“tin-opener” are A. ferrugineus and A. obtusus. 
B. Those without it are A. cygni, A. icterodes, A. brunneiceps, 


and A. difficilis, sp. n. 


* The whole of the dorsal chetotaxy of the head is a generic chazacter. 


654 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


In the same genus should be included Docophorus brunneo- 
pygus Mjoberg (6, p. 1380) on Anser leucopsis, which I do not 
know. 

A, difficilis, sp. n., closely resembles A. ferrugineus in form, 
with the one considerable difference that the ‘“‘tin-opener”’ is 
absent. 


Text-figure 7. 


A. Anatecus ferrugineus, 6. B. A. icterodes, §. X 80. 
Compare the signatures. 


Text-figure 8. 


A. Anatecus obtusus, 6. B. A. branneiceps, 6. X80. - 
Compare the signatures. 


Text-figs. 7, 8, & 9 illustrate the form of the head in these 
species, and the table presents a comparison of the head-measure- 
ments (millimetre scale). In the table the measurements taken 
are from the posterior apex of the signature to the anterior 
margin, and transversely from one lateral margin to the other 
at the level of the base of the clypeal bands, together with the 
total length and the greatest breadth. 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 655 


Text-figure 9. 


Anatecus cygni, 6. X80. 


Head-measurements (millimetre scale) of Males of 
Anatoecus species. 


| Group A. | Group B. 
Blo fT A. obtusus. | A, cygii. | . is | AG RS 
| gineus. | : icterodes. | neiceps. 
| | 
| | Faas | 
Teton Veer ata Vege een chee Oe aller a a eal 
es eae Py Gol ae Se Yo Se Le aS eS | 
| Breadth............) “40 “41 40 | “46-46 45 | -49 -50 | 38 -38 | “42 -40 
| | 


| | | 
| Breadth in front | °*20 °20 "19 | -25 24 +25 | "22 -20 “22, 23 +| “18 -20 


16-16 | “14 “14 


| 
| | | | 
Tuength ............| “44 43 °40 | “46-45 -45 | -41 -40 | -41 <4 “43 4d 
| | | | 
10 “10 
{ 


| Length in front . *19 19 "19 | “18 “16 “17 


In addition to the differences in the form of the head, in the 
cephalic index, and in the male copulatory apparatus, small 
specific characters may also be seen in the colour (rather variable, 
however), in the shape of the abdomen, and the genital mark in 
the male. 

The Society’s Collection contained two or three specimens of 
the typical A. icterodes. 


ANATECUS ICTERODES Nitzsch. From Aex galericulata (Linn.). 


The Mouth-parts. (Text-fig. 10.) 


Mandibles—In A. cygni and A. icterodes, and probably 
throughout the genus, the narrow basal process of the left and 
the quadrangular process ati the base of the right mandible are 
absent, the shape of the mandibles being accordingly different. 


656 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


These processes occur and have been described in many species of 
Mallophaga, both Amblycerva and Ischnocera (see Part J. and some 
of Kellogg’s figures, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. vol. vi., 1896). I find 
them absent not only in Anatecus, but in the genus /bidecus, nov. 
(see p. 664) and in Bodpia tarsata—probably absent in other 
Boopidee as well. 

The lyriform organ and “ glands” are modified throughout the 
genus, and resemble those of /bida@cus figured on p. 670. The 
text-figure shows their typical form. 

A, icterodes—Both mandibles are very similar, the right 
differing from the left in the acuteness of the apices of its two 
branches. In the right there is a minute protuberance sub- 
apically on the ventral branch and another lower down on the 
cutting-edge. There are a few transverse ridges distally on the 


Text-figure 10. 


PC 
Anatecus icterodes. Mouth-parts. ~< 400. Maxillary lobes not shown. 


R. right, and Z. left mandibles. P. “paraglossa.”’ -4C. anterior cornu, and 
PC, posterior cornu of lyriform organ, G. “gland.” 


dorsal surface of the dorsal branch and a V-shaped groove, 
the lower margin of which curves inwards and then down- 
wards, showing a notch in its margin just before the latter 
slopes inwards in a straight line. Zabiwn: This has clearly 
demarcated lateral margins, formed of stronger chitin’ than 
the immediately surrounding area. ‘‘ Paraglosse” short, with 
long terminal spines. Inner pair of lobes well defined. /so- 
pogometric apparatus: The two sprawling posterior cornua of 
the lyriform organ run in a dorsal direction, one on each side 
of the pharynx. The anterior cornua are two short broad pro- 
cesses, rounded in front. The lyriform organ is small and thinly 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 657 


chitinised, invisible without dissection. Zhe basal pieces (or 
** glands”) are small circular areas, each framed in a chitinous 
plate which goes forward to the labial margin as anterior hypo- 
pharynx. Posteriorly are attached the usual narrow tendons, 
one to each “gland.” ‘ Ducts” or chitinous chords apparently 
absent. 

A. cygni.—In the form of the mandibles, lyriform organ, basal 
pieces, anterior hypopharynx, and in the absence of ducts this 
species agrees closely with the preceding, and I am unable to 
find any obvious differences. The mandibles are perhaps more 
powerful. 


Text-figure 11. 


- Male copulatory apparatus of the genus Anatecus. X 150. 


1. A. ferrugineus. 2. A.cygni. 3. A. obtusus. 


BP. basal plate. R&R. retinacular comb. HP. endomeral plate. FP. paramere. 
Ps.P. pseudopenis. #. effractor. 1a. side view of effractor. 


The small sac cannot be shown. 


The Male Copulatory Apparatus in the Genus Anateecus. 
(Text-figs. 11 & 12.) 


Group A. Those with the effractor. 


A. ferrugineus.— Basal plate: Longer than broad, with a rather 
deep and broad V-shaped white mark debouching on the anterior 
margin, looking like a split, the result of an accident in dissection ; 


658 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


it is present in all the species except A. cygni. The plate and 
parameres are fused in one piece, there being no articulation and 
no trace even of a suture. Parameres: Distally these appendages 
bend in to meet one another and embrace the median pseudo- 
penis, which is probably endomeral. The parameres are fused 
with the base of the pseudopenis, but not with one another, the 
tips being quite discrete. Parameres and pseudopenis lie dorsally 
and curve upwards at the end. Below, in the mesosomal space, 
is the sac—an interesting structure, slightly expansible (in 
copulation), and carrying dorsally at its distal end a great 
number of minute finger-shaped papille. Behind these are 
seen numbers of minute circular spines. On its ventral surface 
in the hypomeral area is a remarkable retinacular apparatus, 
consisting of a semicircular row (with the apices pointing back- 
wards) of ten elongate powerful teeth, those in the middle 
as long as the pseudopenis; it is uncertain whether this comb 
of teeth can be moved forward or not. Below the sac is the 
endomeral plate, which, like the parameres; is continuous with 
the basal plate. Fixed upon the posterior margin dorsally is 
the densely chitinised effractor. It is a little, more or less oval 
piece of dark-brown shiny chitin, running out into two limbs 
behind—a, dorsal and a ventral, the one immediately above the 
other. The ventral limb is blunt at its tip, the dorsal more 
acute, the two together recalling a tin-opener without the 
handle. 


A. obtusis.—Very similar to the apparatus of the preceding 
species, so that it is sufficient to signal the differences. The basal 
plate is different in shape in the neighbourhood of the effractor ; 
the teeth of the retinacular comb are shorter and more numerous, 
being fifteen or sixteen or more in number; and, lastly, the 
effractor has a different shape, being distinguished by the narrower 
and more elongate dorsal limb, which is set in the ventral process 
of pyriform outline as in a sort of pedestal. 


Group B. Those without the effractor. Correlated with its 
complete absence, is the complete absence of the retinacular 
comb. 


A. cygni.—Basal plate: Short and broad, posterior V-shaped 
mark absent. Parameres: Broad at the base, at the apex blunt 
and fused closely with the pseudopenis, which is quite short. 
Two minute white circles on the posterior margin of the endo- 
meral plate—probably the relatively large alveoli of minute 
sensory hairs. 


A. wcterodes.—Basal plate: Short and broad; the V-shaped 
mark present. Parameres: Longer than the basal plate, and 
enclosing a space of different shape from that of A. branneiceps, 
with which it must be compared. 


A. brunneiceps.—In this species the apparatus, very similar to 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 659 


the preceding, is nevertheless characterised by the possession of 
an elongate, thin, chitinous splint lying dorsally on the sac and 
projecting a little beyond it. This probably is the penis, and 
is particularly easy to see in some specimens from Somateria 
mollissiema *. f 


A. difficilis, sp. n.—The penis-splint is present. The apparatus 
appears to me to be quite indistinguishable from the preceding. 
e 


Text-fi gure 12. 


Anatecus icterodes. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. 
X 160. 


VS, vesicula seminalis. D. ductus. BP. basal plate. HP. endomeral plate. 
P. paramere. Ps.P.pseudopenis. 7. testis. WD. vas deferens. 


Sac not shown. 
Male Reproductwe System in Anatecus. (Text-fig. 12.) 


This was examined in 4A. icterodes and A. brunneiceps and 
found to be the same. It is noteworthy for the extremely 


* Tt nvay exist in other species and yet escape detection, if the chitin be hyaline 
and transparent. 


660 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


short ejaculatory duct, the large testes, and the curious locular 
character of the vesicula seminalis, which, as usual, consists of a 
right and a left ventricle fused into an organ of the shape seen in 
the text-figure. 


Tuer PHILOPTERI OF STORKS AND IBISES. 


Two new genera are diagnosed below-—the one represented by. 
Philopterus tricolor N. and found upon the Ciconiide, and the 
other represented by P. platalew D. and found upon the Ibidide. 
These two genera stand fairly elose to one another. bidecus, 
gen. nov., contains the species designated “ Bisignati” by Piaget 
and characterised by the large double signature ; NVeophilopterus, 
gen. noy., contains the forms which Piaget collected under the 
heading ‘Setosi,” and is characterised by the fusion of the 
double signature into one plate. Other well-defined characters 
are recounted under the respective diagnoses of these two 
genera. 

NEOPHILOPTERUS, gen. nov. 


Head, especially in the female, relatively small ; on the dorsal 
surface of the pre-antennal area, a transverse suture marks the 
posterior margin of the signature. In the new genus /bidecus 
each element of the double signature ends behind in an acute 
angle. In the present genus two acute angles are present poste- 
riorly, suggesting fusion of an originally double plate *. Each of 
these posterior angles is situated more laterally than in Zbidecus, 
and the plate on each side extends further, so as to overlie the 
clypeal band so prominent in /bidawcus. By focussing down, 
the clypeal band is seen crossing the suture and thus uniting the 
clypeal region with the skull (as in other Philopteri). Thorax 
longer than broad, with a strong, transverse, acetabular bar 
running in from each side between the first and second pairs 
of legs and giving attachment to the former. Clavicles present. 
Abdomen with two transverse rows of silky hairs on the tergum 
of each segment. Two tergites on each segment situated late- 
rally and leaving a bare median field except in the terminal seg- 
ment, where they meet across the middle. The male copulatory 
apparatus is also fairly characteristic, and may probably prove 
diagnostic for the whole genus, 

Genotype: WV. tricolor Nitzsch (5, p. 96). 

Parasites of the Ciconiide. 

The following good species can with certainty be referred to 
this genus :—W. tricolor N., NV. indicus P., N. incompletus N., 
AV. unifasciatus P., and \. episcopi Kelloge. 


NEOPHILOPTERUS INCOMPLETUS Nitzsch (5, p. 97). 


This is the only member of the new genus included in the 


* T have no evidence to show tiat Neophilopterus is a derivative of Ibidecus. 
Evolution, therefore, may have gone the other way. 


FROM THE SOCIELY’S GARDENS. 661] 
collection. It was represented by many specimens from 
ELuxenura maguari (Gmel.). 

Giebel described a Neophilopterus from this same host, calling 
it V. subsncompletus. But to this species, so far as it is possible 
to understand it from Giebel’s description, the present specimens 
do not belong. 

Male Reproductive System (text-fig. 13).—Testes pyriform as 
usual, The ductus is short, there being only two bends in it 
from the mesosome to the vesicula. The vesicula seminalis is 
elongate, narrow, with a longitudinal median groove indicating 
the double origin of this organ. The ductus, on leaving it, 
bends backwards for a little way, and for this portion of its 
length the duct is a fairly narrow canal. On turning forwards 
again after the second bend, it expands into a large canal quite 


Text-figure 13. 


Pen \ 


Neophilopterus incompletus. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. 
x 100. 


VS. vesiculaseminalis. D.ductus. HA. ejaculatory ampulla. BP. basal plate. 
#. endomere.. Pen. penis. P. paramere. 7’. testis. VD. vas deferens. 


as broad and long as the vesicula itself, and no doubt functioning 
as an ejaculatory ampulla, as its walls are well supplied with 
transverse muscle-fibres, which run in from opposite, sides and 
appear to become plaited together in the middle. 

Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 13).—Basal plate: Longer 
than the parameres, broader behind than in front, posterior margin 
very convex. Hach lateral margin has a broad band. Between 


662 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


these lateral bands the median area of the plate is trough-shaped. 
Just behind the mesosome lies a small median plate, which sends 
off a branch on each side behind into each lateral region of the 
basal plate. Parameres: Quite evenly rounded rods, tapering 
somewhat towards the distal end and curving slightly inwards, 
Mesosome: Fused into one piece, shaped as in text-fig. 16. Half- 
way down on each side, projecting in a forward direction, is 


Text-figure 14. 


Neophilopterus tricolor. Male copulatory apparatus. X< 140. 


BP, basal plate. LE. lower endomere. HH. endomere. P. paramere. 
Pen. penis. 


a strong bristle set in a well-marked alveocius. These two 
bristles mark the end of the endomeral portion of the mesosome ; 
between it and the distal half or telomeral portion a distinet 
suture can be observed. In the dissection of a new species of the 
genus collected on Carphibis spinicollis (Jameson) the endomeral 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 663 


or proximal half of the mesosome is large; the two forwardly- 
directed spines are present, one on each side at its posterior 
end; while the distal or telomeral half, strongly chitinised, 
is telescoped up within the endomeral. Similarly with another 
new species from Abdimia abdimii (Licht.). 

Comparison with the Apparatus of Neophilopterus tricolor 
(text-fig. 14).—This apparatus, while resembling the preceding 
in its basal plate and parameres, differs from each of the three 
forms mentioned above in features of the mesosome and in the 
presence of a small process or plate at the base of the mesosome 
which I regard as an upper endomeral chitinisation. The part 
marked Pen., apparently telomeral, is white and more or less 
membranous, and appears to beheld by the basal endomeral 
portion shaped something like a pair of pincers. 

The Receptaculum Seminis of the Female of N. incompletus 
(text-fig. 21 (3), p. 672)—This should be compared with the 
receptaculum ot Ibidecus (text-fig. 21 (1 & 2)). From a minute 
opening into the genital cavity, a delicate narrow duct runs up 
to a jarge semicircular sac borne upon a short circular calyx, 
brown in colour, with its rounded outer surface longitudinally 
striate. 

Mouth-parts of N. tricolor and N. incompletus.—It is worthy 
of record that, while the lyviform organ and basal pieces of 
iV, mcompletus are normal, in WV. tricolor the same parts are 
greatly modified. ‘The lyriform organ resembles that of [bidacus 
platalew. Reference to the isolated modification of the isopogo- 
metric apparatus im species of certain genera is referred to in 
Part I. of this paper (p. 273), and is again discussed further on, 
where the genus /bid@cus is discussed. 


JRipacus, gen. nov. 


Head with a double signature, consisting of two oblong plates, 
each plate usually with a small ‘embossed area on the posterior 
end, which runs out into an angle. Clypeal bands very well 
marked ; -behind, they pass beneath each signatural plate and 
jarmands: to be attached to the skull. rience long, with an 
especially long second segment. Abdomen large, broad, with 
a lateral tergite on each side of each segment, so as to leave 
a clear median area. A single row of hairs across the tergum 
of each segment. 

Genotype: Lhidecus platalee Denny (8, p. 100). 

The type of Denny’s species is in the British Museum. 

The following species can certainly be referred to the new 
genus :—J. vans G., I. bisignatus N., 1. longiclypeatus Piaget, 
and I, bimaculatus Mjob. 

The collection of the British Museum contains several un- 
described species, including one from that interesting South- 
American bird, Aramus scolopaceus. 

Neophilopterus and [bidecus appear to be related rather closely. 


664 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


Ipipa@cus PLATALE® Denny. 


A single female among some Clolpocephalum material from 
Lbis molucca Curven (ey siz: rictipennis) a straggler, probably, as 
I, platalee parasitises Platalea leucorodia Linn, The obser- 
vations which follow were made on specimens kindly lent by 
Mr. Waterston. 

Male Reproductive System.—This closely resembles that of 
I, flavus, sp. n., about to be described. The elongate form 
of the vesicula may prove to be a generic character. 

Through lack of material, the male copulatory apparatus cannot 
be satisfactorily described here e. 

Mouth-parts.—The modified isopogometric apparatus was de- 
scribed and figured in 1913 (9, p. 135, text-fig. 27) for this 
species under the name Docophorus sphenophorus. The mandibles 
are very interesting on account of their large size, the absence of 
basal processes in each mandible, and the unusual development 
of the curious process shaped like a bird’s head on the cutting- 
edge halfway up between the tip and the base of each mandible 
(see text-fig. 15). The mandibles of the genus /bidwcus resemble 


Text-figure 15 


Ibidcecus platalee. Mandibles. X 180. 


L.left. R.right. a. avicularian process. 


closely those of the genus Anatecus not only in the avicularian 
process, in the absence of basal process and quadrangular pro- 
cess, but in the distal extremities consisting each of two apices 
with one ridged. The species /. platalew is distinguished by 
the size and prominence of the avicularian process * and in the 
large size of the ridges, which in side view give the tip of the 
mandible longitudinally a serrate appearance. When dissected 
out and placed face downwards on its cutting surface, the 
mandible is found to be as deep dorso-ventrally as it is long from 
base to apex. 


* CF. avicularia in the Polyzca. 


FROM THE SOCIETY S GARDENS. 665 


IBIp@cUS FLAVUS, sp. n. 


This species does not form part of the collection on which the 
report is based, but for the purpose of comparison it is useful to 
include it here, especially as many specimens—male, female, and 
larvee—are available for study, being part of a valuable con- 
signment of Mallophaga presented to the British Museum by the 
Hon. N. C. Rothschild. 

T. flavus was collected on Platibis flavipes (Gould) (the Yellow- 
billed Spoonbill of Australia) from ‘‘Serpentine, Melbourne,” on 
August 3rd, 1911, the label being endorsed ‘A. Coles.” It isa 
handsome yellow parasite, recognisable by the shape of the pre- 
antennal region of the head, which is longer than in J. platalea 
and more truncate at the front margin, but not so long as in 
T. hians and the other members of the long-headed section of the 
genus. The male genital plate is also a ready means of identifying 
this form (text-fig. 16). 


Text-figure 16. 


Thidecus flavus. Male genital mark. X 90, 


External form.—Maue. fHHead (text-fig. 17): Large; pre- 
antennal region elongate, each signatural plate long, parallel- 
sided. Line of the temple from the antenna to the anterior 
lateral angle of the pronotum very convex. Occipital line straight, 
an exoccipital thickening on each side. Two dark brown, slightly 
diverging rafters run across the roof of the skull. A small gular 
plate present, in front gracefully narrowing to an acute apex. A 
single median occipital apodeme running into the prothorax. 
Tentorium absent. Zhorax: Much narrower than the head, 
almost parallel-sided and rectangular. Spiracle opens laterally 

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XLVI. 46 


666 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


just beneath the posterior lateral] angle. Clavicles present, each 
running as a narrow rod from halfway down the lateral margin 
inwards and downwards to project beyond the hind margin into 
the metathorax as a broad band, which curves down al then 
forwards again to be inserted into the transverse acetabular bar 
behind the first pair of coxe. The nota of both segments are 
divided by a median longitudinal colourless line. Abdomen : 
Regularly ovate. The ter minal tergite forms a deep semicircular 
pant around the genital opening. Ventrally, the genital plate 
with its cheetotaxy forms an easily recognisable navel (see text- 


fig. 16). 


Text-figure 17. 


Ibidecus fiaves. Head of male. 


External form.—¥emaus. As in the male, except for the usual 
sexual differences of the abdomen. 

Chetotaxy.—For differentiating species, the chzetotaxy in this 
genus probably will prove of little value, as it 1s almost identical 
in the male and female both of this species and of J. platalea 
(except for the usual sexual differences at the end of the abdomen). 
For example, on the second segment of the antenna there is one 
elongate bristle and a shorter one beside it ; the signatural plates 
are bare dorsally ; on the ventral surface is a single bristle in the 
middle of each plate. On the clypeal band at the base there is 
one bristle dorsally, one projecting laterally, and one on the 
ventral surface. At the distal end of the band there are three 
more bristles similarly arranged. In both sexes of both species, 
also, there is a bristle on the dorsal surface of the skull just. 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 667 


behind the posterior acute angle of each signatural plate, a spine 
on the corneal surface of each eye, and a spiny hair behind and 
the same minute spines dotted sparsely over the postantennal 
dorsal area *, The cheetotaxy of the abdomen calls for no special 
mention. 

Text-figure 18. 


Ibidecus flavus. Central nervous system. 


Infra.Oes. infra-esophageal ganglion. Sup.Oes. supra-cesophageal ganglion. 
Ist, 2nd, 3rd. thoracic ganglia. S¢.N. stomatogastric nerves. 


Alimentary Canal.—Mr. Waterston has pointed out to me 
some minute teeth on the chitinous lining of the pharynx in a 
Lemobothrion. Similar pharyngeal teeth in Lipewrus ferox were 
figured without comment in 1913 (9, p. 131, text-fig. 24). I now 
find similar teeth in the pharynx of other genera, including the 
present species, in which they are very minute and occur in small 
rows, each tooth directed backwards. The patch of teeth in the 
anterior cecum of the crop is present in its usual extent; and the 

* Tt is likely that the chetotaxy, at least of the head, just as in Lathes, will 
prove to conform to the same plan throughout the whole genus. It is the same in 
two other species (unnamed) which I have examined, making four in all. 


46% 


668 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


rest of the alimentary tract requires no detailed description, 
except perhaps a reference to the swollen base of each Malpighian 
tube. 

Nervous System (text-fig. 18).—The state of preservation forbade 
any satisfactory dissection of the nervous system. The brain and 
main ganglia have been figured by Snodgrass for Hurymetopus 
tawrus (1, pl. xvi. fig. 7). From this, the central nervous system 
differs in its general form. The supra-cesophageal ganglion is 


Text-figure 19. 


y. 


Tbhidecus flavus. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. 90. 


T. testis. VD. vas deferens. BP. basal plate. #.endomere. P. paramere. 
Pen. penis. D. ductus. VS. vesicula seminalis. 


much broader and the bay in front less deep. The sub- 
cesophageal is narrower; the first thoracic ganglion is also 
long and narrow and a little narrower in front than behind. 
The second or mesothoracie ganglion is roughly triangular in 
shape, the apex pointing forward. The metathoracic is the 
- largest of the three, and more or less circular in shape. Behind, 
two extraordinarily large stomato-gastric nerves come off and 
supply the viscera. 

Male Reproductive System (text-fig. 19).—Testes: Relatively 


FROM THE SOCIETY S GARDENS. 669 


small, the commissure between them weak, so that in dissection 
the two are commonly separated *, Vesicula seminalis: This is a 
long narrow sac, with the usual longitudinal median division. 
The anterior end is a little truncate, broader than it is behind, 
where it decreases almost to the bore of the issuing ductus. 
Ejaculatory ampulla absent ov only slightly developed. 

Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 19).—Basal plate: Lateral 
margins well chitinised, parallel-sided except for the posterior 
third of their length, where the plate broadens out. Posterior 
margin concave. Parameres: At the base these are broad, thin, 
and transparent bands which fold in around the stout densely 
chitinous endomeres. Distally, the parameres curve in towards 
one another, so as to embrace the tip of the remarkable penis. 
Beyond the end of the penis they are produced forwards and 
become more strongly chitinous and brown in colour, Sub- 
apically, on the outside margin of each, there is a small directive 
hair. Hndomeres: These remarkable appendages are much 
shorter than the parameres, strongly chitinised, deep brown 
in colour, and slightly curved, the convex side of the curve 
being on the outside of their length. The distal end is enlarged 
and displays two large ridges, forming distinct cutting-edges, 
each ridge with a separate apex. Between the distal ends lies 
the main body of the penis. At the base they articulate with 
almost the whole articular surface of the posterior lateral angles 
of the basal plate. Mesosome: The penis is a large bulky piece 
of chitin, the form of which is delineated in the text-figure. 
Behind it lies the curiously-shaped piece labelled X. This is 
clearly endomeral—whether upper or lower, I am not prepared 
to say. The outline of the central portion of this piece is shaped 
something like a bowl on a pedestal. There are two long back- 
wardly projecting spines, one on each of the two outwardly 
curving cornua: and behind, on each lateral angle at the base of 
the bowl, a short peg-like spine. 


Measurements (mallimetre-scale). 


; \) 
Length. | Greatest Breadth. ! Length of Antenna. 


| | eae 


| 


a 
| 
(ss eee 


ae OF | Bo | We I sesinemie | ere | QO. 
—_——— aa 
Werden HOGS) a, OC amt LOOM mectonp||as ei 09 | “10 
Pal WP ahion Saye eilz 
| Pro- ne vary ene van (a Gown lata yAl. || | 
| Meta- ‘ thorax ...... 60 | 80 1-90 1:05 | ay | 08 07 
| Abdomen AG. Aes) V2SN OPO LPAOMMNALeRAN | ih at oP hoes 
| | i 5. 095 | °09 | 
Poa | “|= | See 
| Totals | 2845 | 3:96 | | Total ...| -495 | -51 | 


* Perhaps due to the condition of the tissues, 


670 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICK 


The Mouth-parts in the Genus Ubideecus. (Text-fig. 20.) 


It’ is necessary to revert once more to the subject of the 
pharyngeal sclerite (or lyriform organ) referred to on p. 273 of 
Fart J. and on p. 656 of the present instalment, inasmuch as 
within this single genus /bidwcus may be found species with 
these organs modified (as they occur in scattered instances 
throughout the Order), at least one species in which the parts 
are normal as in most Mallophaga, and in the species 7. flavus a 
valuable intermediate stage. 


Text-figure 20 


PC 


Tbidecus flavus. Isopogometric apparatus. X 290. 


G@. “gland.” AC. anterior cornu, PC. posterior cornu, and NV. “nucleus” 
of the lyriform organ. 


This isopogometric apparatus, as Armenante (10) called it (on 
the theory that it was a contrivance for measuring the barbules 
into equal lengths for cutting) *, was supposed by Snodgrass (1) 
to be absent in some Mallophaga, such as Lemobothrion, An- 
cistrona, Nitzschia, Physostomum, Trinoton, and. others. In 


* The fact that a similar apparatus is present in the Psocids, which do not feed 
on feathers, does not necessarily disprove Armenante’s theory, as its present function 
may be a new one, involving the adaptation of old parts. It is certainly difficult to 
beheve that the so-called “ glands” (now apparently wholly chitinous) were not once 
glandular, which they may still be m part. 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 671 


1913 (9) I described them as present though modified in these 
five genera (and in others) and figured them, at the same time 
expressing the opinion that the apparatus was probably present 
throughout the Mallophaga. Up to the present, after many 
more dissections, there is no reason for changing this opinion. 
Recently (11, p. 393) Mi. Harrison has stated that the lyriform 
organ is ‘ totally absent ” in Ornithobius. But it is still present 
in this genus, though atrophied and very difficult to dissect out. 

Although in such genera as Lemobothrion, Menopon, and Colpo- 
cephalum the apparatus shows differences in the lengths of the 
posterior and anterior cornua (often to a very great extent) and 
in the shape of the “glands,” the characteristic form of lyriform 
organ and *‘ glands” is preserved and is immediately recognisable. 
In the following Amblyceran forms, however, very extensive 
modifications have been brought about :—Bodpia and Hetero- 
doxus (and probably the whole of the family Bodpide), Gyropus 
(probably all the Gyropidee), Psewdomenopon, Nitzschia, Trinoton, 
Tetrophthalmus (belonging to the Menoponide), Physostomum, 
Trimenopon, Ancistrona. Among the Ischnocera, the following 
genera must be included :—Ornithobius, Anatecus, most of the 
genus /bidewcus probably, and the species Trichodectes hemitragt 
Cummings and Veophilopterus tricolor. Other forms, such as 
Philopterus pertusus, are indicated by Snodgrass, but these 
require investigation. 

Modification proceeds by way of the gradual disappearance of 
the “ nucleus” or rounded central portion of the lyriform organ, 
the reduction of the “gland” in size and its ultimate dis- 
appearance, and the transformation of “duct” and “ glands” 
into hypopharyngeal sclerites. In text-fig. 20 is shown the 
lyriform organ of Jbidwcus flavus modified, but with the still 
persistent remains of the “ nucleus,” consisting of a clear “ pin- 
hole” surrounded by a cirele of dense chitin. After bifurcating, 
each branch of the ‘“ duct” enters a small, delicate, oval ‘‘ gland,”. 
which lies rather loosely encircled within a plate of chitin; this, 
behind, tails out in a narrow strip, and in front runs forward as 
a broad hypopharyngeal plate in outline shaped like a human 
thumb bent outwards with the “ball” of the thumb facing the 
corresponding structure on the opposite side. Between these two 
plates longitudinally runs a narrow chitinous strip, Just as in 
Lipeurns ferow and others. A sheet of transparent chitin crosses 
between the two “glands,” and in the centre of this may be 
seen a small circular clear space, possibly a hole. 

As compared with this apparatus, that of J. platalew is 
decidedly more modified, all sign of “nucleus” having dis- 
appeared; while in a species from Aramvus scolopaceus, appa- 
rently undescribed, it is quite normal as in the majority of 


Mallophaga *. 


* Mr. Harrisom informs: me that he possesses a species of Tbidacus from an 
Australian host with a normal lyriform organ, 


672 MR. B. F, CUMMINGS ON LICE 


Spermatophores in tbideecus. (Text-fig. 21.) 


Lbidecus platalee.—The receptaculum seminis is an irregularly 
shaped sac at the end of an extremely fine chitinous duct which 
opens by a small aperture through the chitinous intima of the 
genital chamber. The duct is finer than in Veophilopterus incom- 
pletus and the calyx is of a very different shape, being bent back 
around the top of the duct. Inside the sac may be seen the 
spermatophores—hard, thick-walled follicles containing nests of 
spermatozoa. In some of these no opening could be discovered. 


Text-figure 21. 


Receptaculum seminis of 1. [bidecus platalee, 2. I. flavus, and 3. Neophilopterus 
incompletus. X 70. 


S.spermatodome. C.calyx. D. duct. NV. nest of spermatozoa. 


Lbidecus flavus.—The receptaculum resembles that of /. platalece 
and gives the same suggestion of a hydroid on its stalk. Just 
within the calyx, however, the canal opens into an atrium, absent 
in the preceding species. ‘The flask-shaped spermatophores, five 
in one female and eight in another, lying loose and disposed 
irregularly, somewhat recall the form of the spermatophore 
figured by Von Siebold (13) for the Locustid Decticus verruci- 
vorus, but the mouth is much larger and the neck broader. In 
each spermatophore in the first specimen was a nest of sperma- 
tozoa. In the second they were absent and had probably been 
discharged. ; 

Cholodkovsky (14 and 15) divides the spermatophores in insects 
into four distinet types—(1) True spermatophores arising from 
the sexual organs of the male and facilitating the transference of 


FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 673 


spermatozoa into the female organs. Outside the Insecta this is 
the typical spermatophore well known by zoologists to occur in 
Urodeles, Cephalopods, Decapods, Myriapods, and elsewhere. 
Among insects true spermatophores are possessed by G'rillus (16), 
Dytiscus marginalis (17), and others. (2) Spermatodosen or 
structures which arise in the female sexual organs and serve “zur 
Dosierung des Samens bei der Befruchtung der abzulegenden Hier.” 

To this group belong the flask- and retort-shaped bodies in the 
receptaculum seminis of many Locustids, where they were first 
discovered so long ago as 1791 by Gabriel Brunelli (18), and first 
accurately deser ibed by Carl T. von Siebold in 1845 (13) in Decti- 
cus verrucivorus. To this category belong also the spermatophore- 
shaped structures discovered by Cholodkovsky in Trichoptera (19) 
and the “ spermatophores ” of certain Lepidoptera. (3) Spermato- 
phragmen, or masses of gland secretion, serving as a medium for 
the transference of the spermatozoa from the male to the female, 
for the maintenance of the spermatozoa during copulation, or for 
the closing up of the female genital opening. Examples : some 
Locustid females and the “ Sackchen ” of Parnassius. (4) Sperm- 
atodesmen * or bundles of spermatozoa united to form feather- 
shaped structures, and so on. 

The so-called spermatophores of the Mallophaga are spermato- 
dose, and were discovered in Lipewrus jeyunus by Kramer in 
1869 (12), in a valuable and careful memoir which has since been 
neglected by writers on the Mallophaga as well as by Cholod- 
kovsky, Ballowitz, Blunck, and others engaged in the study of 
insect spermatophores. Kramer noticed a number of flask-shaped 
vessels lying loose in the receptaculum seminis of the female, and 
as they were too large to permit of their passage up the narrow 
chitinous duct, Kramer concluded that they arose within the 
receptaculum, and claimed to have detected the necks of half- 
formed flasks in a special layer of epithelial cells within the 
receptaculum. 

Cholodkovsky’s summary of the reasons for thinking that these 
interesting spermatodose arise within the female is very sugges- 
tive, and it is to be hoped that the problem may be satisfactorily 
elucidated by an examination of further parasites frem the 
Zoological Gardens, well fixed and carefully preserved. 

Rather than be classed under the general term spermatophore, 
the three new terms introduced by Cholodkovsky should be used 
in contradistinction to it, spermatozeugma being substituted for 
spermatodesmen. 


THE PHILoprert oF NUMENIUS. 


Henry Denny, who, with Nitzsch and Giebel, shares the honour 
of laying the foundations of our knowledge of the Mallophaga, 
describes in his remarkable Monograph of British Lice, published 
in 1840, two species of Philopterus from the Curlew (Nwmenius 
arquata (Linn,)), viz. P. testudinarius and P. humeralis, In 


* This is the spermatozeugma of Ballowitz (20). 


674 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


‘ Les Pédiculines’ (1880, p. 83), Piaget allows P. testudinarius to 
stand, and after stating that he does not know D. humeralis D., 
goes on to say “ je n’ai jamais rencontré sur cet oiseau que le testu- 
dinarius dont je joins ici la description.” The types of these two 
Species, now in the British Museum, prove them to be perfectly 
distinct. Both species oceur commonly on both the Curlew 
(Numenius arquata) and the Whimbrel (V. pheopus); the 
characters of P. testudinarius ave divergent from the rest of its 
allies and necessitate the constitution of a new genus. 


Text-figure 22. 


BP 


Philopterus humeralis. Male copulatory apparatus. 120. 
BP. basal plate. LE. lower endomere. E.endomere. 1. telomere. Pen. penis. 
P. paramere. 
PHILOPTERUS HUMERALIS D. (8, p. 88). (Text-fig. 22.) 


One ¢ from NVumenius arquata (Linn.). 
Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Basal plate: The anterior half 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 675 


is brown, flat. The posterior half possesses well-marked lateral 
margins, with a transverse band across the base. Parameres: 
Elongate curved rods, in cross-section circular. At its base each 
paramere possesses a large circular condyle which is turned 
inwards like the head of the femur in man. In front it is arti- 
culated with the posterior lateral angles of the basal plate, and 
behind, it lends a surface for attachment to the mesosome. 
Mesosome: The upper endomere consists of two square “ wings cae 
each “ wing” ae a straight outer lateral margin and a ehae ac- 
teristic ‘“ nick” the posterior margin, after which the margin 
curves Inwards oa backwards towards the forked base of the 
elongate penis. The lower endomere is a small plate lying 
between the condyles of the parameres. Under the penis is a 
median elongate piece, bifid at the tip, representing telomeral 
chitinisations. 


DOoLLABELLA, gen. Nov. 


The diagnostic characters are few, but sufficient. ‘They are the 
shape of the head taken in conjunction with the tergites of the 
abdomen, which in both sexes stretch right across and are on 
each side fused with the pleurites. Philopterids living with 
P. humeralis on Numenias. 

Genotype : Doillabella testudinarius Denny. 


DOLLABELLA TESTUDINARIUS D. (8, p. 96). (Text-fig. 23.) 


Several specimens from Vumenius pheopus (Linn.). 

Male Reproductive System.—In proportion to the vesicula the 
testes are very large, roughly pyriform, nearly as broad as long. 
The vesicula seminalis is elongate, pear-shaped, with a median 
longitudinal groove. The rahen elongate accessory glands, one 
on ene side, lie alongside of it in the posterior portion, and ences 
the top of the ductus. The ductus ejaculatorius is long and 
narrow, with several loops. 

Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Basal plate: In front for a little 
more than a third of its length it is evenly chitinised and of a 
uniform brown colour. Behind, strong lateral margins with a 
clear membranous area between. At each lower lateral angle 
the articular surface is oblique, passing downwards from within 
outwards. A small angular process projects a little beneath the 
base of each paramere. Parameres: Slender, elegantly moulded 
rods, which a little after halfway turn inwards in a pronounced 
bend, and then run straight forwards to the distal end. The base 
of each paramere is characteristic in shape, being roughly quadri- 
lateral, with two sharply defined posterior angles. . Halfway 
down, in the middle of its dorsal surface a minute hair on each 
paramere; subapically on the outside another minute hair. 
Mesosome : This includes the endomeres, an upper and a lower, of 
complex form, the upper ene possessing ‘subapica lly on each of its 


676 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


two limbs two directive hairs in large alveoli. Between lies the 
penis, a rod with a large wing-like telomere on each side com- 
posed of rather transparent delicate chitin. 


Text: figure 23. 


Dollabella testudinarius. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. 
Xx 75. 
7. testis. VS. vesicula seminalis. AG. accessory gland. D. ductus. BP. basal 
plate. SP. median splint. F. paramere. H. endomere. TJ. telomere. 
Pen. penis. VD. vas deferens. 


Tue Rest oF THE PHILOPTERI. 


The species of Philopterws in the collection remaining to be 
considered are five in number :— 

PHILOPTERUS ComMUNIS N. (5, p. 85). 

A single 9 in company with Virmus cyclothorax N. from Passer 
domesticus (Linn.). 

PHILOPrERUS SEMI-sTGNATUS N. (5, p. 80). 


Two 2 2. Host’s name not given. 
The difficult question of the Corvine Philopteri is discussed by 


Waterston (21). 


FROM THE SOCIETY’ 3 GARDENS. 677 


PHILOPTERUS LARI Denny (8, p. 89). 

Five 2 2 from Numenius arquata (Linn.). <A straggler from 
Gulls. 

The male copulatory apparatus is figured by Snodgrass (1, 
jolly San HS, 8). 

PHILOPTERUS LEONTODON N. (5, p. 90). 

A single male from Psaroglossa spiloptera (Vigors). 

A common parasite on Starlings, occurring in several different 
forms ; probably a new genus should he established. 


Text-figure 24. 


Philopterus acanthus. Male copulatory apparatus. X 150. 


BP. basal plate. L#H.lower endomere. P. paramere. . endomere. 
Pen. penis. T. telomere. 


PHILoprerus AcANTHUS C. (5, p. 101). (‘Text-fig. 24.) 


Two 2 9 in company with Nirmus ochropygus on Hematopus 
ostralegus (Linn.). 


678 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


Tam able to describe the male copulatory apparatus from a 
preparation kindly lent me by Mr. Waterston. ‘This belongs to 
much the same type as that in P. humeralis. 

Male Copulatory Apparatus. —Basal plate: The characteristic 
feature is its small width in proportion to the dimensions of 
the parameres and mesosome, which are attached to it. Basal 
transverse band very convex. Parameres: Large powerful rods, 
with large. circular condyles working over the tiny articular 
surface offered by the posterior lateral angles of the basal plate. 
Distally they bend in somewhat towards one e another. Subapically 
a minute hair. J/esosome: There are two endomeres, a lower and 
an upper, the former being a small deeply bifid plate, each limb 
of the fork running out ‘behind into an attenuated tip. The 
upper endomere has two wings, narrower at the distal end than 
in P. humeralis, and here solely consisting of the lateral tooth 
or notch pointing outwards. ‘The penis is a delicate rod with a 
large bulbous base (hypomere) ; above lie the “ winged” telomeres, 
which together look like a javelin’s hea a 

A comparison between text-figures 22, 23 & 24 clearly indicates 
the homologies between the parts in the three species. 


Family LiPpEURID4. 


Tue LIrpeuRI oF Srrutruious Birps. 


Degeeriella asymmetrica N. is found on the Emu (Dromeus 
novee-hollandice (Lath.)), Lipeuwrus asymmetricus P. on two species 
of Rhea (Pterocnemia pennata (D’Orb.) and Rhea macrorhyncha 
Scl.), Lipeurus quadrimaculatus P. on Struthio camelus Linn. and 
Rhea americana, Lipeurus latus P.on R. americana. There can be 
but little doubt that these four species are related to one another 
and should be grouped together. Subsequent research and the 
rediscovery of Piaget’s ZL. latuws will probably result in the 
establishment of three new genera placed together in a new 
subfamily. 

Harrison (22) has already suggested that D. asymmetrica, 
L. asymmetricus, and L. quadr imaculatus should be regarded as 
congeneric. From the new genus established below to include 
L. asymmetricus and L. quadr inaeulaties I have omitted D. asym- 
metrica, aS in my opinion it should stand in a genus by itself. It 
is a curious and significant fact that in three of these species 
parasitising Struthious birds the margin of the anterior part of 
the head is from some cause by no means evident asymmetrically 
developed. The asymmetry in the anterior incrassation of the 
head is least developed in L. quadrimaculatus, while in the larva 
of this species, as well as in the larva OR I. asymmetricus, the 
asymmetry is absent even in Stage IT. That D. asymmetrica, in 
which the adult asymmetry is most developed, the whole of the 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 679 


preantennal region being bent over on itself to form a longitu- 
dinal channel, is a derivative of the other two species seems clear 
from the observation made by Harrison that the larve of 
Jd), asymmetr ica possess asymmetrical heads of *‘a precisely similar 
structure ” to that found in the adults of the other two. 

A great deal more collecting and investigation are necessary 
before any satisfactory conclusions can be drawn upon the rela- 
tionship of the Mallophaga parasites to their Struthious hosts. 


STRUTHIOLIPEURUS, gen. nov. 


Lipeuroid: antennz sexually dimorphic.  Incrassations of 
anterior margin of head placed asymmetrically. Left mandible 
with an enormous basal process almost as large as the mandible 
itself. In the thorax clavicles present as thin splints running 
inwards and backwards from the antero-lateral angles to join a 
band which goes vertically downwards to be inserted into the 
transverse acetabular bar. Abdomen with thinly chitinised 
transverse tergites. Two transverse rows of fairly long silky 
hairs on each tergite. * Hairs at the sides numerous and fairly 
long. Male copulatory apparatus characteristic. 

Genotype: Struthiolipeurus asymmetricus Piaget (23, p. 54). 

The genus to include S. quadrimaculatus P. (3, p. 298). 


STRUTHIOLIPEURUS ASYMMErRICUS P. | (‘Text-fig. 25.) 


I collected several specimens of this species personally on a 
live Rhea in the Gardens. 

Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Lasal plate: Dorsally brough: 
shaped, with a longitudinal median keel. At the posterior end 
the sides of the trough become steep, and a bridge runs across 
from side to side in the form of a fairly narrow transverse band, 
from the middle third of which a parallel-sided plate runs forward 
between the parameres, ending in a straight truncate margin, to 
which the upper endomeres are attached. Beneath this transverse 
band is anotber running across the floor of the trough from side 
to side. Like the dorsal one this sends forward a median piece 
between the parameres, and near the end of it the penis arises. 
The posterior lateral angles of the basal plate are much produced, 
deep dorso-ventrally, and square. Parameres: long tapering 
rods, the apex curiously formed (see text-fig. 25, P). Mesosome : 
Each upper endomere is roughly triangular, being broad at the 
base and narrowing towards the tip, where it is slightly decurved. 
The piece may best be likened to the rhamphotheca of some bird 
of prey when macerated off the skull; it is actually double, 
being bent upon itself, the two leaves gaping wide enough to 
admit of the introduction of the dissecting-needle. In this way 
each upper endomere ‘“‘ gapes”’ outwards. The lower endomeres 
take origin further back, one on each side of the base of the 


680 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


penis. They are slender and wedge-shaped, rather long. The 
penis is a long, narrow, elongate rod, with a somewhat ‘swollen 
base, which lies almost buried between the dorsal and the ventral 
median processes of the basal plate. 


Text-figure 25, 


Struthiolipeurus asymmetricus. Male copulatory apparatus. XX 140. 


BP. basal plate. IK. median keel. 7'B. transverse band. MP. median piece. 
Pen. penis. LE. lower endomere. P. paramere. UE. upper endomere. 


Tue Rest or tHE Lrerurt. 


LipeuRUS suBsIGNATUS Giebel (5, p. 232). 


Several specimens, including a male, from Phenicopterus roseus 
Pall. 


LIpEuRUS JEJUNUS Nitzsch (5, p. 240). (Text-fig. 26.) 


Males, females, and larve from Branta leucopsis (Bechst.). 

Male ‘Repr oductive System.—This was carefully figured and 
described by Kramer as long ago as 1869 in the «Zeitschrift fiir 
wissenschaftliche Zoologie’ “(12). Testes and vas deferens as 
usual, The vesicula seminalis is an elongate double-chambered 
sac, the median partition indicated externally by a longitudinal 
groove, 


‘FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 681 


Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Basal plate: Rather long, narrow, 
of uniform thinness, the lateral margins indistinct, and the colour 
dull greyish. dMesosome: Attached to the posterior margin of 
the basal plate is a large, broad, trowel-shaped plate—the meso- 
some. When the apparatus is withdrawn, as shown in the figure, 
the parameres, slender rods shorter than the mesosome, lie dorsally 


Text-figure 26. 


BP 


Lipeurus jejunus. Male copulatory apparatus. xX 139, 
BP. basal plate. P. paramere. HP. endomeral plate. Pen. penis. 


and inside the lateral margins of the mesosomal plate. When the 
apparatus is 1n action, however, the base of the mesosome swells 
up and broadens out, carrying the parameres with it, so that the 
latter come to le laterally in their normal position. The penis is 
a perfectly straight elongate tube, with an aperture at its tip and 
with a forked base. 


Lipeurus HETEROGRAMmICUS N. (5, p. 220). 


Plenty of material of this minute species was sent, collected on 
Caccabis chukar Gray. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XLYII, a7 


682 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


LpEuRus antitocus N. (5, p. 223). 


Males, females, and larve in numbers from Lupodotis edwardsi 
(Gray & Hardw.). 

The specimens were identified from Piaget’s description and 
figure (3, p. 374, pl. xxx. fig. 3), with which, however, they did 
not entirely agree. After examination of anionic ie antilogus 
the Society’s specimens may emerge as a new form. 


Lireurus varrasitts N. (5, p. 219). 


Several specimens of both sexes from Phasianus scintillans 
Gould. 

This is a difficult species, of which several varieties have been 
described. All the material badly needs overhauling and dissec- 
tion in conjunction with allied species. 


Lierurus BurNertt Packard (24). (Text-fig. 27.) 


Two ¢ ¢ and 4 @ 9 trom Polyplectron chinguis (Miill.). 

The deseription which follows is incomplete, as the material 
was insufficient to settle the question of the preputial sac, which 
is therefore omitted. 

Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Lasal plate: Unusually broad, 
with very narrow, lateral, marginal bands. Anterior margin very 
convex. Parameres: Quite short and inwardly curved. Hndo- 
meral plate: ‘This is much longer than the parameres and at the 
base almost as broad as the basal plate. Behind, 16 sends forward 
a narrower parallel-sided portion shaped something like a duck’s 
bill (see text-fig. 27). Note the peculiar sculpturing of the inner 
surface of the paramere. 


LIPEURUS SECRETARIUS G. (5, p. 213). 


Many specimens from Serpentarius serpentarius (Miller). 

This species belongs to a well-defined group of large handsome 
Lipeurids infesting birds of prey and characterised by the four 
or six curious, more or less circular inerassations on the front 
margin of the head. They undoubtedly form the material for a 
new generic grouping. 


Lireurvs rorricunatus N. (5, p. 238). 


A goodly number of specimens of both sexes and larve from 
the Rede backed Pelican (Pelecanus r ufescens Gmel.). 

This species, readily distinguished from ZL. bifasciatus P. by the 
shape of the antenne in the male, is found on P. onocrotalus 
Gmel. The present specimens were paler in colour than is usual 
in this species. . 

Larve.—Two stages, probably I. and II., have been figured by 
Kellogg without any comment (25). The chetotaxy of the abdo- 
men in Stage I.(%) shows the common and perhaps primitive 
arrangement of two hairs on each dorsum in the middle field. In 


i 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 683 


Stage IT. (?), the only stage included in this collection, there are 
two hairs on the dorsum of each segment, two on each pleura 
(very short on segments I. and II.), and on segments VI. and 
VII. a long hair behind each spiracle. On the sterna there are 
four hairs in each segment excepting on the last two segments, 
where there are only two. As compared with Stage I. (2) there 


Text-figure 27. 


Lipeurus burnetti. Male copulatory apparatus. X 180. 
BP. basal plate. P. pavamere. HP. endomeral plate. 


Note the sculpturing of the paramere. 


is a slight difference in the grouping of the hairs on each side of 
the hind margin of the metanotum. 
Male Reproductive System (text-fig. 28).—The testes and vasa 
deferentia require no special mention. The rest of the parts are 
47* 


684 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


complex in structure, consisting of an oval end-sac—the true 
vesicula seminalis—which leads by a narrow neck into a second 
well-defined portion, for convenience of description called the 
middle-sac. Further, elongate reservoirs, elegantly flask-shaped, 


Text-figure 28. 


Lipeurus forficulatus. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. 
x 105. 


a. seen from above; 0b. seen from the side. Testes not shown. 


BP. basal plate. P. fused parameres. D. ductus. Pl. strip of narrow chitin 
along ventral surface. S. extrusible sac. R. reservoir. H. end-sac of vesicula 
seminalis. Jf. middle-sac. AG. accessory gland. -Pa. cone-shaped papilla. 
V. vas deferens. 


When in situ the vesicula and associated parts lie much further forward in the 
body-cavity in front of the basal plate, and the sac when extended in copulation 
curls oyer the back of the abdomen. 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 685 


lie, one on each side of the middle-sac, and enter by a narrow 
neck into the narrow section between the end-sac and middle- 
sac. . The text-figure shows the connections at this point 
with the vas deferens. The ductus ejaculatorius for a consider- 
able portion of its course on leaving the middle-sac is large and 
glandular and almost as broad as the middle-sac itself. The 
narrow canal between the latter and the ductus projects into the 
lumen of the ductus as a minute cone-shaped protuberance. 
The broad upper part of the ductus, after two bends, giving the 
tube an S-shaped form, narrows into a small canal of several 
coils, which enters lower down into the upper part of the 
retracted preputial sac. 


Text-figure 29. 


Lipeurus forficulatus, 8. Transverse section through the abdomen at the 
level of the middle-sac of the vesicula. (Diagrammatic.) 


Rt. rectum. TZ. testis. I. muscles. FC. fat cells. VD. vas deferens. 
R. veservoir. JS. middle-sac. 


Séctions of these parts reveal some important points (see text- 
figs. 29 & 30). Externally the end-sac is marked by a median 
longitudinal groove. In cross-section the mid-sac, as in the 
vesicula seminalis of other insects, is seen to be double, consisting 
of two distinct tubes closely applied one to the other. Similarly, 
the middle-sac is also double. Whereas the end-sac contains 
sperm, the two “reservoirs,” the middle-sac, and the two minute 
vesicles, one on each side at the lower end of the latter, contain a 
coagulable white secretion, which possibly plays the part of sper- 
matophragmen, serving for the maintenance of the spermatozoa 
during copulation. 

The walls of the end-sac are fairly thin. Those of the middle- 


686 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


sac are thicker, the cells being of varying lengths and their ends 
projecting irregularly into the lumen. The walls of the flask- 
shaped reservoir are very thin, consisting of a clear hyaline . 
external membrane and an inner epithelium of short cells. The 
walls of the upper portion of the ductus eyaculatorius ave very 
thick, consisting of extremely high cells, the shape of which is not 
clear in the preparations on account of unsatisfactory fixation. 
For the same reason the histology of other parts remains obscure. 


Text-figure 350. 


Lipeurus forficwlatus, §. Transverse section through the abdomen, behind 
the middle-sac of the vesicula. (Diagrammatic.) 
R. rectum. D.dectus. Res. reservoir (lower end). —DV.M. dorso-ventral 
muscles. HC. fat-cells. 


Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 28).—The copulatory 
apparatus belongs to the simple type, consisting of basal plate 
and parameres and an extrusible membranous sac (see Part I., 
p- 257). Fortunately in the collection were two males with the 
sac extruded, and, as usual, when in this condition turned 
upwards and backwards over the terminal segments of the abdo- 
men. A detailed account is therefore included of the sac when 
extruded and when retracted, with some remarks upon the 
mechanism of extrusion and retraction. 

The basal plate is rather long and narrow, of a dull grey 
colour, the lateral margins a little concave. The parameres at 
their distal ends are fused with one another. The text-figure 
shows that the fused parameres are dorsal to the sac which shoots 
outwards and upwards from under the chitinous arch formed by 
the parameres. The sac proximally possesses two characteristi¢ 
transverse rolls caused by two deep furrows.  Distally it is 
studded with a number of minute denticles and its opening is 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 687 


subterminal on the dorsal surface. From between the parameres 
and continuous at that point with the basal plate is a small 
endomeral plate continued backwards as a long, narrow, thick, 
parallel-sided, chitinous strip which supports the sac on its lower 
side along the middle tine. The ductus can be seen through the 
wall of the sac running backwards into the abdomen, where it hes 


on the dorsal side of the basal plate. 


Text-figure 31. 


Lipeurus forficulatus, §. Transverse section through the abdomen showing the 
copulatory sac lying retracted within the body-cavity above the basal plate. 
* (Diagrammatic.) 
R. rectum. TJ. trachea. S.sac. PL. narrow chitinous strip on ventral surface of 
sac. J. muscles. FC. fat-cells. BP. basal plate, showing the rift. 


The Apparatus when retracted.—During retraction the sac is 
continuously invaginated until the distal end with its denticles 
comes to lie farthest forward within the abdominal cavity a little 
anterior to the fore end of the basal plate. The thick endomeral 
strip on its lower wall, of course, curls upwards and travels in 
with the rest, so as to form in the retracted state an enigmatic 
loop difficult to interpret until an extruded sac is examined. In 
cross-section, therefore, the endomeral strip forms the lower wall 
of the iner tube (see text-fig. 32). A similar endomeral loop 
with a similar history was described in Part I., p.271, for Z’richo- 
dectes latus. ‘The diagram should make the relation of the parts 
quite clear. 

It should be clearly understood that the parameres are at no 
place rods or appendages discrete from the sac. At their distal 
end (text-fig. 33) a membrane crosses between them dorsally and 
another membrane crosses ventrally. If the parameres became 
shorter these two membranes would become continuous with 
one another and with the dorsal wall of the outer tube, and if, 
finally, they disappeared we should have a simple exsertile tube. 
Sections anywhere across the length of the parameres all show 


688 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


them to be local chitinisations one on each side of a membranous 
tube—the outer tube. In text-fig. 832 a section is shown of this 
outer tube contained within the genital chamber, and the hasal 
plate and parameres are seen merely as local thickening in the 
continuous wall of the sac. 


Text-figure 32. 


Lipeurus forficulatus, g. Transverse section through the genital chamber, 
with the copulatory apparatus retracted. (Diagrammatic.) 


R. rectum. WM. muscles. PZ. chitinous strip on ventral surface of the sac. 
BP. basal plate between the base of the parameres (P.). GC. genital chamber, 


Text-figure 33. 


P BP 


Lipewus forficulatus, 8. Longitudinal section through the end of the abdomen. 
(Diagram.) 


R. rectum. GC. genital cavity. S.sac. P. paramere. BP. basal plate. 


Now, if reference be again made to the diagram (text-fig. 35) 
it is evident that the dorsal sector of the genital chamber ends 
much sooner than the ventral. Reading the sections forwards 


FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS, 689 


establishes beyond doubt the interesting character of the basal 
plate. The sole remaining ventral part of the genital chamber 
becomes smaller and smaller until it is no more than a narrow 
cleft below the basal plate. Next, its lower wall becomes chiti- 
nous and is approximated to the basal plate, which is for the rest 
of its course a circle of chitin squashed perfectly flat into a plate 
with only a narrow rift between (text-fig. 31). 

The interest in this observation centres in the fact that it 
explains the nature of the basal plate. At the base (near the 
parameres) this begins as an ordinary squamiform apodeme on 
the lower wall of the sac within the genital chamber. It runs 
back (7. e. in the direction of the head) as an ordinary tubular 
apodeme formed as an invagination of the ectoderm in the lower 
part of the genital chamber. This “tube” is compressed into a 
flat plate and its lumen reduced to a thin rift—continuous with 
the genital chamber. 


, 


Text-Sgure 54. 


Pi 


Bapeuris fonieulatats, g. Cross-section through the extruded sac just 
behind the opening. 


D. ductus. MM. muscle mass. Pl. narrow chitinous strip on ventral surface. 


Fxtrusion and Retraction.—On the ventral surface of the basal 
plate there is a series of longitudinal muscles which arise in front 
from the anterior portion of the basal plate and are inserted 
behind into the terminal sternite of the abdomen, serving to 
thrust the plate forward and expose the parameres through the 
terminal abdominal opening. ‘Text-fig. 28 a shows that the para- 
meres along their dorsal margin curve in somewhat. Underneath 
this overhanging ledge smail muscle-fibres run back along the 
length of the parameres and are attached to the base of the basal 
plate, doubtless serving to draw the tip of the fused parameres 
upwards in a dorsal direetion, which is its usual position when in 


690 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


copulation. On each side of the basal plate is a large-bellied 
muscle arising from an abdominal sternite some way forward and 
inserted by a delicate tendon into the lower end of the basal 
plate. These are retractor muscles, withdrawing the apparatus 
within the body after copulation. The Continuous invagination 
of the sac is brought about by the contraction of a eveat many 
small muscles arising from the dorsal surface of the basal plate 
and inserted successively along the walls of the sac. They are 
particularly numerous above the ductus at the distal end of the 
sac, being inserted just behind the opening (text-fig. 34), 

Extrusion of the sac is probably caused by blood-pressure upon 
contraction of the powerful dorso-ventral abdominal musvles 
segmentally arranged. 

The above is not offered as a complete account of the mechanism 
of this complicated apparatus. The manifest lacune in the 
description must be filled in only after a great deal more study of 
the parts. 


Text-figure 35. 


Sub.0.G 


Lipeurus forficulatus, 8. Transverse section through the head behind the 
antenne. (Diagrammatic.) 
CT. chitinous tendon for attachment of mandibular muscles (17.). P. pharynx. 
T. trachea. Swb.O.G. subcesophageal ganglion. F. eye. 


Mouth-parts.—Labium: The labial sclerite is present merely as 
a narrow transverse band near the anterior margin. J/sopogo- 
metric Apparatus: Lyriform organ without posterior cornua. 
Anterior cornua are broad and flat, convex on the outer margin, 
and in length equal to that of the “nucleus” itself; from each 
side a chitinous bar runs up the wall of the pharynx, which is 
further supported dorsally by a short median longitudinal splint. 
Behind the lyriform organ the chitinous intima of the pharynx 
hears a number of minute teeth. As in Lipeurus ferox (9, text- 
fig. 24) there is acompound hypopharynx consisting of a narrow, 
short, median piece, and on each side a longer rectangular strip. 
The pharynx (see text-fig. 35) is supplied with numerous small 
muscles—cireular, longitudinal, and transverse. The latter are 
developed further forward, and consequently do not appear in the 


FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, 691 


text-figure. There are two pairs, one running from the ventral 
and the other from the dorsal side of the skull. 


Genus Prctinopyeus Mjéberg. 
Prcrinopreus puLLatus Nitzsch (5, p. 236). 
From time to time a considerable amount of material of this 


species from Sula bassana (Linn.) and from the Cape Gannet 
(Sula capensis (Licht.)) was sent in. 


Text-figure 36, 


Pectinopygus pullatus, 8. 1. reproductivesystem. 2. copulatory apparatus. X90. 
,2a. paramere enlarged. 270. ‘Testes and vasa deferentia not shown. 
VS. vesicula seminalis. a. 6.c¢. lobes. D. ductus. BP. basal plate. 
P. paramere. #, vetinaculum. 1-5. sclerites on the sac. 


Male Reproductive System (text-fig. 36).—The vesicula seminalis 
is complex. It consists of a large, swollen, two-chamberéd sac 


692 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE 


of somewhat irregular contour and outline. At the anterior end 
are two small, closely united offshoots from the central chambers, 
and at the posterior end, where the vesicula joins the ductus, are 
two pairs of accessory lobes each attached to the vesicula by 
scarcely any appreciable neck or constriction, The first pair of 
lobes are quite small and lie postero-ventr: ally. The second pair 
run backwards side by side above the issuing ductus, and are 
nearly half as long as the vesicula and together almost as broad. 
The ductus ejaculatorius is broad at its upper end and rather 
short. About midway towards the copulatory apparatus there is 
a small bend where a pair of small glands are attached. 

Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Throughout the Mallophaga, as 
indeed in Insects generally, the structure of the male apparatus 
for copulation displays a remarkable variety. In the Mallophaga 
the strangest condition is found in Pectinopygus pullatus (see 
text-fig. 36). Mjoberg (6, -p. 246. fig. 139), who established the 
genus, in purporting to describe and figure the apparatus describes 
only the basal plate, parameres, and ductus. The whole long 
extrusible sac, with its complex chitinisations, is omitted—swept 
away in dissection possibly in mistake for the rectum or rectal 
fecal matter. A propos of the sac, Mjoberg states that, although 
present, it is “jedoch nicht gut entwickelt.” And of the ductus 
ejaculatorius: ‘“ Kr zeigt in der Innerwand ein in einer Spirale 
verlaufendes Chitinband.” But the ductws contains no such 
spiral band, and as it is difficult to suppose Mjoberg mistook the 
extrusible “ preputial sac” for the ductus, there may be here a 
question of a distinct but unrecognised species. 

Basal plate.—This is long and narrow, with a longitudinal 
median keel upon its lower surface. The two peculiar processes 
(P), which probably represent parameres, do not articulate with 
the basal plate, but are attached to its dorsal surface along 
the length of the whole “stalk” or unpectinated portion. The 
distal end is band-like and curves outwards. On the inner 
surface of each are about thirteen denticles like sessile buds on 
a stalk, graduated in size from the base to the tip. Below and 
quite continuous with the basal plate lies an endomeral plate, 
formed of a rather clear chitin, the upper surface presenting 
a tesselated appearance. In regard to the “ preputial sac,” the 
text-figure lays no claim toa representation of this in the natural 
position. Unfortunately no male specimen was obtained with 
the sac extruded. Consequently the remarkable sclerites 1, 2, 3, 
4 and 5 are shown lying in no very intelligible position. How- 
ever, the shape of the pieces is seen together with the structure 
of the large “ retinacular comb” at the distal end, recalling a 
similar structure figured for Anatacus. The “comb” in Pectino- 
pygus consists of a row of about nine elongate bands. Each band 
at the base has square angles, is fairly broad and parallel-sided 
for a short distance up before it divides into: two, forming a fork 
with two elongate prongs. All the nine forks are really one 


PROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 693 


continuous piece, the divisions between being filled by a sort of 
amalgam of thin transparent chitin. 

The whole of these pieces, as well as the basal plate and para- 
meres, which in their ensemble Berlese conveniently collects 
under the name Perifallo (26), are, it must be remembered, 
simply chitinous plaques developed upon the outside tube of the 
apparatus. In Pectinopygus these are remarkable from their 
miscellaneous character, whereas in other Mallophaga the meso- 
somal parts are usually capable of ready classification into the 
endomeres and telomeres and penis. 


LIvERATURE. 


(1) Snoparass, R. E.—Oceas. Pap. Cal. Acad. Sci. vi. 1899. 

(2) Harrison, L.—Parasitology, vii. No. 3, Jun. 1916, p. 338. 
(3) Prager, E.—Les Pédiculines. Leide, 1880. 

(4) Ketioee, V. L.—Science, n.s., xxxvii. No. 943, 1913, p. 154. 

(5) Greset, C. G.—Insecta Epizoa. Leipzig, 1874. 

(6) Mséserc, E.—Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockhoim, Bd. 61, No. 13, 
TOMO: 

(7) Cummines, B. F—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1916. 

(8) Denny, H.—Monographia Anoplurorum Britanniz. London, 
1842. 

(9) Cummines, B. F.—Proe. Zool. Soe. 1913. 

(10) Armenante, K.—Boll. Soc. Nat. in Napoli, xxiv., ii. (vol. iv. 
Anno xxiv.), 1911. 

(11) Harrison, L. —Parasitology, vii. No. 4, March 1915. 

(12) Kramer, P.—Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd. 19, 1869, p- 452. 

(13) Von Sresoxp, C. T.—Nov. Act. Jed Crs. Leop.-Car. Nat. 
Cur. vol. xxi. Part 1, 1845, p. 249. 

(14) CHoLopKoysky, N.—Trav. Soe. Imp. des Nat. de St. Péters- 
bourg, vol. xli. Nos. 2-3, 1910. 

(15) CHoLopKoysky, N.—Zool. Anz. Bd. 41, 1913, p. 615. 

(16) Lesp#s, C.—Annales Sci. Nat. (Zoologie) (4) tom. iii. 1855, 

300. 

(17) eee H.—Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd. 102, 1912, p. 169. 

(18) Brunenur, G.—De Bononiensi Scientiarum et Artium In- 
stituto atque Academia Commentarii. ‘Tom. vii. 1791. 
Opuscula Gabrielis Brunellii de Locsustarum Anatome, 

203. 

(19) Casmonkonsae. N.—Zool. Anz. Bd. 42, 1913, p. 531. 

(20) Baniowitz H.—Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd. 50, SOS Fo, Sl 

(21) Warersron, J.—Trans. Perths. Soe. Nat. Se. vol. v. pt. 4, 
ISA, Fo, WKS. 

(22) Hanne, L.—Austral. Zool. vol. 1. pt. i. 1914, p. 3. 

(23) Prager, H. —lLes Pédiculines. Supplement, 1885, p. 54. 

(24) Packarp, A. 8—Amer. Natur. vol. iv. 1870, p. 83. 

(25) Kettoce, V. L.—Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2) vol. vi. 1896, 
p. 129, pl. ix. figs. 5 & 6. 

(26) Beriusz, A. 


Milan, vol. i. 1906, p. 312. 


Reis 3 , 


Sars 
ete He 


ON TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 695 


On Two new Species of Westodes belonging respectively 
to the Genera Linstowia and Cotugnia. By Fran HE, 
Bepparb, M.A., D.Sc. (Oxon.), F.R.S., F.Z.8. 


[Received June 5, 1916: Read November 7, 1916. } 


(Text-figures 1-4.) 


INDEX. 
SYSTEMATIC :— Page 
IO BESOUHIG? VORDUPUD, BVo We sascooces cep coossocasceandscossoocesoon O86) 
(COUR TAG OIREEGs So Wo conesseanseseggspoucnecmooasccococne — FAO) 


I. Description of Linstowia lemuris, sp. 7. 


Sexual Tapeworms from Lemurs being but little known, J was 
specially interested to obtain from the small gut of an example 
of the Slow Lemur (Vycticebus tardigradus) two complete 
specimens of a Cestode, besides a large fragment which was 
found to belong to the same species. | refer this new worm to 
the genus Linstowia—at any rate, for the present,—giving reasons 
later after a due consideration of its anatomy. 

The worms are about three inches in length, the varying 
contraction rendering it impossible to give an accurate measure- 
ment in either case. The greatest diameter is 4 mm. The 
scolex 1s almost spherical in form and of some size (1 nun.); it is 
succeeded by a short neck, where no strobilisation is visible. 
The seolex is quite unarmed as to the suckers, and there is no 
rostellum at all. The sackers are closely 21 -ouped on the anterior 
face of the scolex, and not in the least lateral in position. The 
only other external character of systematic importance, the 
position of the generative orifices, was not apparent until the 
worm was investigated by sections. They alternate from .side 
to side, being mainly massed upon one side, as many as ten being 
sometimes successively upon the same side of the body. There 
is thus nothing distinctive as to the systematic position of the 
worm to be gained by an examination of the external characters 
only, as is monly always the case with Cestodes—a very few can 
be identified without recourse to anatomical study. 

In transverse sections the cortex is seen to be of about the 
same diameter as the medulla. The longitudinal muscles have a 
characteristic arrangement which is in one way peculiar. In 
addition to transverse fibres which bound the longitudinal layer 
internally, as in most other Cestodes, the present species shows 
similar fibres between the innermost of the longitudinal fibres 
themselves, an arrangement which is, of course, well known 
as characteristic of the Acoleide and of the genus Cotugnia 
among the Davaineide (see p. 700). This transverse layer be- 
tween the inner and outer layers of the longitudinal sheet 
consists of single delicate fibres, which are, however, quite 


696 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON 


obvious, and in being singly distributed remind us of Cotugnia, 
and not of the Acoleidee where the layers are stronger. I have 
re-examined other species of Linstowia to ascertain whether this 
peculiarity is or is not confined to Linstowia lemuris. I find the 
same delicate transverse fibres between the longitudinal bundles 
in L. ameive and also in Oochoristica marmose, a species which, 
as I have already pointed out in describing it*, is hard to 
refer decisively to either Linstowia or Oochoristica, a matter 
to which I recur later. However, ina Linstowia from Kchidna, 
the specifie identity of which I am not certain, there» was no 
supplementary transverse layer of muscles. Nor did I find 
anything of the kind in Oochoristica from Tamandua_ tetra- 
dactyla, the structure of the body-wall of which would, however, 
render this arrangement impossible, as may be seen from my 
figure of the same 7. 

The longitudinal muscles are disposed in an inner and an 
outer series. As to the former, there is a layer of thick fibres, 
sometimes two or three or even five or six massed together. 
Outside this there lies another layer of the same kind, but 
imperfectly defined. The outer layer of longitudinal muscles 
consists merely of scattered fibres of less size than those already 
dealt with. There is here no sharply defined formation of 
layers. The additional transverse fibres already mentioned are 
associated with the inner layer of stouter muscle-fibres. 

The excretory system is, like that of some other species referred 
to the two genera Oochoristica and Linstowia, chavacterised by a 
network quite easy to detect but not easy to map accurately. 
I have found at least three branches arising from the ventral 
vessel and extending towards the middle of the proglottid. — 
These do not, however, cross as unbroken tubes, but are dis- 
solved into a network. 

The testes lie dorsal to the ovary and vitelline gland and 
lateral of the same. They extend from side to side of the 
proglottid, but do not invade the cortex. I counted about 
nineteen in a single row. There are two of these rows in a 
transverse section, and horizontal ones show also two rows, in 
parts inereased to three. The evrrus-sac in this species is small 
and extends a little way beyond the nerve-cord—in fact, as far as 
the lateral vessel. This might appear to mean that it is after all 
not so small; but the width of the proglottids is such that the 
sac occupies but a short space of the transverse diameter, and it 
is thus relatively small. The sac lies at the bottom of a deep 
genital cloaca; this involution from the exterior narrows abruptly 
internally to a narrow passage which opens into a wider sac, 
which receives the male and female ducts and is a common male 
and female atrium. Such an arrangement is common among 


* P.Z.S. 1914, p. 269. 

+ Ibid. p. 270, text-fig. 4, D. It will be noticed that there is no marked gap 
between the longitudinal layers allowing of the intercalation of a transverse layer as 
in Linstowia lemuris. 


TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 697 


Cestodes, and occurs for instance, in the present genus, in 
Linstowia ameive. The cirrus-sac itself is oval in longitudinal 
section, and at times almost circular. It has a thickish external 
muscular layer, and is not differentiated into regions as is 
sometimes the case with the cirrus-sac, where the internal region 
is thinner-walled and occasionally swollen. Owing to the small 
size of the cirrus-sac, the contained cirrus and vas deferens are 
not much coiled, and the lack of room has brought about quite a 
short cirrus, which is of about the same length as the section of 
the vas deferens which lies within the cirrus-sac. As in other 
Cestodes, the contents of the cirrus-sac (which together with 
the external muscular layer forms the wall of the cirrus) and a 
section of the vas deferens can be extruded with the cirrus. 
To this complex it is perhaps convenient to give the name of 
penis, as I have elsewhere suggested. 

The vas deferens on emerging from the cirrus-sac forms a 
loosely arranged coil which les to the ventral side of the cirrus- 
sac, the interstices between the coils being filled with glassy 
cells—the so-called prostate. Upon this ensues a_ straight 
course of vas deferens, which lies upon the dorsal side of the 
cirrus-sac in relation to the dorsal position of the testes. 

The ovary is seen in transverse sections to lie dorsally of the 
vitelline gland. It has a structure common in Cestodes, ending 
laterally in numerous drawn-out processes which are often club- 
shaped at the free extremities. The ovary extends further 
laterally than the vitelline gland, which it thus completely over- 
laps. It is, of course, also anterior in position. 

The vagina of this Cestode shows the same subdivisions in its 
course that are shown in other Cestode worms, though the 
relative development of the different sections differs in various 
genera and species. In the present species the general course of 
the tube is fairly straight until it divides into the oviduct 
and the second branch. In mature segments, in which the 
uterus is still present, though many eggs are scattered through 
the parenchyma, it can be seen that tho) vagina consists of four 
separable regions. The proximal section, opening into the 
common genital duct before the latter debouches into the cloaca 
genitalis, is very short, with thick walls and a narrow lumen. 
The next section occupies the greater part of the vagina, and 
consists of a tube which gradually widens and ends in the 
neighbourhood of the ovary in a dilated extremity. This section 
is covered externally with a layer of deep-staining glandular 
cells which mark it out from the preceding section. This part 
of the vaginal tube is specially developed in the present Cestode, 
and in fully mature proglottids, where the parenchyma is entirely 
occupied by the scattered embryos encircled with their mem- 
branes, is the most conspicuous region of the vagina ; it presents 
here the appearance of a large sac. It is, in fact, here almost 
divisible into two regions: a narrower part which is proximal, 
and which—wide itself—dilates suddenly into a large oval sae 

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1916, No. XLVIII, A8 


698 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON 


which appears to be the termination of the vagina, and is 
practically so since the remaining part has dwindled away. 
It presents, in fact, the appearance of a large spermatheca in 
an Oligochetous annelid, and is very unlike the usual form of 
this part of the vagina in tapeworms, though there are forms 
which show some likeness to it. It never lodges ova. I shall 
recur to the structure of this sac in comparing it with the 
corresponding region of the vagina in other Cestodes. After 
this middle region of the vagina the tube suddenly narrows to a 
fine canal*, which emerges quite abruptly from its distal and 
dilated end. This latter tube is of some length and ends in 
quite an unusual fashion. Instead of opening into a dilated sac, 
the receptaculum seminis, as in so many tapeworms, the tube 
opens into a wider horseshoe- shaped tube, of which the two ends 
become respectively the duct going to the ovary and that ending 
in the shell-gland. This region is crammed with spermatozon, 
and seems to be undoubtedly a cleft receptaculum seminis—that 
is to say, the ultimate separation of this region of the female 
efferent apparatus into oviduct and duct communicating with 
the vitelline gland through the shell-gland, occurs earlier than 
is usual and concerns the receptacuium itself. This inter- 
pretation is, [ think, justified by a comparison of the present 
species with Oochoristica marmose, a description of which I have 
lately communicated to this Society r. It will be noticed that 
the vagina of Oochoristica marmose shows the same regions as 
that of the species with which I am concerned here, but that the 
relative development of the regions differs. Thus the middle 
region covered externally with gland-cells is short but dilates at 
the distal end, though to a much less extent than in the present 
Species. a euhie proximal section is very long, and the recept- 
aculum seminis is a more or less cylindrical widish tube not 
divided longitudinally as in the new worm described in the 
present paper. I have mentioned that in fully mature pro- 
glottids the middle region is much altered. It occupies more 
than half the breadth of the proglottid, and the end which 
appears to end blindly sometimes curves rather backwards. 
This part is very much more swollen than the more tubular 
section which runs towards the external pore. 

The uterus of this worm is like that of other members of the 
genera Linstowia and Oochoristica in its broad features; but 
there are some differences that require description. The uterus 
is, on the whole, very like that of O. marmose%; it is in the 
same way ventral in position, underlying the ovary but ex- 
tending Jaterally more towards the dorsal surface. Here there 
is certainly a branched condition of the tubes and spaces to be 


* Very rarely (only in one out of a large number examined) ave ova found here, 
and their presence dilates the tube. 

¥ P.Z.S. 1914, p. 274. 

t P.Z.S. 1914, p. 278, text-fig. 5. 


TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 699 


observed, and to some extent a retiform condition obtains, 
though not so clear as in some other tapeworms. ‘The cavities 
contain many ova. The walls of the cavities are distinct and 
nucleated. The suggestion is of flattened eells, and the edges of 
the cavities which are the actual walls are differentiated from the 
surrounding parenchyma by a firmness which is marked by a 
deeper staining. In the greater development of what is obviously 
a uterus, the present species is plainly nearer to O. marmose 
than to ZL. ameive. It differs from both in the fact that the 
ripe embryos, when scattered through the parenchyma after 
the disappearance of the uterus itself, are not so closely packed. 
In sections the ripe proglottids seem to contain fewer embryos. 
Moreover, the individual embryos lie more loosely in the spaces 
which they occupy. These spaces show no nucleated walls of 
their own. The embryos extend into the cortex. I could only 
detect two membranes surrounding the embryo. The embryos 
appear to be larger than those of O. marmose. 


Systematic Position of Linstowia lemuris. 


The species which has just been described must be, as I think, 
referred to one of the two genera Linstowia and Oochoristica. The 
combination of characters shown in the possession of a totally un- 
armed scolex, single generative organs, a uterus of more or less 
detached cavities, the final imbedding of the embryos singly in 
the parenchyma, is unknown elsewhere than in these two genera. 
I have already, in describing Linstowia ameivee and Oochoristica 
marmose, pointed out the impossibility, or at least great diffi- 
culty, in rationally distinguishing between these two genera 
and need not recapitulate here the reasons there given. I may, 
however, point out what I did not there mention, except by 
implication, that the founders of the two genera defined them at 
very nearly the same time (either at the end of 1898 or at the 
beginning of 1899). Furthermore, neither Zschokke (who 1S 
responsible for Linstowia*) nor Liihe T (who defined Oochoristica) 
mentions the work of the other. It is doubtful, therefore, 
whether both genera would be accepted now by these two 
authors, were they founding them afresh with knowledge of 
each other’s work. JI am, however, obliged to admit that 
Zschokke in a more recent { communication accepts Oochoristica 
without comment, and contrasts its distribution with that of 
Linstowia. I myself believe, on further consideration, that 
Oochoristica will be found to differ by the condition of the 
uterus—a suggestion which I have already made, but which 
requires confirmation by an examination of the other species 


* The genus was actually defined by Zschokke in Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. Ixy. 
p- 441, not in his account of two species in Semon’s ‘ Forschungsreise, which is 
sometimes quoted as the reference for the genus. 

+ Zool. Anz. Bd. xxi. p. 650. 

*~ Zool. Anz. Bd. xxvii. p, 290. 


49% 


700 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON 


alleged to be of this genus. So important in classification is the 
condition of the uterus that little doubt, I fancy, will be felt in 
this matter. 


Il. Description of Cotugnia inargareta, sp. 7. 


The genus Cotugnia is usually regarded as of the family 
Davaineide, from all the other genera of which it differs by 
the possession of a double sexual apparatus in each proglottid. 
The only other character of importance which, so far as is 
already known, serves to separate Cotugnia from other Davai- 
neide, ig the complicated and Acoleid-like disposition of the 
longitudinal muscle-layer. The examination of examples of a 
species of this genus from the gut of Caccabis melanocephala 
enables me to add to our knowledge of the genus and to describe 
a new species thereof. 

A large number of examples of this worm occurred in the 
Caccabis 1m company with an //ymenolepis, which is either 
identical with, or at the least very closely allied to, Hymenolepis 
villosa (known from Bustards). I did not find it associated 
(except for the doubtful case of one individual) with Rhabdo- 
metra cylindrica, a parasite from the same species of Caccabis, 
which I have lately described in these ‘ Proceedings ’*. 

The extreme length of the worm is about 33 inches, and it is 
rather broad, measuring 3°5 mm. The segments are not long 
and never as long as they are broad. The scolew is 1 mm. ora 
little less in breadth; it is followed by a strobila, which is at 
first of equal breadth, and in which the segmentation is visible 
at once. ‘There is, at any rate, no long and well-marked neck. 
The suckers are large and unarmed, and demand no special 
description. 

The rostellum of this species shows some interesting characters. 
In examining the living worm fresh fyom the body of its host, 
the rostellum is not at all obvious. It is apparently represented 
by a mere dimple much smaller in extent than the large suckers. 
The conditions, indeed, reminded me of certain Ichthyoteniide, 
where the rostellum is represented by httle more than an apical 
pit. In one specimen which I thus examined there was this 
dimple alone; in another, however, a fringe of minute hooks 
encircled the pit. These hooks are in a double row and of the 
Davaineid pattern. In a third specimen, examined after preser- 
vation in aleoholand glycerine, the apical pit is quite obvious and 
encircled by a row of hooks arranged i a double series, which 
is dumbbell-shaped, being of less diameter mm the middle. The 
whole area surrounded by the hooks is very much less in extent 
than that of the suckers. 

The smallness of the area occupied by the rostellum in this 
species is the first point to which I wish to direct attention. 


* P.Z.5. 1914, p. 859. 


TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 701 


If my figure (text-fig. 1, p. 702) be compared with Fuhrmann’s*, 
illustrating Cotugnia polyacantha, it will be seen that in the 
latter species the conditions are the exact reverse of that just 
described. In Cotugnia polyacantha the area of the rostellum is 
much greater than that of any one of the suckers, which are thus 
small by comparison. The second point to which I draw atten- 
tion is the apparent occasional absence of hooks. As I have seen 
these structures, it is fair to suppose that where they were not 
seen they did not exist. This is a very important matter in the 
discrimination of Cestodes; it is obviously not yet certain that 
all hookless genera are really so, except through loss of hooks in 
individuals. 

In transverse and longitudinal sections the rostellum is seen to 
be a relatively very small structure, which entirely bears out the 
appearances to be noted when the scolex is seen as a whole, either 
fresh or, after preservation in alechol, in glycerine. The re- 
tracted rostellum is shown in text-fig. 1, where it is seen to be 
a very sucker-like structure, although, as already stated, it is 
very much smaller than the actual suckers. 

It isa cup-shaped organ, along the edges of which the hooks 
can be seen to be implanted. “The rostellum, in fact, is very 
small and simple. Its substance chiefly shows muscular fibres 
running across its short diameter, 7. e. in the longitudinal axis of 
the body of the worm. Outside of this is a layer of much less 
diameter, which suggests a subeuticular layer. The simplicity 
Hnducmallicice obnlic vostellera is so far like that of Tenia 
suginata, as figured and described by Leuckart +. It is, perhaps, 
more to the point to compare the rostellum of the present species 
with that of more nearly related forms. 

Within the genus Cotugnia itself the rostellum appears to be 
usually large. In structure that of C. colline is said by Fuhrmann 
to resemble that of a species of Davainea. There are, however, 
in Davainea, as Fuhrmann himself has pointed out £, considerable 
differences among the species. There is, however, a remarkable 
likeness between the present species of Colugnia and Ophryo- 
cotyle insignis, which may well be of significance. This latter 
Cestode has, in the first place, a lens-shaped rostellum proper, 
which, as Lihe has pointed out §, is at least often characteristic 
of Davainea. That is much the same form as I figure here in 
Cotugnia margareta, where, however, it is more cup-shaped and 
thus sucker-like. 

Liihe, however, speaks of the rostellum of Davainea struthionis 
as having a very short antero-posterior diameter and as being 
concave anteriorly, thus approximating in shape to a sucker. 
T did not, however, find this to be the case with a species of 
Darainea from Struthio masaicus, which is very probably identical 


Centralbl. f. Bakt. nu. Paras. xlix. 1909, p. 121, fig. 38. 

‘The Faranites of Man’ (Engl. trans. by Hoy. le), Edinb. 1886, p. 435, fig. 247. 
Cf. e.g. in Centralbl. Bakt. u. Paras. xlix. fig. 10, p. 101 & fig. 24, p. 113. 
Zool. AG, Bd. xvii. 1894, p. 280. 


mitt * 


702 DR. F, E, BEDDARD ON 


with Davainea struthionis*. ‘The rostellum proper and neigh- 
bouring structures of Ophryocotyle insignis, with which I am 
about to compare the corresponding structures of Cotugnia 
margareta, were thus described by Fuhrmann t:—‘ Das muskulése 
Rostellum ist sehr weit vorstiilpbar, wobei es der vordere Teil der 
Skolex ist, der den gréssten Teil des michtigen scheitelstindigen 
Haftorganes darstellt.” The figure given by Fuhrmann? of a 
longitudinal section through the entire “ Haftorgane” (and the 
rest of the scolex) agrees, as will be seen, very closely with the 


Text-figure Ll. 


Longitudinal section through scolex of Cotugnia margareta. 


R. rostellum, in which the hooks are not shown. SS. suckers. 


annexed drawing (text-fig. 1) of the same region of Cotugnia 
margareta. The folded apical region of the scolex is present in 
both, and there is an evident contrast in this with the conditions 
observable in a congener of my species, viz. Cotugnia polyacantha 
—which latter species appears to resemble more closely various 
species of Davainea§ in having a clear-cut and smooth region of 

* “On Tenia struthionis (Parona) and allied Forms,” P. Z.S8. 1915, p. 589. 

+ “Neue Davaineiden,” Centralbl. Bakt. u. Paras. xlix. p. 94. 


a Loe. cit. p. 95, fig. 1. 
§ P.Z.S. 1915, p. 592, text-fig. 1. 


TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 703 


the scolex surrounding the rostellum proper. A highly charac- 
teristic feature of the genus Cofugnia is emphasised by Fuhrmann 
in words and in several drawings. This is the presence of 
several layers of longitudinal muscles, each of which is divided 
from the neighbouring layer by transverse fibres. There is, in 
addition, the usual transverse layer bounding the medullary 
region of the proglottid on the outside. This, as Fuhrmann has 
remarked, is a point of likeness to the Acoleide, and, I may 
add, to the remarkable genus Dasyurotcnia, lately described by 
myself *. The number of layers of longitudinal bundles is not, 
according to Fuhrmann, the same for all species of Cotugnia. 
ing general way, my examination of Cotwgnia margareta enables 
me 60 confirm Fuhrmann. But my new species shows certain 
important differences. In the first place, the aspect of the worm 
is thin and delicate, which argues a feeble longitudinal muscu- 
lature; and this is proved to be a fact by transverse and 
longitudinal sections. The cortical layer, if this layer is to be 
regarded as extending inwards so as to include all of the longi- 
tudinal muscle-bundles, is in the posterior region of the body of 
rather less diameter-than the medullary layer. Anteriorly it is, 
on the other hand, rather greater. I throw some doubt upon 
this, the customary delimitation of the cortical and medullary 
layers, because I cannot find a distinct layer or even single line 
of transverse fibres separating the inner layer of longitudinal 
bundles from the medulla. Such a layer is, however, figured by 
Fubrmann*. Here and there I do find a single fibre in this 
situation which may be traced for some distance ; but there is 
certainly no continuous layer. The innermost layer of longi- 
tudinal muscles consists of a single row of bundles which are 
placed at unequal distances from each other and are of unequal 
sizes, though for the most part much larger than the bundles 
belonging to this system which occur more superficially. In 
other species it would appear that this inner layer of bundles 
consists of more than one row. 

Outside of this inner row of bundles there is an area of rather 
greater width which is sparsely traversed by transverse fibres, 
between which lie occasionally here and there a single longi- 
tudinal fibre or two or three together—they are not sufficiently 
numerous to be described as forming a row or layer; there are 
in this region no dense rows such as are figured by Fuhrmann in 
other species of Cotugnia. Outside of this again is the outer row 
of bundles. ‘These are also irregular in the number of fibres 
which each bundle contains, and in the distance separating 
individual bundles. They are, however, on the whele, con- 
siderably smaller than the bundles of the innermost layer and 
lie closer together. Between this layer and the subcuticular 
layer are a ‘few longitudinal fibres irregularly arranged and 
sometimes associated two or three together. Transverse fibres 


* P.Z.S. 1912, p. 686, text-fig. 98. 
+ Loe. cit. p. 119, fig. 37 & p. 121, fig. 39. 


704 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON 


occur to the outside of the outer layer of bundles; but the 
subcuticular layer is not divided off from the rest of the cortex 


by any such fibres. 
As to the water-vascular tubes the larger ventral vessel lies 


beneath and to the inside of the very small dorsal tube. 


Text-figure 2. 


Cirrus-sac of Cotugnia margareta. 


C. cirrus lying within the elongated cirrus-sac. R.S. receptaculum seminis. 
W.V. ventral water-vascular tube. . orifice of cirrus-sac. 


Double generative organs characterize this as they do other 
Species of the genus Cotwgnia. Upon some of these organs I have 
notes to offer. There is hardly any genital cloaca (text-fig. 2); 
rather there appears to be a kind of plug of soft tissue which blocks 
the end of the cirrus-sac and the vagina, and can be pushed aside 


TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. — 705 
when the former is extruded. The civrws-sac is short, in that it 
extends only to the nerve-cord and not as far as to the dorsal and 
more external of the water-vascular tubes. It appears, however, 
to be long, because it is thin and with thinnish walls. The vas 
deferens is coiled and the coil lies partly in the cortex. The 
vagina ends in a dilated receptaculum seminis; but this species 
differs from the other described in the present paper in that the 
narrow region into which the vagina usually contracts before 
entering the receptaculum is quite absent. If there be a 
rudiment of this narrow region it must be at the very point 
of opening into the receptaculum. 


Text-figure 3. 


Section (horizontal) through two adjacent segments of Cotugnia margareta, 
showing the embryos scattered through the medullary parenchyma. 


E. embryos. ’. spaces from which an embryo has fallen out. 


A very important character of the genus Cotugnia has not 
been illustrated by figures in previous accounts *, though it is 
known and used in the definition of the genus. As, however, 
there is no particular description, and merely the bare statement 

* The illustration given by Baczynska (Biudes anatomiques et histologiques sur 


quelques nouvelles espéces de Cestodes oiseaux. Neuchatel, 1914, p. 203. fig. 32) 
is only diagrammatic. 


10 Ga ON TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 


in various definitions, it is so far not clear what the asserted 
implantation singly of the ripe embryos means. The examination 
of mature segments allows me to clear up this matter as to the 
main facts of classificatory importance, at any rate. In com- 
paring these conditions with those already referred to in Linstowia 
there is at first sight some difference in general appearance, which 
is really due to the laxity of the ground-tissue of Linstowia, as 
compared with the denser medullary tissue of Cotugnia. But 
there is no morphological difference that I can detect. In both 
the embryos are scattered not very closely (text-fig. 3) through 
the medullary parenchyma and extend into the cortex. Each 


Text-figure 4. 


Peon 


A more highly magnified representation of the embryos of Cotugnia margareta. 


A. the thick outer shell. B. the indistinct middle shell. ©. the inner shell 
immediately surrounding the embryo. 


embryo fits its cavity completely, and I have never seen more 
than one lying in one space of the parenchyma. This cavity, 
moreover, has no. definite walls of its own. The uterus in 
younger stages consists of scattered spaces, in each of which may 
lie several ova, though sometimes only one. The uterus of this 
Davaineid seems, shenehace. to be similar to that of Linstowia. 
The fully ripe embryos are surrounded by three ege-shells (text- 
fig. 4). The outermost is very thick and often locally thickened 
to form boss-like prominences which may be even narrow and 
prolonged. The embryo itself is immediately encircled by a thin 
shell, and between the two a third shell is often to be detected. 


PLoS on Fawcett. Flee 


10 ee | 36 


MENPES PRESS, WATFORD. We M. Faweett, del. 


HETEROCERA FROM BRITISH EAST. AFRICA. 


ON MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 707 


33. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. 
Feather in British Hast Africa, 1911-13. By Lt.-Col. 
J. M. Fawcerr*. 


[ Received September 27, 1916; Read November 21, 1916. ] 
(Plate I. +) 


INDEX. 
GEOGRAPHICAL : Page 
Localities at which collections were made ...........6..0c00000 eens 708 
SYSTEMATIC: 

CR OMCVTASIOES (FBG Va | ong dos bocbasese cob pnd obobEs dob en ubosAbeehaanaesabascouen YAKS 

(GROPOUIS (RING Tada panne Ae SG eos Ae AR Gin EAT ORIN. pein eae Se Sea ale 

ERA UELOM CTE IN sees Rees el yee aR ERE eae port eee ene, neon CTA 

EEO MI PICE ES CIMA Testa say PRE PEM me Rea In Y Chee eee OD 

AIDE CO SLO MOET, Sahar tae te erat Me Er ies Cane dca iN Ae a tO 

EMU Lud naa Mo ene cee ee tee reo ete eee ance tas Moat ow steno a TES 

Ca PenaNeen anes e eee ae eee Tea ee aes eat ee ee eens 732 
. Page ; Page 
Pericallia hecate, sp. W...-...--+ ++: OD | Calpencenn. eS pelemnnsesa ee sece se ices 
Deilemera glauce, sp.u............. 709 | Lecasia othello, sp. ni. .........00...... 794 
Athetis horus, sp. 0M. ......-.+--+--- 710 | Phalera lavinia, sp. n. ............... 725 
Ail, JVAVAOOMRs FD Ws soocsessscovso-ess VL |) Seramoten caiaeiiiiy Rts We sescensgscescee PAS 
Giaura astarte, sp. 0. .......-+--- 711 | Stauropus critobulus, sp. n. ......... 726 
Leocyma candace, sp. .......------ 712 | Peridela berengaria, sp.n. ......... 727 
Ctenusa rectilinea, sp. n. ....-..-. 713 | P. novaria, sp. M. ..........0..00.-.-.. G27 
C. r. psamatha, FoR ee. 714 | Fulvaria striata, sp.n................ 728 
Euphiusa hermione, sp.u.......... 714 | Boarmia perse, sp. ....-..-........ aoa a3 
Eh. ochreata, form. n. ............ 714 | Cidaria asteria, sp. n. ............ +5. 729 
Cortyta minyas, sp.n. ............ 715 | C. proene, sp. 0.... ...: iradeiene teats 730 
C. m. griseacea, form... .......-- TAB: =| TENG ODD Sh 0B 11” Sho 4none seo oto 88680 730 
Galactomoia berenice, sp. N....... 717 | Heterorachis idmon, sp.n. ......... 731 
Giria bubastis, sp. n............... "718 | Debedodes nevius, sp.n. ............ 732 
Taveta syring, sp. N. ....-..-....... 718 | Selagdia narses, sp. i. ............... 732 
Catephia sciras, sp. 0. ......-..--- 719 | Duomitus pindarus, sp.n............. 733 
C. sospita, sp: i. .............-....... 720 | Dattinia aurora, sp. 0. ............... 734 
C. Soya, SP. Me... ee esse ene seeees 720 | D. perstrigata tithonus, form. n.... 734 
(Ob SGRGHDIS; EfD> Bo coascaspncabeosecoces WIL || ID CHOOSE Wo Seoosuscoeneo seo ceosoo dor 735 
Poppea sabina, sp. Meeps: se sees 722 | Lygropia pasithea, sp.n. ............ 735 
Plecoptera polymorpha pole Pionia nigripunctalis, sp. N.......... 736 
nia, form. n. fe Sacco RA || JEs GranOtADGKIS) Oe Woscan-t oodbopocnnaacon USO 
Brevipecten clear -chus, sp. Mei cies 723 | Melittia hematopis, sp. n............. 736 


In my former memoir on this subject (P. Z. 5. 1915, p. 91) 
I mentioned that there were a good many species of the Feather 
Collection which still remained to be examined, and that I 
hoped to be able to give in another memoir the result of my 
enquiries into some of them. This I propose to do in the pre- 
sent paper, but, owing to pressure of space in the forthcoming 
number of P. Z.8., I am only able to deal with a certain per- 
centage of the material in my possession. Meanwhile, a most 
interesting paper has been published by Professor Poulton 
(P. Z. S. 1916, p. 91), dealing with Mr. Feather’s Collection in 
Somaliland, in which a large number of new species are described, 


* Communicated by the SECRETARY. 
7 For explanation of the Plate see p. 737. 


708 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCELT ON 


some of which I also find in the Feather Collection from B. E. 
Africa, a circumstance which is accounted for by the contiguity 
of the two districts. The forms represented in both collections 
are mostly those characteristic of the drier steppes, as was to be 
expected, owing to the very dry climate of Somaliland. 

The insects recorded in this memoir were, I understand, 
almost entirely taken at light on wet nights, the great majority 
of them at Kedai and Masongaleni. in hee already given the 
approximate elevation of these places in my former paper on this 
subject, but it may be as well to repeat it here :— 


(1) Kedai, British East Africa. Altitude 2500 feet, 120 miles 
from the coast. 

(2) Masongaleni, — ditto. Altitude 3000 feet, 182 miles 
up Uganda Railway. 


Practically all the captures were made in the months of 
November, December, January, March, April, and a few in June. 
It is curious that I have no records for the other months of the 
year. Perhaps the months mentioned are the rainy seasons of 
the year. A record of the rainfall and temperature at Kedai 
would have been most interesting, and I regret that I cannot 
supply it. 

Out of 124 forms dealt with in this paper, 45 appear to be 
new, so far as I have been able to ascertain, not having had 
access to foreign literature on the subject, and this seems a large 
proportion. Some of the described forms have not previously 
been recorded from Africa, and others are only represented by 
the type-specimen in the B. M. Collection. 

My friend Lady Colvile made a fine collection of lepidoptera at 
Meru, but she mainly devoted herself to butterflies, with a stray 
moth or two thrown in; it 1s therefore remarkable that I should 
have found some undescribed forms amongst these solitary speci- 
mens, and it shows what can be done in this region by anyone 
who will really take up collecting there and work at it. F 

The numbers prefixed to the names of species carry on my 
previous record on the subject in P. Z. 8S. 1915, and thus start 
at 125. 

In this memoir, B. M. stands for British Museum, and C. L. P. 
for Hampson’s ‘ Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phaleenze.’ 

The figures have been drawn and painted by myself to exact 
Sizeu el Taw e not had space to figure all the new forms described, 
but I hope to do so in a future paper. 


HETEROCERA. 
Family AMATID &. 
125. Apisa CANESCENS Walker, Cat. iv. p. 917 (1855). 


Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th June, 1911, 1 9; Kedai, 5th Jan. 
1913,14 ; Kisanaia, Lake Albert, 19th Trae: 1911, lod. 


MOTHS FROM B. I. AFRICA. 709 


The above specimens are smaller, the antenne of the males 
less highly pectinated than in a specimen in my collection from 
Natal. The specimen from Kisanaia is white, the others hyaline, 
diffused with fuscous. Also recorded from Somaliland. 


Family ARCTIAD 4. 


Subfamily ARcTIANA. 
126. EsTiGMENE GRISEATA Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 103. 


Habitat. Kedai, 30th Nov. 1912,1¢. 
Described from Somaliland. Agrees fairly well with Hampson’s 
figure, but is yellow, and has no marginal spots on fore wing. 


127. PerIcaLLrA HECATE, So, iM, (IE, AL, ie, 8).)) 


Description.— $. Head and thorax pale brown. Abdomen 
scarlet above, with transverse black dorsal stripes on the somites : 
yellow on the underside, with a lateral row of black spots between 
the red and yellow areas. Legs with tibie red, tarsi black and 
ochreous. Fore wing pale brown covered by various waved lines 
composed of fuscous irroration; a black spot at end of cell. 
Subbasal, antemedial, and medial lines indistinct, excurved on 
median nervure. Postmedial and submarginal lines crenulate, 
angled outwards between the veins. <A series of indistinct 
marginal black spots. Hind wing pale yellow, almost trans- 
parent basally ; a black spot above end of cell between veins 5 
and 6, and a dentate discal line from vein 4 almost to inner 
margin. Three submarginal black patches, viz., one at angle, 
one, larger, on each side of vein 2, and one on each side of vein 5. 
Cilia of hind wing yellow, of fore wing brown. 

Underside of both wings pale yellow, almost hyaline basally, 
with the markings of the upperside reproduced. 

Habitat. Kedai, 29th Nov. 1911. Exp. 50 mm. 

This form is nearest to P. nephelistis Hampson, from which it 
differs in the postmedial and subterminal lines of the fore wing 
being crenulate, and not broken up into spots, as in nephelistis. 


128. Secusro srricaTa Walker, Cat. i. p. 559 (1854). 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 6th and 9th June, 1911,1¢,19. 

129. Lacyprs Graciuis Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 417, pl. xxxii. 
fig. 4. 

Habitat. Kedai, 12th Jan. 1912, 1 9. 


Subfamily NycremMprips. ‘ 
130. DEILEMERA GLAUCE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 11.) 


Description.— 2. Head and thorax bluish grey, with black 
markings on the tegule. Abdomen blue-grey, with black trans- 
verse stripes at the junction of the somites and a dorsal and 


710 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


lateral row of black spots; the anal somite pale yellow. Fore 
wing hyaline, dusted with fuscous atoms, with a broad sub- 
terminal brown band, excurved from before apex of cell to near 
tornal angle. Hind wing hyaline white, with greenish irides- 
cence in certain lights, with a broad fuscous marginal band, 
excurved between veins 3 and 5, and recurved on vein 2. Cilia 
fuscous. Underside similar to upperside. 

Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colville. Exp. 44 mm. 

This form is nearest to D. fallaw Holland. 


131. Diora rasctara Aurivillius. 

Habitat. Msala, B. E. Africa, Nov. 1904, 1 g$; Kedai, 13th 
Jan. 1912, 1 ¢ ; Masongaleni, 25th and 30th April, 1911; 6th 
June, 19,26. 


Family AGARISTID &. 


132. AdcocrRA BREvivITTA Hampson, C. L. P. iii. p. 600 (1901). 


Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th Dec. 1911,1 ¢. 
Also recorded from Somaliland. 


Family Nocruip &. 

Subfamily AcRrorin#, 
133. Trwora FisstrasciA Hampson, C. L. P. iv. p. 110 (1903). 
Hab. Kedai, 12th Dec. 1911, 1 6. 


134. TimorA LeucosticrA Hampson, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. 
p. 256 (1902). 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th March, 19; 30th April,1¢; 25th 
Sept ice eee athe Dec Oller 


Subfamily Hapenina&. 


135. OpontesTRA ALBIvIITA Hamyson, C. L. P. v. p. 206, 
pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 6 (1905). 
Habitat. Kedai, 26th Noy. 1911, 1 3. 


Subfamily AcRoNycTINA. 


136. ATHETIS HORUS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 36.) 

Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous; 
palpi dark brown. Fore wing ochreous; antemedial and post- 
medial lines red-brown, starting from red-brown fascie on the 
costa an@ continuing as interrupted and indistinct waved lines 
to the inner margin. A red-brown submarginal band from apex, 
incurved between veins 4 and 6, and then straight to a point 
just before tornal angle. Inside this band is an irregular black 
submarginal line, also from apex, and also incurved on vein 4, 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, alll 


and excurved to the margin, which it meets below vein 3; 
beyond this line the marginal area is paler. Hind wing ochreous, 
with a red-brown submarginal band, the inner edge of which 
runs straight from costa before apex to anal angle. Cilia brown. 
Underside pale ochreous. 

Habitat. Kedai, 10th July, 1912,1¢ ; 18th Nov. 1911, 1 ¢. 
Exp. 30 mm. 


137. ATHETIS PENTHEUS, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 27.) 


Description.— 3. Head, palpi, and tegule red-brown; thorax 
yellow, abdomen ochreous. Fore wing yellow, a red-brown spot 
on costa before apex, and a black point at end of cell; a red- 
brown submarginal band from apex to near tornal angle, in 
which is a row of white spots en the veins. Hind wing pale 
ochreous, with a pale fuscous submarginal band, in which is a 
marginal row of whitish spots. Cilia pale red-brown. Under- 
side pale red-brown except inner margin of fore wing below 
vein 1 and inner margin of hind wing, which are pale ochreous. 


Habitat. Kedai, 12th April, 1912,1 g. Exp. 24mm. 


Subfamily SARROTHRIPIN A. 
138. GIAURA ASTARTE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 6.) 


Description.— 3. Head and thorax grey, antenne fuscous, 
abdomen pale ochreous. Fore wing with the basal area grey, 
and on it a red-brown irregular spot between costa and sub- 
median fold, defined outwardly by an irregular black line. Ante- 
medial line black, irregular. Medial area of wing brown, darkest 
inwardly. An elongated grey patch along the costa to before 
apex, on which are placed three costal black strige. The post- 
medial line defines the inner edge of this spot, and runs sharply — 
oblique outwardly to vein 4, is incurved on vein 2, and then 
straight to inner margin, being defined outwardly by a white 
line below vein 4. Subterminal area darker brown, on which is 
placed a grey spot, dentate outwardly on veins 2 and 3. Margin 
greyish, with a black terminal line. Hind wing white, with a 
narrow fuscous border from apex to vein 2, with the outer ends. 
of the veins dark brown; a dark marginal line. Cilia of both 
wings white. Underside of fore wing pale fuscous, of hind wing 
as on upperside, with an indistinct fuscous spot on middle 
of costa. 

Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa, Taken by Lady Colvile. 

This form is nearest to Giawra minor Hmpsn., from Ceylon. It 
is quite a differently coloured insect from G. lewcotis Hmpsn., 
from B. E. Africa, which is, perhaps, nearest in structure. 


139. Risopa opstructa Moore, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 328. 


Habitat. Kedai, 27th Nov. 1912,1 ¢. 
The specimens in the B. M. Collection are all from India. 


712 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


Subfamily Erasrrian a. 

140. TaracHE PsALIPHORA Hampson, C. L. P. x. p. 781, 
pl. clxxiii. fig. 21. 

Habitat. Kedai, 1st Jan. 1912, 1 ¢ ; Masongaleni, 19th May, 
WHI, We. 

The Masongaleni specimen has pinkish ochreous hind wings, 
the Kedai specimen has white hind wings with a narrow fuscous 
border. Only one specimen in B. M. Collection. 


141. TARACHE OPALINOIDES Guen. Noct. 11. p. 219 (1852). 


Habitat. Kedai, 28th Nov. 1911, 1 ¢; Masongaleni, 25th May, 
iil, Qe 


142. TaracHE UMBRIGERA Felder, Reise Nov. pl. eviil. fig. 34 
(1874). 
Habitat. Kedai, 15th Nov. 1912, 1 ¢ ; 24th Nov. 1911, 1 6. 


143. EustemmMa apmota Felder, Reise Nov. pl. evii. fig. 31 
(1874). 


Habitat. Masongaleni, 18th May, 1 ¢: 6th June, 1911, 1 9. 


144, Amyna octo Guén. Noct. i. p. 233 (1852). 
Habitat. Masongaleni, Ist March, 1912, 1 ¢ ; 7th June, 1 9. 


145. Amyna punctum Fabr. Hnt. Syst. 11. 2, p. 34 (1794). 
Habitat. Kedai, 15th Dec. 1912, 2 ¢. 


Subfamily AconrTrIAN «A, 


146. Maurizia arcuata Walker, Cat. xii. p. 779 (1857). 
Habitat. Kedai, 4th Jan. 1912, 1 6. 


147, AconriA MALV Esper, Schmett. iv. (2) p. 63, pl. exev. 
fig. 4 (1796). 

Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911, 2 g ; 9th Jan. 1912, 1 Sg. 
Masongaleni, 25th Dec. 1911, 1 6. 

Recorded by Hampson from Somaliland as 4. albago Fabr. 


148. LEocyMA CANDACE, sp. n. 


Description.— 3. Head and thorax pale yellow, abdomen 
ochreous ; antennz pale brownish white. Fore wing pale yellow 
with a few red-brown points. No antemedial line. A pale 
renifcrm whitish spot surrounded by a narrow indistinct red- 
brown line in submedian interspace. Subterminal area red- 
brown, darkest inwardly, with a pale purplish band from costa 
to tornal angle insideit. The inner edge of this red-brown area 
is much more incurved than in L. camilla Druce, being inwardly 
oblique from costa to vein 7, then widely incurved to vein 3, and 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 713 


from that point straight to inner margin before tornus. Hind 
wing semihyaline white, ochreous along the costal margin to 
apex. 

This form is clearly a connecting-link between camilla, on the 
one hand, which it resembles in the outer red-brown area, anid 
discophora Hampsn., on the other, which it resembles in having 
a discal spot, which is absent in camilla. 

Habitat. Kedai, 18th Nov. 1911,1¢. Exp. 30 mm. 

I hope to figure this form in a subsequent paper. 


Subfamily HuTELIAN#, 


149. Eurenra piscisrricA Walker, Cat. xxxiil. p. 823 (1865). 


Habitat. Kedai, 30th Dec. 1911, 2 g; Ist to 12th Jan. 1912, 
4A 9; 5th Jan. 1912,1 9. 


Subfamily GonopTERIN”. 


150. ANomis sABULIFERA Guen. Noct. ii. p. 404 (1852). 

Habitat. Kedai, 1912, lst Jan., 19 ; 5thJan.,1 2 ; 8th Jan., 
IQs Isiin dam, I ge Wen “Ayal des ula Dec, WSs 
1913, dth Jan., 1 ¢. 

Very variable. Some ef the specimens agree with the type of 
propingua Butler, from Aden, and others are typical sabulifera, 
with black suffusion between the postmedial and subterminal 
lines. ; 

Subfamily Carocauina. 


151. AUDEA MELANOPLAGA Hampson, Ann. 8. Afr. Mas. i. 
p- 328 (1902). 


Habitat. Masongaleni, 19th May, 1911, 1 ¢. 


152. CTENUSA RECTILINEA, Sp. n. 


Description.— 9. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreeus ; tegule 
dark red-brown, antenne echreous. Fore wing ochreous, irrovated 
with pale pinkish brown, the terminal area suffused with the 
same colour; antemedial line obsolete. Reniform pale red- 
brown, with a red-brewn striga on the costa above it. Post- 
medial line represented by another red-brown striga on the cesta, 
and a row of black points on the veins to inner margin. Sub- 
terminal line ochreous, defined en each side by red-brewn frem 
costa straight to vein 2, where it is only represented by a pale 
spot. A series of brown submarginal spots between the veins. 
Cilia red-brown. Hind wing with base and centre of wing 
ochreous white; terminal area ochreous, with a series of spots 
between the veins. Underside of both wings ochreous white, 
with a subterminal series of dark spots from costa to vein 2 
on the fore wing and a small spot at end of cell. 

Habitat. Kedai, 14th April, 1912,19. Exp. 50 mm. 

This form is nearest to C. curvilinea Hamps: C. L. P. xu. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. X LIX. AY 


714 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


p. 378 (1913), Ab. 1, from which it differs in the absence of 
ante- and postmedial lines, and in the subterminal line being 
straight from costa to vein 2, instead of curved to tornus. It 
could not be described as “ curvilinea.” 


Form 2. psAMATHA, nov. (PI. I. fig. 21.) 


Description. 2. Similar to rectilinea, but fore wing pale 
ochreous throughout, with only the red-brown strige on the 
costa, and the reniform faintly indicated by red. The terminal 
area is not suffused with red-brown, and the subterminal line is 
straight and is only faintly defined by that colour. 

Habitat. Kedai, 29th March, 1912,19. Exp. 51 mm. 


153. ANUA TETTENSIs Hopff. Konig. Akad. Wissen. 1857, 
p. 422. 


Habitat. Masongaleni, 8th June, 1911, 1 ¢. 


154. KurpsrusA HARMONICA Hampsn. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. ii. 
p- 335 (1902). 

Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911,1¢, 29; 5th March, 1912, 
VO: 17th April, 1912) 1 O> 24th Nov. 1992) Ig: 

This seems a very variable species; all the specimens have the 
medial area suffused with dark brown before the postmedial line, 
but the extent of the suffusion is variable in breadth; two 
specimens, taken on 24th and 25th Nov. have the band very 
narrow, and the antemedial line and rufous suffusion before it 
obsolete. The March and April specimens are normal. 


155. EupHIUSA HERMIONE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 3.) 


Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous. 
Fore wing: basal area pale violet ; antemedial line represented by 
a red-brown striga on the costa, but obsolete below it, inside 
which is an ochreous band from costa to inner margin. Rest of 
wing pale violet from antemedial line nearly to outer margin, 
where it is greyish violet. Postmedial line represented by a 
short red-brown line, before which is a diffused red-brown costal 
patch from costa to vein 6; beyond this line a bright ochreous 
subapical patch. A marginal series of black points between the 
veins. Cilia ochreous. Hind wing bright ochreous, greyish 
towards the margin, with distal and subterminal darker bands 
from costa to av angle. A dark brown marginal band. Cilia 
ochreous, with white patches between veins 1 and 2 and 4 and 6. 
U nderside pale ochreous with dark spots at end of cell, and traces 
of a fine postmedial line. 


Form 2. OCHREATA. nov. 


Similar to hermione in size, shape, and markings, but with the 


pale violet replaced by pale ochreous beyond the antemedial line, 
up to the subterminal line (which in this form is clearly detined 


= 


MOTHS FROM B. BE. AFRICA. 115 


by bright ochreous). Subterminal area of hind wing in some 
specimens with a broad fuscous band, inwardly much diffused. 
Underside of fore wing with diffused fuscous subterminal band. 

Habitat, Hermionn, Kedai, 1911, 9th Nov., 1 go, 25th Nov., 1¢ 
(type); 1912, 9th March, 2¢, 15th March, 2¢. Masongaleni, 
1911, 25th April, 1¢. 

OcHreEATA, Kedai, 1911, 24th Nov., 3 ¢ (incl. type). Mason- 
galeni, 1911, 28th March, 1 9, 2nd April, 1 9. 

Exp. 38 mm. 


156. Grammopss stoLipa Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 599 (1775). 
Habitat. Kedai, 12th Dee. 1911, 1 <¢. 


157. RemiciopEs ReMIGINA Mabille, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 
XXVlil. p. exci. (1884). 

Habitat. Kedai, 12th Dec. 1911,1 9. Masongaleni, 14th May, 
1911, 1 go; 25th Nov. 1911, 1S (the last is a very black 
specimen). 


158. Pericyma umBrina Guen. Noct. iti. p. 4 (1852). 

Habitat. Kedai, 10th Dec. 1912, 1¢. Hitherto only recorded 
from India. 
2 (1913). 


159. CortyTa REMIGIANA Hampson, C. L. P: xu. p. 3 
IN@Wa; Jb Se 


Habitat. Kedai, 24th Nov. 1911, 1 93; 28th 
4th Jan. 1913, 1 ¢. 


1 
Oo 


160. Corryra BALNEARIA Distant, A. M. N. H. (7) i. p. 228 
(1898). 
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Dec. 1911, 1 9. 


Hitherto recorded only from the Transvaal and Mashonaland. 


161. Cortryra vetusta Walker, Cat. xxxili. p. 875 (1865). 
Habitat. Kedai, 12th Nov. 1911, 1 9. 


162. CorTyTA MINYAS, sp. n. 


Description 6 2. Head and thorax greyish ochreous. Abdo- 
men ochreous. Fore wing: basal area pale ferruginous; subbasal 
line represented by an indistinct black striga from costa to vein 1. 
Antemedial line black and waved, with a bright ferruginous band 
inside it on the basal area. Medial area between ante- and post- 
medial lines grey, with indistinct waved bands of fuscous irroration. 
Reniferm ochreous indistinctly defined. Postmedial line black, 
outwardly oblique below costa, sharply angled outwardly at veins 6, 
4, and 3, and inwardly on discal fold and interspace 2, and thence 
straight to inner margin. Subterminal area pale ferruginous, 
with two fuscous subapical spots between veins 6, 7, and 8 in the 
interspaces, one between veins 3 and 4, and one on inner margin 
before tornus. Two diffused grey subterminal patches between 

49* 


716 LY’.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


veins 6 and 4 and 3 and 1. A fine crenulate black terminal 
line. Cilia of both wings ochreous. 

Hind wing bright ochreous, the terminal half with very indis- 
tinet diffused brown strize between veins 4 and 2, and on vein 1. 
An interrupted terminal line of black Iunules. Underside pale 
ochreous; a davk reniform annulus at end of cell, obsolete in 
some specimens. 

Habitat. Masongaleni. 31st March, 1911, 1 9. Kedai, 29th 
Dec. 1912,1 ¢. Exp. 30-34 mm. 


Form 2. GRISEACEA, nov. 

Differs from minyas in the whole of the fore wing bevond the 
antemedial line being grey, with a subterminal ferruginous 
irregular band, brightest below apex. Otherwise as in that 
species on upperside; underside white striated with fuscous on 
costal and apical areas; a black spot at end of cell. 

Habitat. Kedai, 15th Dec. 1911,1 9; 15th Jan. 1912,1 2. 
Exp. 30 mm. 

These forms are clearly intermediate between C. dispar Piing., 
from Palestine, on the one hand, and C. fasciolata Warr., from 
the Sudan, on the other. 


163. CorrytTa Fascrouata Warr. Nov. Zool. xii. p. 24, pl. iv. 
figs. 11, 21 (1905). 
Habitat. Kedai, 5th Jan. 1912,1 ©. 


Subfamily PHyTroMErRIn&. 
164. PuHyromerra cHaLcyres Esper, Schmett. iv. p. 447, 
pl. exl. fig. 3(1789). 


Habitat. Kedai, 7th April, 1912, 1 6. 
Not recorded from Africa in C, L. P. 


Subfamily Nocrurn®. 


165. PANpEsMA ANySA Guen. Noct. 11. p. 439 (1852). 


Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911,1 3 ; 7th Jan. 1912,1 @. 
Also recorded from Somaliland. 


166. PoLypESMA COLUTRIX Geyer. 
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th June, 1911,1 9. 


Also recorded from Somaliland. 
Genus GALACTOMOTA, noy. 
(yaka=milk, dpoios, a, ov=like.) 


Type, G. berenice, sp. n. 
Proboscis aborted ; palpi stout, reaching top of head, clothed 
with thick hair. Eyes large, round; top of head covered with 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 717 


thick hair. Antenne of male bipectinated for two-thirds of length, 
filiform at extremity; female filiform throughout. Thorax 
clothed with thick hair. Abdomen with paired dorsal tufts on 
the somites. Legs clothed with long hair on femora and tibie, 
especially the fore legs. Fore wing: apex rounded, the termen 
crenulate. Veins 3, 4, 5 from lower angle of cell, 6 from upper 
angle. Hind wing: veins 3, 4 from angle of cell, 5 from a little 
above it, 6 and 7 stalked from upper angle of cell. 


167. GALACTOMOIA BERENICE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 15.) 


Description.— $ . Head and thorax creamy white, tinged with 
red-brown ; palpi red-brown ; extremities of tegule and patagia 
dark red-brown. Antenne red-brown, bipectinated for two- 
thirds of length, filiform on outer third. Abdomen red-brown 
except the two anal segments, which are creamy white, and the 
vertex of the first two on which are two dorsal creamy-white 
tufts, the remainder of the dorsal tufts red-brown. Fore wing 
creamy white, basal area dark brown, narrowly on costa, and 
continued obliquely outward to a point on vein 1, where it is 
cut by the antemedial line, where it forms an angle before 
bending downwards to inner margin. Two red-brown patches 
on the costa, terminated by the antemedial and postmedial lines 
inwardly. These two lines are obsolescent and only indicated 

1) where the antemedial line meets the brown area on vein 1, 
and (2) where the postmedial line crosses interspaces 1, 4, 5, 
and 6, where it is indicated by traces of a black line. Hind wing 
creamy white, with a red-brown spot at end of cell, and another 
at anal angle, round, and defined above by a blackish spot on 
inner margin. Cilia white, except below vein 3 on fore wing, 
where it is red-brown. Underside white, costa ochreous, marked 
as on upperside, except that the basal spot is absent and there 
is a spot at the end of cell. 

2 much paler, almost white. The black postmedial line com- 
plete, dentate, excurved to points in the interspaces. Hind wing 
with an indistinct red-brown submarginal line. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 21st March, 1911, 19. Kumasi, 
W. Afriva, 1 3 (A. Norris). 

The male specimen from Kumasi is a good deal darker in 
coloration. There is a specimen of this form in the B. M. 
Collection, but it has not yet received a name. 


Genus GIRIA, nov. 


Type, G@. bubastis, sp. n. 

Proboscis fully developed. Palpi upturned, long, third joint 
reaching well above vertex of head. Legs with the tibiz covered 
with long hair. Abdomen without crests. Antenne filiform. 
Fore wing comparatively short; outer margin non-crenulate, 
excurved to an angle at vein 4; a tuft of long hairs in cell on 
underside; veins 3, 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 from just above 


718 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


it, 6 from upper angle; 9, 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the 
ar feolet Hind wing: welll half the length is wing; veins 3, 4 
from lower angle of cell, 5 from just above it, 6 from upper end 
of cell, 8 anastomosing with cell near base. 


168, Girra BuBastis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 14.) 


Description.— 9. Head and thorax red-brown ; abdomen 
reddish ochreous dorsally, underside pale ochreous with a lateral 
series of black spots. Palpi ochreous, the third joint long, 
fuscous, with a white spot at extremity. 'Pibie ochreous, with 
long hair; tarsi brown banded with ochreous, Fore wing with 
the space between the base and the postmedial line dark red- 
brown, tle outer area beyond this line ochreous, thickly irro- 
rated with red-brown atoms, on which the ochreous veins show 
up prominently. A red-brown subapical patch on the costa, 
outwardly bordered with grey. Two basal dark brown spots 
defined outwardly by a grey line, one on costa, and one just 
below it at base of cell. Antemedial line fuscous, defined in- 
wardly by a grey line, waved to inner margin. Stigma repre- 
sented by a black point; reniform indistinetly defined by a black 
line. Postmedial line pale ochreous, outwardly oblique to vein 6, 
then angled sharply inwards and straight to inner margin. Two 
black spots in submedian interspace close to tornal angle. Cilia 
red-brown. Hind wing fuscous, darkest towards apex; outer 
margin and cilia ochreous. Underside pale ochieous, irrorated 
with black atoms. Fore wing with a large submarginal black 
patch between veins 2 and 5, 

Habitat. Mombasa, 31st March, 1911, 1 9. Exp. 46 mm. 

This form is not very near to anything I could find in the 
B. M. Collection; perhaps the nearest is Plecoptera lacinia 
Saalm., from Madagascar. 


Genus TAVETA, nov. 


Type, 7. syrinx, sp. 

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, long, third jomt 
reaching well above vertex of head; mid and hind tibie spined, 
without long hair. Abdomen with hairy crests on first three 
segments only. Wings with the outer margin crenulate. Fore 
wing with a tuft of long hair on underside of cell. Veins 2, 
3, 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 almost touching the origin of 4, 
6 and 7 from upper angle, 8 and 9 stalked to form the areole. 
Hind wing: cell one-third the length of wing; veins 2, 3, 4 as in 
fore wing, 6 and 7 from upper angle of cell, 8 meeting cell close 
o base. 


169) TAVETA SV RIN sp. nm. 8 (Plo dT sies 135) 


Description. 3. Head, body, abdomen, and wings bright 
ferrmginous brown ; palpi fuscous. Underside of body and legs 
ochreous, Wore wing striated profusely before antemedial line. 


MOTHS FROM B. EH. AFRICA, 719 


Subbasal line indistinct, incurved below subcostal nervure. Ante- 
medial line a double pale waved line with ferruginous centre 
from costa to Inner margin. Postimedial line fine, black, and 
dentate, inwardly defined by white, and situated on a prominent 
black dentate band, strongly ineurved below vein 4 to inner 
margin. <A pale whitish subterminal line, dentate on the veins. 
A terminal series of black spots. Cilia red-brown (both wings). 
Hind wing striated on basal area. Two parallel black dentate 
lines across the disc from vein 6 to inner margin, highly angled 
outwardly between veins 4 and 5, the inner lime defined i ipwar tdly 
by white. A subterminal white ‘dentate line and mar ginal black 
spots. Underside ochreous, with fuscous inrorations wad) double 
fuscous subterminal bands. 

Habitat. Kedai, 5th Jan: 1912, bg = 30th Jan., 12. 

There are four specimens from Nyasaland (unnamed as yet) in 
the B. M. Collection which are near this species, but they lack 
the red suffusion and are fuscous black throughout. 


170. Prorvaca RECURRENS Hampson, Ann.8. Afr. Mus. 11. 
p- 360 (1902). 

Habitat. Kedai, 20th Nov. 1912, 1 ¢ ; 4th March, 1912, 1 ¢. 

Only the type-specimen is in the B. M. Collection. 


171. Cargeruta eoLtiocHRoa Hampson, P. Z. 5. 1916, p- 130, 
Plane tice ATO 

Habitat. Kedai, 27th Nov., 1911, 2 @. 

The above specimens agree practically with the figure of polt- 
ochroa (which was described from Gaol saree *n coloration, 


172. CaTEPHIA scIRAS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 35. 

Description.— 3. Head, thorax, abdomen, i fore wing light 
grey. Palpi, pectus, and legs with pinkish suffasion. Antenne 
red, ciliated. Fore wing: subbasal line black from costa to 
vein 1. Antemedial line incurved on subcostal nervure, oblique 
to submedian fold, then angled inwards at vein 1 ; before this 
line there is a black area below median nervure to inner margin. 
Claviform red-brown, defined by black, and connected at its 
extremity with postmedial line. Orbicular and reniform whitish 
defined by black, where they are joined by lines to blackish 
patches on the costa. The area between the reniform and _ post- 
medial line whitish. The postmedial line black, running some 
distance along subcostal nervure, incurved at discal fold, angled 
outwards at veins 4 and 3, then incurved to submedian fold, and 
thence straight to inner margin. Subterminal line angled 
sharply outwards on veins 7,6, 4, and 3, then incurved to inner 
margin, and beyond it a pale j sel low tornal spot. Between the 
postmedial and subterminal lines is a prominent greyish fuscous 
band almost reaching the former ne. A fine waved black 
terminal line, Cilia grey. Hind wing hyaline white with strong 
iridescent gloss; cilia white, 


720 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


@. Antenne fuscous. Fore wing similar to that of male, but 
the ground-colour is greyish brown, and the subterminal band is 
more prominent and blacker. Hind wing with the terminal area 
fusecous brown. Underside white; fore wing with brown dis- 
coidal spot, a postmedial line to vein 2 and fuscous area beyond 
it. Costa of both wings irrorated with pinkish. 

Habitat Kedar, 19kt, 26th) Nov wig. deth, Dees ieae 
25th Nov.,1 9. Exp., ¢ 40, 9 42 mm. 

This form differs from C. poliochroa in the male in being much 
lighter coloured and in having a distinct subterminal fuscous 
band, and in the hind wing being pure white, without a sub- 
marginal band. In the female it differs in having a prominent 
subterminal fuscous band on fore wing. 

I may be wrong in putting these two specimens together as 
male and female of the same species, but as poliochroa was 
described from a single female specimen, we cannot tell what its 
male is like. The male of the nearly allied C. pericyma Hmpsn. 
from Somaliland has a fuscous band to the hind wing, according 
to the description. 


173. CATEPHIA sospiTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 32.) 


Description.— $. Head, thorax, pectus, and legs grey-brown. 
Antenne minutely ciliate. Abdomen ochreous, with raised 
brown crests on the first three segments. Fore wing brown ; 
subbasal line black, angled inwardly on median nervure, and 
beyond it an ochreous spot margined with black. Antemedial 
line black and sinuous to inner margin, and inside it a black 
shade on inner margin. Claviform represented by an oval brown 
spot margined with black. Orbicular and reniform white, mar- 
gined with black, except above. The area between the ante- and 
postmedial lines is white above vein 2, dark brown below it. 
Postmedial line black, double, enclosing a red-brown space ; it is 
angled outwardly on veins 5 and 3, and incurved below vein 2 to 
inner margin. A dark brown subterminal shade angled out- 
wards on veins 7, 6, 4, and 3, and enclosing some grey spots. A 
fine black marginal line. Cilia grey. Hind wing hyaline white, 
with a strong iridescent gloss; cilia white. Underside white; 
fore wing with brown discoidal spot and subterminal shade. 

Habitat. Kedai, 27th Nov. 1912,1 ¢. Exp. 38 mm. 

There is nothing very near this form in the B. M. Collection. 


174. CATEPHIA SCYLLA, sp.n. (PI. i. fig. 33.) 


Description.— 2. Head and thorax dark brown, with some 
grey hairs on the tegule and patagia. Abdomen fuscous. 
Antenne filiform; pectus and legs pale fuscous. Fore wing 
dark brown, irrorated with grey atoms. Subbasal and ante- 
medial lines obsolete. Some black in cell, on which the orbicular 
and veniform, which are grey, show up prominently. Claviform 
represented by a red-brown shade, between which and the 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. (Ol 


reniform is a white spot partly irrorated with ochreous. Post- 
medial line black, of the usual form in Catephia. Subterminal 
line obsolete, and only represented by some grey spots. A fine 
black terminal line. Cilia brown and ochreous chequered. 
Hind wing white, with broad submarginal black band. Under- 
side (both wings) white, with broad submarginal fuscous bands, 
and a brown discoidal spot on the fore wing. 

Habitat. Kedai, 18th Jan. 1912, 1 9. Exp. 42 mm. 

This form is nearest to C. iridiocosma Beth.- Baker, Ab. 2. 


175. CATEPHIA SERAPIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 34.) 


Description.— 9. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous brown ; 
antenne filiform. Patagia with some grey hairs. Palpi fuscous, 
pectus and legs whitish. Fore wing fulvous, thickly irrorated 
with fuscous and grey atoms to the postmedial line. Subbasal 
and antemedial lines obsolete. Orbicular black with a white 
ring. Reniform indistinct, defined by an interrupted white 
line and with a white spot above it on the costa. Between it 
and the postmedial line is a bright fulvous patch; the post- 
medial line of the usual Catephia form. Beyond this line, the 
subterminal area is suffused with bright pinkish fulvous. Sub- 
terminal band represented by a few brown spots. A _ fine 
marginal black line. Cilia ochreous and brown chequered. 
Hind wing white, with a broad submarginal black band; cilia 
white. Underside of both wings white, with broad subterminal 
fuscous bands ; fore wing with a black discoidal spot. 

Habitat. Kedai, 16th Jan. 1912,1 9. Exp. 32 mm. 

This form is nearest to C. oligomelas Mab., from Madagascar, 
which is nearly black and without fulvous suffusion on the 
fore wing. Of four specimens in the B. M. Collection, three 
have no white on the hind wing and the fourth hardly any. 


176. CATEPHIA MESONEPHELE Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 131, 
pl. i. fig. 48, g. 

Habitat. Kedai, 3rd and 16th Jan. 1912, 2 ¢. 

Described from Somaliland. The Kedai specimens are more 
fulvous on the disc and much darker below it, perhaps owing 
to the difference in climate. 


177. CavEPHIA PYRAMIDALIS Hampson, P.Z.S. 1916, p. 129, 
pl. i. fig. 45, 3. 

Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1911,1 <6. 

The Kedai specimen has an elongated black band from ante- 
to postmedial lines im interspace 1, which is not shown on the 
figure. 


178. Lyncesris AMpHIx Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cxxxiv. fig. C 
(1779). 


Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov, 1911, 1 ¢. 


OP LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


179. Lyncrestis uniLInEA Swinhoe, P.Z.8. 1885, p. 452, 
lin, OVA LOR 

Habitat. Kedai, 22nd April, 1912, 1 3. 

At the present time there is only the type-specimen in the 
B. M. Collection, from Poona, India. 


Genus Poppa, nov. 


Type, P. sabina, sp. n. 

Proboscis absent. Palpi short, not reaching vertex of head. 
Antenne minutely ciliate, rather thick; legs moderately clothed 
with hair; hind legs with two spurs. Thorax covered with 
thick hair; abdomen with dorsal crests on two basal segments 
and some Jong hairs at anal, extremity. Fore wing rather 
narrow, apex rounded, termen evenly curved and crenulate. 
Veins 3, 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 given off from just 
below the middle; 6 from upper angle; 7 and 8 stalked, and 
anastomosing with 9. The whole underside of cell of fore wing 
filled with a patch of raised scales, which project beyond and 
below it. Hind wing with cell half the length of wing. Veins 
3, 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 from just below centre of apex ; 
6 and 7 stalked, from upper angle ; 8 joining cell about one-third 
of its length from base. 


180. Poppma sABINA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 5.) 


Description.— 3. Head and tegule grey; thorax red-brown 
with a pinkish suffusion, Abdomen pale brown, with some 
ochreous hairs at anal extremity. Palpi, pectus, and legs 
suffused with pinkish. Fore wing divided into two longi- 
tudinal areas by a prominent black-brown line, which somewhat 
recalls the line in Lyncestis unilinea. The upper area from 
costa to median nervure and along vein 5 grey, thickly irro- 
rated with dark grey scales along the costa, with some brown 
stripes on the veins and in the interspaces in the terminal 
area. A dark brown line along the median nervure, with a 
fork on vein 2 and continued to the termen along vein 5. The 
area below this line red-brown with pink suffusion. A black 
terminal wedge-shaped spot below the apex, and a black terminal 
line, interrupted at the veins. Cilia red-brown. Hind wing 
white. Underside: fore wing white, with the costa and sub- 
apical area pinkish ; hind wing white. 


Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1912, 1g. Exp. 40 mm. 


181. PLrecoprera PoLyMoRPHA Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 134, 
pl. u. fig. 3. (Described from Somaliland.) 


Form 3. POLYMNYA, nov. 


Description. 9. Differs from the figure and description of 
polymorphe in the wings being ochreous (instead of white) 
and irrorated with red-brown scales. Postmedial line consisting 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 723 


of two ochreous lines of same shape as in polymorpha, divided 
by a ferruginous line, and defined outwardly by a prominent 
black line from costa to inner margin, and inwardly by a broad 
diffused red-brown band. The “ fine red-brown terminal line” 
of polymorpha represented in this form by a fuscous inwardly 
diffused band. Hind wing with the distal and terminal areas 
suffused with red-brown and much darker than in polymorpha. 

Habitat. Wedai, 12th Nov. 1911, 1 95 7th April, 1912, 1 9. 
Exp. 34 mm. 


182. ANTICARSIA IRRORATA Fabricius. 


Habitat. Kedai, 11th April, 1912, 1 ¢. Masongaleni, 5th 
June, 1911,1¢3 ; 3rd June, 1@. 

A very variable species. The Masongaleni specimens are 
suffused with fuscous. 

This genus has until recently been known as Thermesia 
Hiibner. 


183. BREVIPECTEN cornuta Hampson, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. i. 
p. 404 (1902). _ 
Habitat. Kedai, 8th Dee. 1912, 1 @. 


184, BREVIPECrEN CLEARCHUS, sp.n. (PI.-I. fig. 31.) 


Description.— 9. Head and thorax greyish ochreous, abdomen 
ochreous ; palpi red-brown above, whitish beneath and at ex- 
tremity of third joint; pectus and legs whitish. Fore wing 
greyish ochreous with a pinkish suffusion. Antemedial line 
outwardly oblique to submedian interspace, where it runs 
parallel with inner margin to meet the postmedial line. Reni- 
form outwardly indistinct, but defined inwardly by the outer 
edge of a dark red-brown costal spot. A medial incurved line 
from below reniform to inner margin. Postmedial line pale, 
defined by fine black lines, outwardly excurved to vein 5, then 
recurved to Inner margin, and immediately beyond it a dark 
red-brown subapical spot on the costa, from the outer edge of 
which arises a straight indistinct subterminal line. A series 
of black terminal points on the veins. Cilia bright ochreous. 
Hind wing pale ochreous, darker towards the apex and along 
the termen to vein 2. Underside pale ochreous, with indistinct 
postmedial lines and a dark discoidal spot on hind wing. 

Habitat. Kedai, (th April, 1912, 1 9; 27th Nov. 1912, 1 9. 
Exp. 32 mm. 

Differs from cornuta mm its larger size, want of pearly irro- 
ration, and in the postmedial line not being angled cutwaidly 
on vein 4 as in that species. 


185. CALPE CERNE, sp.n. (PI. J. fig. 22.) 
Description. 9. Head and tegule orange red-brown, the 
head with some fiery orange crests at base of antenne, Thorax 


724 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCEIT ON 


abdomen, and fore wing mouse-colour, the bands dark brown 
shot with a coppery iridescence. Costal area dark brown from 
base to middle, this brown patch extending through base of cell 
to submedian interspace and being outwardly defined (except 
along the costa) by the subbasal line; two fine black medial 
lines. Postmedial line represented by a broad brown band angled 
outwards at vein 3, from costa to inner margin. Reniform 
indistinet, defined by a brown line. <A double black subterminal 
line, oblique outwardly from costa to termen below apex, then 
inwardly oblique to inner margin. These lines are succeeded by 
a brown shade from vein 6 to tornus. A marginal dark brown 
line. Cilia greyish. Hind wing fuscous grey. Underside of 
both wings fuscous with ochreous margins. 

Habitat. Kumasi, Ashanti, 1 9 (4. Norris). Exp. 64 mm. 

This form is nearest to Calpe emarginata Fabr., from India. 

There is one specimen, as yet unnamed, in the B. M. Collection. 


Genus LmcasiA, nov. 


Type, L. othello, sp. n. 

Proboscis fully developed; palpi long, reaching well above 
vertex of head, second joint densely scaled; legs without hair, 
the middle pair with two spurs, the hind pai with three. 
Antenne filiform. Fore wing with apex more or less acute, 
outer margin evenly curved. A tuft of long hairs below base of 
cell on underside. Abdomen without crests. Veins 3 and 4 
from lower end of cell, 5 from just above it; 6 from upper 
angle; 8 and 9 stalked near apex of wing. 


186. LecasiaA OTHELLO, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 4.) 


Description.— 3. Vertex of head, palpi, and tegule orange- 
ferruginous ; thorax and abdomen fuscous. Both wings fuscous 
black, thickly irrorated with pale ochreous atoms except imme- 
diately before the subterminal line, where the irroration is 
sparse, giving the appearance of a black subterminal band on 
the fore wing. Subbasal, ante- and postmedial lines obsolete. 
Orbicular represented by a minute whitish spot; reniform with 
a white spot in its lower lobe. Subterminal line represented by 
an irregular row of seven white spots. Hind wing with faint 
indications of a subterminal line; cilia fuscous. Underside 
fuscous irorated with ochreous. 

Q. Larger and much browner in coloration. Postmedial 
line distinct, angled sharply inwards on vein 3, below the disco- 
cellular spot, and thence straight to inner margin. ‘The spots 
of subterminal line obsolescent and formed into an nregular 
indistinct ochreous subterminal band. Hind wing with an 
ochreous subterminal band. Otherwise as in male. 

Habitat. Kedai, 19th Nov. 1911,1 36. Durban, Natal, 18th 
Dec. 1899, 1 9. Exp. g 40, 9 42 mm. 


MOTHS FROM _B. E. AFRICA. LOS 


187. Fopina PENTAGONALIS Butler, P.Z.S. 1894, p. 589, 
pl. xxxvui. fig. 8. 


Habitat. Kedai, 28th Nov. 1911, 1 @. 


Subfamily Hypenip#. 
188. GRACILODES CAFFRA, Guen. 
Habitat. Kedai, 10th July, 1912,1 3. 


189. Hyprna DERASALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 27, pl. iv. fig. 2 
(1854). 

Habitat. Kedai, 27th and 30th Dec. 1911, 1 3,1 9 (grey 
form); 25th Nov. 1911, and 5th Jan. 1912, 2 ¢ (brown form). 


The above four specimens represent two forms—a grey and a 
brown—which I found to be nearest in markings to derasalis 
Guen. when I was trying to identify them in the British 
Museum. Derasalis, however, is a red form, distinguished by 
having the oblique mark from the apex ochreous. One of these 
forms is violet-grey, with the exceptron of the medial brown 
triangle; the other is fuscous brown throughout, with very 


indistinct grey markings. I must reserve them for further 
examination later on. 


Family NoTODONTID2. 
190. PHALERA LAVINIA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 20.) 


Description.— $6 2. Head, antenne, and palpi red-brown ; 
tibizw with red-brown hairs; tegule bright fulvous with brown 
edges; thorax grey (recalling bucephala); abdomen fulvous. 
Fore wing with the basal area, costa, cell, and apical area grey 
down to vein 6, the remainder of the wing pale brown. Sub- 
basal line double, black, starting from two black spots on the 
costa, excurved to costal nervure, then straight to inner margin. 
Antemedial line also double and starting from two black spots 
on the costa (the inner one of which is large and triangular), 
excurved in discoidal cell, then straight to inner margin. Reni- 
form greyish white, marked by four black points. A fine 
postmedial line starting from a virgula on the costa, highly 
dentate on the veins. Subterminal line represented by a series 
of dark brown sagittate marks from below apex, defined out- 
wardly by grey spots. A terminal series of black points between 
the veins. Hind wing pale fuscous, with an indistinct white 
distal line; cilia light brown. Underside very pale red- 
brown, hind wing white towards inner margin. 

Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1912, 1 3; Ist Dec. 1911, 1 @. 
Exp., ¢ 40, 9 44 mm. 


191. Scrancia AMATA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 28.) 


Description.— 3. Vertex of head, thorax, and abdomen 
ochreous brown; palpi, pectus, and legs white. Fore wing 


726 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


ochreous brown, the costa and a patch before the apex grey. 
Subbasal line represented by some black spots. Antemedial line 
black, execurved to submedian fold, where it is sharply angled 
inwardly and then straight to inner margin. Reniform white, 
enclosing a black-lined reniform stigma with a white centre. 
Postmedial line black, slightly exeurved from costa to vein 3; 
a black terminal line interrupted at the veins. Cilia ochreous. 
Hind wing pale ochreous, darker towards the termen, with 
an indistinct distal line. Underside: fore wing pale brown, 
with some white spots on the costa before apex; hind wing 
ochreous white, marked as on upperside. 
FHfabitat. Kedai, 13th Jan. 1912, 1 0. Exp. 42 mm. 


192. CHADISRA NUBIFERA Hampson. 


Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 23rd Nov., 1 29; 26th Noy., 2 g; 25th 
INOW Ue 4 WSs WOU, Narang oven ID, 

I have not seen the description of this insect, but to me 
it seems to be very variable. Two of the above females have 
the basal area of fore wing deep black. In the males the basal 
area is concolorous with the rest of wing. 


193. STAUROPUS CRITOBULUS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 12.) 


Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Antenne 
crimson. Fore wing white irrorated with grey atoms, the irro- 
ration being thickest in the subterminal area; veins white, 
marked by prominent black spots. A black basal spot. Ante- 
medial line represented by black spots on the costa, median 
nervure, and vein 1. Orbicular a large grey spot. Postmedial 
line represented by black spots on the costa and on veins 6, 5, 4, 
3, 2, 1. Beyond this row of spots are two parallel rows of black 
spots on the same veins. Hind wing white, with a black mar- 
ginal line from anal angle to vein 1; cilia white. Underside 
white; fore wing with a black marginal line. 

‘Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911, 2 ¢. Exp. 44 mm. 


Family GEOMETRIDA, 


The arrangement of Sir George Hampson, in Faun. Brit. Ind. 
vol. 11., has been followed here as nearly as possible when 
dealing with species from a different region. 


Subfamily Boar». 


194, ACADRA RECTISTRIARIA, Herr.-Schiff. 
Habitat. Teita Hills, 14th May, 1912,1 3. 


195, SEMIOTHISA CRASSILIMBARIA Malille. 
Habitat. Kedai, 9th June, 1912, 1 3. : 


J 
tS 
~q 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 


196. SmeMIOTHISA LATARTIA Walker. 
Habitat. Kedai, 19th Dec. 1911, 1 2. 


197. SeMIorHiIss OBLIQUILINEATA Warren. 
Habitat. Kedai, 18th Nov. 1911, 1 9°. 


198. SEMIOTHISA SEMIALBIDA Prout. 
Habitat. Kedai, 17th Dec. 1911, 1 @. 


199. PERIDELA BERENGARIA, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 26.) 


Description.— 3. Reddish grey irrorated with fuscous, with a 
broad postmedial ochreous band striated with fuscous across both 
wings. Palpi, pectus, legs, and underside of abdomen pale yellow ; 
anteune pectinated. Fore wing: antemedial line virtually 
obsolete; an oblique red-brown medial band from costa to inner 
margin. Hind wing with red-brown antemedial line. A dark 
red-brown point at end of cell, and red-brown patches at anal angle 
between veins 3 and 4. Underside pale yellow striated ina 
fuscous, and with medial and subterminal fuscous bands; cilia 
reddish ochreous. 

Habitat. Kedai, 22nd Nov. 1911, 1 ¢ ; 25th Jan., 1913, 1 ¢ 
(type). Exp. 42 mm. 

This form is nearest to P. arhoparia Swinhoe, but differs 
in the ante- and postmedial lines being obsolete on the fore 
wing. The November specimen is paler and has only a faint 
indication of the subterminal band, the other markings being 
obsolete. 


200. PERIDELA NOvARIA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 17.) 


Description.— 9. Pale ochreous, irrorated and striated with 
fuscous. Palpi, pectus, legs, and underside of abdomen pale yellow. 
Antenne filiform. Fore wing: antemedial line obsolescent be- 
tween red-brown spots on costa and inner margin. Reniform 
defined inwardly by a dark red-brown striga starting from costa. 
Indications of a postmedial line between veins 3 and 4 and on 
inner margin. Subterminal line represented by red-brown spots 
on costa, between veins 3 and 4 and | and 2, connected by an 
obsolescent fuscous band. Hind wing with a fuscous antemedial 
band and a black point at end of cell. An indistinet HmseeUs sub- 
terminal band with dark red- brow: n spots between veins 3 and 4 
and above anal angle. 

Underside pale wollen irrorated and striated with fuscous ; an 
indistinct reddish medial line, which is antemedial in the hind 
wing; subterminal line fuscous and prominent, enclosing some 
indistinct grey patches ; a black point at end of cell. Cilia 
ochreous. 

Habitat. Kedai, 12th April, 1912,1 2. Exp. 42 mm. 

This form is also nearest to P. arhoparia Swinhoe, but differs 
in its paler coloration and in the bands being more or less 


728 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


obsolescent. These two forms present » somewhat similar facies, 
but Mr. Prout considers them to be distinct and showing variation 
in different directions. 


201. TEPHRINA BUTARIA Swinhoe. 
Habitat. Kedai, 29th Dec. 1912, 1 $; 14th Dec. 1911, 1 9. 


202. TepHRina pecrartA Walker. 
Habitat. Masongaleni, 2nd June, 1911, 1 9. 


903. ZAMARADA SECUTARIA Guen. 
Habitat. Kedai, 29th Dec. 1912, 1 9; 2nd April, 1911,1 ¢. 


Recorded from Somaliland. 


Genus FULVARIA, nov. 


Type, Lulvaria striata, sp. n. 

Proboscis minute; palpi hairy ; antenne ciliate for two-thirds 
of length. Mid tibia with one spur; hind tibia with one 
proximal and a pair of terminal spurs in female. Fore wing 
with vein 3 from angle of cell; veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 free. 
Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell. 

Allied to Hyperythra Guen., in which the apex of fore wing is 
acute and outer margin of hind wing erenulate. In this genus 
the outer margins are evenly curved and apex of fore wing 
rounded. 


204. FULVARIA STRIATA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.) 


Description.— 9. Pale yellow thickly striated with fuscous, 
and with a pinkish suffusion in certain lights. Fore wing: 
antemedial line ebsolete ; a blackish spot at end of cell; post- 
medial line represented by a broad diffused fuscous band from 
costa to inner margin. Hind wing with the costal area much 
paler, a black spot at the end of cell, and the postmedial band 
narrower and more linear. Cilla with a reddish tinge. Under- 
side similar to upperside, with the postmedial line more dis- 
tinct and with pink suffusion beyond it towards apex of fore 
wing. 


Habitat. Kedai, 27th Nov. 1911,1 2. Exp. 34 mm. 


205. CLEORA PROXIMARIA, subsp. ALBESCENS Prout, Nov. Zool. 
xxii. 1915, p. 361. 

Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov, 1911, 1 g; 20th April, 1912,1 ¢. 

In Faun. Brit. Ind. vol. i. this genus is placed under 
Boarmia. 


206. BoARMIA PERSE, sp. n. . (PI. I. fig, 18.) 


Description.— 3. Antenne minutely ciliate for two-thirds of 
length. Head, thorax,and body ochreous brown. Fore wing 
bright fulvous; antemedial line black, defined inwardly with 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 729 


white, execurved to submedian fold, then waved to inner margin. 
A broad black band at end of cell, below which it becomes 
indistinct, and is incurved to vein 1. Postmedial line black, 
outwardly defined with white, straight from costa to vein 4, then 
incurved to vein 1. Subterminal line represented by a very 
indistinct row of whitish patches. Hind wing ochreous, whitish 
on costa and base of wing, fulvous towards anal angle. A. black 
spot at end of cell. A black postmedial line- outwardly defined 
with white, angled outwardly at vein 4, with a dark striga above 
it from inner margin to vein 2. A fine black terminal line. 
Underside ochreous, with black discoidal spots on both wings ; 
postmedial line obsolescent, and mostly defined by its white outer 
margin. 

Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 24th Nov., 1 ¢; 15th Dec., 1 §. Exp. 
34 mm. 


207. BoARMTIA SUBALBATA Warren. 


Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 26th Nov., 2 ¢; 1912, 5th Jan., 1 6; 
13th Jan., 1 9; 15th March, 1 9; 12th Dec., 1 9. 


208. BoARMIA OCLOMACULATA Warren. 
Habitat. Kedai, 15th Jan. 1912, 1 9. 


209. GIRPA CIRCUMDATA Walker. 
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 3. 


210. PirrHEa TRIPLAGIATA Warren. 
Habitat. Mombasa, 30th Oct, 1910, 1 3. 


‘Subfamily Larentrin«. 
211. OrrHonrrHa MonotEctA Butler. 
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢. 


212. KUcESTIA NEDDARIA Swinhoe. 
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 3. 


213. CIDARIA ASTERIA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7.) 


Description.— 3. Head and thorax red-brown; abdomen 
ochreous, with transverse fuscous bands on the somites. Fore 
wing: basal area pale brown up to the antemedial line, which is 
white. Medial area of wing, between the ante- and postmedial 
lines, fuscous brown, with an indistinct paler medial band. Post- 
medial line white, angled outwardly between veins 2 and 3 and 
3and 4, Subterminal area pinkish brown, with a bright fulvous 
apical patch. An indistinct dentate subterminal line, and a row 
of submarginal white spots with dark patches inside them. 
Hind wing ochreous, deepening to fulvous at the termen, with a 
dark patch at anal angle and brown irroration above it towards 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. L. 50 


les LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


inner margin. Underside coloured the same as upperside, but 
much paler ; subapical area of fore wing bright pink. 


Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile,1 9. Exp. 34 mm. 


214, CrpARIA PROcNE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 8.) 


Description. 6. Head and thorax red-brown; abdomen 
ochreous, with fine blackish transverse bands on the somites. 
Fore wing: basal area pale ochreous up to the antemedial line, 
which is a double white line, evenly curved from costa to inner 
margin. Medial area of wing between ante- and postmedial 
lines red-brown. Postmedial line consisting of double white 
lines angled outwardly between veins 3 and 4, the outer line of 
which is so broad that it gives the appearance of a broad white 
band. A dark red-brown subapical patch, followed by a small 
ochreous apical spot. ‘Terminal area ochreous, with an indistinet 
row of white spots. Hind wing pale ochreous, with some traces 
of a postmedial line on the Inner margin above anal angle. 
Underside ochreous ; medial area of fore wing fuscous. 

Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢. Exp. 30 mm. 

These two forms, which present some analogy to one another, 
are nearest to C. inolata Felder. 


215. Ruopomerra sacrariA Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 2, p. 863 
(1767). 

—labda Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 129, pl. elxxxi. fig. D (1777). 

Habitat. Kedai, 1912, 15th Jan., 1 Q (sacraria); 11th Mareh, 
1 @ (labda); 7th March, 1 g (/abda). Masongaleni, Ist March, 
1 & (labda); 24th May, 1 2 (sacraria). 

The sacraria form has the fore wing ochreous, with a brown 
band from apex to middle of inner margin; in the labda form 
the wing is pale primrose and the band is crimson. 


216. RHABDOMETRA PLECTARIA Guen. 
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢. 


217. CAMPTOGRAMMA NATALATA Walker. 


Habitat. Kedar, V9i2) 2th Jane do. 3) Oth rdianse Or 
Masongaleni, 1912, 2nd April, 1 g; 14th June, 1 9. 


Subfamily AcIDALIIN a. 
218. Ipa#A NIOBE, sp. 2. 


Description.— 9. Pale ochreous irrorated with fuscous scales. 
The frons red-brown. Fore wing: antemedial line indistinct, 
angled outwardly on median nervure. A fuscous striga at end 
of cell. Postmedial line outwardly oblique to vein 6, thence 
incurved and irregularly dentate to inner margin. A prominent 
subterminal line excurved on veins 7 and 6, and thence irre- 


eularly dentate to inner margin, with two indistinct diffused 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 731 


waved bands beyond it. A black marginal line interrupted 
at the veins; cilia crenulate and ochreous. Hind wing with 
black point at end of cell, a dentate postmedial line, and two 
indistinct waved bands beyond it; a dark terminal line; outer 
margin crenulate; cilia pale ochreous. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 26th June, 1911,1 9. Exp. 26 mm. 

This form is nearest to ignobilis Warren, from China. It 
differs from Craspedia remotata Guen., from India, in the post- 
mediai and subterminal lines being outwardly oblique to vein 6 
in the fore wing, and in the margins being crenulate. 


219. PrRosBiLeests vestALis Butler. 
Habitat. Masongaleni, 2nd June, 1911, 1 9. 
220. INDUNA ALBIDA Warren. 


Habitat. Kedai, 1912, 4th Jan. 1 6; 7th Jan., | g; 12th 
ApEn ely Oe 2ndsDecs 17 Ox 

221. INDUNA LACTEA Warren. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 1912, 24th March, 1 ¢ ; 2nd April, 
ou zocheAoril, Io Oe) 19Gb Mays OF 

One of the above females represents a variety with very 
heavily marked bands, which Mr. Prout has never seen before. 


222. 'TRAMINDA VIRIDARIA Walker. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 24th May, 1911, 1 3; Ist March, 1912, 
IP Oey Kedar) 28th Dee: VONZ. eae: 

The May specimen is much smaller than the other two. 


Subfamily GEoMETRIN &. 


223. PRASINOCYMA UNIPUNCTA Warren. 

Habitat. Kedai, 19th Jan. 1912, 1 9. Masongaleni, 20th 
April, V9t2, bo: 

224, HETERORACHIS IDMON, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.) 

Description.— $. Bright grass-green. Antenne, palpi, pectus, 
and legs pinkish ochreous. Fore wing with the costa ochreous, 
striated with rust-brown. A broad marginal ochreous band 
highly inecurved on vein 2, to vein 1, and then straight to inner 
margin ; on this band there is a row of rust-brown spots between 
the veins, that between veins | and 2 being the largest. Hind 
wing with the ochreous marginal band broadest in the apical 
area, the rust-brown spots indistinct except towards anal 
angle. Underside very pale green, with ochreous margins; cilia 
ochreous. 

Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1911,1 ¢. Exp. 26 mm. 

This form is nearest to Heterorachis lunatimargo Prout, but 
differs from it in the ochreous border being broader and more 


irregular and the termen of the hind wing more rounded. 
50* 


OY LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCELT ON 


9295. Wypopoxa EREBUSATA Walker. 
Habitat. Masongaleni, 22nd April, 191i, 1 3. 


Family SATURNIADS. 
Genus CAPENA, nov. 


Type, Capena crenulata Fawcett, P.Z.S. 1915, p. 103, pl. i. 
fig. 27. 

Fore wing with the costa almost straight, slightly curved before 
apex. The apex produced and acute; the outer margin crenulate. 
highly excised in the interspaces between veins 6,7, and 8. Hind 
wing with the costa long, straight, the apex produced. Outer 
margin more highly crenulate than the fore wing; tornus angu- 
late, inner margin concave. Neuration as in Vudawrelia. 

In my former memoir I described this species under the genus 
Ludia Wallengren, as the onty form [ could find near it in the 
British Museum was Hiibner’s figure of Heniecha grimmie. As 
it is so very different in facies from that and the other species 
of Ludia and Heniocha, I consider it best to erect a separate genus 


for 1b. 
Family ARBELID&. 

926. LEBEDODES Na&vIUS, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 24.) 

Description.— 3. Head, tegule, pectus, and legs brownish grey ; 
thorax dark red-brown ; abdomen brownish grey, the three basal 
somites with brown dorsal tufts or crests. Wings brownish grey 
thickly striated with pale brown, the striation being more or less 
circular, enclosing round grey spots. Fore wing with a black 
wedge-shaped oblique patch below vein |, from near base to 
middle of inner margin, that part of the wing immediately above 
it being pale grey without striation. Hind wing with the stria- 
tion much paler. A pale brown marginal line; cilia brownish 
grey. Underside as on upperside, but paler. 

Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1911,1 3. Exp. 38 mm. 

This form is nearest to Lebedodes cossula Holland, but is much 
smaller, the striation is thicker, and there are no postmedial lines 
on the fore wing. 


227. SELAGDIA NARSES, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 25.) 


Description — . Head and thorax ferruginous, pectus and 
legs paler: legs with the tibize covered with thick blackish hair. 
Abdomen ferruginous above, paler underneath, covered with 
long hair, and with thick dorsal ferruginous crests on the 
somites, and a thick upturned tuft of hair at the anal extremity. 

Fore wing ferruginous, suffused with pink reflections, thickly 
striated with dark red-brown, the striation being circular and 
enclosing round ochreous spots. A dark brown patch at end of 
cell, and near base below median nervure, caused by the striation 
being blacker and thicker at those points. Cilia red-brown, 


MOTHS FROM B. BE. AFRICA, {ow 


chequered with a marginal series of round ochreous spots. 
Hind wing ochreous, inclining to fulvous along inner margin, 
with faint traces of striation. Underside of both wings ochreous, 
striated on and near the costa. ; 

2. Very similar to male, rather larger, and with the pink 
suffusion more prominent; legs not so thickly clothed with hair ; 
underside of abdomen pale ochreous with a dark lateral longi- 
tudinal streak. 

Habitat. Kedai, 8th Dec. 1911, 1 9; 15th Jan. 1912, 1 ¢. 
Exp., ¢ 30, 2 36 mm. 

This form is nearest to Selagdia transversa Holland, from the 
Gold Coast, but differs from it in the striation being spotted and 
not streaked, and in there being no fulvous patches. 


Family Cossip &, 


228. DUOMITUS PINDARUS, sp. n. 


Description.— 3. Head, thorax, antenn, and legs pale red- 
brown. Thorax and metathorax sprinkled with white hairs; 
abdomen pale red-brown, with some dorsal crests on three basal 
somites. Fore wing pale red-brown, the inner area irrorated 
with black strige. A black patch on the costa from base to near 
middle, extending downwards through the cell to median nervure. 
Immediately below this patch a prominent deep black band in 
the shape of a tent-peg (¢claviform) runs along median nervure 
and below vein 2, ending in a quadrilateral black spot between 
veins 2 and 1, and touching both veins. Below this streak is a 
white spot with a few striations on it. A long black spot on 
costa above end of cell, which becomes an indistinct diffused 
patch between veins 6 and 2. Outer half of cell and costal area 
above it (between the two black spots) whitish. Some black 
streaks between the nervures on the subterminal area. Hind 
wing white, with a narrow fuscous terminal band; cilia fuscous. 
Underside of fore wing pale fuscous, with some raised white scales 
at base of cell. Hind wing white, the costa fulvous, no striation. 

Q. Larger than male, similarly marked except that the black 
longitudinal band of the male is divided into two parts by a 
white spot. 

Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911, id, 1 @. Exp. g 40, 
° 44mm. 

This form is allied to Duomitus steniptera Hampson, P.Z.S. 
1916, p. 166, described from Somaliland, but differs from it in a 
good many ‘points, the chief being (1) its larger size, (2) the 
eround-colour being red-brown, not white, and (3) the presence 
of the prominent longitudinal black band below the median 
neryure. 

Family LAs1ocaAMPIDS. 


229, CHILENA DONALDSONI Holland. 
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢. 


734 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON 


Family PyRALIDA. 
Subfamily PYRALINA. 


230. DATTINIA AURORA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 29.) 


Description.— 3. Antenne red, bipectinate with long branches 
to near apex. Head and thorax ochreous yellow, the patagia 
with red fringes; abdomen ochreous, suffused with pink dorsally. 
Palpi very long, ochreous above, red beneath ; legs ochreous, the 
tarsi crimson. Fore wing ochreous yellow, the costa crimson at 
base, with a crimson Tae running along the subcostal nervure 
for three-fourths its length. A crimson band along vein 1, and 
veins 4 and 5 from end of cell to the subterminal area until the 
end of the bands is in line with a subterminal series of crimson 
spots on the veins from costa to vein 2. The apex of wing and 
outer and inner margins defined by a crimson terminal line. 
Hind wing white, with silvery iridescence, the veins crimson, 
and a broad inwardly diffused crimson terminal band; cilia 
ochraceous. 

Underside of fore wing ochreous yellow, the veins and 
margins pale pink, Hind wing ochreous white, the costal area 
and outer margin diffused with pink. 

2. Antenne filiform, red. Fore wing, upperside as in male, 
hind wing crimson, cilia ochreous. 

Jekilvndis Meter. NIN, ANcde Wow, I 6s 24d 3Nlow, J 2 
25th Nov., 3 ¢; 1912, 14th April,1d. Exp., ¢ 43, 9 46 mm. 


231. DATTINIA PERSTRIGATA Hampson. 
_D. perstrigata Hmpsn. P. Z.8. 1916, p. 172, pl. 1. fig. 40, 3. 


Form 2. titHoNUS, nov. (PI. I. fig. 23.) 


Description.— 3. Differs from the figure of perstrigata, quoted 
above, in the fore wing being irrorated with pale crimson, with 
the exception of the costal and apical areas. A thin red line 
round the apex, a black terminal line on both fore and hind wings 
interrupted at the veins. 

Q@. Larger than the expanse given for perstrigata, and differing 
from the female in the B. M. Collection in that the latter has the 
hind wing and dise of the fore wing fuscous, and no interrupted 
black marginal line. 

In this form the hind wing and cilia are pale pink, the cell of 
the fore wing more or less white, a prominent black curved line 
on the submedian fold (which is not mentioned in the description 
on p. 172), and a black terminal line on both wings as in male ; 
it also exceeds perstrigata in size, and is the largest Dattinia in 
British Hast Africa. 

Habitat. Kedaig 1 Oia 4th) Nove. lao 2 Ot Nowa Se 
13th Dec, 1 G5 19127 29th Dec 1 oy  Exps Gi40799)50 mm: 


~I 
AA 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 


232. DATYINIA ORION, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 30.) 

Description.— 3. Antenne bipectinate almost to the apex. 
Head, palpi, thorax, and legs white, irrorated with black atoms. 
Abdomen ochreous above, white underneath. Fore wing white, 
irrorated with black atoms; an oblique black band (formed by 
more intense black irroration) from costa at middle to inner 
margin at one-third from base of its total length. Two small 
black spots, one in lower and one in upper angle of cell. A sub- 
terminal brown band, formed as in the other, straight from costa 
before apex to vein 4, where it is angled outwardly, and thence 
oblique to inner margin. Beyond this band the veins are marked 
with indistinct black streaks; a terminal line of black points ; 
cilia whitish. Hind wing semihyaline white ; cilia white. 

Underside of fore wing ochreous; a fuscous patch in cell, and 
a patch of raised scales at base of cell. Hind wing semihyaline 


white, the costa ochreous. 
Habitat. Kedai, 14th Dec. 1911, 1 ¢. Exp. 28 mm. 


233. ANOBOSTRA RADIALIS Hampson. 
Habitat. Kedai, 29th Jan. 1912, 1 6. 


Subfamily Pyraustrn am. 


234. GLYPHODES INDICA Saund. 
Habitat. Kedai, 8th Dec. 1912, 2 3. 


235, GLYPHODES SINUATA Fabrieius. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 23rd April, 1911, 1 ¢. 

236. ZINCKENTA FASCIALIS Cramer. 

Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911, 14; Masongaleni, 29th March, 
LON Tee 


237,.. AGATHODES MUSCIVALIS Guen. 
Habitat. Kedai, 13th Dec. 1911, 1 ¢. 


238. FILODES COSTIVITRALIS Guen. 
Habitat. Kedai, 8th April, 1911, 1 $3; 5th June, 1 3. 


239. PHLYCLENODES CASTALIS Warren. 
Habitat. Kedai, 16th Nov. 1911, 1 ¢. 


240. MercyNA POLYGONALIS Hiibner. 
Habitat. Kedai, 16th March, 1912, 1 ¢. 


241. LiyGRoPIA AMYNTUSALIS Walker. 
Habitat. Kedai, 8th Dec. 1911, 1.5 ; 9th Jan. 1912, 1 9. 


242. LYGROPIA PASITHEA. sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 16.) 


Description.— 3 @. Very pale ochreous yellow. Head and 
thorax slightly marked with brown ; abdomen with some brown 


736 LT.-COL, J. M. FAWCETT ON 


dorsal streaks. Fore wing: base of costa dark brown to ante- 
medial line. ‘wo basal brown spots, one below costa and on 
inner margin. Antemedial line dark brown, straight to inner 
margin, where it meets an oblique brown line from the large 
discocellular reniform mark. Postmedial line straight to vein 2, 
where it is met by an outwardly oblique line from the disco- 
cellular reniform spot. A brown terminal line enlarged to a spot 
at tornal angle; cilia white. 

Inner area of hind wing white. Antemedial line prominent, 
from a black spot in end of cell to inner margin at middle. Post- 
medial line angled outwardly at vein 4, and stopping at vein 2, 
below which there i is a dark spot on the brown terminal line. 

Underside iridescent white, marked as on upperside, but much 
fainter. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 5th Dec. 1 g. Kedai, 1911, 
13th Dee, 17S; 1912; 4th April, 12. Exp. 18 mm 

This form differs from amyntusalis in its much smaller size 
and pale coloration. Fore wing without the apical and tornal 
brown patches; hind wing without the apical patch, and the 
antemedial line meets the inner margin at middle and is not 
oblique towards the tornus. 


243. PIONEA NIGRIPUNCTALIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 2.) 

Description.— 3. Bright yellow. Fore wing angled at apex, 
but not acute. Costa with a black basal spot, a black antemedial 
spot, and a black subapical spot. A black spot at end of cell. 
Hind wing with indications of postmedial and subterminal lines. 
Underside paler, unmarked except for a black spot at end of cell. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 2nd June, 1911,1 ¢. Exp. 22 mm. 


244, PIONEA XANTHALIS, sp. Nn. 


Description.— ¢. Bright orange- yellow ; ; fore wing rounded at 
apex. An indistinct Puceous spot at end of cell, and two on sub- 
median fold, of which one is antemedial and one postmedial. 
Hind wing paler ; the cilia very long and pale ochreous. Under- 
side of fore wing with a fuscous spot at end of cell and a curved 
postmedial fuscous band. Hind wing unmarked. 

ffabitat. Kedai, 7th March, 1912,1 g. Exp. 22. mm. 


245. PyrRAUSTA INCOLORALIS Guen. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 8th March, 1911, 1 ¢. 

246. PyRAUSTA STHENIALIS Hmpsn. P. Z.8. 1916, p. 176, pl. ii. 
fig. 47, 3. 

Habitat. Masongaleni, 6th June, 1911, 1 @. 

Deseribed from Somaliland. 


Family AUGERIDA, 
247, MELITTIA H&MATOPIS, sp.n. (PI. T. fig. 1.) 
Description.— 3. Head red-brown, hairy ; antenne ciliate in 


MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. (ee 


both sexes, much dilated before the tip, which is pointed ; 
palpi brown above, white beneath. Thorax and pectus creamy 
white ; legs brown, the femora, tibize, and part of the tarsi— 
especially the hind pair, which are very long—covered with long 
white hair, mixed with tufts of red and black hairs. Abdomen 
creamy white, with brown transverse bands at the intersection of 
the somites, except the two somites nearest the anal extremity, 
which are entirely brown. A tuft of ferruginous hairs at the 
extremity. Each somite is decorated with prominent blood-red 
spots (hence the name hematopis),and also with some black spots, 
ali of irregular ‘size and shape. 

Fore wing ochreous, the costa, veins, and inner margin red- 
brown. Some black spots or patches on the basal area, especially 
at base of inner margin, and a few blood-red scales Tees with 
them. Cell filled with large blood-red scales, and with a bunch 
of black scales forming a patch at the apex. Another bunch of 
black and blood-red scales mixed forms a second ‘patch in, the 
postmedial area. A brown marginal line along the cilia, which 
are very long and red-brown. Hind wing hyaline, shot with 
brilliant blue, the veins dark brown; cilia long and red-brown. 
Underside of fore wing pale fuscous without red scales; hind 
wing as on upperside. 

oF Similar to male, but a good deal larger. 

Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 25th Noyar2nos) lose Dees, by. 
Exp., d 26-34, 9 50 mm. 

Considered by Mr. Durrant, who suggested the name 
“hematopis,’ to be one of the most remarkable forms he has 
seen. 


Family TINEID &. 
248. MELASINA RECoNDITA,Durrant, P. Z.S8. 1916, p. 181. 
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 19th Nov., 1 ¢. 


Another of the forms described recently from Sdmaliland. 


EXPLAN: ATION OF THE PLATE. 


Fig. | Fig 
1. Melittia hematopis, 2. 2 19. Pericallia hecate, 6. 
2. Pionea nigripunctalis. 3. 20. Phalera lavinia, 2. 
3. Euphiusa hermione, g. | 21. Ctenusa rectilinea psamatha, 2. 
4. Lecasia othello, @. 22. Calpe cerne, 6. 
5. Poppea sabina, 3g. 23. Dattinia perstrigata tithonus, 2. 
6. Giaura astarte, g. 24. Lebedodes nevius, @. 
7. Cidaria asteria, ¢. 25. Selagdia narses, 6. 
8. Cidaria procne, g. 26. Peridela berengaria, ¢. 
9. Heterorachis idmon, 6. 27. Athetis pentheus, 3. 
10. Fulvaria striata, ¢. 28. Serancia amata, 3. 
11. Deilemera glance, 2. 29. Dattinia aurora, ¢. 
12. Stauropus critobulus, 3. 30. Dattinia orion, ¢. 
13. Taveta syrinx, ¢. 31. Brevipecten clearchus, 2. 
14. Giria bubastis, go. 32. Catephia sospita, 3. 
15. Galactomoia berenice. ¢. 33. Catephia scylla, 2. 
16. Lygropia pasithea, g. 34. Catephia serapis, 2. 
17. Peridela novaria, 2. 35. Catephia sciras, o. 


18. Boarmia perse, &. - 36. Athetis horus, é. 


ae ey on. 
ay > ‘pi ee ee li ee 


fi, ‘ditt a set} 


aie es 


BeOS Ca tis red aif ay ae aver Wine. 


“I 
ise) 
is) 


THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 


EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. 
October 24th, 1916. 


Dr. A. SmrrH Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, 
in the Chair. 


The Secrerary read the following report on the Additions 
made to the Society's Menagerie during the months of May, 
June, July, August, and September, 1916 :— 


May. 


The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of May were 129 in number. Of these 81 were acquired 
by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, 24 by purchase, 6 in 
exchange, and 10 were born in the Gardens. 

The number of departures during the same period, by death 
or removals, was 117. 

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed 
(60) = 

A Kashmir Deer (Cervus hanglu) 2, from Kashmir, presented 
by H.G. The Duke of Bedford, K.G., Pres.Z.S.,on May 17th. 

A Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) 2 , born in the Menagerie on 
May 22nd. 

1 Galapagan Dove (Nesopelia galapagoensis), new to the Col- 
lection, from Hood Island, Galapagos, presented by Fleet-Surgeon 
EK. B. Pickthorn, F.Z.S., on May 31st. 

4 Grey-necked Crowned Cranes (Lalearica regulorwm), from 
Northern Rhodesia, presented by H.G. The Duke of Abercorn, 
F.Z.8., on May 8th. 

3 Great Bustards (Otis tarda), from Spain. presented by E. J. 
H. Eldred on May 29th. 

1 Holbrook’s Terrapin (Chrysemys mobiliensis) and 1 Horned 
Lizard (Phrynosoma brevicornis), from N. America, both new to 
the Collection, presented by Dr. H. G. F, Spurrell, F.Z.S., on 
May 3rd. 

JUNE. 


The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of June were 87 in number. Of these 34 were acquired 
by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, 1 by purchase, 1 in 
exchange, and 43 were born in the Gardens. 

The number of departures during the same period, by death 
or removals, was 102. 

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed 
to :— 

1 Red-eared Cercopitheque (Cercopithecus erythrotis), from the 
Cameroons, presented by Mrs. Philip Bayer on June 28th. 

1 Black Mangabey (Cercocebus aterrimus), from the Belgian 
Congo, purchased on June 29th. 


740 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 


1 Lion Cub (felis leo), from Western India, presented by Lieut. 
W. Pole Carew on June 12th. 

2 Andean Geese (Chloephaga melanoptera), bred in the Mena- 
gerie on June 30th. 

2 Colombian Crested Colins (Hupsychortyx leucopogon), from 
Colombia, presented by Master Anthony Chaplin on June 22nd. 


JULY. 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of. July were 99 in number. Of these 46 were acquired 
by presentation, 11 were received on deposit, 9 by purchase, 5 in 
exchange, and 28 were born in the Gardens. 

The number of departures during the same period, by death 
or removals, was 94. 

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— 

2 Fennec Foxes (Vulpes zerda), from North Africa, received in 
exchange on July 24th. 

1 Grizzly Bear (Ursus horribilis), from Wyoming, presented by 
Ellis Ashmead-Bartlett on July Ist. 

1 Kiang (Hquus kiang) 3, born in the Menagerie on July 9th. 

1 White-bearded Gnu (Connochetes albojubatus), born in the 
Menagerie on July 24th. 

2, Common Trumpeters (Psophia crepitans), from Guiana, and 
1 Green-winged Trumpeter (P. viridis), from the Amazons, pur- 
chased on July 13th. 

5 Common Rheas (hea americana), bred in the Menagerie on 
July 20th. 

AUGUST. 


The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of August were 75 in number. Of these 52 were acquired 
by presentation, 18 were received on deposit, and 5 in exchange. 

The number of departures during the same period, by death or 
removals, was 93. 

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— 

1 Fishing Cat (Felis viverrina), from India, received in 
exchange on August 18th. 

1 Siberian Wild Dog (Cyon alpinus), from Central Asia, 
received in exchange on ‘August 30th. 

2 Arctic Foxes (Vulpes lagopus, blue variety), from Iceland, 
presented by Commander V. L. Bowring, R.N., on August 5th. 

2 South American Mudfish (Lepidosiren paradoxa), from Para, 
presented by G. Brocklehurst on August 8th. 


SEPTEMBER. ; 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during 
the month of September were 56 in number. Of these 46 were 
acquired by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, 1 in 
exchange, and 1 was born in the Gardens. 


The number of departures during the same period, by death or 
removals, was 146. 


EGGS FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 741 


Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— 

1 Bornean Gibbon (/7/ylobates mwuelleri), from British North 
Borneo, deposited on Sept. 21st. 

1 Southern River-Hog (Potamocherus cheropotamus) 9 , from 
Mozambique, presented by Capt. William Dyer on Sept. 19th. 

1 Pink-winged Rose-Finch (2hodospiza obsoleta), from Central 
Asia, new to the Collection, presented by Alfred Hzra, F.Z.S., on 
Sept. 8th. 


Yellow Varieties of Green Parrakeets. 

Mr. Aurrep Hzra, F.Z.S., exhibited living examples of three 
rare lutino Parrakeets, and made the following remarks :— 

“The three lutino Indian Parrakeets I am exhibiting were 
sent to me by my brother from India a few weeks ago. They 
represent three species—the Alexandrine (Palwornis nepalensis), 
the Ring-neck (P. forquatus), and the Plum-head (P. cyano- 
cephalus). In all three birds the yellow is pure and perfect, 
being of a delicate sulphur shade common in these lutinos. The 
Alexandrine has the usual red patch on the wing, and the wing- 
coverts adjacent to it are also edged slightly with red, making 
the bird very beautiful. Neither the Alexandrine nor the Ring- 
neck has a ring, but the Plum-head has a pink head. As they all 
have the fuli long tail they must be more than a year old. The 
Ring-neck and the Plum-head both have red eyes and _ flesh- 
coloured feet, but the Alexandrine’s eyes are normal in colour 
and the feet are light: however, some races of the Alexandrine 
have pale-coloured feet naturally. All these birds are rare, but 
the Alexandrine, which is the finest-looking bird, is also the rarest 
of the lot, and is the first lutino of the species I have ever seen.” 


Eggs from the Society's Gardens. 
Y 


Mr. D. Setra-Surru, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, gave an exhibition 
of Birds’ eggs which had been laid in the Society’s Gardens 
during the last few years. He explained that every endeavour 
was made to induce the birds under his charge to reproduce their 
kind in captivity, and fertile eggs were incubated where possible ; 
but, nevertheless, in any large coilection of birds there was always 
a number of eggs laid that did not hatch, and very often 
unpaired female birds laid eggs as. freely as paired birds, these 
being of course infertile. 

During recent years eggs that were not likely to hateh had 
been kept, with the result that a fair series was now in the 
possession of the Society. 

Amongst the eggs of special interest shown were those of four 
species of Tinamous, two species of Cassowary, three species of 
Crane, three species of Zurnia, the remarkable eges of Apterya, 
and such rarities as those of ARhinechetus jubatus, Manucodia 
keraudreni, and Sarcorhamphus gryphus, x8 well as a number of 
species of Pheasants, Waterfowl, and Passerine birds. 


742 NESTLING BIRDS FROM THE SOCIELY’S GARDENS. 


November 7th, 1916. 
Dr. S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, 
in the Chair. 


Nestling Birds from the Society's Gardens. 


Mr. D. Sera-Suirn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, exhibited a series 
of skins of nestling birds of over seventy species. He called 
attention to the striped colour-pattern which was found in such 
very distinct species as Rheas, Sheldrakes, and Pheasants, and 
remarked that this pattern was evidently of very great antiquity, 
and inherited from some common ancestor. Where it had proved 
effective for the preservation of the species by its protective 
resemblance to surroundings it had been retained, but in other 
cases 1t had been modified or had even disappeared altogether. 
In the case of most of the ducks, the stripes had been broken up 
into spots, but showing more or less the same pattern as in the 
striped type of markings. In the Gulls, Waders, and others the 
stripes had been further broken up into spots, and in the Swans, 
Geese, and Rails all markings had disappeared. 

Mr. Seth-Smith called attention to the young of the Coscoroba 
Swan (Coscoroba coscoroba), and remarked that this was the only 
swan, if, indeed, it was a swan, which showed a distinct colour- 
pattern in the nestling down. 


Scent-Glands in Mammals. 
(Text-figures 1-12.) 

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, 
exhibited a series of lantern-slides to illustrate the position and 
structure of some new and little-known cutaneous scent-glands 
in various mammals, and made the following remarks :— 


The Inguinal Glands of Orycteropus. 

My search for special scent-glands in Orycteropus was insti- 
gated by the strong smeil given off by the living animal, and was 
rewarded by the discovery, first in a female and then in a male, 
of a pair of large glands upon the genital eminence. In the 
female they lie one on each side of the vulva, and in the male 
just behind the prepuce and the short conical glans penis. 

The orifice of each gland is an elongated shit, which, when 
constricted and closed, may easily be overlooked. It leads into 
a short wide sac filled with yellow secretion, smelling like that 
of the anal glands of a Polecat (J. putoriws). The layer of 
glandular cells is thick and envelops the lower portion of 
the wall of the sac, which is provided with a strong constrictor 
muscle. In the male these two glands, imbedded in the integu- 
ment just behind the penis and with their orifices tolerably 
close together, cause a swelling which superficially resembles a 
scrotum. In the female there is a somewhat similar swelling 
with the vulva in the centre and the glands, which are widely 
separated, on each side of it. 

Since these glands, so far as can be judged from the material 
examined, are equally well developed in the two sexes, they 


Text-figure l. 743 


AVA ANA 
t 
i 
= 
<< 
4 
(4) 
= 


\ 
f,, 


Tnguinal glands of Orycteropus capensis. 


A. Glands of the female. a., anus; em., genital eminence ; v-, vulva; o.. orifices of 
the glands. 

B. The same of the male with the gland of the right side (left of figure) laid open 
to show the reservoir or sac (gl.) and the secreting layer of cells (s.); 
p., penis ; ¢., base of tail; a., em, o., as in fig. A, 


744 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON 


cannot be included in the category of secondary sexual cha- 
racters, although their scent may enable individuals of 
Orycteropus to find one another; and since these animals are. 
otherwise unprovided with means of self-defence, I suspect that 
the secretion of the glands is protective like those of the anal 
glands of Mephitis and Mustela, which it resembles in odour. 


Text-figure 2. 


! 
“ ——~ ~, 
v= BQO, se 
oe —— <a 
x De 
Y Vy im 


yo Ace TY) 


= 


cA 


\ 
wh ie 
\ N SS 
We & YU pr 
Wy SS ay LANG Po) 
mil “4 \ |, “Life --Se 
1 \Le- Ge 


a\\\ ) * Ef 
\ Ds; C Li 
- “)) 


ss 
SX 


w 
so 


\ 4 Bit 
NSS Wee Ge 
AN : a SH Las 
WS =a Ry Le 
\\ ‘ “2g NS Wie 
A V\\ > ZN Ao 
SH ANS : 
VY = iss S S, 
ANS CS g Gy 
NN NG Ri We 
SOY > [Zi 2 


The preputial gland of Sus scrofa. 


A. The gland dissected from the ventral side, the flaps of abdominal integument 
and of the sheath of the penis turned aside. The glans penis also turned 
aside to show the orifice of the gland in the prepuce. 


B. Lateral view of the same, partly diagrammatic. 
C. Transverse section through the sac of the gland showing its extension above the’ 


penis. 
P.» penis; pr., prepuce; o., orifice of gland; s., sac of gland; sh., cut edge 
of sheath of penis; sk., cut edge of skin of abdomen. 


SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMALS. 745 


The Digital Glands of Potamocherus and other glands 
in the Suide. 


Several genera of Suidze are provided with special cutaneous 
glands, all of which, with the exception of the digital glands of 
Potamocherus, were described long ago. 

In the Pecearies (Zayassu or Dicotyles) there is on the fore- 
part of the lumbar region a median dorsal gland, normally 


Text-figure 3. 


SS Oe 
vy WES 
Ww “tos \Y Ae 
P STAYIN S 
4 Aiur 3 

Beatie Aes 

Ea 


Carpal gland of Sus scrofa, 3. 


A. Inner side of right fore foot, showing the series of apertures of the gland. 


B. Section through one of the pockets. = 


concealed beneath the bristles, which discharges secretion re- 
sembling concentrated human perspiration in scent. It was 
known to Cuvier, and was described and figured by Owen*. 
Both male and female possess it. ’ 
Owen also described a facial gland between the eye and the 


* Anat. Vert. 111. Mammals, p. 636, 1868. 
Proc, Zoou. Soc..-1916, No. LI, HL 


746 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON 


snout in the Wart-hog (Phacocherus). This gland, which I have 
not seen, resembles, apparently, the analogous gland of many 
Ruminant Artiodactyles. 

In males of the genus Sws there is a voluminous preputial 
gland, the sac of which lies above the distal end of the penis and 


Text-figure 4. 


wy 
aay 
ee ' 


c 
Sry 


. ES To 
SS Se 
= 


Tet yrds 


a at us yy > & 

Non (is = 
tS Ss 2a, 
A 7a /, 
0 . Iii, Gy 


[2 
Wh NA 
WR) Wy (Lig 
W A \ TY io 
Cc 


The digital glands of Potamocherus cheeropotamus, 3. 


A. Lower view of hind foot, showing the apertures of the glands in the lateral 
digits and between the third and fourth digits of the foot. 

B. Vertical longitudinal section between the third and fourth digits of the same 
foot, showing the gland. ; 

C. Lower side of the fore foot of the same animal, showing the presence of the 
lateral and the absence of the median gland. R 

D. Vertical longitudinal section of one of the lateral glands of the same foot. 


o., orifice; s., sac of gland. 


SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMATS. TA7 


the median aperture opens in the dorsal wall of the prepuce. 
I have examined this gland in Sus scrofa; but its presence or 
absence in other genera and species of Suide has yet to be 
established. 

In Sus scrofa also there is a subvertical series of small glands 
on the postero-inner side of the carpus and known as the carpal 
glands. he carpal and preputial glands have long been known 
in domestic swine, the carpal glands being present both in boars 
and sows. 

Digital Glands of Potamocherus.—These glands, which do not 
appear to have been previously recorded, 1 discovered on the fore 
and hind feet of a male example of the South African River-hog 
or Bush-pig (Potamocherus cheropotamus), which died in the 
Gardens, Oct. 30th, 1911. 

On the fore foot there is a pair of these glands, one of them 
opening upon the skin of the lower side of the second digit, a 
little above the base of the hoof, and the other in a corresponding 
position on the fifth digit. Each is marked externally by a small 
pore with a thickened circular rim. ‘The sac of the gland, filled 
with white, waxy secretion, is tolerably capacious and flask- 
shaped, the neck of the flask being represented by a short, 
narrow duct leading to the pore and bent nearly at right angles 
to the long axis of the gland, which projects upwards within the 
digit. By pressure the secretion can be squeezed from the orifice 
of the gland. 

The hind foot has two precisely similar glands on the second 
and fifth digits and, in addition, a third unpaired gland nearly 
resembling them and opening in the centre of the sole of the 
foot, a short distance behind the cleft between the second and 
third digits. The flask-shaped sac of the gland, filled like the 
others with waxy secretion, lies in the foot between the bones of 
these digits. 

1 do not know whether these glands are confined to the male 
or not; but no trace of them was to be discovered in a young 
female of the West African species (P. porcus). Seeing that two 
distinct species are here concerned, it is clearly impossible to 
draw any sure conclusion as to the absence of these glands in the 
female of P. chwropotamus and to their presence in the male 
of P. porcus. Nevertheless, the constancy in the occurrence of 
similar glands in nearly related species of ruminant Artio- 
dactyles justifies, by analogy, the expectation that these digital 
glands will be found to be a secondary sexual character confined 
to the male in the genus Potamochwrus. 


The Metatarsal Glands of Lama vicuna. 


On each side of the metatarsus Llamas have an elongated naked 
patch of skin with which everyone who has kept these animals is 
probably acquainted. 

In a female example of Zama viewna this area, pink in colour 

51* 


748 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON 


and situated in the upper part of this portion of the leg, was 
broadest in its upper half, pointed below and bluntly rounded 
above. It was almost concealed by the thick coating of woolly 
hair surrounding it. Its surface was depressed into the hollow 


Text-figure 5. 


GEES, ep Sn" Se Pesce. : 

STAT 
EOS TNE 
AVA Ny 


PIB Ay Gy ING i 
Aas OTE RINSE 
& 


Metatarsal gland of Lama vicuna. 
to) 


A. Vertical transverse section through right metatarsus passing through the 
glandular area. a., space on left side for holding the secretion between 
the partly separated upper and lower fringes of hair; g/., naked skin with 
its layer of secreting cells; b., metatarsal bone; ¢7., extensor, and ft., flexor 
tendons of the foot. 

B. Upper part of same portion of limb, before being cut, seen from the inner side, 
with the hairs clipped short to expose the glandular area (g/.). 


marking the point of contact between the metatarsal bone and 
the strong flexor tendons of the foot. A secreting layer of 


SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMALS. 749 


dermal cells everywhere underlies the naked area, which was 
covered with waxy secretion. 


The Preputial Gland of Nototragus. 


Up to the present time Moschus is the only Ruminant Artio- 
dactyle in which a preputial gland has been discovered. I found 
a gland similarly situated in the Grysbok (Wototragus melanotis), 
a small African Antelope. 

The sac of the gland was 14 inches long and 1-inch wide and 
narrowed anteriorly towards the orifice, which was situated in 
the prepuce just above the tip of the glans penis. The sac, 
extending backwards parallel with the penis, had its liming 
integument ridged and wrinkled and covered with long hairs, 
the tips of which were directed towards the orifice. The strong- 
smelling secretion, filling the sac, was dark green in colour and 
waxy 1m consistency. 


Text-figure 6, 


Preputial gland of Nolotragus melanotis. 


gl., sae of gland filled With hairs; p., penis retracted; o., preputial orifice 
comimion to gland and penis. 


Since discovering the gland IT have had no opportunity of 
examining male examples of Ourebia, Rhaphiceros, and other 
antelopes related to Vototragus. 


The Dorsal Gland of Dendrohyrax. 


In the Hyracoidea the presence of a dorsal gland, marked 
externally by a patch of white, yellowish, or black hairs, has long 
been known to systematic zoologists. 

In Dendrohyrax dorsalis the glandular area is an elongated 
strip of naked skin, rather more than twice as long as broad, 
widest across the middle, gradually narrowed and pointed in 
front, more abruptly narrowed and blunter behind. The hairs 
surrounding it are long, black at the base and white distally. 
The lateral portions of the naked strip are bluish grey, minutely 


en 


750 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON 

and sparsely speckled with hair follicles, and show a pair of 
larger follicles in the anterior half, one set on each side close to 
the median portion of the area, when is marked off from the 
rest by its pinkish-yellow tint. Beneath this pink portion the 
dermal layer is thickened by the enlargement of its secretory 
cells, 

When stimulated by fear or anger Dendrohyrax raises the 
hairs over the glandular area, displayi ing their whiteness as a 
conspicuous patch . The action irresistibly recalls the expansion 
of the rump patches by some deer and antelopes when put to 
flight. 


Text-figure 7. 


Photograph of Dendrohyrax dorsalis showing the white patch of hairs 
overlying the dorsal gland. 


The Temporal Gland of Elephas and Loxodonta. 


The presence of a gland on each side of the face in Elephants 
has long been known. Owen succinctly described it as follows :— 
‘In the Elephant a large gland of a flattened form and multi- 
lobate structure lies beneath the skin of the face, in the temporal 
reeion: the secretion exudes from a small orifice situated about 
half-way between the eye and the ear. The gland enlarges in 


751 


a = 
— 


RSIS Bs ee a = —— 
Ses : ——— 


az MR. R. I. POCOCK ON 


Text-figure 9. 


Photog raph of young Malayan Elephant showing position of temporal gland 
between the eye and ear, 


~ ’ 


© 


SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMALS. 753 


the male at the rutting season, and the secretion then has a 
strong musky odour” (Anat. Vert. i. p. 634, 1868). ; 
In an African Elephant, about twenty years old, the orifice of 
the gland wasa vertical slit, about 4 inch long, opening six inches 
behind, and a little higher than, the eye. The main sac of the 
gland, into which a few subsidiary sacs opened, was about two 
inches deep and filled with strong smelling secretion. The wall 


Text-figure 10. 


Enlarged view of the gland of young Malayan Elephant, showing tuft of 
hairs projecting from the orifice. 


of the sac was composed of thick white skin, and its lining was 
hairless but covered with coarse papille. 

In a young Malayan Elephant, about three years old, on the 
other hand, the sac of the gland, about 4 an inch deep, was 
eovered with hairs packed together with sour smelling secretion 
and long enough to project beyond the orifice of the gland as a 


754 SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMALS. 


distinct black tuft very noticeable in the living animal. In two 
young Indian Elephants of approximately the same age, the 
gland was marked by no such tuft, and was invisible in the 


Z 
THY 
ry ~ 
AS 
Q 


apy, 7: SSS s 
ab Sif 


Temporal glands of Elephants. 


A. Vertical section of sac of gland of the African Elephant (Zoaodonta). 0., orifice 
of gland; d., orifice of a diverticulum opening into the main sac. 

B. The same of young Malayan Elephant (H/ephas), showing the sac of the gland 
filled with hairs protruding from the orifice (0.) as a facial tuft. 


Text-figure 12. 


Sketch of the head and fore-quarters of the La Madelaine Mammoth, showing the 
supposed gland between the eye and the ear. (Copied from ‘Cave Hunting,’ 
by W. Boyd Dawkins, p. 346, fig. 120.) 


wrinkled chin unless carefully looked for. It is also normally 
invisible in adult and immature cow elephants of the Indian 


ON A SHOOTING EXPEDITION IN CENTRAL ASIA. 755 


species except at times when the secretion overflows and forms 
a dark streak down the side of the face. I have never seen a 
full-grown bull in rut, and am unable to speak as to the quantity 
of secretion discharged at that period. 

In the paleolithic engraving of a Mammoth on a fragment of 
tusk found in the cavern of La Madelaine, by Lartet & Christy, 
there are between the eye and ear distinct scars, with streaks 
passing downwards from them over the jaws. These scars and 
streaks represent, I believe, the gland and the hairs on the face 
beneath stuck together with secretion. It will be noticed that 
the streaks are thicker than those shown elsewhere on the body 
and head, which are always interpreted as hairs; and it may be 
supposed that they were engraved in this way to depict hairs 
adherent with the sticky substance. If this interpretation be 
correct, the conclusion suggests itself that in the mammoth the 
gland may have been larger than in modern elephants, and 
possibly provided during life with hairs protruding through the 
orifice. 


November 21st, 1916. 
Dr, S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, 


in the Chair. 


The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions 
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October, 
1916 :— 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of October were 77 in number. Of these 51 were acquired 
by presentation, 11 were received on deposit, 12 by purchase, and 
3 were born in the Gardens. 

The number of departures during the same period, by death 
or removals, was 139. 

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— 

A pair of Wild Boars (Sus scrofa), from the forest of Lhuyére- 
Sevigny, Oise, France, presented by Capt. Maurice Portal, F.Z.8., 
on Oct. 23rd. ! 

1 Sclater’s Ovange-headed Tanager (Calospiza lunigera) and 
1 Golden Tanager (Calospiza aurulenta), both from Kcuador, 
presented by Alfred Ezra, F.Z.8., on Oct. 12th, 


A Shooting EKapedition in Central Asia. 


Mr. Aurrep Ezra, F.Z.8., exhibited a large series of lantern- 
shides illustrating a shooting expedition in Central Asia, and 
made the following remarks :— 

The pictures I am showing were taken by me on a shooting 
expedition in Central Asia in 1902. Starting from Calcutta, I 
travelled by train to Rawalpindi, and from there a drive of 


St 


756 ON A SHOOTING EXPEDITION IN CENTRAL ASIA. 

200 miles brought me to Srinagar, the capital of Kashmir. Here 
I made all arrangements for food, followers, and transport. Soon 
after leaving Srinagar we successfully tackled two mountain 
passes. These were the Tragbal Pass, 11,700 ft., and the Burzil 
Pass, 13,500 ft. On the way to Gilgit I spent a few days after 
markhor, ibex, and bears. We did the journey of 150 miles, from 
Gilgit to the Pamirs, in 15 days, the progress being so slow on 
account of the difficult nature of the country. The mountain- 
tracks in places were most precipitous and dangerous. These 
tracks were often conducted round the edge of precipices over- 
hanging the river by artificial ladders and ledges built out from 
the cliff, with stones laid upon supports of branches fitting into 
holes in the rocks. The most unsafe looking bit was where a log 
not more than 6 inches wide was thrown across, with one end of 
it resting on a rock jutting out 20 feet above, and the lower end 
on some stones. Under this there was a sheer drop of about 
2000 feet into an angry river. Without the help of the fine 
Hunza men who were sent with us, we should have had the 
greatest difficulty in getting over this terrible country safely. 
We had our first view of the Pamir region from the top of the 
Killik Pass (16,700 ft.). Here we stood at the point where three 
“great Empires meet— Russia to the north, to the east the boun- 
daries of the Chinese Empire, and British India to the south. 
After shooting a few Ovis poli in some of the valleys in the 
Chinese Pamirs, I went on to the Russian Pamirs, where [ shot 
some more. As no one ever shoots in the latter place, game was 
most plentiful, and one day I saw as many as 200 Ovis poli rams 
in a small valley. From here I worked my way down to the 
plains of Kashgaria, and it was a treat to come down from those 
awful altitudes and to see trees and flowers again. For over six 
weeks I had not been lower than 12,000 ft., and most of the time 
well over 14,000 ft. Leaving Kashgar at the beginning of August, 
I went to the Thian Shan Mountains in search of Wapiti— 
travelling through Maralbashi, Aksu, and Koksu—a distance of 
576 miles. After shooting the Asiatic Wapiti in the Koksu 
Valley I went on to Kuldja, from where a drive of 850 miles in 
a tarantass (a four-wheeled carriage without springs) brought me 
to Tashkent in Russian Turkestan in 15 days. Since leaving the 
railway at Rawalpindi and reaching the railway at Tashkent 
I travelled 2583 miles in seven months, having walked and 
ridden 1533 miles and driven 1050 miles. Of course this does 
not include the enormous distances covered in search of game. 
From Tashkent I took the train to Samarcand and Bokhara, 
spending a couple of days at each of these interesting old places. 
A journey of 40 hours from Bokhara by train brought me to 
Krasnovodsk. Here I crossed the Caspian Sea to Baku in about 
16 hours, and there I visited some interesting naphtha wells. 
From Baku I took the express to Moscow and Petrograd, making 
a stay of a few days at each place. Thence to Paris and home, 
bringing to an end a most interesting and enjoyable expedition.” 


No. 160. 


ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


LOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.* 


October 24th, 1916. 


Dr. A. Smits Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, 
in the Chair. 


The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed. 


The SECRETARY read a Report on the Additions made to the 
Society's Menagerie during the months of May, June, July, 
August, and September, 1916. 


Mr. AurreD Ezra, F.Z.S., exhibited living examples of three 
rare lutino specimens of Alexandrine (Paleornis nepalensis), 
Ring-neck (P. torguatus), and Plum-head (P. cyanocephalus) 
Parrakeets recently received from India. In all these birds the 
yellow is pure and perfect, being of a delicate sulphur shade. 
The Alexandrine is the rarest of the three, and the first lutino 
of this species Mr. Ezra has seen. 


Mr. D. Sers-Smiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a 
number of birds’ eggs which had been laid in the Society’s 
Gardens during the last few years. The specimens shown in- 
cluded eggs of Tinamous, Cassowaries, Cranes, Turnix, Apteryx, 


and the Kagu, as well as species of Pheasants, Waterfowl, and 
Passerine birds. 


* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens, 
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which 
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, 
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on 
the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free 
for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. 


38 


Mr. S. Mauuix, B.A., F.E.S., read a paper on Cryptostome 
Beetles in the collection of the Cambridge University Museum. 
The collection is a representative one, containing species from all 
parts of the world. Three new genera, one new subgenus, and 
two new species are described. 


Mr. H.G. Newrn, A.R.C.S., F.Z.8., gave a preliminary account 
of his investigations into the early development of the Echino- 
derm Cucumaria. The larval life is very short as compared 
with that of the Auricularia. It takes place at the expense of 
the yolk, and is complete in about five days. Formation of the 
celomic vesicles occurs by the bending and constriction of the 
archenteron. No separate anterior celom appears. The hydrocel 
ring closes in the left dorsal interradius, and the radial canals 
and five primary oral tentacles arise directly from it, alternating 
with one another. The internal madreporite arises as a secondary 
differentiation of the walls of the stone-canal. 


Mr. R. E, Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S., communicated a paper on 
the Wasps of the genus Pison. 109 species are dealt with, of 
which 15 are described as new. Reasons, drawn from the nume- 
rical distribution of the species in different areas, are given for 
supposing the genus to be in a declining state—fifty of the total 
number of species being from the continent of Australia, In 
addition to Pison the small allied genera Aulacophilus and Pison- 
opsis are dealt with, one new species of the former being 
described. 


The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be 
held on Tuesday, November 7th, 1916, at 5.80 p.m., when the 
following communications will be made :— 

D. Sers-Smiru, F.Z.S8. 


Exhibition of specimens of various nestling Birds. 


R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8. 


Exhibition showing some undeseribed or little-known Scent- 
glands in Mammals. 


39 
¥. E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively to 
the Genera Linstowia and Cotugnia. 


James F. Gemuity, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S. 


Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias glacialis 
O. F. M., Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes, Solaster endeca 
Retzius (Forbes), Stichaster roseus (O. F. M.) Sars. 


The following Papers have been received :— 


B. F. Cummines. 


Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report 
upon a Collection from the Mammals and Birds in the Society’s 
Gardens.—Part IT. 


Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcert. 


Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather 
in British East Africa, 1911-13. 


L. A. Borrapaite, M.A., F.Z.S. 


On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the 
Palemonid Prawns. 


A. pe C. Sowrrsy, F.Z.8. 


On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in 
the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. 


Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bt., F.Z.S8. 


On the Classification of the Tineinz, a Subfamily of Moths 
of the Family Pyralide. 


The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of 
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great 
increase in-the cost of paper and printing. This will render it 
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and 
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results. 


40 


Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should 
be addressed to 


P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, 
Secretary. 
ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon, 
Recent’s Pann, Lonpon, N.W. 
October 31st, 1916. 


No. 161. 


ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.* 


November 7th, 1916. 


Dr. S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, 
in the Chair. 


The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed. 


Mr. D. Seru-Smrru, F.Z.S8., Curator of Birds, exhibited a series 
of skins of nestling birds representing more than seventy species. 
He called attention to the striped colour-pattern in such very 
distinct species as Rheas, Sheldrakes, and Pheasants, and remarked 
that this pattern was evidently of very great antiquity and in- 
herited from some common ancestor. He also drew attention to 
the young of the Coscoroba Swan, which was the only swan——if, 
indeed, it was a swan—that showed a distinct colour-pattern in 
the nestling down. 


Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, 
exhibited a series of lantern-slides to illustrate the position and 
structure of some new and little-known cutaneous scent-glands 
in Mammals, and drew special attention to the presence of 
inguinal glands in Orycteropus, digital glands in Potamocherus, 
metatarsal glands in Zama, and a preputial gland in Nototragus, 
which apparently had not been previously described. 


Dr. F. E, Bepparp, M.A., F.R.8., F.Z.S., read a paper con- 
taining the descriptions of two new species of Cestodes. The 
first species was obtained from a Slow Lemur and was referred to 
the genus Linstowia; the second occurred in a Black-headed 
Partridge and was placed in the genus Cotugnia. 


* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens, 
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which 
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, 
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the 
day of publication at the price of Si«pence, or, if desired, sent post-free for 
the sum of Siw Shillings per annum, payable in advance. 


42 


Dr. J. F. Gemini, M.A., M.D., F.ZS., gave an account of his 
paper on the development of some Starfishes. 

Asterias glacialis—A small solid outgrowth from the stomach- 
wall is found in nearly all early larve, and a brood occurred in 
which this outgrowth was larger, developed a central cavity, and 
fused with the backwardly growing ccelomic cavity of the left 
side. It is interpreted as a rudimentary posterior enteroccelic 
outgrowth. 

Cribrella oculata.—It is shown that the perihemal pouch 
belonging to the madreporic interradius arises from the dorsal 
horn of the left posterior ccelom, that the aboral skeleton arises 
in the form of scattered plates without definite radial and inter- 
radial arrangement, and that the terminals are formed by fusion 
of several of these plates. 

Solaster endeca.—The author’s previous description is supple- 
mented in various points, including the following :—(1) All the 
periheemal pouches arise from the posterior coelom; (2) there are 
outgrowths from the posterior ccelom to form the preoral ccelom 
in all the interradii ; (3) closure of the hydroceele-ring takes place 
in interradius viii./ix.; (4) the mouth-angle plates and anterior 
processes of the first ambulacrals arise as single continuous 
calcifications. 

Stichaster vroseus.--The early development of this species 
resembles that of Asterias rubens, and, although the larve were 
not reared to their later stages, it is inferred as almost certain 
that the final larval form will prove to be a brachiolaria 
attaching itself at metamorphosis.” 


The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be 
held on Tuesday, November 21st, 1916, at 5.30 p.m., when the 
following communications will be made :— 


ALFRED Ezra, F.Z.S. 
Lantern Exhibition illustrating a Hunting Trip in Central 
Asia. 
Prof B. Prtnonrevics & Dr. A. Surrn Woopwarp, F.RS.,V-P.ZS. 


On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the London specimen 
of Archeopteryx. 


43 


B. F. CumMInes. 


Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report 
upon a collection from the Mammals and Birds in the Society’s 
Gardens.—Part IT. 

Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcert. 


Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. 
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13. 


The following Papers have been received :— 


L. A. BorrapaiLe, M.A., F.Z.8. 


On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the 
Palemonid Prawns. . 


A. DEC. SowErsy, EZ: 
On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in 
the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. 
Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bt., F.Z.S. : 


On the Classification of the Tineine, a Subfamily of Moths 
of the Family Pyralide. 


The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of 
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great 
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it 
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and 
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results. 


Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should 
be addressed to 


P, CHALMERS MITCHELL, 
Secretary. 
ZooLoGIcAL SociETY oF Lonpon, 
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 
November 14th, 1916. 


No. 162. 


ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.* 
November 21st, 1916. 


Dr. 8. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, 
in the Chair. 


The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed. 


The Secrerary read a Report on the Additions made to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of October. 


Mr. Atrrep Hzra, F.Z.8., gave an account of a shooting 
expedition in Central Asia, and illustrated his remarks with a 
very fine series of lantern-slides. 


Dr. B. Prrronrevics and Dr. A. Smrra Woopwarp, F.R.S., 
V.P.Z.S., read a paper on some new jarts of the pectoral and 
pelvic arches lately discovered in the London specimen of Archeo- 
pteryx. The coracoid bone most closely resembles that of the 
ratite birds and the Cretaceous LHesperornis. The pubic bones 
are twice as long as the ischia and meet distally in an extended 
symphysis, gradually tapering to a point, which seems to have 
been tipped by a mass of imperfectly ossified cartilage. 


Mr. B. F. Cummines contributed a paper entitled ‘Studies on 
the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report upon a Collection 
from the Mammalsand Birds in the Society’s Gardens—Part II.” 
This paper continues the account of the Mallophaga, and contains 
descriptions of five new genera and two new species. Some 
observations are made upon the spermatophores in a genus 
parasitizing the Ibises, and emphasis is laid on the frequently 


* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens, 
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which 
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, 
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the 
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for 
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in adyance. 


46 


remarkable differences found in the structure of the internal 
organs, especially those of the male reproductive system. 


Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcrerr communicated a paper on a collection 
of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British Kast Africa.— 
Of the 124 forms dealt with, 45 are described as new, together 
with 7 new genera. 


The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be 
held on Tuesday, February 6th, 1917, at 5.30 p.m. 
The agenda will be announced early in January. 


The following Papers have been received :— 


_ L. A. Borrapatte, M.A., F.Z.S. 


On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the 
Palemonid Prawns. 


A. DE C. SowErsy, F.Z.S. 


On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in 
the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. 


The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of 
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great 
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it 
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and 
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results. 


Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should 
be addressed to 


P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, 
Secretary. 
ZOOLOGICAL Socrety or Lonpon, 


Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 
November 28th, 1916. 


Papers (continued). 


29. Notes on the Wasps of the Genus Pison, and some allied Genera. By Rowrayp Hi. 
Adapenay,, A yShIaHSis= Ga s5 Gudoudds a aise OR Go eT Me vais, karen eee Ry vaierastintaye es 


30. The Early Development of Cucumaria: Preliminary Account. By H. G. Newrn, 
A.R.C.S., F.Z.S., Demonstrator of Zoology at the Imperial College of Science and 
Mechnolosy. (Plates lds Ek., amd Dext-neurel.) ss. cae vied eore « culeee «+ 


31, Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report upon a Collection from the 
Mammals and Birds in the Society’s Gardens.—Part II. By Bruce F. Cumsines, 
British Museum of Natural History, (Text-figures 1-36.) ......0e.c00.eseecees : 


32, On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively to the Genera Linstowia and 
Cotugnia. By Frank H. Bepparp, M.A., D.Se.(Oxon.), F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Text- 
i MUTE ial A®) eagaretteestellctevers olagetejorslelsycloletere#faici’s « Sameretincs 


Ce Oe eC eC Ce 


33. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr, W. Feather in British East Africa, 


ROIS = Cole da Mi Mawionpt as (late ln)yt. avr salc-cc als lesatsinl s)sielons etoleriane 
Vitlepage ...:..-.. SUOINT EULA ogg coo ose Oooo s DORON cor avenspeasioncee eke aNetetens ales 
Histo Councleamd  OMcenrss vse aes optel dey cee ad griinerite at sce oenel d's cle tecovosle’e Wi svevel avait ales 


List of Contents 
Mlpaetical Mist (Ot ConmbriDMtOrs co creel oe) ans hee eMicA She alnreltce lea ecnle wer ele'e's n> BA cupid 


WRndeRe ea Seniets anasto 


Page 


591 


643 


li 


Vil 


XLil 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1916, Parr LV. (pp. 553-756). 


Page 
GeMMILL: Pls. I. Asterias glacialis peas cee 
IL. 6-10. Cribrella oculata. ll. ‘Silasi enlae oy 4 
Newrn: Pls. I. & 11. Development of Cucumaria ......:......: “631 
RM cmuny bel: Heterocera from British Hast Africa ...... 707 
\ 
NOTICE. 


‘The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in fowr parts, paged consecutively, 
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1916, p...+ The Distribution 


is usually as follows :— 
Part I. issued in March, 


Sheol Ul aaa June. 
yi WB Deca oe ss September. 
Pe oe EN ae December, 


‘ Proceedings,’ 1916, Part III. (pp. 449-551), were published on 
August 380th, 1916. 


The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings,’ Nos. 160- oe are 
contained in this Part. 


i ali 


i, 


i 7 
Nap Ley 
AL 


i 


WeGhiee 
fy ae 
yn) 


Me 
see 
ia 


Sh 


: am Pup. Panga Hid Me 5h 
i EEE. DERE pay AAnab ae ial doen ode 
en LAs ou NIRS batt hive a) pp 4 yy4 Laletinda le 
7 aS "> «ee a) eae al IT 529 Ap! Ung Tir? Sia 
. és Ra May ae a nat! Ave \ wid E Prey) nae Ramble 
a A. | | ¥, eas a ay ces “eum spall? Ww Waee Ven SS ~ had RP: pee nein ; 
ag a r ij ‘@ ‘iO 4g y a 2 Ther Aas 7 oe my) wow oY 
_ i. un abil Wy fat fa inane nda re yt) Dice 24h maanconny roe 
me bat War aire 226 a @ 1a N mach \xe \‘ ) Da, as oS , 4: aS 25 AE NB tay { aplel te 
om Aes Bane nee a, a | q (Yreanire IV wy ULE NC ih Vay ¥¥ 
Brotiiis Ania’ Sera Wwe 
RT RM Silt peas LEN eat ete 
EL LAY net £ he palin grusinrsig’: 
wants Rd : | ana int . aes 
Aaig Tay wauHiliey pamaame Bprehot ona ae sly | NV 
aN a Bona” 7426 laaca ry YN \ee : Ci 4 plese 
a “ aaa a Bie on DS 
Am Vea it he . 
Gane: 
P 


Tate easy 


; it 
A) abel hg i I| 
Rial: av Rats “ tan Ce 
$eMq WA itt a, < - ld Wea in” 
Ma cinew: many Jf bye Pe Piste VLIW i 
Bal 14> eee 


LOL 
4 : 


‘p fire a2 2 ahem 


ma 1 9 1 
+4 EEL veh hl A) a 
hese BEG 
Se aah 


on 
*y7- Nita er 4 
pe A awa. k ere x 
4 : aL = 7 ant Tip te 
Wayaae naan oe 


Te 


. ceeee bam 
ela | ie “ali iN 


Pane wos | iin, | 
i Velelac: ay A Ba uit Perel 


an nbanaRt TEMES, Gk 
Yr 


Ty pileanbadn AY jp taer ns 


Ley. | 
are ‘| we a NR OF ara’? 


1 | AE ing ».. eo 


—-*. 


To! | A 1. Ly a wOON vvs cua ‘f 
a ae PN MT : WHY Ty PS as fi 
$50. - 4 f paw ow, ween VIO J Wo 
ua 5 om iy MN \ a cecum cat ot anion ee if 
Pa geal OUI EC NSE Pee Cp ir ale 
Gi 2 D Wigs ape: vor"y : o . Malay aan i ttTyE Aapgsaubaian ets a 
1 Ane COON GRR a Sedge? me 
o> 4 Yad | 14 Th Pres 7. UW Rh 
TAP Et pots ne aA pennant gue Wi rt 
=~ , = es x 2 S ~ 
Aang” sk g Ba eerie HET ul } 
‘ OTTO RLY el LR 
y y ° us =O e j — sa, 
a goign me ipeare 4 : alng <0 
a2! vi. 23; aT Shige 


Pye hs ’ 
he a HALL Hine me oe DMA uanununins wl 


a rere et Ler hile rena 
« YY ee Tria) | few VV 
a 
DUse 


fast seyret baal aa 


=e ; WAIN 
lie ia Cec nsancertnannes NM yl a 7 q) ’ Peony 
|e Parr MT : ee 


yf aay Atos 1) | 


Are terrs < 


mar Vw: Nyy Yi ca 
Pmiithue AGH PAN PET Tee Ey tad egy whe a 
aaa reaili pee NN VARA yet? Siete Reese: apannler a /tan ping plldestl! 
Ders., “NN uy at pl arta’ nl bylann ee 
fe shy Pt as 4 gars: de oS id yagi Waa Po. ae 
ae Ve eek aGoe yb aaiad rh De Gee aia Pian dn vat Ny I 


‘eh PO LaeeeeaeS Eee i putida’. ae 


SUPT EN WEL beat Maiti hil olan | TLE. 
aye’ ja NS bapa), abe. at ‘npr puree. le putes | 

ANA "AREOLA LTT TY Ww. 

aged AL pnaninyrre” rvs.) oa 2 Abe; fe" Teil 


in > Aha, 
nn aniaita. 


SS a 


Ma. - <u LLY Mier de 


~~» Z 
D-< "hed 


Ran. Toe wi 


mae 


os 


Poa, 4